Arris C4 User Manual Download Page 2252

Page: 2252 / 3180

Chapter 46: Command Line Descriptions

STANDARD Revision 1.0

C4® CMTS Release 8.3 User Guide

2252

configure route-map

Purpose

Defines the route map.

Default Access Level

Command Syntax

configure route-map <word>

Supplemental
Information

To remove the route-map, use the no option.

Parameters

<word>

Name of this route-map

«
...
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
...
»

Summary of Contents for C4

Page 1: ...C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide STANDARD Revision 1 0 November 2016 ...

Page 2: ... licensed by ARRIS separately or as part of a Product sale Provided that the Customer has paid all applicable license fees to ARRIS and assuming that the Customer has not negotiated a separate specific agreement or been granted a third party license with the Software then ARRIS grants to Customer a limited royalty free nonexclusive and nontransferable non sublicensable license limited solely to th...

Page 3: ...under are reserved by ARRIS The Software may contain embedded third party software Embedded Third party Software The licensors of such Embedded Third party Software shall be third party beneficiaries entitled to enforce all rights and obtain all benefits which relate to such licensors under these terms and conditions The licensors of such Embedded Third party Software shall not be liable or respon...

Page 4: ...changes in content from time to time without obligation on the part of ARRIS to provide notification of such revision or change ARRIS and the ARRIS logo are all trademarks of ARRIS Enterprises Inc Other trademarks and trade names may be used in this document to refer to either the entities claiming the marks and the names of their products ARRIS disclaims proprietary interest in the marks and name...

Page 5: ...duction in any manner whatsoever without the express written permission of ARRIS Enterprises Inc is strictly forbidden For more information contact ARRIS Metaswitch is a registered trademark of Metaswitch Networks in the US and other countries Portions of the IPDR software were authored by IPDR org The Regular Expression Source Code and its use is covered by the GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE v...

Page 6: ... 1 Revision History Revision Date Reason for Change Rel 8 3 Preliminary Issue 1 0 August 2015 Meet Field Soak Ready FSR requirements Rel 8 3 Standard Issue 1 0 November 2016 Reissued for General Availability ...

Page 7: ...ents 47 2 C4 C4c CMTS Features 48 DOCSIS 2 0 Compliance 48 DOCSIS 3 0 Compliance 49 Fault Detection and Recovery 50 Interfaces and Protocols 50 Security Features 50 Baseline Features and Early Releases 51 Release 3 0 Features 51 Release 3 3 Features 52 Release 4 0 Features 52 Release 4 1 Features 54 Release 4 2 Features 54 Release 5 0 Features 55 Release 5 1 x Features 57 Release 7 0 x Features 59...

Page 8: ...e 8 2 5 Features 69 Release 8 3 Features 71 3 C4 C4c CMTS Specifications 74 Overview 74 Network Diagram 75 C4 CMTS 76 C4c CMTS 76 Slot Numbering Scheme 77 Limited Support for the 2Dx12U CAM in the C4c CMTS 78 C4 C4c CMTS Specifications 78 Physical 78 Power 79 Safety 79 Electromagnetic Compatibility 80 Environmental 80 WEEE Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment 81 RF Electrical Specifications 8...

Page 9: ...tallation Checklist 95 Tools Required 96 Torque Values 96 Items Not Supplied 97 Unpacking the C4 CMTS 97 Module Protection 99 Installation Considerations 99 Rack Mounting 99 Power Requirements 100 Cooling Requirements 100 Rack Mounting the C4 CMTS 102 Grounding the Chassis 103 Main Hardware Components 104 Module Types and Chassis Slots Front View 105 Chassis Rear View 106 Installing Modules in the...

Page 10: ...Chassis 123 Air Filters 123 Replacing the C4 CMTS Chassis 123 5 C4c CMTS Installation Requirements 125 Safety Precautions 126 Lifting Safety 126 Electrical Equipment Guidelines 128 Electrostatic Discharge ESD 129 Installation Checklist 130 Tools Required 131 Torque Values 131 Items Not Supplied 131 Unpacking the C4c CMTS 132 Module Protection 133 Installation Considerations 134 Rack Mounting 134 P...

Page 11: ...equirements 154 Front Panel Access 158 Power Protection Description 159 A and B Power Feeds 159 Internal Branch Protection 160 Automatic Card Recovery for DC Voltage 161 C4c CMTS Chassis Maintenance 162 Cleaning the Chassis 162 Air Filters 162 Replacing the C4c CMTS Chassis 162 6 System Control Module SCM 165 SCM Overview 165 SCM SCM II Ethernet Interfaces 167 SCM 3 Ethernet Interfaces 167 Install...

Page 12: ... Transfers 206 7 Router Control Module RCM 208 RCM Overview 208 Primary Software Functions 210 RCM Hardware 210 LED Status Indicators 211 RCM Crossover Connector 211 SFP and XFP Ethernet Interfaces 214 Fiber Optic SFP and XFP Modules 214 8 Downstream Cable Access Modules DCAMs 219 Overview 219 16D Cable Access Module 16D CAM 219 Primary Software Function 222 Downstream Test Port on 16D CAM Facepla...

Page 13: ...e Cards PICs 241 Downstream Parameters 242 Annex 242 Downstream Frequency Range 248 XD CAM Field Software Upgrade 249 Overview 249 Operational Concerns 250 Sample XD CAM Provisioning 251 Sample Script for 32D CAM Provisioning 256 9 Upstream Cable Access Modules UCAMs 267 Overview 268 Guidelines 268 12U Cable Access Module 12U CAM 268 Primary Software Function 271 LED Status 271 Upstream Receive Po...

Page 14: ...SNR Calculations 289 Modem SNR Calculation 291 Modulation Profiles 292 Default Modulation Profile 292 Valid Center Frequencies 294 Setting the Rx Power Levels 295 Adjusting Channel Settings in Response to Increased CM Scaling 298 Explanation of Upstream Parameters 299 Modulation Profile Values 300 12U 24U Ingress Noise Cancellation 308 Notes on DOCSIS 3 0 Upstream Frequency Range 308 Modulation Pr...

Page 15: ...the Chassis 333 4 Configure Slots 333 5 Configure RCM Ethernet Connections 333 6 Configure MAC Domains 333 7 Configure Downstream Parameters 334 8 Configure Upstream Parameters 335 9 Configure Fiber Node and Topology 337 10 Configure a Dynamic Bonding Group 337 11 Configure RCC Management 337 12 Local Authentication 338 13 Managing the C4 CMTS 338 14 Configure the SNMP 339 15 Configure Clock 340 1...

Page 16: ...ng up Procedures 355 Install Front Cards PICs Filler Panels PMs and Fan Tray Module 356 Set Up Console Cable 357 Power Up the Chassis 358 Basic Bring up Procedure 358 Configure Slots 358 Configure RCM Ethernet Connections 358 Configure MAC Domains 359 Configure Downstream Parameters 359 Configure Upstream Parameters 360 Configure Fiber Node and Topology 361 Configure Bonding Group Management 362 C...

Page 17: ...ts 373 13 CAM Sparing 375 FlexCAM Hitless CAM Sparing 375 Benefits of Hitless CAM Sparing 376 CAM Sparing PIC LEDs 376 Definitions 376 Size of Hitless CAM Spare groups 376 Signal Loss during Failover 377 Guidelines for CAM Spare Groups 377 Guidelines for Upstream Spare Groups 378 Guidelines for Downstream Spare Groups 378 Calculating Signal Loss During Failover 378 Configuration Example 378 Create...

Page 18: ...onfiguration 413 Cable Modem Timing Supervision and Messaging 415 Service Group Determination and Display 416 MAC Domain 416 Channel Sets 418 Show CLI Commands 418 Receive Channel Configurations and Bonding Groups 427 15 Interface IP Configuration 428 Overview 428 Subinterfaces Multiple VRIs per VRF for IPv4 428 Rules of Operation and Guidelines for Subinterfaces 429 Network ACLs 430 Interface Con...

Page 19: ...ons 448 Link Overload Protection 448 BSoD 448 Command Line Interface 448 Configuring Link Aggregation 455 16 Dynamic Routing Protocols 457 Overview of Dynamic Routing 457 Border Gateway Protocol 458 BGP Version 4 458 Intermediate System Intermediate System 468 Overview 468 CLNP Addressing NSAP Address Format 469 IS IS Network Topology Unique Level 1 Areas 470 Dynamic Hostname Support 472 IS IS Net...

Page 20: ... the C4 c CMTS 482 Enable MT IS IS 482 Disable MT IS IS 482 Modify the Default Metric 483 Sample Configuration 483 Example Show Commands 484 CLI Commands for ISIS 487 Open Shortest Path First Version 2 495 Link State Routing Protocol Description 495 Routing Metrics 495 Equal Cost MultiPath Routes 496 Configuring OSPF 496 Enable OSPF 497 Disable OSPF for an Interface 499 Disable OSPF on the C4 c CM...

Page 21: ...ide Interfaces as Passive Interfaces 514 Summary of CLI Commands for OSPFv3 516 Routing Information Protocol 521 RIP version 2 521 Hop Count 521 Routing Update Management 522 RIP Enable and Disable 522 RIP Passive Mode Operation 524 Default Route Processing 525 Plain Text Authentication 526 MD5 Digest Authentication 527 Enable Single Key Authentication 529 Enable Multiple Key Authentication i e Ke...

Page 22: ...ommand Examples 567 Port Filters 568 IP Protocol Filters 570 Type of Service and Match Action Filtering 573 Effect of IP Packet Filtering Subscriber Management on IP Address Limits 574 Per Interface Configuration 575 Default Subscriber Management Settings 577 C4 CMTS Debug IP Packet Capture 578 IP Filter Related CLI Commands 580 IP Packet Filtering Configuration Example 581 Upstream Drop Classifie...

Page 23: ...Provisioning BPI X 509 Certificates Using Import Export Commands 597 Provisioning X 509 Certificates 599 CA Certificates 599 To Review or Confirm CA Certificates 600 CM Certificates 600 Baseline Privacy Debugging 601 Registration Debugging 601 Explanation of the QoS Parameter 602 Initialization State Debugging 602 Baseline Privacy MIB Debugging 604 Baseline Privacy Trap Codes 604 Baseline Privacy ...

Page 24: ...iguration to Null 623 Configuring Interfaces to Carry Tunnel Traffic 623 Enabling Upstream Filters 625 DSG Configuration 626 Sample DSG Configuration Scenarios 637 Initial Setup for DSG 637 DSG Configuration Only 638 Multicast Destination IP to RFC1112 DSG Tunnel MAC 639 Multicast Destination IP to non RFC1112 DSG Tunnel MAC 641 20 CPE Device Classes 644 Overview 644 Types of Device Classes 644 Fu...

Page 25: ...elated Commands 653 21 Integrated Upstream Agility 660 Overview 660 Monitoring Upstream Agility State Machines 661 Limitations 662 Examples of Upstream Agility State Machines 663 Example 1 Unique State 664 Using Tables Instead of Diagrams 667 Trigger Precedence 669 Example 2 Periodic 670 Example 3 Time of Day 672 Example to Configure a Sample Upstream Agility Application 673 Related CLI Commands 6...

Page 26: ...g 701 TCS Optimization for Static US Bonding Groups 702 TCS Reduction Enhancement 702 Upstream Graceful TCS Reduction 703 Selective Enabling of USCB within a MAC Domain 703 Non Primary Channel Acquisition for Upstream Channel Bonding 705 Partial Service Handling 706 Upstream Impairment Detection and Recovery 706 Partial Service Enhancement 707 Ranging Timing Offset 708 Downstream Impairment Detect...

Page 27: ... CPE Traffic 720 IPv6 over Ethernet 721 Well Known Multicast Addresses 721 C4 c CMTS Security Features for IPv6 723 IPv6 Configure Commands 724 Neighbor Discovery Commands 725 Router Advertisements for IPv6 727 DHCPv6 Relay Agent 727 Basic Configuration Script 727 Ping and Traceroute Commands 728 IPv6 Show Commands 729 IPv6 Show Cable Modem Commands 730 Proxy Duplicate Address Detection 731 DHCPv6...

Page 28: ...v3 PD Routes 748 24 IP Video 750 Overview 750 IP Video Functionality 752 Video CPE 753 Video Management 753 Video Access 753 Valid Multicast Address Ranges 754 ASM Architecture 754 ASM Components 755 SSM Architecture 756 SSM Components 757 IP Video Provisioning 758 ASM Configuration 758 PIM SM Configuration 762 Additional Configuration References 763 IP Video Visibility 764 Verifying the Configura...

Page 29: ...ting Configurations 780 ASM SSM Configurations 781 IGMP Visibility 783 Static IGMP Joins 787 Forced Downstream Replication of Multicast Traffic 789 Operational Guidelines 790 Effects of Enabling MDF on the MAC Domain 791 CLI Commands 792 26 Connection Admission Control 796 Overview 796 General CAC Description 797 Reserved Bandwidth 797 PacketCable CAC Description 797 Multicast CAC Description 798 ...

Page 30: ...ged Services Environment 806 Overload Conditions 808 28 PacketCable Services and Voice Applications 810 PacketCable Overview 810 PacketCable Multimedia Overview 813 Compliance with PCMM Standards 816 PCMM Classification for Remotely Connected Subnets 817 PCMM Configuration Procedures 820 PacketCable Settings 821 DSx DQoS VoIP 830 29 Security 832 AAA Overview 832 The AAA Model 833 Line Interfaces 8...

Page 31: ...le TACACS Authentication 848 Configuring the C4 c CMTS to Enable Password 848 TACACS Source Interface 852 Operational Concerns 852 Feature Interactions 853 Configuring TACACS Source Interface 853 Sample Show Commands 854 SSH2 855 SSH2 Description 855 Server Management 856 Configure Commands 857 Show Commands 860 Routing to a Null Interface 861 CLI Commands for Routing to a Null Interface 861 Sourc...

Page 32: ...ist 873 30 Unified Electronic Surveillance 875 UES Overview 875 CALEA 875 Electronic Surveillance Configuration 877 Electronic Surveillance Logging Messages 877 Legal Intercept 878 Feature Operation 880 Chassis Configuration 881 CLI Commands 881 Sample Configuration for Secure Access and Tap 881 Create or Delete an LI tap on IPv6 Modem 883 Data Management and Maintenance 884 PC 2 0 Lawfully Author...

Page 33: ...Load Balancing Rules 895 Relative Weighting 897 Using Multiple Rules 897 Global Load Balance Settings 898 Load Balance Thresholds 899 Default Configuration 900 Example Configuration 902 Verify the Configuration 903 Load Balance Modem Steering 905 Rule based Modem Steering 905 Steering to RLBG 908 Service type Modem Steering 909 Load Balance Actions 912 Ranging Time Load Balance Actions 912 Registr...

Page 34: ...dem Move via DBC 927 CLI Modem Move via Range Response 927 CLI Modem Move via DCC Using MIBs 928 32 Packet Throttling 930 Overview 930 RCM Protocol Policing 931 Maintaining Performance During Excessive Traffic 931 RCM Protocol CLI Commands 931 Upstream Cable Protocol Throttling 933 IPv6 Neighborhood Discovery 934 ARP ND Monitoring 934 Cable Protocol Throttling Configuration 935 Throttling Configur...

Page 35: ...5 Set Peak Traffic Rate for DOCSIS 1 1 COS 945 Set Peak Traffic Rate for QOS 946 Power Boost Cap 946 Peak and Maximum Rates 946 Enable Disable Peak Rate Service Flow 946 Service Flow Information 946 Upstream Tpeak 947 33 Access Control Lists 948 Overview 948 Named Access Lists 949 Data Plane Filter IP ACLs 950 IPv4 CLI Commands 950 Match Counts 952 In band Management 953 Provision In band Manageme...

Page 36: ...porter Address 960 Collector Connectivity 960 Redundancy 960 Simultaneous Sessions 961 Inter Operations 961 Data Acknowledgment 961 Keep Alive 962 Missed Interval 962 Surveillance 962 Connection Logs 962 Session Logs 963 SNMP Traps 963 Configuration 963 Parameters 963 IPDR CLI Commands 965 35 Host Names User IDs and Password Recovery 970 How to Administer the Host Name and User IDs 970 Configure a...

Page 37: ...abling Password Recovery Using the Application Dialog 975 Sample Bootloader Dialog for Password Recovery 976 36 Clock Synchronization Protocol 980 Overview 980 Local Internal Clock 980 Clock Commands 981 Setting the Internal Clock 984 Network Time Protocol 985 NTP Server Commands 985 Configure NTP Client 986 Secure NTP 989 37 Service Class Names 991 Overview 991 Service Class Name Details 992 Serv...

Page 38: ...ating Average Usage 1003 Feature Interactions 1003 CLI Commands Used for ISCA 1004 Dynamic Service Class Modifications 1007 Operational Considerations for Dynamic Service Class Modifications 1007 CLI for Dynamic Service Class Modifications 1008 Sample Show Commands 1009 DSCP Marking for Downstream Subscriber Traffic 1010 38 Per Subscriber Throughput 1012 Overview 1012 Throughput 1012 Class and Qua...

Page 39: ... and Tmax 1021 40 Diagnostics 1022 Overview 1022 Problem Isolation 1023 Module Replacement and Repair 1023 Applicable Modules 1023 Diagnostic Rules 1023 Service Affecting Protection 1024 System Log 1024 Take Module Out of Service 1024 Diagnosing Modules 1025 To Diagnose Modules 1025 Diagnostic Logging 1028 Diagnostic Failure and Recovery 1029 Diagnostic Failure 1029 Recovery 1030 41 Logging 1031 O...

Page 40: ...strictions and Defaults for Logging History Buffer 1036 Basic Log Commands 1036 Change Message Number 1038 Enable Debug Facility Notification 1039 Disable Debug Facility Notification 1039 Override Priority Settings 1039 Assign Priority to CLI Access Level 1039 List Available Show Commands 1040 Display Event Management Subsystems 1040 Display Debug Information 1042 Display Logging History Last Numb...

Page 41: ...or Secure Shell 1048 Telnet 1049 Secure Shell 1049 Secure Shell 2 1049 Monitor Log Commands 1049 Configure Monitor Logging 1050 Eliminate Monitor Logging 1050 Display Console Priority 1050 Local Log Volatile 1050 Syslog Server and SNMP Management Station 1051 Local Volatile Log Commands 1051 Configure Local Logging Level 1052 Disable Specific Local Logging Level 1052 Configure Local Log Size 1052 ...

Page 42: ...d Server s 1057 Simple Network Management Protocol Management Station 1057 Traps 1057 Event Priorities 1058 SNMP Management Station Host IP Address 1058 SNMP Host Commands 1058 Generate Trap for Priority 7 1059 Disable Trap for Priority 7 1059 Configure SNMP Server to Existing Network 1059 Display SNMP Utilization Statistics 1060 SNMP Trap Control Commands 1060 SNMP Configuration with CLI 1061 Thr...

Page 43: ...prise MIBs 1094 45 CLI Overview 1099 Overview 1099 Access Levels and Modes 1099 User EXEC 1100 Privileged EXEC 1100 CLI Command Modes 1100 Designating MAC addresses and IP addresses 1104 Keyboard Shortcuts 1105 CLI Command Features 1106 CLI Help Feature 1107 Configuring Passwords and Privileges 1110 CLI Filtering 1115 Basic Searching 1115 How to Use CLI Filtering 1115 Show Cable Modem Column Featu...

Page 44: ...STANDARD Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 44 46 Command Line Descriptions 1127 47 Alphabetical List of CLI Commands 3085 48 Abbreviations 3171 ...

Page 45: ...C4 CMTS The C4c CMTS is based on the same field proven DOCSIS 3 0 hardware and software that goes into the C4 CMTS The C4c CMTS has been designed to meet the needs of the Multiple System Operator MSO in terms of system density wire speed performance and reliability Like the C4 CMTS the C4c CMTS enables MSOs to bundle high speed data voice full motion video and other multimedia content to residenti...

Page 46: ...S Conventions Used in this Document This section presents the textual conventions used in this documentation set Textual Conventions The conventions used in this guide are shown in the following table Table 2 Examples of Textual Conventions Type of text Description Example CLI commands and other user input Monospaced bold configure slot 17 18 type RCM Names of chapters and manuals Italicized text ...

Page 47: ...oduct or system The international symbols Caution and Warning appear in this book to indicate actions involving risk Caution indicates a risk of dropping traffic losing data or disrupting the equipment Read the accompanying instructions and proceed with caution WARNING The warning symbol represents a risk of bodily injury or serious damage to the equipment Before you work on any equipment be aware...

Page 48: ...e C4 Cable Modem Termination System CMTS received DOCSIS 2 0 requalification by CableLabs with the new software upgrade designed to support DOCSIS Set top Gateway DSG technology With this qualification the C4 CMTS configured with the higher density 2Dx12U CAM provided the most reliable and scalable C4 CMTS solution available The C4 CMTS supports DOCSIS Set Top Gateway DSG allowing operators to tra...

Page 49: ...ered preamble QPSK 1 Enhanced noise cancelation and error correction Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access SCDMA operation along with the standard TDMA and ATDMA techniques for combining CM signals onto a given upstream channel DOCSIS 3 0 Compliance In May 2008 the C4 CMTS received DOCSIS 3 0 Bronze level requalification by CableLabs in Certification Wave 58 The following features were added t...

Page 50: ...ity of fault propagation Minimizes impact on subscriber services Interfaces and Protocols Open interfaces and protocols allow seamless integration with existing network management infrastructures The primary protocols supported by the C4 C4c CMTS include the following Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP v1 v2c and v3 DOCSIS 1 1 DOCSIS 2 0 DOCSIS 3 0 Bronze and Cadant MIBS Command Line Interfac...

Page 51: ...tling mechanisms in hardware and software TACACS Protocol throttling SNMP Security Baseline Features and Early Releases The ARRIS C4 C4c CMTS Release 8 3 aggregated Feature Set is comprised of the Baseline Feature Set plus the features of software Releases 3 0 3 3 4 0 4 1 4 2 5 0 7 0 7 1 7 2 7 3 7 4 8 0 8 1 the Small Feature Release 8 1 5 8 2 8 2 5 and 8 3 Release 3 0 Features The following featur...

Page 52: ...ber of filters in group increased to 31 Support for Authentication Authorization and Accounting AAA RADIUS TACACS In Band Management Access to the SCM via the loopback IP address Support for Packet Cable Automatic System Backup during Upgrade Improved Baseline Privacy Interface BPI Domain Name System DNS Support for Telnet Traceroute and Ping CLI Improvements extended ping command show ip interfac...

Page 53: ...ging opportunities that receive a range request number of power adjustments exceeding a threshold Number of CRC errors per CM 2D only Number of bytes dropped per CM congestion and policing Virtual System Controller CLI Improvements show copy running config show cable qos profile assign and display an output name or description for each interface To look up syntax and parameters for individual CLI ...

Page 54: ...or improvements have been added for release 4 2 DOCSIS Set top Gateway DSG Agent Associate ACL with SNMP Community String Advanced CM Config File Verification Scalability 52K CMs per chassis Modify overload control to ensure older CMs range register in reasonable time through overload conditions chassis reboot CAM insertion etc Debug IP Filter Packet Capture capability ability to capture packet he...

Page 55: ...es For more information related to upgrades or for non conformance issues see the Cadant C4 CMTS Software Upgrade Notes This file is included on the software CD In addition to the previously described features and functionality the following section describes the C4 CMTS feature set for Release 5 0 This includes Release 5 0 Features The following is a list of the new features included in Software ...

Page 56: ...ncing feature automatically moves modems from one upstream channel to another or from one downstream to another including from one 2Dx12U CAM to another Requires 2Dx12U CAMs Legal Intercept Legal Intercept provides the MSOs a mechanism for meeting legal requirements to intercept all IP data and voice traffic originated or sent to subscribers on the cable network Legal Intercept is based on Cisco s...

Page 57: ...m configuration file This variable indicates whether or not CPE devices are allowed to access the network through the CM even though the CM is registered Integrated Upstream Agility This provides the ability to enable or disable an Upstream Agility state machine for an upstream channel The state machine includes permissible upstream channel frequencies and operating characteristics e g channel wid...

Page 58: ...at offers modem totals on a per upstream basis The total number of modems calculated per upstream includes registered unregistered and offline modems DOCSIS Set top Gateway DSG Configuration Simplification performs the automatic insertion of static multicast group memberships and the automatic insertion of multicast MAC IP bindings when configuring DSG tunnels Source IP Configuration for CM Remote...

Page 59: ...e to be a 12 upstream only CAM Upstream spectrum support as follows US 5 42 MHz Japan 5 55 MHz Europe 5 65 MHz DOCSIS 3 0 DS Channel Bonding DOCSIS 3 0 Topology Infrastructure DOCSIS 3 0 NMS support IPv6 support on all interfaces IPv6 for CM Management New Hardware supported Release 7 1 x Features The following new features are included in Software Release 7 1 x Multiple Virtual Routing and Forwar...

Page 60: ...CSIS 1 0 Operation Note The DOCSIS 1 0 Operation feature is not documented in this user manual instead it is described in an individual feature sheet Release 7 2 x Features The following new features are included in Software Release 7 2 x Upstream Channel Bonding BGP IS IS Support in IPv4 Networks ARP Abuse Counts Dynamic MIC TFTP Enforce Per Subscriber Throughput Secure NTP Global User Profile TA...

Page 61: ...8 Downstreams Device Classes Subset of PacketCable PCMM version I04 Support PCMM Classification for Remotely Connected Subnets Cable Modem MAC Deny list increase up to 1 000 addresses Table 3 Summary of Support Capability for CAM Types Capability 2D12U 12U 16D Supports IPv6 CMs X X X Supports IPv6 CPEs X X Supports IPv6 CM DS traffic X X Supports IPv6 CM US traffic X X Supports IPv6 CPE DS traffic...

Page 62: ...legation with Route Injection PDRI IP Address Scaling per Chassis OSPFv3 Cable Source Verify with DHCP Lease Query DHCP Bulk Lease Query Duplicate Address Detection Proxy Subscriber Management Filters Protocol Throttling IPv6 Lawful Intercept Support SII IPv6 CPE Support with DOCSIS 2 0 IPv6 Cable Modems Enhanced Density Downstream CAM Mixed TDMA ATDMA Channel Support for Load Balancing Load Balan...

Page 63: ...ows the 24 upstream receivers to be shared across the eight available F connectors The 2Dx12U CAM is not supported in Rel 8 0 Any F connector can have between zero and 12 receivers assigned The sum total of the receivers assigned to the even numbered F connectors 0 2 4 6 cannot exceed 12 and the sum total of the receivers assigned to the odd numbered F connectors 1 3 5 7 cannot exceed 12 Also upst...

Page 64: ...sting voice oriented Connection Admission Control function to multicast service flows intended for IP Video applications Independent CAC control is provided for multicast flows and parameters for reserving bandwidth for multicast and for limiting the total bandwidth utilized by multicast are included Enhanced Processor Monitoring reports the utilization levels of the various microprocessors within...

Page 65: ...l also indicate the cable mac and US channel where the state change took place D3 0 Load Balancing of Voice Bearer Flows Enhancement provides a capability for load balancing of voice bearer traffic This encompasses distributing voice bearer traffic for DOCSIS 3 0 devices across available RF channels in both the downstream and upstream The voice traffic load balancing function will operate even if ...

Page 66: ...support for up to 24 downstream channels including supporting dynamic bonding groups when verbose Receive Channel Profiles RCPs are enabled Upstream Only Cable Modem Move allows for a CM with downstream bonding enabled and a single upstream that has not been assigned a Transmit Channel Configuration TCC during registration to use any type of initialize technique identified in the command Piggyback...

Page 67: ...allow eight GigE links per link aggregation group LAG Support for Increased Modem Transmit Power USCB will implement the extended upstream transmit power CM capability ECNs which will enable a cable modem that is bonding upstream channels to transmit at a higher power level if the cable modem supports that capability Dual Shared Secret will allow configuration of a secondary in addition to the pri...

Page 68: ...er if at least one voice call is active on the modem Improved Partial Services USCB primary upstream will prevent a modem from re ranging or re registering i e flapping when the primary upstream channel of a bonded modem becomes impaired provided that the modem is able to range on another non primary channel Policy Based Routing PBR Recursive Next Hop will enhance the existing PBR feature to suppo...

Page 69: ...ed Modulation Q64 Q256 per F connector blocks of 4 channels Intelligent RCS Assignment Balancing Control Differential Services Code Point DSCP Marking for DHCP Packets PCMM IPv4 IPv6 Classifiers and gates ECN Support MM N 13 0697 1 Differential Services Code Point DSCP Marking for Downstream Subscriber Traffic RADIUS Password Challenge Support for Multi Tuner Cable Modems Bonding of Eight Upstream...

Page 70: ...Pv4 and an IPv6 classifier DSCP Marking for Downstream Subscriber Traffic The CMTS currently can mark the DSCP for upstream subscriber traffic but not for downstream This new feature will extend this capability to the downstream in order to create a greater level of control over the prioritization of traffic RADIUS Password Challenge will support a Password Challenge function for RADIUS Authentica...

Page 71: ... potential CM movement from several mechanisms upstream channel override in the RNG RSP message or DCC Multi protocol BGP Support with IPv6 Address Family adds support for IPv4 and IPv6 BGP operation The C4 CMTS will advertise and learn IPv4 and IPv6 prefixes and allow regular community tagging based on route maps for IPv4 and IPv6 TCS Reduction Enhancement allows user to specify the maximum size ...

Page 72: ...ts Energy Management 1 x 1 Mode per ECN MULPIv3 0 N 12 1071 10 With this feature modems monitor bandwidth usage and sends request to CMTS to reconfigure to 1 x 1 when data usage falls below thresholds established by the operator ECN includes definition of thresholds for modem to make decision See Energy Management 1x1 Mode in the Channel Bonding chapter Additional OSSIv3 IPDR Schemas supports the ...

Page 73: ... at least 32 characters for the description See Text Description Parameter page 572 in the IP Packet Filters Subscriber Management chapter Repeat CLI Command provides a single command to allow users to repeat a show command multiple times with an optional delay between shows See CLI Repeat Command page 1121 in the CLI Overview chapter Per Flow Downstream Latency Support introduces some provisionin...

Page 74: ... 76 C4 C4c CMTS Specifications 78 RF Electrical Specifications 82 Scalability 85 VoIP Call Capacities 87 Application related Specifications 89 Overview This chapter will introduce the features and functionality for both the C4 CMTS and the C4c CMTS This chapter contains the following topics Descriptive and reference information Physical design information Power and electrical requirements ...

Page 75: ...systems and the Hybrid Fiber Coaxial HFC cabling that connects it all DOCSIS defines the standard for communication among these elements The C4 C4c CMTS provides data switching functions as well as the radio frequency RF interface to and from the cable plant It also provides ethernet interfaces to the Internet Service Provider s The data over cable management system provides both the end to end ne...

Page 76: ...d in each slot from the rear of the chassis The PICs provide physical connectors for terminating cable Between the front and back slots is the midplane of the chassis Three C4 CMTS chassis can be mounted in a single 19 inch wide seven foot standard rack Figure 2 The C4 CMTS front view C4c CMTS The figure below illustrates the front view of the C4c CMTS There are a total of eight slots for modules ...

Page 77: ...ots from top to bottom are numbered and populated as follows Slot 15 16D or XD CAM Slot 14 12U or 16D or XD CAM Slot 13 12U or 16D or XD CAM Slot 12 12U or 16D or XD CAM Slot 11 12U or 16D or XD CAM Slot 10 12U CAM Slot 19 SCM Slot 17 RCM The slot numbering scheme makes the C4c CMTS compatible with C4 CMTS software Without this numbering scheme the software would return provisioning errors for car...

Page 78: ...s The 2Dx12U can be used in any CAM slot i e slots 10 15 The 2Dx12U CAMs can be used for voice or data The 2Dx12U CAM does not support channel bonding Note The C4c CMTS does not support CAM sparing C4 C4c CMTS Specifications This section is a summary of the CMTS physical characteristics operating specifications and information on compliance with regulatory standards Physical C4 CMTS C4c CMTS Mount...

Page 79: ...d C4c CMTS will continue to operate if within this range Start up voltage range 44 to 67 5V DC 44 to 67 5V DC Note If powered down the C4 and C4c CMTS will not restart successfully if the voltage is not in the range of 44 to 67 5V DC This offset from the operating range provides a cushion against multiple possible power cycles Attempted start ups at the voltage extremes are subject ot power fluctu...

Page 80: ...C Part 15 Class A EN 300 386 v1 3 1 CISPR 22 Class A Environmental Mechanical NEBS GR 63 CORE ETS 300 019 In use Class3 1E Storage Class 1 2 Transportation Class 2 3 Thermal The C4 CMTS meets the following environmental standards NEBS GR 63 CORE ETS 300 019 Operating temperature Short term1 5 to 55ºC Long term 5 to 40ºC Non operating temperature 40 to 70ºC Operating humidity Short term 5 to 90 non...

Page 81: ...ril 2002 WARNING This product may contain chemical s known to the State of California to cause cancer birth defects or other reproductive harm WEEE Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment As indicated by the symbol below disposal of this product in participating European Community member states is governed by Directive 2002 96 EC of the European Parliament and of the Council on waste electrical ...

Page 82: ...pecifications Specification 16D or XD CAM Center frequency range supported 57 999 MHza Frequency step size 125 kHzb Modulation types 64QAM 256QAM Downstream channel width North America Annex B Europe Annex A Europe using Annex B 6 MHz 8 MHz 6 MHz with 6 or 8 MHz channel spacing Annex B symbol rates in Msym sec 64QAM 5 056941 256QAM 5 360537 Annex A symbol rate in Msym sec 64QAM or 256QAM 6 952 Raw...

Page 83: ... attempted the downstream maximum frequency must be set appropriately using the configure freq ds max command b For the XD CAM see Spectrum Window and Frequency Grid for Channels on the Same F connector c The 16D CAM supports 1 4 channels per connector The XD CAM in Annex B supports 1 4 channels per connector The XD CAM in Annex A supports 1 8 channels on connectors 0 and 2 1 4 channels on connect...

Page 84: ...ksym sec Input Power Range dBmV 12U or 24U CAM 200 160 16 to 14 400 320 13 to 17 800 640 13 to 20 1600 1280 13 to 23 3200 2560 10 to 26 6400 5120 7 to 29 Note It is not recommended that upstream ranges go beyond 23 dBmV See the tables in 24U CAM Upstream Power Level Groups 24U CAM Upstream Power Level Groups page 282 for more details on the Upstream Power Level Groups Network Interfaces The C4 and...

Page 85: ...grow to meet evolving subscriber traffic considerations along with reducing inter shelf cabling This leads to lower cost for installation operations and maintenance C4 CMTS Chassis A fully equipped C4 CMTS chassis offering basic service will provide reasonable performance up to the following suggested subscriber limits 128 000 ARP cache entries 24 000 subscribers per chassis 1 000 subscribers per ...

Page 86: ... 16 000 subscribers per 16D and XD CAMs 320 simultaneous Service Independent Intercept SII taps C4c CMTS Chassis A fully equipped C4c CMTS chassis offering basic service will provide reasonable performance up to the following suggested subscriber limits Chassis scaling Numbers depend on how many cards are configured in the chassis and the number of subscribers per UCAM or DCAM Component scaling 1 ...

Page 87: ...per 16D and XD CAMs 320 simultaneous Service Independent Intercept SII taps The number of IPv4 and IPv6 supported routes by the C4 and C4c CMTSs are Table 7 IPv4 and IPv6 Supported Routes Total PDRI Dynamic Static IPv4 32 000 IPV6 1 28 000 2 16 000 10 000 3 2 000 1 The IPv6 routes are in addition to the IPv4 total 2 The total of IPv6 routes allowed is the sum total of the PDRI Dynamic and Static r...

Page 88: ...4c CMTS 39 600 BHCA per downstream channel 3 348 Maximum per 16D XD CAM 26 640 BHCA per upstream channel 828 Maximum per 24U CAM C4 CMTS only 16 500 Simultaneous half calls downstream channel 67 Simultaneous half calls upstream channel 42 Connections per second per chassis 11 Call load performance is based on the following assumptions Lines per subscriber 1 2 Hold time 180 seconds Call Completion ...

Page 89: ...lified Cert wave 25 1 1 Compliant PacketCable Dynamic Quality of Service Specification PKT SP DQOS I07 030815 also I08 I09 I10 and I11 PacketCable Event Messages Specification PKT SP EM I08 040113 also I08 I09 I10 and I11 as well as EM N 04 0198 2 PacketCable Security Specification PKT SP SEC I09 030728 also I10 and I11 PacketCable Electronic Surveillance Specification PKT SP ESP I01 991229 also I...

Page 90: ...tion PKT SP MM I04 080522 Support for Bonded Unicast Flows Attribute based Channel Selection Support for User Identifier Addition of Max Concatenated Burst to the BE Traffic Profiles Handling of DOCSIS 3 0 Peak Rate TLV DOCSIS 3 0 Additions of Sequence and Segment Numbers Packet Cable Update of Major Minor Version for I04 Traffic Profile Upstream Drop DOCSIS Set top Gateway DSG DOCSIS 2 0 qualific...

Page 91: ...cautions 92 Electrical Equipment Guidelines 94 Electrostatic Discharge ESD 94 C4 CMTS Installation Checklist 95 Unpacking the C4 CMTS 97 Installation Considerations 99 Rack Mounting the C4 CMTS 102 Main Hardware Components 104 Installing Modules in the C4 CMTS 108 Fan Trays 110 Power Conditioning Module and Cabling 113 Chassis Maintenance 123 Replacing the C4 CMTS Chassis 123 ...

Page 92: ...ceeds the voltage and frequency listed on the equipment s electrical rating label Never force objects of any kind through openings in the equipment because dangerous voltages may be present Foreign objects may produce a short circuit resulting in fire electric shock or damage to the C4 CMTS and other equipment Connect the C4 CMTS chassis to protective earth ground in compliance with U S and Intern...

Page 93: ...le one on each side With on hand grasp a front handle and with the other hand grasp a back handle or grasp the underside of the chassis and lift slowly Do not twist your body as you lift Figure 5 C4 CMTS Chassis Handles Keep your back straight and lift with your legs not your back If you must bend down to lift the chassis bend at the waist to reduce the strain on your lower back muscles ...

Page 94: ... Be sure to connect the chassis to protective earth ground before applying power or inserting modules An ungrounded chassis may damage components CAUTION The ports of the C4 C4c CMTS chassis are suitable for connection to intra building or unexposed wiring or cabling only The ports of the chassis MUST NOT be metallically connected to interfaces which connect to outside plant OSP or its wiring Thes...

Page 95: ...aps C4 CMTS Installation Checklist Installation involves mounting the unit in a rack populating slots with client1 and system modules and Physical Interface Cards PICs attaching cables and configuring software Follow the instructions in this section when installing the C4 CMTS for the first time Table 9 Installation Checklist Completed X Task Description Become familiar with component descriptions...

Page 96: ...ure for the C4 CMTS page 325 1 CAMs are client modules the SCM and RCM are system modules Tools Required The following tools are required for installation 3 Phillips screwdriver for large bolts 2 Phillips screwdriver Digital volt meter Torque wrench Torque Values The following table lists the recommended torque values for selected screws and fasteners of the C4 CMTS Table 10 Recommended Torque Val...

Page 97: ...l Form factor Pluggable SFP or a 10G Small Form factor Pluggable XFP to be used with the RCM For more information see SFP and SFP Ethernet interfaces If you plan to operate the C4 CMTS in duplex mode redundant control complexes you must purchase one 1 C4 CMTS Router Control Module Crossover Connector Part Number 722891 along with the two RCMs and two SCMs Unpacking the C4 CMTS CAUTION Installation...

Page 98: ... Checklist X Required Items One C4 CMTS chassis One 1 chassis ground cable green 4 gauge approx 24 inches Two Power Conditioning Modules Two 2 power cables one for each power feed A B and each containing two 6 gauge wires one red and one white approx 50 ft Modules for basic configuration minimal requirement One System Control Module SCM and associated physical interface card PIC One Router Control...

Page 99: ...se the modules may short circuit Installation Considerations Rack Mounting The C4 CMTS is designed to be mounted in a standard 7 foot by 19 inch equipment rack compliant with EIA RS 310 A total of three chassis can be installed in this equipment rack Uneven mechanical loading of an equipment rack can be hazardous Plan the installation so that the weight of the equipment is evenly distributed acros...

Page 100: ...sumes a maximum of 2800W of power when equipped with the maximum number 16 of CAMs The supply voltage should be a nominal 48V The operating range is 44 to 72V The system will shut down if the voltage is outside these limits The 44V guaranteed operating limit translates to a maximum current draw of 64A at 2800W Circuit breakers on the power feeds should be sized accordingly The Power Conditioning M...

Page 101: ...P trap is generated for that module If the temperature continues to rise to the module s thermal limit the card is powered down and a card TempOverHeatNotification SNMP trap is generated The temperature value read during the last 90 second poll is accessible via both the CLI and SNMP The show environment CLI command will display the current temperature of modules in equipped slots The card Tempera...

Page 102: ...igure 6 Internal Air Flow side view CAUTION Care should be taken when dressing RF cables such that they do not obstruct the grillwork at the top rear of the chassis This grill is the primary heat vent for the chassis Blocking it can cause overheating and card failure Allow sufficient clearance for airflow around the chassis Rack Mounting the C4 CMTS The following steps outline how to rack mount th...

Page 103: ...location on the chassis and reattach The recommended torque for these screws is 10 0 0 5 inch pounds 2 If using telco type racks be sure to bolt the rack to the floor 3 Position the C4 CMTS in rack 4 Install rack bolts to secure the C4 CMTS in position 5 Secure the loose end of protective earth ground cable to a suitable protective earth ground termination point within the building installation If...

Page 104: ...ching the earth ground cable to the chassis Figure 7 Location of Grounding Terminals Main Hardware Components The C4 CMTS base system contains the following components C4 CMTS chassis Two Power Conditioning Modules PCMs Power Feeds A B Cable Access Module CAMs and associated Physical Interface Cards PICs Router Control Module RCM System Control Module and associated PIC Three Fan Trays which are n...

Page 105: ... right These slots are equipped for the following modules sometimes referred to as front cards One or two System Control Modules One or two Router Control Modules One to sixteen Cable Access Modules mix of upstream and downstream CAMs Following is an illustration of the front of the chassis Figure 8 Front View of C4 CMTS The chassis example shown in the figure above is equipped with Nine 12U shown...

Page 106: ...e slots can be equipped only with SCMs slot 19 must be the first equipped Chassis Rear View Physical Interface Cards PICs Smaller modules called Physical Interface Cards or PICs are inserted in each slot from the rear of the chassis The PICs provide physical connectors for terminating cables from the subscriber network and enable the CAMs to be replaced without having to remove cables The figure b...

Page 107: ...k slots is the midplane of the chassis The midplane connects the front modules to the rear modules The midplane is a necessary point of communication for all modules inserted in the C4 CMTS The midplane is used as follows By the power conditioning modules to provide power to the rest of the system By the SCMs and RCMs to exchange control information and packets By the CAMs client modules to pass p...

Page 108: ...le was shipped and follow these guidelines for storing modules to avoid damage 2 Store each module in a separate antistatic bag Ideally store the item in its antistatic bag within the protective packaging or padded box in which the item was shipped Installing Modules in the C4 CMTS CAUTION Before removing or replacing any C4 CMTS modules obtain and attach an antistatic grounding wrist or ankle str...

Page 109: ...e RCM does not have a PIC use a filler panel instead Note If you meet strong resistance when attempting to seat the module PIC or filler panel remove it from the chassis and try reinserting it Be sure that you have aligned the top and bottom edges in the correct matching tracks Installation Diagram Although the figure below shows the SCM the ejector levers are the same for all modules and PICs Fig...

Page 110: ...operate both top and bottom ejector levers at the same time when seating or releasing the module Figure 11 Ejector Levers Fan Trays The C4 CMTS contains three Fan Trays also called modules numbered 0 1 and 2 Each tray contains a front and rear fan A failing fan is easily identified by the Fan Status LED on the Fan Tray Maintenance personnel can replace the failed Fan Tray without shutting down the...

Page 111: ...ecurely mounted in a frame or rack You should rack mount the chassis first and then install the Fan Trays How to Install the Fan Trays 1 Perform the following steps to install Fan Trays Refer to the figure below to identify the location of the Fan Trays 2 Align the Fan Tray on the rails and slide firmly into chassis 3 Hand tighten the captive fastener at the bottom of the tray If using a tool care...

Page 112: ...an cause overheating and card failure Figure 13 Installing a Fan Tray Air Filter The C4 CMTS comes equipped with an air filter mounted horizontally just above the fan assemblies and just below the chassis slots It is important to change the fan filter at least every three months depending on the air quality on site CAUTION Dirty air filters cannot be cleaned and reused Replacement filters may be o...

Page 113: ...he C4 CMTS Avoid sharing a power source that requires large currents Power is filtered and conditioned by a Power Conditioning Module PCM for each feed The PCM contains the power input connector main breaker and all active circuitry for power distribution of a power bus The PCM Soft starts the chassis on power up Filters noise and power disturbances from the power feeds Monitors the power draw of ...

Page 114: ...M A It corresponds to the Bus A power panel LEDs and control switch located on the front of the chassis b The PCM on the left side of the chassis is named PCM B It corresponds to the Bus B power panel LEDs and control switch located on the front of the chassis 4 Hand tighten the three captive fasteners on each of the PCMs If the captive fasteners are tightened using a tool care should be exercised...

Page 115: ...ables The color coding used by the external DC power source at your site determines how the ARRIS CMTS power cables are connected 3 Each cable contains two 6 gauge wires one red and one white that must be hard wired to the DC source by a qualified service electrician a Connect the red wire to the negative side of the 48V supply b Connect the white wire to the positive or return side of the 48V sup...

Page 116: ...ee captive fasteners on the rear of the PCM 8 Remove the PCM and insert the replacement PCM 9 Tighten the captive fasteners by hand If the captive fasteners are tightened using a tool care should be exercised not to over tighten The recommended torque for these fasteners is 5 0 0 5 inch pounds 10 Insert the power cable 11 Power the MAIN breaker switch back ON 12 Confirm the PCM and power feeds are...

Page 117: ...0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 117 Another small panel is found beneath the lower matching panel The chassis slot numbers are printed on it it flips down to allow access to the air filter Figure 16 C4 CMTS Front Access Panels ...

Page 118: ...controlled by circuit breaker in the PCM Internal chassis branch fuses and electronic circuit breakers located in the PCM Fuses located on the front modules These fuses are not field replaceable The C4 CMTS must be installed only by trained service personnel who are familiar with the precautions required when working in a 48V DC power delivery environment Power requirements are listed in see Power...

Page 119: ...h carry high current and the power connectors located at the rear of the unit Figure 18 C4 CMTS Power Feeds chassis rear Internal Branch Protection Each A and B power feed is further divided into four internal chassis distribution branches A through D Each of these branches is protected by both an electronic circuit breaker and a 20 amp fuse located in the PCM These fuses constitute the second lev...

Page 120: ...power to the C4 CMTS midplane and to all circuit modules Power is distributed to the twenty one slots by the four branches as shown in the figure below Figure 19 Second Level Internal Branch Fusing If for example a damaged module or bent pin causes an electrical short the fuses and overcurrent circuits protect the power distribution wiring and midplane circuitry from damage ...

Page 121: ... power fault LED is turned on Module Board level Fuses The third level of protection is at the module level Each front module CAM RCM or SCM has two fuses that protect its internal circuitry One fuse is located on the circuit powered by the A bus and the other on the circuit powered by the B bus These on board module fuses are not field replaceable if the fuse blows the module must be returned for...

Page 122: ...g contact an ARRIS Tech Support representative Proper operation is ensured by adding support for tiered DC voltage thresholds The new High and Low Warning Thresholds are used to trigger log messages for operator notifications enabled by default The new High and Low Error Thresholds are used to trigger card recovery actions disabled by default These actions are indicated in the following figure Fig...

Page 123: ...s own Chassis Maintenance Cleaning the Chassis Since some cleaners could be dangerous or cause damage to the finish of the chassis ARRIS recommends only Isopropyl Alcohol wipes be used Air Filters Dirty air filters cannot be cleaned and reused Replacement filters may be ordered from ARRIS in kits of four normally a year s supply for one chassis For ordering information contact your ARRIS sales rep...

Page 124: ...t modules from right to left and put each module into an antistatic bag with an identification tag indicating which slot it came from 10 Remove PICs from the chassis rear from right to left Put each module into an antistatic bag with an identification tag indicating which slot it came from 11 Remove the three Fan Trays prior to chassis dismount 12 Disconnect the chassis ground as a final step prio...

Page 125: ...ke any mechanical or electrical modifications to the C4c CMTS equipment If modified the C4c CMTS may no longer comply with regulatory standards Safety Precautions 126 Electrostatic Discharge ESD 129 Installation Checklist 130 Unpacking the C4c CMTS 132 Installation Considerations 134 Rack Mounting the C4c CMTS 137 Main Hardware Components 139 Power Module and Cabling 151 Power Protection Descripti...

Page 126: ...e equipment s electrical rating label Never force objects of any kind through openings in the equipment because dangerous voltages may be present Foreign objects may produce a short circuit resulting in fire electric shock or damage to the C4c CMTS and other equipment Connect the C4c CMTS chassis to protective earth ground in compliance with U S and International Safety standards See see Grounding...

Page 127: ...8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 127 Do not attempt to lift the chassis by yourself have at least one other person assist you Figure 22 Lifting Hazard Warning Ensure that your footing is solid and that you balance the weight of the object between your feet ...

Page 128: ...ssis front at the recess and with the other hand grasp a back handle and lift slowly Do not twist your body as you lift Figure 23 C4c CMTS Chassis Handles Keep your back straight and lift with your legs not your back If you must bend down to lift the chassis bend at the knees not at the waist to reduce the strain on your lower back muscles Electrical Equipment Guidelines Follow these basic guideli...

Page 129: ...ide plant OSP or its wiring These interfaces are designed for use as intra building interfaces only requiring isolation from the exposed OSP cabling They are Type 2 or Type 4 ports as described in GR 1089 CORE Issue 4 Finally the addition of Primary Protectors is not sufficient protection from electrical shock in order to connect these interfaces metallically to OSP wiring Electrostatic Discharge ...

Page 130: ...cription Become familiar with component descriptions Unpack the C4c CMTS according to the instructions in Unpacking the C4c CMTS page 132 Obtain any necessary items not supplied to install the C4c CMTS in your configuration Prepare the site for installation in accordance with placement and electrical considerations Install C4c CMTS in rack Attach the chassis grounding cable Connect yourself to the...

Page 131: ...lf limiting to 20 in lbs Torque Values The following table lists the recommended torque values for selected screws and fasteners of the C4c CMTS Table 13 Recommended Torque Values in Inch pounds Fasteners Torque Screws for grounding cable 10 0 0 5 in lbs Captive fasteners of PMs 5 0 0 5 in lbs F connectors of PICs 20 0 0 5 in lbs Items Not Supplied The following items are not included with the C4c...

Page 132: ...sent before removing the C4c CMTS Ensure the crate is right side up Open crate and carefully remove the packaged unit inside Then remove the protective foam from the unit Do not discard any optional items which are typically packed in small boxes set in the packing foam Remove the remaining contents of the crate Front and rear modules are shipped in separate cartons unless you ordered a configured...

Page 133: ...ve 5 rear filler panels there is no PIC for the RCM One 1 Fan Tray Module One 1 air filter installed in Fan Tray Module One 1 hardware installation kit One 1 ESD Wrist Strap One 1 C4c CMTS Serial Cable and adapter for connecting a console to the SCM serial port Documentation package zip lock plastic bag in shipping crate One 1 paper copy of the licensing agreement One 1 copy of the pre printed pac...

Page 134: ...s can be mounted directly above the lowest C4c chassis Chassis Placement Select an appropriate installation area that is dry relatively dust free well ventilated and air conditioned Be sure the floor is capable of supporting the combined weight of the rack with the installed equipment CAUTION The C4c CMTS generates a significant amount of heat Allow enough space around the C4c CMTS for adequate ve...

Page 135: ...ts The C4c CMTS should be installed in a location with adequate ventilation It is designed for long term operation at ambient air temperatures ranging from 41 104 F 5 40 C and an area that is between 5 to 85 percent relative humidity non condensing To determine cooling requirements assume 1350W for worst case power dissipation These values assume the worst case cooling requirements when the maximu...

Page 136: ...the air that cools the chassis Air is drawn in through the intake vent on the right side of the chassis when facing the front and moves across the internal components cooling them as it passes The warm air is exhausted through the vents on the left side of the chassis To ensure the proper air flow make sure filler panels are installed in unoccupied chassis slots It is also important to change the ...

Page 137: ...line how to rack mount the C4c CMTS WARNING Ensure that the rack is stable and properly bolted to the floor so that weight of the chassis does not make it unstable How to Rack Mount the C4c CMTS 1 Attach the supplied green protective earth ground cable to either the front or rear termination point of the chassis as illustrated in the figure above prior to placing the chassis in the rack The other ...

Page 138: ...ure the loose end of protective earth ground cable to a suitable protective earth ground termination point within the building installation If attaching this cable to the frame ensure that the attachment point is bare metal and that the frame is bonded to a suitable protective earth ground Grounding the Chassis The C4c CMTS chassis must be properly connected to protective earth ground for safety c...

Page 139: ...plate in each slot includes a label stating the module type and multiple LEDs to indicate the module s status Design of the C4c CMTS The C4c CMTS operates in simplex mode It does not support Control Complex Redundancy CCR A fully equipped C4c CMTS can support up to 10 000 customer premise devices This chassis is equipped with dual redundant power supplies These can be either AC or DC or one of eac...

Page 140: ...64 375 to 1 3 8 1 5 12 80 15 to 1 3 20 Module Types and Chassis Slots Front View The C4c CMTS chassis contains eight horizontal slots These slots are equipped for the following modules sometimes referred to as front cards One Router Control Module Slot 17 One System Control Module Slot 19 One to six Cable Access Modules in a mix of upstream and downstream CAMs Slots 10 thru 15 Note The slot number...

Page 141: ... 141 The following two illustrations line art and graphical show the front of the chassis Figure 26 Front View of C4c CMTS Figure 27 Line Drawing Showing Slot Numbering front view The chassis example shown in the above figure is equipped with Three 16D or XD CAMS located in slots 13 14 and 15 Three 12U or 24U CAMS located in slots 10 11 and 12 ...

Page 142: ...he C4c CMTS compatible with C4 CMTS software Without this numbering scheme the software would return provisioning errors for cards used in the wrong slots The CAMs RCM SCM power modules and Fan Tray Module plus filter are hot swappable and field replaceable units Limited Support for the 2Dx12U CAM in the C4c CMTS The C4c CMTS has limited support for the 2Dx12U CAM Up to a maximum of six 6 2Dx12U C...

Page 143: ...ach slot from the rear of the chassis The PICs provide physical connectors for terminating cables from the subscriber network and enable the CAMs to be replaced without having to remove cables The figure below shows an example of a rear view of a chassis configured with 12U and 16D CAMs to show their connectors Slots 10 15 are equipped with CAM PICs Slot 19 is equipped with an SCM PIC There is no ...

Page 144: ... slot Rear filler panels used for any unequipped rear PIC slot Power Module filler panel used for an unequipped power module All unused module slots front and rear must be equipped with filler panels Filler panels are required for proper EMC emission levels and sufficient airflow to properly cool the C4c CMTS system Failure to cover empty slots reduces the air flow through the chassis and could re...

Page 145: ...Use proper ESD precautions before handling modules 2 Align and insert module into proper slot Lock ejector levers before proceeding to the next module red buttons will click audibly if module is completely seated in the slot and ejector levers are closed 3 Install proper PIC or filler panel in the corresponding rear slot of the chassis The RCM does not have a PIC Note If you meet strong resistance...

Page 146: ...s the same for all modules and PICs Figure 29 Installing the System Control Module Ejector Levers The figure below illustrates the ejector lever mechanism on the module faceplates Once installed the module is locked in place The red button in each lever must be pushed before the ejector levers can be operated to release the module Always operate both left and right ejector levers at the same time ...

Page 147: ...t is easily identified by the Fan LED on the Control and Display cover on the front of the chassis Maintenance personnel can replace the failed Fan Tray Module also called fan tray without shutting down the entire system The chassis can operate even if one of the six fans in the Fan Tray Module fails These fans cool the system components by forcing air from the right side of the chassis through al...

Page 148: ...nge the fan filter The fan filter replacement must be completed within a 60 second window or damage may occur to the chassis and or the boards How to Install the Fan Tray Module Perform the following steps to install the Fan Tray Module Refer to the figure below to identify the location of the Fan Tray Module 1 Make sure that the fans are properly seated in the Fan Tray Module so that they do not ...

Page 149: ...ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 149 4 Flip the ejector levers toward each other to close and lock the Fan Tray Module in the slot The teeth of the ejector levers engage the seating rails and the ejectors click into place if the module is seated correctly Figure 31 Installing the Fan Tray Module ...

Page 150: ...MTS comes equipped with an air filter mounted on the inside of the Fan Tray Module It is important to change the fan filter at least every three months depending on the air quality on site The figure below shows where the air filter is located and how it is removed for replacement Figure 32 Replacing the Air Filter CAUTION Dirty air filters cannot be cleaned and reused ...

Page 151: ...s 5 Carefully align the Fan Tray Module on the rails and with the ejector levers open slide the module firmly all the way into the slot Apply equal pressure to the top and bottom of the Fan Tray Module 6 Flip the ejector levers toward each other to close and lock the Fan Tray Module in place As the teeth of the levers engage the seating rails the Fan Tray Module clicks into place if seated correct...

Page 152: ...f the chassis and shuts down a branch circuit in the event of a power fault Note Review the total current consumption of all equipment on the same line before supplying power to the C4c CMTS Avoid sharing a power source that requires large currents Each PM is removable and can be replaced without interrupting power to the C4c CMTS in a duplex power configuration Figure 33 Installing the PM How to ...

Page 153: ...erate on a single 48V DC or a 115V AC power source but requires two 48V power feeds A and B for redundancy In the event that one feed fails or is removed from service for maintenance the other feed continues to supply power to the C4c CMTS with no interruption in service The source can be an external battery plant or independent AC or DC power supply The C4c CMTS chassis can have a DC AC AC DC DC ...

Page 154: ...lide firmly into place From the rear the PM can be inserted into either the left or right a The PM on the right side of the chassis is named PM A It corresponds to the Bus A power panel LEDs and control switch located on the front of the chassis b The PM on the left side of the chassis is named PM B It corresponds to the Bus B power panel LEDs and control switch located on the front of the chassis...

Page 155: ...s on the configuration Figure 35 Applying Power to the DC PM How to Cable the DC Power Module Refer to the figure above and follow the steps below to cable the PM 1 One or two cables one red and or one blue are included with the C4c CMTS One end of each cable is connectorized and keyed for the power connector on the rear of the DC Power Module a Make sure the breaker is in the OFF position before ...

Page 156: ...rce by a qualified service electrician a Connect the red wire to the negative side of the 48V supply b Connect the white wire to the positive or return side of the 48V supply CAUTION Do not connect the cables to a PM that is not in a chassis Be sure to shut off the breaker for the unit and disconnect the 48V DC or 115V AC power cable before removing the PM from the chassis Figure 36 Applying Power...

Page 157: ...ou are wearing an ESD strap when handling PMs 2 Confirm that you have approximately seven inches of clearance from the rear of the PM and any RF cabling in order to remove the module If removal of RF cabling is required for clearance be sure to label the cables appropriately first CAUTION If no redundant PM is installed replacing a PM will interrupt service 3 Confirm the other PM and power feed is...

Page 158: ...sert the power cable 8 Power the MAIN breaker back ON 9 Confirm the PM and power feeds are functioning properly by verifying both of its branch LEDs are green Front Panel Access Protective panels mounted on the front of the chassis flip open as illustrated in the figure below SFP and XFP Ethernet Interfaces page 214 The bottom single panel flips down to reveal the power panel and power LEDs The si...

Page 159: ...ront modules These fuses are not field replaceable The C4c CMTS must be installed only by trained service personnel who are familiar with the precautions required when working in a 48V DC or 115V AC power delivery environment Power requirements are listed in Power Requirements A and B Power Feeds Power is supplied to the C4c CMTS via A and B feeds located at the rear of the unit The power feeds ar...

Page 160: ...e not field replaceable nor can they be reset These feeds supply power to the C4c CMTS midplane and to all circuit modules Power is distributed to the eight slots and the Fan Tray Module by the two branches as shown below Figure 40 Second Level Internal Branch Fusing If for example a damaged module or bent pin causes an electrical short the fuses protect the power distribution wiring and midplane ...

Page 161: ...re the voltage levels while the maintenance software generates log messages for voltage levels that are outside the specified range for each measurement point In many cases a voltage measurement that is only slightly out of specification will not affect the performance of a module and should be considered only as a warning to the operator to take action in the near future In this case a failover t...

Page 162: ...downstream CAM reveals three voltage errors within a 24 hour period then the C4c CMTS places that client card in an OOS FLT state If that occurs the operator must shut no shut the slot of that card in order to restore it to service If an SCM or RCM has three voltage errors in a 24 hour period then the SCM or RCM goes into a fault state but will continue to try to recover on its own C4c CMTS Chassi...

Page 163: ...ther AC or DC power 5 Remove the power feed s from the rear of the chassis 6 Remove cables from rear CAM PICs and group them with a tie wrap for ease of identification 7 Remove all other cables from SCM RCM and PICs after each cable has been identified and labeled 8 Remove power modules from the chassis 9 Remove active front modules from top to bottom and put each module into a static bag with an ...

Page 164: ...ng or removing modules from the C4c chassis Some components may scrape off from the bottom of the Printed Wiring Board PWB 17 Begin to re cable the rear PICs until all cables have been restored 18 Have a laptop or access to a console serial port 19 Monitor linecard status and port status once all cards are active 20 Verify modems are registering on all CAMs 21 Ensure the area is clean ...

Page 165: ...rview 165 SCM Replacement 177 SCM Upgrade to 1GB RAM SCM II EM 181 SCM II EM U 187 SCM 3 187 Compact Flash 195 SCM Overview The System Control Module SCM supports Two maintenance ports One maintenance RS 232 interface which supports Baud rate speeds of 9600 19200 38400 57600 115200 One maintenance Ethernet interface One bi directional fabric port ...

Page 166: ...em Control Module SCM STANDARD Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 166 A system maintenance processor Figure 42 System Control Module and Physical Interface Card ...

Page 167: ...e and they will share the SCM MAC address between them The SCM 3 will provide the ability to select either the front or the rear Ethernet port as the active operational port The selection of the front rear port will happen at boot time using the same menu as the Ethernet port IP address subnet and gateway The setting of the active operational Ethernet port front rear is printed to the console port...

Page 168: ... data distribution Alarms monitoring and management Overload control Audit control Billing and measurement data Common Operation Administration Maintenance and Provisioning OAM P and infrastructure software functions Telnet processing SSH processing FTP processing RADIUS authentication TACACS processing PacketCable Common Open Policy Server COPS PacketCable IPSec processing PacketCable VoIP Connec...

Page 169: ...nal state On green a Layer 2 connectivity established On amber b Active traffic being passed a For the SCM 3 this LED is only available on the front of the module b For the SCM 3 the LED is only available on the front of the module LED Test Button The SCM provides an LED Test button in order to verify the functionality of all active LEDs in the chassis Testing the LED functionality on a chassis sh...

Page 170: ...M II System Control Module II w Rel 5 x SCM 02440W 2003 512 MB 512 MB Full size ARCT00638 B10 718100 SCM II System Control Module II w Rel 7 x SCM 02440W 2003 512 MB 512 MB Full size ARCT00638 B10 785108 SCM II System Control Module II w Rel 7 x for C4c SCM 02440W 2003 512 MB 512 MB Full size ARCT00638 B10 785169 SCM II EM SCM II Enhanced Memory SCM 02441W 2009 1 GB 512 MB Full size ARCT01940 B02 ...

Page 171: ...SCM Faceplate Designations SCM PIC Considerations The SCM PIC in slot 19 comes equipped with a MAC address and a printed label This MAC serves as the basis for all generated MAC addresses in the chassis The slot 19 SCM PIC is also equipped with a fan controller The fan controller is a daughter board that is only visible when the PIC is removed from the slot The SCM PIC used in slot 20 has neither ...

Page 172: ... correctly Repeat Steps 3 6 if it does not 6 For a duplex configuration insert a second SCM in slot 20 Due to hardware enhancements the SCM 3 is not backwards compatible with previous software releases 7 When ready to attach the console management cables refer to How to Cable the SCM How to Install the SCM PIC There are two types of SCM PIC one labeled O for the odd slot and one labeled E for the ...

Page 173: ...e The front panel connector on the SCM in slot 19 is designed to connect directly to a host device with the supplied cable and adapter Do not attach the console to any other network interface The pinouts for the asynchronous serial console port the RJ 45 to RJ 45 Serial Cable and the RJ 45 to DB 9 female DTE adapter is shown in below as follows Table 18 Cabling and Console Port Signaling Using a D...

Page 174: ...out of Serial Cable How to Cable the SCM Perform the following steps to cable the operator console 1 Locate the supplied 8 foot shielded Ethernet 10 BaseT RJ 45 to RJ 45 Serial Cable and RJ 45 to DB 9 female connector 2 Using the supplied Serial Cable plug the RJ 45 end into the RS 232 connection on the front of the SCM 3 Plug the other end of the RJ 45 cable into the RJ 45 to DB 9 adapter 4 Plug ...

Page 175: ...ory the flash disk The base configuration is the minimum data needed to initialize and configure the CMTS When the CMTS initializes from the base configuration database the SCM and Router Control Module RCM become active Configuration procedures begin once the SCM and RCM are active The next section of this chapter contains the procedure for initially setting the system clock the SCM s IP address ...

Page 176: ...face System administrators who are connected through a local network router will no longer be able to access the SCM through the SCM ethernet port How to Set Up the Terminal Emulator The following procedure outlines how to set up a command window using a terminal emulator application such as TeraTerm or Microsoft s HyperTerm For help with the emulator of your choice please consult the vendor speci...

Page 177: ...tems and application software different from the ones chosen here as examples Locations of files may also differ The CMTS is already set to echo entries If your emulator gives you the option to echo typed characters locally turn it off 5 Save your terminal emulator SCM Replacement The following procedure should be used when replacing the SCMs in a duplex control complex How to Replace an SCM in a ...

Page 178: ...te Number Type 0 12UCAM Spare Up IS Standby 07243CMD0029 CAM 01122W K03 CAM CAM 1 CAM 0D 12U Up OOS FLT CAM 2 CAM 0D 12U Up IS Active 10293CMD0033 CAM 01122W K05 CAM CAM 3 24UCAM Spare Up OOS FLT CAM 4 CAM 0D 24U Up IS Active 11283CTU0011 CAM 01240W C07 CAM CAM 8 CAM 16D 0U Up IS Simplex 12413CXD0278 CAM 40032W G04 DMM DMM 9 CAM 16D 0U Up IS Active 10063CSD0082 CAM 20032W G04 DMM DMM 10 CAM 16D 0U...

Page 179: ...40 minutes to complete Example of FPGA firmware in TRANSIENT state FPGA Versions sandm 08 04 00 TRANSIENT Boot Versions boot0 CMTS_BOOT0_V00 00 85 boot1 CMTS_BOOT1_V00 09 62 boot2 CMTS_BOOT1_V00 09 62 7 Perform a soft switch to switch the active pair over to standby by entering the following command configure interface system controller xx soft switch Where xx active SCM slot If using telnet for a...

Page 180: ...ession will be disconnected during the soft switch and will require the user to telnet back in 12 Allow system to return to duplex This can be confirmed by executing the show linecard status command The standby SCM should show IS Standby 13 Check system for normal operation How to Replace an SCM in a C4c CMTS or a Simplex Chassis Follow the steps below to replace a System Control Module SCM in a s...

Page 181: ...s for success or failure responses 12 Repeat step as necessary until you have pasted the rest of the backup config file into your console window 13 Do a show version in order to verify that the version of the software loaded on the flash disk of the new SCM is the one you want to use If not you ll have to do a software upgrade Once you have finished restoring the configuration do a write memory co...

Page 182: ...en handling the SCM card s and DIMM modules 1 Shutdown the SCM intended for upgrade by using the command configure slot X shutdown 2 Remove the SCM from the CMTS chassis and place on a flat grounded antistatic mat with the components facing up 3 Remove the DIMM from the connector by prying outward on the ejector latches located at both ends of the connector See the figure below In the event of an ...

Page 183: ...6 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 183 Figure 47 Removing the DIMM 1 Replace the removed DIMM module with the new 1GB DIMM shipped in the Upgrade Kit The label must face upward and the DIMM must be centered with the connector Press firmly against the back edge of the DIMM module using ...

Page 184: ...C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 184 your thumbs See next figure Slide the DIMM into the connector until the latches at both ends snap into the locking notches on the DIMM module Figure 48 Replacing the DIMM Module ...

Page 185: ...to boot remove the SCM from the chassis remove and reseat the DIMM module Then reinsert the SCM into the chassis 5 If the SCM fails to boot a second time obtain the serial port output and contact technical support at ARRIS 6 Once the upgraded SCM has booted enter show version detail slot The output should indicate that the SDRAM has 1024 MB 7 To ensure that all modules are in service IS enter show...

Page 186: ... the back edge of the DIMM module using your thumbs Slide the DIMM into the connector until the latches at both ends snap into the locking notches on the DIMM module 5 Reinsert the upgraded SCM into the CMTS chassis 6 Apply the new front label supplied in the Upgrade Kit by placing it over the top of the existing label in the concave area 7 Allow the SM to boot up in the CMTS chassis If the SCM fa...

Page 187: ...differentiate it from the existing SCM Refer to Types of System Control Modules SCMs for the comprehensive list of SCMs The SCM II EM U will include the 4 GB Enhanced Memory compact flash disk and replaces existing SCM hardware With updated software any combination of existing SCM and SCM II EM U modules may be used in a duplex C4 CMTS chassis SCM 3 Beginning in Release 8 1 the SCM 3 processor com...

Page 188: ... active SCM will generate a log at the ERROR level declaring the SCM vintage mismatch cannot be made duplex operational Scenario 3 If the C4 CMTS powers up or the system resets with a mismatched control complex one SCM 3 and one prior version SCM which SCM is selected as the active SCM is indeterminate but historically will favor slot 19 Since the control complex is mismatched the SCM not chosen w...

Page 189: ...grade scenarios will involve the chassis being down for some amount of time The SCM 3 Compact Flash will work with the SCM II EM U but it is not compatible with any other prior version SCM Assumptions The C4 CMTS is running with SCM II SCM II EM and SCM II EM U active standby and running SW version 8 2 The SCM 3 flash disk is pre programmed at the factory with at least the Release 8 1 x or later i...

Page 190: ...Insert the two SCM 3 modules in slots 19 and 20 8 If the previous SCMs had RS 232 serial or ethernet cables connected to the front of the card then reconnect those cables Note By default the SCM 3 out of band Ethernet cable connection defaults to the rear PIC connector Either move the out of band Ethernet cable to the rear PIC connector or follow Upgrade to an SCM 3 Using the OOBM Ethernet Interfa...

Page 191: ...by using only the serial port to configure the network interfaces routing protocols inband access ACLs users authentication local TACACS RADIUS vtys and telnet or SSH access Then configure ftp server and ftp the backup configuration onto the CMTS Then perform the following command exc file backupMMDDYY cfg 11 Save your configuration write memory 12 Verify CMs register 13 Commit the software image ...

Page 192: ...pMMDDYY cfg file to system cfgfiles 12 Execute the backup configuration file exc file system cfgfiles backupMMDDYY cfg 13 Save your configuration write memory 14 Verify that CMs register 15 Commit the software image to all client cards reload commit The C4 CMTS is now operating with SCM 3s and its configuration file is backupMMDDYY cfg It is running on Release 8 x x x software which has been commi...

Page 193: ...es to the rear SCM PIC go to step If Ethernet cables are used and will remain connected to the front port continue with step 8 8 Insert the SCM 3 card in slot 19 and connect serial console cable and the front Ethernet cable 9 To change the default operation to use the front port power up the chassis with the SCM 3 card in slot 19 See the sample bootloader script below Using the example below respo...

Page 194: ...otloader script run until you see the login prompt connecting to SCM 19 Login 1 If duplex Insert an SCM 3 in slot 20 as the SCM 3 in slot 19 is finishing its boot up process If the SCM RCM pair in slots 19 17 have already come up and are in simplex mode then reseat both slots 19 and 20 to bring the system up in duplex mode 2 Power up the chassis with both SCM 3 cards inserted if not previously don...

Page 195: ...e flash drives of Rev E and later SCMs and vice versa The older SCMs use a disk with a 70 pin connector newer SCMs use a disk with a 50 pin connector Also the two types of disk do not have the same physical dimensions If you attempt to insert the removable flash disk from one type into the flash drive of the other you can damage the module and render it unusable The flash disk drive of the SCM II ...

Page 196: ...roken Replacing the Compact Flash Replacing the Compact Flash Disk on a Duplex System Follow the steps below to replace a compact flash disk on an SCM Be sure you are wearing an ESD strap when handling the SCM and the compact flash disk 1 Verify that the SCM whose flash disk needs to be replaced is currently the standby SCM If not perform a soft switch 2 Shutdown the standby SCM whose flash disk i...

Page 197: ... 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 197 3 Remove the SCM from the CMTS chassis and place on a flat grounded antistatic mat with the components facing up The following figure shows the location of the compact flash disk on the SCM II EM U and SCM 3 ...

Page 198: ...he socket and you can then pull it out using the yellow pull tab See below 5 Insert the replacement compact flash disk The label must face upward and the retainer latch should again be moved 90 to the right Now move the compact flash into the slot and slide it forward until you hear a click and the retainer latch snap back into the locked position See below 6 Reinsert the upgraded SCM into the cha...

Page 199: ...ou are wearing an ESD strap and use ESD precaution when handling the SCM card s and DIMM modules 1 Perform a write memory to save the existing configuration 2 Back up the existing configuration with the following command copy running config verbose system cfgfiles backupMMDDYY cfg 3 Use Secure FTP SFTP or FTP to transfer the configuration off the CMTS and save it on a local machine server 4 Power ...

Page 200: ...ment then instead of using the serial port you can use the ethernet port to reload your configuration To do this configure ftp server and ftp the backup configuration onto the CMTS Then perform the following command exc file backupMMDDYY cfg 12 Save your configuration write memory 13 Verify that the CMs register 14 Commit the software image to all client cards reload commit The C4 CMTS is now oper...

Page 201: ...201 The following figure shows the structure of the disk and its partitions Figure 51 Flash Disk Partition Structure Show Commands Use the following command to display the flash disk capacity on either Slot 19 or 20 show version detail 19 Sample output Chassis Type C4 Time since the CMTS was last booted 1 days 2 58 03 hr min sec Slot 19 ...

Page 202: ...on PIC Man Deviation FPGA Versions sandm 06 21 00 Boot Versions boot0 CMTS_BOOT0_V00 00 85 boot1 CMTS_BOOT1_V00 09 68 boot2 CMTS_BOOT1_V00 09 68 Last Boot Version CMTS_BOOT1_V00 09 68 1 Reason Last Booted Manual Reset Software Version CMTS_V08 03 00 170 Uptime 0 days 23 38 19 To display the amount of space remaining on the flash disk use the following command df detail Sample output Device Name Fi...

Page 203: ...n Write Memory Command and Backups A write memory operation first forces the MIB data out to disk and then initiates a backup operation on the active SCM of the CMTS The write memory command causes all files in the following directories of the active SCM to be copied onto the standby alias certs cfgfiles these are not CM configuration files sec time cmts sw config Once the backup is completed the ...

Page 204: ...update dumps directory allows access to core files PMDs on the standby processor Disk Check and Recovery Whenever an SCM initializes the flash disk is checked for errors If errors are found the SCM attempts to recover the disk This may result in reformatting the affected partition or the entire disk in a duplex chassis If the system partition is reformatted it is automatically restored using the b...

Page 205: ...ge working directory copy copy files specified delete delete specified files dir list files and directories df display disk usage mkdir make a new directory pwd display present working directory rmdir remove a specified directory Reload Commands The reload command comes in five versions reload reload update reload retain patches reload commit and show reload status Each is explained below Table 20...

Page 206: ...and new firmware can take up to 40 minutes to complete The commit process runs in the background and does not impact service Note If you replace any modules run the show version detail command If any FPGA or bootloader versions are still in the transient state execute a reload commit command to ensure that they are written to hardware File Transfers File Transfer Protocols The procedures in this c...

Page 207: ...for more information To copy a backup file from the CMTS to an external FTP server copy system cfgfiles backupMMDDYY cfg ftp login password ftpserverip backupMMDDYY cfg To copy a CMTS image from an external FTP server to the CMTS copy ftp login password ftpserverip CMTS_V08 03 00 40 img update CMTS_V08 03 00 40 img To copy a backup file from the CMTS to an external TFTP server copy system cfgfiles...

Page 208: ...rwarding capability for the C4 C4c CMTS Its centralized capabilities include layer 3 routing layer 2 switching tunneling support DOCSIS 3 functionality and the Network Side Interfaces NSIs It is responsible for the control plane and for traffic management in the data plane IPv4 and IPv6 are both supported A duplex C4 CMTS chassis employs dual RCMs for full Control Complex Redundancy CCR High speed...

Page 209: ...Chapter 7 Router Control Module RCM STANDARD Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 209 Figure 52 Router Control Module and Rear Filler Panel ...

Page 210: ...port for Access Control Lists ACLs Supporting routing protocols and DHCP Supporting control plane software RCM Hardware The RCM cards are located in slots 17 and 18 in the C4 CMTS chassis In the C4c CMTS or simplex mode slot 17 must be used The RCM is designed to be used without a Physical Interface Card PIC therefore the connectors for all interfaces are on the front panel A filler panel is added...

Page 211: ...zing SFP Ports Solid Green Connectivity established Amber Active traffic being passed XFP Ports Solid Green Connectivity established Amber Active traffic being passed Crossover Link Indicator Solid Green Link is active RCM Crossover Connector If you plan to run in duplex mode applicable to C4 CMTS only you must purchase one 1 CMTS Router Control Module Crossover Connector Part Number 722891 The cr...

Page 212: ... All Rights Reserved 212 If there is a problem with the crossover connection you will lose the standby Ethernet ports even though the card is in service If the standby RCM fails you will lose the standby Ethernet ports during the time that the standby card is coming back in service Figure 53 RCM Crossover Connector ...

Page 213: ...nector 1 First ground yourself properly with an electrostatic discharge ESD strap then install the second RCM Figure 54 Installing the RCM Crossover Connector 2 Align the pins on the RCM crossover connector as shown in the figure above 3 Push in and hand tighten the four supplied captive fasteners Do not over tighten The recommended torque for these is 5 0 0 5 inch pounds ...

Page 214: ...uggable SFP electrical or optical interfaces located in ports 0 through 9 SFP and XFP ports are Multi Source Agreement MSA compliant Fiber Optic SFP and XFP Modules The SFP transceiver is a hot swappable device that can be plugged into one of the Gigabit Ethernet ports on the front of the RCM module to link with fiber optic networks The XFP transceiver module is required for the 10G Ethernet port ...

Page 215: ...dules and fiber types Table 22 Overview of IEEE SFP and XFP Types and Specifications Connection Type Wavelength Fiber Type Max Distance SFP GbE Fiber Modules 1000Base SX 850nm 62 5 125 multi mode 160MHz 62 5 125 multi mode 200MHz 50 125 multi mode 400MHz 50 125 multi mode 500MHz 220m 275m 500m 550m 1000Base LX10 1310nm 62 5 125 multi mode 500MHz 50 125 multi mode 400MHz 50 125 multi mode 500MHz 9 ...

Page 216: ...CM is installed Installation procedures for all SFPs and XFPs are the same The standard fiber connector for the SFP and XFP is the LC connector style Installing Fiber Optic XFPs or SFPs Into the RCM Ports Note Ground yourself properly with an electrostatic discharge ESD strap CAUTION Do not remove the plugs from the fiber optic module port or the rubber caps from the fiber optic cable until you ar...

Page 217: ... all cables before removing or installing an XFP or SFP module 3 Lock the XFP or SFP into place by moving the latch to the right into the locked position The latch is properly closed when access to the connector is not obstructed 4 Remove the protective caps from the connectors on the fiber optic cable and save them for future use 5 Plug the appropriate fiber optic cable into the connector on the ...

Page 218: ...s of the SFP with your thumb and forefinger and insert the copper SFP into the selected RCM port and push firmly into the port until it seats 4 Lock the SFP into place by closing the latch in the up or locked position The latch is properly closed when access to the connector is not obstructed 5 Insert the copper Ethernet connector until it clicks in place ...

Page 219: ...e CAM and the eXtended Downstream Cable Access Module XD CAM The 2Dx12U CAM is not supported by this software release The CAMs can be configured in slots 0 through 15 but it is recommended to use the lower numbered slots for 12U or 24U CAMs and use higher numbered slots for the 16D or XD CAMs Slot 16 is not used 16D Cable Access Module 16D CAM The 16D Cable Access Module 16D CAM provides downstrea...

Page 220: ...are CAM 20016W Classic 16D CAM CAM 40016W Optimized 16D CAM Caution Optimized 16D CAMs will not work in releases prior to Release 7 4 Classic Downstream CAMs name for the original designs of the 16D and XD CAMs Optimized Downstream CAMs has the same functionality and performance with slightly lower power consumption as the Classic Downstream CAM when installed in a CMTS operating Release 7 4 softw...

Page 221: ...pter 8 Downstream Cable Access Modules DCAMs STANDARD Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 221 Figure 57 16D CAM and Rear Physical Interface Cards PICs ...

Page 222: ...itally and then upconverting with a single block upconverter is referred to as RF block upconversion and the group of carriers that is block upconverted is referred to as an RF block upconverter group Each RF block upconverter can support up to four channels simultaneously Four downstream physical connectors numbered 0 3 which are hard wired to correspond to one RF block upconverter each Primary S...

Page 223: ...than the configured downstream signal strength This test port is not meant to be used for signal calibration detecting signal spurs or to be used for precise RF quality measurements When the test port is not in use a 75 Ohm terminator should be in place A single RF test port is located on the 16D CAM front panel An LED is lit to reflect which of the 4 upconverters is selected These four LEDs are l...

Page 224: ...owered or restored If fast flashing persists for more than 2 seconds there is a serious power problem On On Powered and out of service On Flashing Downloading data from SCM initializing or running diagnostics Off Off The slot has no power Downstream Interleaver Settings In Annex B the 16D CAM now supports the following DS interleaver settings taps increment 8 16 16 8 32 4 64 2 and 128 1 The DS int...

Page 225: ...on the 16D CAM PIC Each F connector of the 16D CAM PIC is able to set to 64QAM or 256QAM mode independent of the other F connectors Any change to the modulation changes the modulation of all channels on that F connector Spectrum Windows and Downstream Frequency Spacing All of the downstream channels assigned to a given F connector on the 16D PIC must be arranged on an evenly spaced frequency grid ...

Page 226: ...e following diagram Figure 59 Example of Spectrum Window for Annex B Using a 6 MHz Frequency Grid The frequency grid for the 16D CAM has a resolution or step size of 125 kHz This means that the frequency of the first channel selected per F connector must be a multiple of 125 kHz within the frequency range for that annex All other channels on the same F connector are offset by an integer multiple o...

Page 227: ...6D CAM with 16 downstreams will support up to 52 dBmV for four QAM channels per port If the power is changed on one channel it will change the power on all channels on that F connector The CLI will enforce the DRFI maximum power level for the number of included channels on an F connector The table below shows the ranges which will be enforced Table 24 16D CAM Maximum Power Level for Included Chann...

Page 228: ...els associated with the same F connector is also changed The command to reconfigure the power level fails if the chosen power level is outside of the range shown in the table above 16D Physical Interface Cards PICs There are two types of 16D CAM PIC The normal 16D CAM PIC is equipped with four F connectors each labeled for the appropriate DS channels it carries Each connector is capable of carryin...

Page 229: ...you must still have a normal 16D PIC in rear slot 11 If slot 11 is not equipped with a PIC then the traffic carried by the CAM in slot 9 or 10 cannot transfer to the sparing group leader in case of a failover because it has no path through the backplane XD Cable Access Module XD CAM The XD CAM provides an upgrade path to convert an existing 16D CAM module into an XD CAM supports 32 Annex A or B DO...

Page 230: ...be either all 16D or all XD CAMs Types of Downstream CAMs Classic Downstream CAM This CAM is available today as a 16D CAM Field software upgrades are available to convert 16D or Optimized 16D CAMs to XD CAMs Optimized Downstream CAM This module has the same functionality and performance as the Classic Downstream CAM Software Release 7 4 or later is required for the Optimized DS CAM XD CAM For both...

Page 231: ...ust have the same setting Changing the setting for one channel changes it for all of the channels of that RF connector See also Interleaver Settings page 245 The Enhanced Power Mode feature is available only to Annex A XD CAMs The command to enable disable Enhanced Power is configure cable downstream enhanced power no The C4 C4c CMTS permits Annex A channels to be configured with center frequencie...

Page 232: ...eplate will be incorrect when the PIC is used for the XD CAM Annex B channels must be assigned to RF connectors as follows Channels RF Connector 0 7 0 8 15 1 16 23 2 24 31 3 An XD CAM can support from 1 16 MAC domains A single XD CAM can also support one MAC domain containing all 32 of its channels Each MAC domain contains from 1 32 downstream channels from an XD CAM and one or more upstream chann...

Page 233: ...ysical Interface Cards PICs Port Designation on Faceplate The XD CAM upgrade kit contains a decal XD which should be applied to the front of the faceplate to identify upgraded CAMs as XD CAMs However they do not contain a decal to cover the port designations Hence if you are running a 16D CAM or have upgraded a 16D CAM to an XD CAM the ports on the faceplate will be shown as D0 3 D4 7 D8 11 and D1...

Page 234: ...ds the MAC domain cannot include ports from more than one downstream or from more than one upstream CAM The XD CAM hardware supports Up to thirty two channels numbered 0 31 If configured for Annex B the downstream channels use the frequency range of 57 to 999 MHz and carry 40 Mbps per channel If configured for Annex A the downstream channels use the frequency range of 85 to 999 MHz and carry 55 Mb...

Page 235: ...nly Annex A has a fixed interleaver Support of independent adjustment of RF power on a per block upconverter basis Support of the individual muting of channels within an RF block upconverter group to 50dBc Automatic Gain Control AGC is always enabled on the XD CAM Downstream Test Port on XD CAM Faceplate The test port on the XD CAM faceplate is meant to verify the presence of a downstream signal I...

Page 236: ... the four RF block upconverter sources you wish to test As the push button is pressed the next RF output port LED is selected and the associated LED is lit It then cycles back to the first port after the last port was selected See the following figure Figure 61 XD CAM Downstream Test Port Front LED Status A description of the front LED status on the CAM modules are listed in the following table ...

Page 237: ...Off Off The slot has no power QAM Modulation Order and Port Requirements The XD CAM supports 64QAM and 256QAM operation A unique setting of 64QAM or 256QAM per F connector of the 16D CAM PIC Each F connector of the 16D CAM PIC can be set to 64QAM or 256QAM mode independent of the other F connectors Any change to the modulation will change the modulation of all channels on that F connector Spectrum...

Page 238: ... can be added using higher or lower frequencies When the XD CAM is operating in Annex B up to eight channels can be placed in a spectrum window having 13 slots that are 6 MHz wide spaced over a total of 78 MHz or in a spectrum window having 10 slots that are 8 MHz wide and spaced over a total of 80 MHz In both cases these Annex B channels are 6 MHz wide Figure 62 Example of Spectrum Window with An...

Page 239: ...els per F connector If the power is changed on one channel it will change the power on all channels on that F connector The C4 C4c CMTS enforces the DRFI maximum power level for the number of included channels on an F connector The table below shows the ranges which will be enforced Table 28 Maximum Power Level for Included Channels Included Channels DRFI Required Power Range dBmV Default Power dB...

Page 240: ...ble mac then the CLI will reject the command to assign this second channel to the 60 dBmV F connector Other operational notes If the power level is changed for one channel the power level for all other channels associated with the same F connector is also changed The command to reconfigure the power level fails if the chosen power level is outside of the range shown in the table above Enhanced pow...

Page 241: ...ce Cards PICs The 16D CAM PIC and the 16D CAM PIC SPARE are compatible and should be used with the XD CAM Note The four F Connectors on the 16D CAM PIC are labeled with the downstream channel numbers for the 16D CAM 0 3 4 7 8 11 and 12 15 respectively so the labeling on the 16D CAM PIC will not be consistent with the XD CAM channel numbering There are two types of 16D CAM PICs The normal 16D CAM P...

Page 242: ...n all the rear slots of the XD CAM sparing group even if one or more front slots of the group are not equipped with CAMs If for example CAM 15 is sparing for the XD CAMs in slots 9 14 and front slot 11 is not equipped with a CAM you must still have a 16D PIC in rear slot 11 If slot 11 is not equipped with a 16D PIC then the traffic carried by the XD CAMs in slot 9 or 10 cannot transfer to the spar...

Page 243: ...ions users should observe the following guidelines 1 Cable macs should be shut down before shutting down the up or downstream channels Shut down each cable mac MAC domain individually and have the system wait 60 seconds to give the RSM time to process the information For example configure interface cable mac 1 shutdown wait 60 configure interface cable mac 2 shutdown wait 60 Repeat as needed for o...

Page 244: ...frequency spectrum is checked to insure that there is no overlap in the fiber nodes 5 Change interleavers for all channels in the cable mac Note that changing the interleaver on one channel on an RF connector changes it for all channels on that connector 6 Save your changes write memory 7 Restore the cable mac to service configure interface cable mac int no shutdown 8 Restore the CAM s to service ...

Page 245: ...ment determines how much information is taken from each tap it varies inversely with the number of taps The interleaver works with a total of 128 symbols in one group If there are 128 taps then each tap takes one symbol If there are 16 taps then each one takes 8 symbols Burst protection values refer to the maximum size in microseconds of a burst that can be corrected Five different versions of the...

Page 246: ...is also used to determine the needed Map Ahead Timer for DOCSIS Map messages The default time is 1600 microseconds which is roughly enough time for a cable modem up to 100 miles from the CMTS to send a message and receive the response The CMTS allows values in the range of 200 to 1600 Automatic Gain Control AGC The 16D and XD CAMs support the power accuracy specification as defined in the CableLab...

Page 247: ...se one of the associated frequencies to be the first one to change to the new frequency outside the 80 MHz range 2 Set the admin state of the other associated downstream channels on that RF connector to down 3 Reassign those admin down DS channels to a frequency of 0 MHz 4 A 16D channel must be administratively down in order to set the frequency to zero The 0 Hz frequency acts as an enabler it doe...

Page 248: ...in 57 85 91 112 no The following command sets the maximum downstream center frequency for all channels within the chassis configure cable freq ds max 858 867 999 no Table 32 Downstream Center Frequency Ranges Per Annex Annex Range Minimum Maximum A Standard 112 858 Extended 85 999 B Standard 91 867 Extended 57 999 The standard values shown in bold in the table above are the defaults If the no para...

Page 249: ...RCC of Reg Rsp Mp Enabled Send 46 1RefID only in first TCC frag False Allow CM service group ambiguity override Disabled Unicast non primary US channel acquisition Disabled TFTP Enforce and Dynamic Shared Secret Enabled Drop Bad BPI Certificates Disabled XD CAM Field Software Upgrade Overview The C4 C4c CMTSs support an upgraded version of the 16D CAM It is known as the eXtended Downstream XD CAM ...

Page 250: ...me active and spare Physical Interface Cards PICs as the 16D CAMs The hardware version of an upgraded Classic CAM will be shown in MIBs and in CLI output as CAM 20032W or as CAM 40032W for Optimized XD CAMs This is true whether the upgraded CAM is used as a 16 or 32D downstream CAM If the CMTS is running with Software Release 7 3 or lower it will support an XD CAM but will recognize and operate it...

Page 251: ...is backup file off the CMTS and to another machine Create a Script to Provision XD CAMs Before upgrading your 16D CAMs in the following procedure after this one Convert All 16D CAMs in the Chassis to XD CAMs by Reprovisioning the Downstream Cards Only page 252 you will need to create a script or file to be used to provision the XD CAMs Here are the basic steps for creating an XD CAM provisioning s...

Page 252: ... the Chassis to XD CAMs by Reprovisioning the Downstream Cards Only This procedure assumes that you have ordered upgrade kits and have received the license keys for all 16D CAMs to be upgraded and that you have upgraded the chassis to Release 7 4 or later It also assumes that all 16D CAMs will be upgraded and that you have created a script for provisioning the upgraded CAMs as in the previous proc...

Page 253: ...for each downstream CAM configure slot slot no 8 Execute the provisioning file you created in the previous procedure Create a Script to Provision XD CAMs page 251 exc file new_32D_prov cfg 9 Bring all the 12U or 24U CAMs back into service configure slot slot no shutdown Where slot is the slot number of each slot populated by a 12U or 24U CAM 10 Save configuration changes and write to non volatile ...

Page 254: ...ript to enable DSG static bonding or other features as necessary to your operation 4 FTP the 32D_chassis cfg script back to the C4 C4c CMTS 5 Execute 32D_chassis cfg script when called for in the upgrade procedure In the following procedure this is step 6 Upgrading All 16D CAMs in the Chassis to XD CAMs by Reprovisioning the Entire Chassis This procedure assumes that you have ordered the upgrade k...

Page 255: ...6D 0U Up IS Active 08413CSD0007 CAM 20032W G02 DMM DMM 4 Restore the default chassis configuration erase nvram 5 Reset the system configure reset system In a duplex chassis wait for the spare Control Complex to come into service before executing the next step 6 Apply the new running configuration that you created in the previous procedure exc file 32D_chassis cfg 7 Save configuration changes and w...

Page 256: ...ioning The following script is an example of the provisioning commands needed to activate a 32D CAM after it has been upgraded to an XD CAM In this example slot 14 is used for the active CAM Slot 15 is also an XD CAM and is the spare group leader This example presumes Annex B is being used the downstream channels are 6 MHz wide Change card types from 16D CAM to 32D CAM Annex B configure slot 14 ty...

Page 257: ...le downstream 14 2 cable channel id 3 configure interface cable downstream 14 2 cable frequency 537000000 configure interface cable downstream 14 2 no shutdown configure interface cable downstream 14 3 cable cable mac 1 configure interface cable downstream 14 3 cable channel id 4 configure interface cable downstream 14 3 cable frequency 543000000 configure interface cable downstream 14 3 no shutdo...

Page 258: ... 11 cable cable mac 2 configure interface cable downstream 14 11 cable channel id 4 configure interface cable downstream 14 11 cable frequency 543000000 configure interface cable downstream 14 11 no shutdown configure interface cable downstream 14 12 cable cable mac 2 configure interface cable downstream 14 12 cable channel id 5 configure interface cable downstream 14 12 cable frequency 549000000 ...

Page 259: ...onfigure interface cable downstream 14 19 no shutdown configure interface cable downstream 14 20 cable cable mac 3 configure interface cable downstream 14 20 cable channel id 5 configure interface cable downstream 14 20 cable frequency 549000000 configure interface cable downstream 14 20 no shutdown configure interface cable downstream 14 21 cable cable mac 3 configure interface cable downstream 1...

Page 260: ...wnstream 14 28 no shutdown configure interface cable downstream 14 29 cable cable mac 4 configure interface cable downstream 14 29 cable channel id 6 configure interface cable downstream 14 29 cable frequency 555000000 configure interface cable downstream 14 29 no shutdown configure interface cable downstream 14 30 cable cable mac 4 configure interface cable downstream 14 30 cable channel id 7 con...

Page 261: ...face cable upstream 1 3 cable supervision 14 2 configure interface cable upstream 1 3 cable supervision 14 3 configure interface cable upstream 1 3 cable supervision 14 4 configure interface cable upstream 1 3 cable supervision 14 5 configure interface cable upstream 1 3 cable supervision 14 6 configure interface cable upstream 1 3 cable supervision 14 7 configure interface cable upstream 1 4 cabl...

Page 262: ... cable upstream 1 8 cable supervision 14 20 configure interface cable upstream 1 8 cable supervision 14 21 configure interface cable upstream 1 8 cable supervision 14 22 configure interface cable upstream 1 8 cable supervision 14 23 configure interface cable upstream 1 9 cable supervision 14 16 configure interface cable upstream 1 9 cable supervision 14 17 configure interface cable upstream 1 9 ca...

Page 263: ...pervision 14 28 configure interface cable upstream 2 1 cable supervision 14 29 configure interface cable upstream 2 1 cable supervision 14 30 configure interface cable upstream 2 1 cable supervision 14 31 configure interface cable upstream 2 2 cable supervision 14 24 configure interface cable upstream 2 2 cable supervision 14 25 configure interface cable upstream 2 2 cable supervision 14 26 config...

Page 264: ...e cable fiber nodes as appropriate based on 32D CAM downstream port to connector mapping for Annex B configure cable fiber node 1 cable downstream 14 0 14 1 14 2 14 3 14 4 14 5 14 6 14 7 configure cable fiber node 2 cable downstream 14 8 14 9 14 10 14 11 14 12 14 13 14 14 14 15 configure cable fiber node 3 cable downstream 14 16 14 17 14 18 14 19 14 20 14 21 14 22 14 23 configure cable fiber node ...

Page 265: ...le mac then this port is no longer in mixed modulation mode There are four F connectors ports on the XD CAM The following restrictions apply when mixed modulation is used on a given connector port From 1 4 DS channels can be 64 QAM and 1 4 can be 256 QAM The lowest 4 numbered channels on a connector must all use the same modulation the highest 4 numbered channels on a connector must all use the sa...

Page 266: ...ing only 256 QAM channels is converted to mixed modulation mode by adding a new 64 QAM channel or by converting an existing channel to 64 QAM then the RF power level of the existing 256 QAM channels on that port remains unchanged and the RF power level of the 64 QAM channel s is 6 dB less than that of the 256 QAM channels If a port ceases to be in mixed modulation mode and all the remaining channe...

Page 267: ...CAM 274 24U Cable Access Module 24U CAM 277 Rules and Restrictions for 12U 24U CAM Configuration 281 24U CAM Upstream Power Level Groups 282 Basic Command Set for Bringing Up a 24U CAM 286 Measuring SNR in the 12U 24U CAM 289 Modulation Profiles 292 Adjusting Channel Settings in Response to Increased CM Scaling 298 Explanation of Upstream Parameters 299 Modulation Profiles Default and User defined...

Page 268: ...r the 16D or XD CAMs Slot 16 is not used Guidelines The following list of items will not be supported in Release 8 0 2Dx12U CAM QAM 128 Trellis Code Modulation TCM Multiple logical channels Channel widths of 200 000 400 000 and 800 000 Hz Note The terms upstream US port upstream US channel and upstream US receiver may be used synonymously in this document 12U Cable Access Module 12U CAM The 12U CA...

Page 269: ... MHz is supported for all three options depending on modem capability Note Extended Upstream frequency ranges are available to modems that support the extended frequencies The maximum upstream frequency can be set independent of the Annex or region of operation Refer to see Notes on DOCSIS 3 0 Upstream Frequency Range page 308 for more information on changing the maximum allowable center frequenci...

Page 270: ... Access Modules UCAMs STANDARD Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 270 Figure 64 12U Cable Access Module CAM and the Three Types of Upstream Physical Interface Cards PICs ...

Page 271: ...ance Provisioning OAM P including initialization and fault recovery code PacketCable DSx processing LED Status The LED status descriptions for the 12U CAM are listed in the table below Table 34 12U CAM LED Descriptions Front LEDs Module Status Power Out of Service On Off Powered and in normal service state Flashing On Flashing 1 6 second period Module power is off either slot is not provisioned or...

Page 272: ...p The tables below describe the three power level groups All of the power levels for all of the channels connected to a single physical connector must fall within the same table Table 35 US Receiver Power Level Group 1 1 6 MHz 3 2 MHz 6 4 MHz 13 10 7 12 9 6 11 9 5 10 8 4 9 7 3 8 6 2 Note All upstream Rx receive values are measured in dBmV Power after attenuation may vary slightly from one CAM to a...

Page 273: ...ser Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 273 1 6 MHz 3 2 MHz 6 4 MHz 3 0 3 2 1 4 1 2 5 0 3 6 1 4 7 2 5 8 3 6 9 4 7 10 5 8 11 6 9 12 7 10 13 8 11 14 Table 37 US Receiver Power Level Group 3 1 6 MHz 3 2 MHz 6 4 MHz 9 12 15 10 13 16 11 14 17 12 15 18 13 16 19 14 17 20 15 18 21 ...

Page 274: ...bring up a 12U CAM in a given slot The values chosen for these commands are meant to be examples Actual values will vary Table 38 Example of Basic Command Sequence for Configuring a 12U in Slot 3 Purpose CLI Command Configure the Upstream Parameters Provision slot 3 as a 12U slot configure slot 3 type 12UCAM Restore 12U in slot 3 configure slot 3 no shutdown Assign MAC domain configure interface c...

Page 275: ...onfigure interface cable upstream 3 0 no shutdown Restore the logical channel to service configure interface cable upstream 3 0 0 no shutdown Confirm channel settings for slot 3 show interface cable upstream 3 To view the channel settings resulting from configuring the 12U CAM note that this example shows that a downstream was previously configured enter show interface cable upstream 3 0 Upstream ...

Page 276: ... 24 The table below shows the commands to restore default values for a number of upstream and downstream parameters These are the settings which most users will choose for basic configuration In each command the default values can be replaced as needed Table 39 Accepting Default Parameters for Cable Upstream Channels of a 12U CAM Purpose CLI Command Accept default modulation profile Default 2 conf...

Page 277: ...D12U and 12U CAM with eight upstream RF physical connectors numbered 0 7 giving an average of three upstreams per connector Up to twenty four 2 56 30 72 Mbps physical upstream channels numbered 0 23 The supported channel types are SCDMA TDMA ATDMA and TDMA ATDMA Range of upstream frequencies configurable for North America Japan or Europe 5 42 MHz DOCSIS 5 55 MHz Japan 5 65 MHz EuroDOCSIS Extended ...

Page 278: ...s are available to modems that support the extended frequencies The maximum upstream frequency can be set independent of the Annex or region of operation Refer to Notes on DOCSIS 3 0 Upstream Frequency Range page 308 for more information on changing the maximum allowable center frequencies Figure 65 24U Cable Access Module CAM and the Three Types of Upstream Physical Interface Cards PICs ...

Page 279: ...ion packet de concatenation and counts collection Upstream Policing Operations Administration Maintenance Provisioning OAM P including initialization and fault recovery code PacketCable DSx processing LED Status The LED status descriptions for the 24U CAM are listed in the table below Table 40 24U CAM LED Descriptions Front LEDs Module Status Power Out of Service On Off Powered and in normal servi...

Page 280: ...ps as the MSO populates the RF connectors in order from top to bottom When fewer than eight F connectors are wired e g connectors 0 through 3 the shuffle network will enable the operator to access all 24 upstreams The 24U CAM will support 24 upstream channels using eight connectors through the current 12U PIC With the Shuffle network connectors 0 2 4 6 are connected to the first chip upstream rece...

Page 281: ...ion of the command will unassign decouple the US channel receiver from the connector The following table specifies the valid US channels receiver connector combinations Table 41 Valid US Channels Connector Upstream Channel Receiver Connector 0 11 first receiver 0 2 4 6 12 23 second receiver 1 3 5 7 Rules and Restrictions for 12U 24U CAM Configuration Before growing and configuring a 12U 24U CAM wi...

Page 282: ...stream channels on the 12U CAM If all channels are enabled then at least one physical connector will receive more than one upstream channel Any upstream or all of the upstreams can be connected to any one of the physical upstream connectors The following guidelines are specific to the 24U CAM There are 8 physical connectors and 24 upstream channels on the 24U CAM When all upstreams are active at l...

Page 283: ...es LLC All Rights Reserved 283 Table 42 US Receiver Power Level Group 1 1 6 MHz 3 2 MHz 6 4 MHz 13 10 7 12 9 6 11 8 5 10 7 4 9 6 3 8 5 2 Table 43 US Receiver Power Level Group 2 1 6 MHz 3 2 MHz 6 4 MHz 7 4 1 6 3 0 5 2 1 4 1 2 3 0 3 2 1 4 1 2 5 0 3 6 Table 44 US Receiver Power Level Group 3 1 6 MHz 3 2 MHz 6 4 MHz 1 4 7 ...

Page 284: ... 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 284 1 6 MHz 3 2 MHz 6 4 MHz 2 5 8 3 6 9 4 7 10 5 8 11 6 9 12 7 10 13 8 11 14 Table 45 US Receiver Power Level Group 4 1 6 MHz 3 2 MHz 6 4 MHz 9 12 15 10 13 16 11 14 17 12 15 18 13 16 19 14 17 20 15 18 21 16 19 22 17 20 23 ...

Page 285: ...or all upstream channels on that connector 3 Add the connector back for all upstream channels on that connector Note The above procedure will not apply when the user changes receive power level setting on one or more upstream channels on the same connector and the new setting does not cause a change in the amplifier attenuation settings That is the new and old receive power level settings occur wi...

Page 286: ...ultiple RF Parameter Changes page 243 Default Admin States The default administrative states for the slot port receiver on the 12U CAN and the 24U CAM is UP Note If an upstream channel is configured for ATDMA or SCDMA then only DOCSIS 2 0 and 3 0 modems will register on those channels Basic Command Set for Bringing Up a 24U CAM The set of commands provided in the table below is the bare minimum fo...

Page 287: ...r channel 5 0 configure interface cable upstream 5 0 cable supervision 14 0 Put CAM in Service Restore upstream channel 0 of CAM 5 to service configure interface cable upstream 5 0 no shutdown Restore the logical channel to service configure interface cable upstream 5 0 0 no shutdown Confirm channel settings for slot 5 show interface cable upstream 5 To view the channel settings resulting from con...

Page 288: ... Slot Size 6 25 microsecond ticks 4 4 SCDMA active codes SCDMA codes per slot SCDMA frame size SCDMA hopping seed Spectrum Group ID Spectrum Group State Attribute Mask 0x00000000 0x00000000 Number of Equalizer Taps 24 24 The table below shows the commands to restore default values for a number of upstream and downstream parameters These are the settings which most users will choose for basic confi...

Page 289: ...e SNR algorithm uses Long Term SNR calculation based from PHY Slicer error which is based upon all IUCs including contention IUCs i e 1 and 3 Two pieces of information are used in calculating SNR symbol errors and burst counts The SNR calculation is performed once the burst count is greater than a certain threshold The threshold varies depending on whether it occurs in the initial ranging period o...

Page 290: ...e CMTS uses FEC counters to provide additional information to describe the condition of an upstream channel The CLI command show cable noise outputs the SNR from IUC4 all data IUCs and FEC counts as shown below Upstream Cable Port Mac SNR dB MicroReflection FEC_Unerrored FEC_Corrected FEC_Uncorrected Codewords In Error 3 0 1 38 6 0 4229 0 0 0 00e 00 3 1 1 38 5 0 3000 0 0 0 00e 00 3 12 1 44 2 0 775...

Page 291: ...d IUC3 Burst counts threshold is 5 packets CLI show cable modem noise MIBs attribute docsIf3CmtsCmUsStatus Signal Noise MIB attribute is based on the primary flow SNR Calculation is based on all IUCs except IUC1 and IUC3 Burst counts threshold is 50 packets CLI show cable modem noise MIBs attribute docsIf3CmtsCmUsStatusSignalNoise MIB attribute is based on the primary flow SNR CLI command show cab...

Page 292: ...es are each given an ID number They can be modified or used as a starting point to create other modulation profiles for upstream channel definitions that better suit the customers applications and environments Default Modulation Profile The Modulation Profile ID 2 uses QPSK and TDMA and it is the default profile The following sections show you how to define a new modulation profile Note Modulation...

Page 293: ...change according to the IUC selected See Modulation Profile Values page 300 for a complete listing Each of the two commands above can be used to modify an existing modulation profile The first command changes all of the values of the modulation profile to the default values The second command changes only the values that are specified in the command line 2 Use the following command to apply an exi...

Page 294: ...th in North America is from 5 65 MHz The first valid center frequency in Hertz is 5 000 000 plus of the channel width The last valid frequency is 65 000 000 minus of the channel width Thus 5 65 MHz is the overall upstream range To calculate valid upstream center frequencies refer to the table below Note The CLI supplies meaningful error messages for some but not all invalid combinations of channel...

Page 295: ... the table below the valid range varies according to the upstream bandwidth configure interface cable upstream slot port cable power level 13 to 29 2 If the width of a channel is changed and the receive power level is no longer valid the CMTS automatically adjusts the receive power to the nearest valid value US Channel Width in Hz Valid Rx Power Range dBmV 1600000 13 to 23 3200000 10 to 26 6400000...

Page 296: ...al to the end value 3 If desired enable or disable the sending of pre equalization coefficients to the CMs configure interface cable upstream slot port cable pre eq enable true false Where true enabled and false disabled 4 If desired select modulation profile ID default 2 configure interface cable upstream slot port cable modulation profile profile id Where profile ID the modulation profile numeri...

Page 297: ...ps in the receiver s equalizer power level Provision the power level for an upstream pre eq enable Use pre equalization technique to reduce upstream signal distortion rangebackoff rangebackoff WORD relay agent option Relay agent circuit ID sub option scdma Upstream SCDMA properties show Display the upstream configuration spectrum group Enables frequency agility on this port supervision Provision t...

Page 298: ... be taken out of service is part of a spare group first remove the card from the spare group configure slot slot spare group int no 2 Take the CAM out of service configure slot slot shutdown Where slot the number of the slot 0 15 3 Verify module status show linecard status The system response should confirm that the module is out of service 4 Deprovision the slot configure no slot slot Where slot ...

Page 299: ...eters Modulation profiles are pre defined sets of upstream channel parameters which make it easier to configure or reconfigure upstream channels This document describes the parameters used in modulation profiles Where possible it lists the default values of these parameters For greater technical detail on these parameters and their functions see the DOCSIS Radio Frequency Interface Specification I...

Page 300: ...eam modulation profile affects all the upstream channels that are using that modulation profile To display what upstream modulation profile is used on an upstream channel use one of the following CLI commands show controllers cable upstream slot port configure interface cable upstream slot port cable show The system response contains a line similar to the following Modulation profile id 2 To redef...

Page 301: ...pe Type Len Enc CW amb Bur Time C amb Int Int mble Code En Len Seed Siz Size S En Depth Block Type 1 request tdma qpsk 56 F 0 16 338 0 8 F T 3 initial tdma qpsk 640 F 5 34 338 0 48 F T 4 station tdma qpsk 384 F 5 34 338 0 48 F T 5 short tdma qpsk 84 F 6 78 338 45 8 T T 6 long tdma qpsk 96 F 8 220 338 0 8 T T Table 53 Modulation Profile Parameters Parameter Description ID Identifier The number of t...

Page 302: ...est Data Either data requests or short data messages can be sent in this portion of the upstream map interval A multicast SID must be used to indicate the size of the data message that can be sent This IE is not used by the CMTS map algorithm and as such changes made to this IE will have no affect on upstream data transmissions 3 Initial Ranging Also called Initial Maintenance This IE allows cable...

Page 303: ...age is greater than the maximum burst interval for a short data grant in the Upstream Channel Descriptor UCD message The reason that grants can be split into short and long data grants is for the sake of FEC encoding Long data grants are used only when a cable modem is transmitting via an upstream channel that is compatible with DOCSIS 1 X Note The following Advanced PHY types are provided for cha...

Page 304: ... accurately DOCSIS 1 X type 4 TLV in the UCD requires the preamble length to be between 0 and 1024 bits DOCSIS 2 0 type 5 TLV in the UCD requires the preamble length to be between 0 and 1536 bits 12U or 24U CAM For a TDMA or tdma atdma upstream channel IUCs of 3 and 4 with 16 QAM must have a preamble length in the range of 208 to 768 All other cases for IUCs of 3 and 4 must have a preamble length ...

Page 305: ...ified by the values 0 dynamic mode 1 off 2 floor 2048 K 2T fixed mode In fixed mode there is one FEC codeword per row and the depth is the number of rows in the interleaving matrix In dynamic mode the system chooses the row and column sizes of the interleaving matrix to obtain optimum burst noise robustness int blocksize ATDMA Byte Interleaver Block Size This parameter must be present for all IUCs...

Page 306: ...ary in size from 1 code up to the total number of active codes This option must be present for an SCDMA channel and must not be present for all other upstream channel types docsis mode Upstream DOCSIS Mode This parameter contains the type of the upstream channel which must correspond to one of the following values tdma default atdma tdma atdma According to the DOCSIS RFI Specification another valu...

Page 307: ... required to send the message is less than or equal to the maximum burst interval specified for a short data grant in the Upstream Channel Descriptor UCD message The reason that grants can be split into short and long data grants is for the sake of FEC encoding Short data grants are used only when a cable modem is transmitting via an upstream channel that is compatible with DOCSIS 1 X 6 Long Data ...

Page 308: ... 65 MHz The 24U CAM hardware has been designed to support a range of 5 85 MHz but currently the software will only support a range of 5 65 MHz Use the following command to set the maximum upstream frequency for all channels global within the chassis configure cable freq us max 42 55 65 85 no The default maximum upstream frequency for global Annex A is 65 MHz for Annex B it is 42 The maximum upstre...

Page 309: ...T through 2048 Preamble Type SCDMA Spreader On Off default off for IUCs 3 and 4 on others SCDMA Framer Codes Per Subframe selected so that the Subframe holds 1 FEC codeword SCDMA Framer Interleaver Step Size default 3 Trellis Coded Modulation TCM On Off default Off In the CMTS there is a default modulation profile that is automatically created for the user modulation profile 2 Modulation profile 1...

Page 310: ... 4 station tdma qpsk 384 F 5 34 338 0 48 F T 5 short tdma q16 168 F 6 78 338 23 8 T T 6 long tdma q16 192 F 8 220 338 0 8 T T Basically user defined modulation profiles allow the user to specify the channel type and the modulation rate for the data IUCs and the rest of the information for the modulation profile is filled in with recommended values These recommended values are generic values that s...

Page 311: ...lation profile qam 8 Default TDMA QPSK for data IUCs and ATDMA QAM8 for data IUCs qam 16 Default TDMA QAM16 for data IUCs and ATDMA QAM16 for data IUCs qam 32 Default TDMA QAM16 for data IUCs and ATDMA QAM32 for data IUCs qam 64 Default TDMA QAM16 for data IUCs and ATDMA QAM64 for data IUCs Displaying Modulation Profiles Use the following command to view a modulation profile show cable modulation ...

Page 312: ...ause the modem s bursts are at a higher power level while the AWGN remains at about the same level Forward Error Correction FEC Ingress Cancellation Block ICB and interleaving can be used to correct ingress and impulse noise Noise affects the SNR The SNR is the primary indicator of what modulation rate can be used on the upstream channel If one assumes that an upstream channel has no ingress or im...

Page 313: ...nal 2 T bytes of overhead Note the values for T are shown in the FEC column in the show cable modulation profile CLI command The values for k are shown in the FEC CW Len column in the show cable modulation profile CLI command show cable modulation profile 6 Typical output Modulation profile 6 Interval Chan Mod Pre Dif FEC FEC Scr Max Guar L Scr Atdma Prea Scdma Usage Type Type Len Enc CW amb Bur T...

Page 314: ...dulation rates show the effect of increasing the value of T for the FEC for each of the different modulation rates for the specified modulation profile parameters Because the lab chassis used to obtain the data in the figure below was provisioned with a very short cable plant these numbers approach the theoretical values listed above for SNR They do not reflect real world noise levels In the 64 QA...

Page 315: ...w order of modulation such as QPSK and no FEC for IUC 1 assuming the noise on the plant allows this to work Figure 68 Maximum ATDMA Data Rate vs SNR The type of traffic that is sent in the upstream direction can affect the optimal FEC values also For example assuming there is a lot of ACKs and small packets i e 64 byte packets then the FEC codeword length should be set so that there is no need to ...

Page 316: ... QPSK symbol no matter what the modulation type for the IUC actually is One exception to this is that a 16 QAM TDMA upstream channel will use 16 QAM symbols or 4 bits per symbol The preamble length is used by the upstream receiver to decode the upstream burst even if the upstream burst is not perfectly aligned with the proper spot in the upstream spectrum The preamble helps to recognize where an u...

Page 317: ...the preamble is a multiple of 32 Differential Encoding Differential encoding can be enabled since it is a feature in the DOCSIS RFI specifications however there is no real gain to be had in doing this This mode is rarely used in the field therefore we recommend that you leave Differential Encoding disabled For more information see Cable Modem Specifications Scrambler Seeds This is a value that ten...

Page 318: ...ng the default is not recommended Shortened Last Codeword A codeword is specified by the k parameter for FEC Assuming the data packet is not an even multiple of k then the last codeword used to transmit a data packet will have less than k bytes to send This parameter controls the format of that last codeword The last codeword must always contain at least 16 bytes whether shortened or not This para...

Page 319: ...me impulse will hit fewer bytes from the same FEC codeword giving a better chance that FEC will be able to recover the corrupted data The ATDMA interleaver depth is shown in the show cable modulation profile CLI command in the Atdma Int Depth column This value controls how this interleaver works A value of 0 puts the interleaver into a dynamic mode such that the interleaver adjusts the way that it...

Page 320: ...r level there are times when a preamble of type QPSK1 will be heard when the QPSK0 preamble type would not be heard Therefore QPSK1 is used for the default modulation profiles SCDMA TCM Enable SCDMA upstream channels can use Trellis Coded Modulation TCM The Scdma Tcm En column of the show cable modulation profile command shows whether it is enabled Theoretically there is a slight gain to be had by...

Page 321: ...s currently in the default modulation profiles This is shown in the show cable modulation profile command in the Scdma Sp En column SCDMA Codes Per Subframe This parameter is used in with the SCDMA interleaver step size to determine how data is interleaved with SCDMA This parameter is shown in the show cable modulation profile command in the Scdma Sub Code column When interleaving with SCDMA pream...

Page 322: ...g The control complex redundancy feature provides 1 1 active standby redundancy between two pairs of SCM RCM modules The failure of an active SCM RCM pair immediately causes a failover to the standby SCM RCM pair Key characteristics of control complex redundancy include Reduced customer impact on any SCM or RCM failure hardware or software Hot standby SCM RCM pair with complete replication of conf...

Page 323: ...RCM 3 Put slots 20 and 18 in the administrative up state configure slot 20 no shutdown configure slot 18 no shutdown 4 Optional If using out of band management configure the IP address of the second SCM in slot 20 configure interface ethernet 20 0 ip address ip address subnet mask In the next step you assign the out of band ethernet active IP address 19 0 and 20 0 It remains the active IP even aft...

Page 324: ...card or at the rear of the chassis 10 Insert an RCM card in slot 18 The SCM and RCM cards in slots 20 and 18 respectively are initialized automatically and come into service when they are inserted 11 Install the crossover connector between the RCMs See the Router Control Module RCM chapter for more details Note It may take up to 20 minutes for the CMTS to synchronize the active and the standby SCM...

Page 325: ...n service Installing the chassis modules and cards and configuring the system are addressed in this chapter It is advisable to read through this information and become familiar with the order of operation before you begin This chapter is based on a minimal configuration for a duplex system The minimal configuration and examples used in this chapter will consist of two System Control Modules SCMs t...

Page 326: ...assumed that the C4 CMTS has been mounted in a rack in the head end and cabled for power prior to starting the Release 8 x C4 CMTS installation Do not power up the chassis until told to do so in the procedure DC Power For additional information on power on the system refer to the C4 CMTS User Guide chapter on Installing Replacing Modules and Initial System Configuration HFC Network Connectivity A ...

Page 327: ...Chapter 11 Basic Bring up Procedure for the C4 CMTS STANDARD Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 327 Figure 69 Network Connectivity Diagram ...

Page 328: ... blank form for actual use at the end of this section Figure 70 Network Diagram Example Configuration of Back Office Servers The following servers must be correctly provisioned to support the DOCSIS and non DOCSIS devices and services DHCP Server A Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP server is needed to provide IP addresses to the modems and Customer Premise Equipment CPE The following option...

Page 329: ...ease 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 329 Option 67 bootfile name name of the modem configuration file TFTP Server This server is required to send the modem configuration file to the modem Time of Day Server This server provides the time of day to the modems ...

Page 330: ...nections page 333 see 6 Configure MAC Domains page 333 see 7 Configure Downstream Parameters page 334 see 8 Configure Upstream Parameters page 335 see 9 Configure Fiber Node and Topology page 337 see 10 Configure a Dynamic Bonding Group page 337 see 11 Configure RCC Management page 337 see 12 Local Authentication page 338 see 13 Managing the C4 CMTS page 338 see 14 Configure the SNMP page 339 see ...

Page 331: ... from 0 20 counting from left to right Slots 19 and 20 are reserved for SCMs Slots 17 and 18 are reserved for RCMs The 32D CAM provides downstream channels for as few as one or as many as sixteen different MAC domains The 32D CAM is designed to run in the client card slots to the right side of the chassis beginning with slot 15 then 14 and so on working to the left It is advisable to begin with sl...

Page 332: ...ng of the C4 CMTS You may use an asynchronous terminal or a PC with asynchronous terminal emulation software such as HyperTerm or Teraterm The C4 CMTS is shipped with a black roll over cable that has a 9 pin connector on one end and an RJ 45 connector on the other The RJ 45 end plugs into the front of the SCM card into the RS 232 port The other end plugs into a computer or terminal server The defa...

Page 333: ...re slot 15 spare group 15 auto configure slot 14 spare group 15 configure slot 14 no shutdown configure slot 15 no shutdown configure slot 0 no shutdown configure slot 1 no shutdown 5 Configure RCM Ethernet Connections Enter the following CLI commands to configure the RCM ethernet ports configure interface gigabitEthernet 17 0 ip address 192 168 176 2 255 255 255 0 configure interface gigabitEther...

Page 334: ...cable modems and CPEs will remain stranded until they acquire IPv4 IPv6 addresses on a subnet of that interface Also CPEs behind a cable modem that is stranded that attempt to acquire an IP address using DHCP will not have access to the DHCP server This modification or removal includes any IPv4 IPv6 address on a cable interface either primary or secondary When an IPv4 or IPv6 address or subnet mas...

Page 335: ...le downstream 14 0 no shutdown configure interface cable downstream 14 1 no shutdown configure interface cable downstream 14 2 no shutdown configure interface cable downstream 14 3 no shutdown configure interface cable downstream 14 4 no shutdown configure interface cable downstream 14 5 no shutdown configure interface cable downstream 14 6 no shutdown configure interface cable downstream 14 7 no ...

Page 336: ... upstream 1 1 cable supervision 14 6 configure interface cable upstream 1 1 cable supervision 14 7 configure interface cable upstream 1 2 cable supervision 14 0 configure interface cable upstream 1 2 cable supervision 14 1 configure interface cable upstream 1 2 cable supervision 14 2 configure interface cable upstream 1 2 cable supervision 14 3 configure interface cable upstream 1 2 cable supervis...

Page 337: ...ed here as well Dynamically configure the downstream bonding group by entering configure interface cable mac 1 cable downstream bonding group dynamic enable configure interface cable mac 1 cable dynamic rcc configure interface cable mac 1 cable verbose cm rcp To dynamically configure the upstream bonding group enter configure interface cable mac 1 cable upstream bonding group dynamic enable config...

Page 338: ...er management protocols are TOD IPDR DNS TACACS RADIUS Syslog NTP and Event Messaging and COPS for PacketCable In band Management This means that the telnet ssh snmp sessions are carried through the Ethernet interfaces on the RCM line card Pro Access Control Lists ACLs can be applied to increase security Con In band management uses the same interfaces as all the modem traffic To provision in band ...

Page 339: ...hassis reboot in the following step is only required only if you are using the Out of Band Management configuration and changing the IPs Save the changes and reboot the system if Out of Band management is configured by entering write memory configure reset system 14 Configure the SNMP The following command sequence enables the Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP to work You should change commu...

Page 340: ...se commands refer to the Command Line Descriptions page 1127 to find the command reference page for each command 16 Save the Configuration Write the configuration to memory to save the configurations write memory Verification Steps This section provides the procedures to complete the bring up of your system 17 Cable CAMs and RCM In this step the Operator needs to connect the cables to the CAMs RCM...

Page 341: ...how linecard status The following is an example of the output show linecard status Chassis Type C4 Slot Description Admin Oper Duplex Serial HW Version Prov Det State State State Number Type 0 CAM 0D 24U Up IS Standby 11283CTU0029 CAM 01240W C04 CAM CAM 1 CAM 0D 24U Up IS Simplex 11283CTU0034 CAM 01240W C04 CAM CAM 14 CAM 32D 0U Up IS Simplex 08113CSD0005 CAM 20032W E02 DMM DMM 15 CAM 32D 0U Up IS...

Page 342: ... 490 16781312 14 3 1 0 IS B US 339000000 q256 490 16781312 14 4 1 0 IS B US 345000000 q256 490 16781312 14 5 1 0 IS B US 351000000 q256 490 16781312 14 6 1 0 IS B US 357000000 q256 490 16781312 14 7 1 0 IS B US 363000000 q256 490 16781312 Cable Oper Chan Channel Mini Mod Power Spare LBal US PORT Mac Conn State Type Freq Hz Width Slot Prof dBmV Group Group 1 0 1 0 IS tdma 10000000 3200000 4 2 0 167...

Page 343: ...ioned 1 1 1 14 5 Provisioned 1 1 1 14 6 Provisioned 1 1 1 14 7 Provisioned 1 1 2 14 0 Provisioned 1 1 2 14 1 Provisioned 1 1 2 14 2 Provisioned 1 1 2 14 3 Provisioned 1 1 2 14 4 Provisioned 1 1 2 14 5 Provisioned 1 1 2 14 6 Provisioned 1 1 2 14 7 Provisioned 1 1 3 14 0 Provisioned 1 1 3 14 1 Provisioned 1 1 3 14 2 Provisioned 1 1 3 14 3 Provisioned 1 1 3 14 4 Provisioned 1 1 3 14 5 Provisioned 1 1...

Page 344: ...3 8192 Activ BE 0 2000000 2077 241735 0 0 1 0 1 2 3 dB 4 2 Activ 0 2000000 1568 157631 14 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 L2VPN per CM Disabled Current CPE 1 IPv4 Addr 1 IPv6 Addr 0 Max CPE 16 IPv4 Addr 32 IPv6 Addr 64 CPE 001d cdf9 35fa Filter Group Up 0 Down 0 Proto Throttle Normal IPv4 192 168 180 10 To display the status of the bonding group for a given MAC address enter show cable bonding group status An exa...

Page 345: ...ry 1 14 2 633000000 Primary 2 14 0 621000000 Capable 3 14 1 627000000 Capable 4 14 3 639000000 Capable For overall status of cable modems enter show cable modem summary Here is an example of the show cable modem summary output show cable modem summary S P Mac Conn Total Oper Disable Init Offline Oper Description 1 U0 1 0 27 27 0 0 0 100 1 U1 1 0 11 11 0 0 0 100 1 U2 1 0 13 13 0 0 0 100 1 U3 1 0 9 ...

Page 346: ...0 2000 2000 0 0015 ce64 3d1a 192 168 180 187 14 0 1 0 1 Operational 2 0 2000 2000 0 0015 ce64 3d2f 192 168 180 167 14 0 1 0 1 Operational 2 0 2000 2000 0 0015 ce64 3d35 192 168 180 162 14 0 1 0 1 Operational 2 0 2000 2000 0 0015 ce64 3e10 192 168 180 189 14 0 1 0 1 Operational 2 0 2000 2000 0 0015 ce64 3e61 192 168 180 165 14 0 1 0 1 Operational 2 0 2000 2000 0 0015 ce64 3e64 192 168 180 176 14 1 ...

Page 347: ...4 3 1 0 1 Operational 2 0 2000 2000 0 0015 ce64 3b55 192 168 180 164 14 3 1 1 1 Operational 2 0 2000 2000 0 0015 ce64 3c96 192 168 180 41 14 3 1 2 1 Operational 2 0 2000 2000 0 0015 ce64 39d5 192 168 180 186 14 6 1 0 1 4x4 Operational 3 0 2000 2000 0 0015 cfee 4ccb 192 168 180 12 14 7 1 0 1 Operational 2 0 2000 2000 0 0015 a464 eab8 192 168 180 39 14 7 1 0 1 Operational 2 0 2000 2000 0 0015 ce64 3...

Page 348: ...both the RCM interface ports as well as the RF MAC Domains CAMs as described above The back office servers used to support the DOCSIS devices as well as CPE must be configured to support both IPv4 and IPv6 operation Enter the following CLI commands to configure the RCM Ethernet ports configure interface gigabitEthernet 17 0 no shutdown configure interface gigabitEthernet 17 0 0 ip address 10 58 0 ...

Page 349: ...s 10 50 8 3 configure interface cable mac 1 0 ip igmp configure interface cable mac 1 0 ipv6 dhcp relay destination 2001 db8 C408 ED00 3 configure interface cable mac 1 0 ipv6 nd managed config flag configure interface cable mac 1 0 ipv6 nd other config flag configure interface cable mac 1 0 ipv6 no nd ra suppress To display a brief summary of the IPv6 status and configuration for each interface e...

Page 350: ...prises LLC All Rights Reserved 350 An example of the output Dist IPv6 Route Dest mask Act PSt Next Hop Metric Protocol Interface 0 Yes IS 2001 db8 C408 1700 1 1 0 netmgmt gigE 17 0 0 2001 db8 C408 1700 64 Yes IS 2001 db8 C408 1700 2 0 0 local gigE 17 0 0 2001 db8 C408 C001 64 Yes IS 2001 db8 C408 C001 1 0 0 local cMac 1 0 ...

Page 351: ... up a C4c CMTS system This is not a software upgrade procedure it assumes that the chassis is not yet in service Installing the chassis modules and cards and configuring the system are addressed in this condensed reference It is advisable to read through this information and become familiar with the order of operation before you begin This chapter describes a minimal system configuration to be use...

Page 352: ...mounted in a rack in the headend and cabled for power prior to starting the software installation Do not power up the chassis until told to do so in the procedure For additional information on powering the system refer to the Power Requirements page 135 section HFC Network Connectivity A useful tool for planning the CMTS configuration is the Network Connectivity Plan as shown in the figure below T...

Page 353: ...Chapter 12 Basic Bring up Procedure for a C4c CMTS STANDARD Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 353 Figure 72 Network Connectivity Diagram ...

Page 354: ...s chapter See the blank form for actual use at the end of this section Figure 73 Network Diagram Example Configuration of Provisioning and Back Office Servers The following servers must be provisioned and correctly set up to support the DOCSIS and non DOCSIS devices and services DHCP Server A Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP server is needed to provide IP addresses to the modems and Custom...

Page 355: ...p Procedures The following is a high level list of the steps of this procedure 1 Install Front Cards PICs Filler Panels PMs and Fan Tray Module 2 Set Up Console Cable 3 Power Up the Chassis 4 Configure Slots 5 Configure RCM Ethernet Connections 6 Configure MAC Domains 7 Configure Downstream Parameters 8 Configure Upstream Parameters 9 Configure Fiber Node and Topology 10 Configure Bonding Group Ma...

Page 356: ... addresses All CPE are provisioned as IPv4 devices Install Front Cards PICs Filler Panels PMs and Fan Tray Module The C4c CMTS chassis has 8 slots that can be filled from top to bottom as follows Slot 15 topmost slot is provisioned for a 16D or an XD CAM Slots 14 through 11 can be provisioned for 16D XD or 12U CAMs If slot 15 is a 16D all other downstream CAMs must be 16Ds if slot 15 is an XD CAM ...

Page 357: ...15 and a 12U CAM in slot 10 Slots 14 11 can be used for 16D or 12U CAMs Note If the operator chooses to use this C4c CMTS for DOCSIS 2 0 service only slots 10 15 could all be equipped with 2Dx12U CAMs If only 2Dx12U CAMs are being used the slots can be equipped in any order Set Up Console Cable The operator console is necessary to do the initial power up and configuring of the CMTS An asynchronous...

Page 358: ...ity 1 stop bit Flow control Xon Xoff Once a successful connection is made you should get a login prompt Power Up the Chassis At this point power on the chassis The SCM and RCM are configured automatically and come into service As the CMTS is coming up you can observe output being sent to the console to provide a status of the activity Basic Bring up Procedure Configure Slots This section provides ...

Page 359: ...ac 1 description Mac1 configure interface cable mac 1 cable cm ip prov mode ipv4only configure interface cable mac 1 ip address 192 168 180 1 255 255 255 0 configure interface cable mac 1 cable helper address 10 43 210 1 configure interface cable mac 1 no shutdown Configure Downstream Parameters This section configures a single 16D CAM in slot 15 The 16D has the following characteristics 4 physica...

Page 360: ...ame frequency and modulation profile Each upstream has a unique upstream channel id and is supervised by all four downstream channels To configure the upstream channels enter configure interface cable upstream 10 0 cable cable mac 1 configure interface cable upstream 10 1 cable cable mac 1 configure interface cable upstream 10 2 cable cable mac 1 configure interface cable upstream 10 3 cable cable...

Page 361: ...m 10 3 cable supervision 15 3 configure interface cable upstream 10 0 no shutdown configure interface cable upstream 10 1 no shutdown configure interface cable upstream 10 2 no shutdown configure interface cable upstream 10 3 no shutdown configure interface cable upstream 10 0 0 no shutdown configure interface cable upstream 10 1 0 no shutdown configure interface cable upstream 10 2 0 no shutdown ...

Page 362: ...eam bonding group 1 cable downstream 15 0 15 1 15 2 cable downstream bonding group 2 cable downstream 15 0 15 1 15 2 15 3 Configure RCC Management DOCSIS 3 0 allows for two methods of configuring the CM Receive Channel Configuration RCC Like the bonding group configuration above there can be dynamic and static RCC configurations To enable dynamic RCC configuration creation use the following comman...

Page 363: ...downstream 15 2 cable rcp id 0010183381 rcc 2 cm channel 3 module 1 cable rcp id 0010183381 rcc 2 cm channel 3 primary channel no cable rcp id 0010000004 rcc 3 description CLAB 6M 004 cable rcp id 0010000004 rcc 3 module 1 min center frequency 621000000 cable rcp id 0010000004 rcc 3 module 1 connected module 0 cable rcp id 0010000004 rcc 3 cm channel 1 cable downstream 15 0 cable rcp id 0010000004...

Page 364: ...ans that the telnet ssh snmp sessions are carried through the Ethernet interfaces on the RCM line card Pro Access Control Lists ACLs can be applied to increase security Con In band management uses the same interfaces as all the modem traffic To provision in band management permit and define a standard ACL by entering configure access list 1 permit any configure interface gigabitEthernet 17 0 ip sc...

Page 365: ...tem Configure the SNMP The following command sequence enables the Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP to work You should change community strings for security purposes configure snmp server community public security rotesting configure snmp server community private security rwtesting configure snmp server user rotesting rotesting v1 configure snmp server user rwtesting rwtesting v1 configure s...

Page 366: ...ingle cable from the 16D PIC connected to connector 1 will be cabled to provide service to nodes 1 4 Another 4 cables will be connected to the first four connectors on the 12U PIC on the rear of the chassis These individual upstreams will then be connected individually to four nodes Configure Verify Back Office Systems The provisioning servers and other Back Office servers and data collectors shou...

Page 367: ...n example of the output C4 show cable fiber node Cable mDSsg Fiber Node MAC mCMsg mUSsg Ports FN1 1 2 D1 15 0 15 1 15 2 15 3 FN1 1 2 U1 10 0 0 Indicates that downstream channel is not primary capable Verify the MAC Domain configuration show interface cable mac mac An example of the show interface cable mac output Cable mac 1 Cable Oper Mod Power Spare LBal DS Port Mac Conn State Annex Freq Hz Type...

Page 368: ...ed ICMP unreachables are always sent Multicast reserved groups joined None Source verify is disabled InOctets 4290913 OutOctets 2310365 InUcastPkts 12977 OutUcastPkts 13222 InDiscards 0 OutDiscards 0 InErrors 0 OutErrors 0 InMulticastPkts 0 OutMulticastPkts 0 Cable Privacy authkey default life time 604800 tek default life time 43200 default cert trust untrusted chk validity period false IGMP inter...

Page 369: ... 621000000 Primary 2 15 1 627000000 Capable 3 15 2 633000000 Capable 4 15 3 639000000 Capable To display the supervisory downstream for the upstream channels enter show cable supervision An example of the show interface cable supervision output C4 show cable supervision MAC US DS Method 1 10 0 0 15 0 Provisioned 1 10 0 0 15 1 Provisioned 1 10 0 0 15 2 Provisioned 1 10 0 0 15 3 Provisioned 1 10 1 0...

Page 370: ...dsPartialServMask 0x0000 Uptime 0 days 0 06 29 IPv4 192 168 180 49 cfg tput bin noLoadBal 0x00 Privacy Disabled u d SFID SID State Sched Tmin Tmax DFrms DBytes MFrms MBytes CRC HCS u 705 353 Activ BE 0 0 47 3657 0 0 dB 706 353 Activ 0 0 DSID 0x0161 ChanSetId 0x01000002 dsBondingMask 0x000f DCIDs Slot Port 1 15 0 2 15 1 3 15 2 4 15 3 Current CPE 1 Max CPE 16 CPE 0003 471f b386 IP 192 168 180 65 Fil...

Page 371: ...0 ModConnID 0 CM chan Downstream Frequency Primary 1 15 2 633000000 Primary 2 15 0 621000000 Capable 3 15 1 627000000 Capable 4 15 3 639000000 Capable For overall status of cable modems enter show cable modem summary An example of the show cable modem summary output C4 show cable modem summary S P Mac Conn Total Oper Disable Init Offline Oper Description 10 U0 1 0 5 5 0 0 0 100 10 U1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0...

Page 372: ...192 168 180 205 15 1 10 0 1 Operational 2 0 0 0 0 0015 ce64 3999 192 168 180 110 15 2 10 0 1 Operational 2 0 0 0 0 0015 a463 2135 192 168 180 86 15 3 10 0 1 Operational 2 0 0 0 0 0015 a463 240e 192 168 180 98 15 3 10 0 1 Operational 2 0 0 0 0 0015 ce64 3e6a 192 168 180 102 Total Oper Disable Init Offline Total 7 7 0 0 0 To display the service groups enter show cable service group An example of the...

Page 373: ...ure interface gigabitEthernet 17 0 0 ipv6 enable configure interface gigabitEthernet 17 0 0 ipv6 address FE80 10 EUI 64 link local configure interface gigabitEthernet 17 0 0 ipv6 address FC00 CADA C408 1700 2 64 configure interface gigabitEthernet 17 0 0 ip igmp configure interface gigabitEthernet 17 0 0 ipv6 no nd ra suppress IP Address Prefixes and Subnets When the CMTS is configured for service...

Page 374: ... interface enter the following command show ipv6 interface brief An example of the output in brief format C4 show ipv6 interface brief Interface Admin Oper Primary IP State State cable mac 1 0 Up IS FE80 201 5CFF FE23 5A81 10 cable mac 1 0 Up IS FC00 CADA C408 C001 1 64 gigabitEthernet 17 0 0 Up IS FE80 201 5CFF FE23 5A40 10 gigabitEthernet 17 0 0 Up IS FC00 CADA C408 1700 2 64 The following is an...

Page 375: ...am channels on the failed CAM are immediately connected to the spare CAM This includes configuration of downstream and upstream channels and port administrative status Cable modems do not have to re register and they incur minimal data loss Failback from the spare CAM to a recovered CAM can be set to take place automatically or manually When a failover occurs the CMTS automatically reconfigures th...

Page 376: ...h sparing PICs Other CAM slots are equipped with regular PICs All CAM PICs have a sparing indicator LED The LED indicates if the CAM is being spared for in the case of a regular CAM PIC or if the spare CAM is actively sparing for a member of the spare group in the case of a spare CAM PIC In normal conditions all sparing LEDs are off When a CAM in a spare group fails traffic is transferred to its s...

Page 377: ...s the group leader and all of the members of the spare group must be the same type of CAM CAMs from two different spare groups cannot be interspersed If slot 8 has been added to spare group 0 then CAMs 1 7 cannot belong to any CAM spare group except 0 In the same way if slot 9 has been added to spare group 15 then slots10 14 can only be added to spare group 15 There can be an unspared CAM or an un...

Page 378: ...is always the highest numbered slot in that group Calculating Signal Loss During Failover When failover occurs the RF signal to the failed CAM is rerouted from the PIC of the failed CAM through the intervening PICs and backplane to the PIC of the now active spare CAM This longer path produces some signal loss Although station maintenance begins immediately and compensates for the upstream loss the...

Page 379: ...ease 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 379 Type of PIC Faceplate Label Downstream sparing PIC PIC CAM 16D SPARE Downstream PIC PIC CAM 16D Upstream sparing PIC PIC CAM SPARE Upstream odd slot PIC CAM O Upstream even slot PIC CAM E ...

Page 380: ...ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 380 The Odd and Even upstream CAM PICs are functionally identical but their connectors are offset to make cabling easier The upstream and downstream sparing PICs are not interchangeable Figure 75 Example of 24U and XD Spare groups front view ...

Page 381: ... of CAM Sparing PICs chassis rear view To configure the spare groups shown in the examples use the commands shown in the procedure below If using the following procedure for 12U CAMs enter the CAM slot type 12UCAM instead of 24UCAM If using 16D CAMs for the downstream the CAM slot should be 16DCAM instead of 32DCAM B Annex B or 24DCAM A Annex A ...

Page 382: ...pare group 0 for the 24U CAMs configure slot 0 spare group 0 manual configure slot 1 spare group 0 configure slot 2 spare group 0 configure slot 3 spare group 0 configure slot 4 spare group 0 configure slot 5 spare group 0 configure slot 6 spare group 0 configure slot 7 spare group 0 configure slot 8 spare group 0 3 Provision the XD slots In this example we are provisioning the slots for 32D CAMs ...

Page 383: ...12 15 13 15 14 15 15 15 manual Fail Back Manually If you have configured a CAM spare group for manual failback user traffic is handled by the spare CAM until it is manually forced back to the original CAM by doing a shutdown no shutdown on the spare group leader 1 If necessary Display the CAM spare groups show spare group Example output Slot Leader Slot Mode 0 0 manual 1 0 2 Verify the status of t...

Page 384: ...t number of the spare group leader 5 Verify the status of the spare group leader and original CAM show linecard status The status of the spare group leader should again be IS and Standby Deleting a CAM Spare group The CAM spare group cannot be deleted if one of its CAMs has failed over to the sparing leader 1 Delete a member of the spare group configure slot member slot spare group leader slot no ...

Page 385: ...385 Note The CAM spare group cannot be deleted if one of its CAMs has failed over to the sparing leader If a CAM has failed over to the sparing CAM the C4 c CMTS does not accept the command to remove the failed CAM from the spare group You must first fail back to the original CAM then you can remove it from the spare group ...

Page 386: ...ses the configuration of the logical components that allow the C4 c CMTS to provide service to the subscriber side of the system Once the Cable Access Modules CAMs and their channels have been configured the C4 c CMTS must then be configured to use these channels Note For cable side configuration to begin it is assumed that the slots for all the operational CAMs have previously been configured If ...

Page 387: ...r all DOCSIS functions on a set of Downstream Channels and Upstream Channels These DOCSIS functions include DOCSIS downstream packet data transmission services provided to an C4 c CMTS forwarder including Service flow classification Subscriber management filtering Packet scheduling among one or more downstream channels to a CM Downstream channel bonding Downstream load balancing DOCSIS upstream pa...

Page 388: ...n terminate one or more downstream carrier paths from the head end and originates one or more upstream reverse carrier paths to the head end The FN connects the upstream and downstream signals from the fiber onto numerous coaxial cable segments a MAC Domain All upstream and downstream channels of an C4 c CMTS must be assigned to the C4 c CMTS logical subcomponent called the MAC domain A MAC domain...

Page 389: ...e MD DS SG by the cable modem during a CM initialization is an important part of identifying the MD CM SG of a CM MD DS SGs are calculated automatically by the C4 c CMTS based on the channel to fiber node and channel to MAC domain provisioning MAC Domain Upstream Service Group MD US SG The subset of upstream channels from an MD CM SG is known as a MAC domain upstream service group MD US SG The ups...

Page 390: ... the MAP a message which allocates upstream minislot transmission opportunities to individual cable modem requests For any upstream channel these two types of control messages are always transmitted on the same downstream channel The C4 c CMTS CLI refers to the set of UCD and MAP messages sent to an upstream channel as upstream channel supervision In order to receive the upstream channel supervisi...

Page 391: ...am channel mix Note There are several new DOCSIS 3 0 configuration items for these MAC domains Many of these will impact the way that DOCSIS 3 0 CMs will initialize MAC domains require upstream channels from a UCAM and downstream channels from a DCAM These MAC domains may be created and removed by means of CLI commands See the table below for a summary view of the applicable commands For more info...

Page 392: ... This command enables the C4 c CMTS to use IP Multicast DSID based Forwarding MDF to cable modems in the MAC domain Use the no option to disable IP MDF on the specified cable mac configure interface cable mac mac cable mcast fwd by dsid no Example command configure interface cable mac 3 cable mcast fwd by dsid This command configures the interval in milliseconds between successive transmissions of...

Page 393: ...ms within the MAC domain configure interface cable mac mac cable mult tx chl mode no Example command configure interface cable mac 3 cable mult tx chl mode This command configures an override value in seconds for the T6 timer in the CM that runs while awaiting a response to a registration request TheC4 c CMTS also uses this timer when multiple downstream channel mode is enabled but not multiple tr...

Page 394: ...nstream 14 4 cable cable mac 2 configure interface cable downstream 14 5 cable cable mac 2 configure interface cable downstream 14 6 cable cable mac 2 configure interface cable downstream 14 7 cable cable mac 2 configure interface cable downstream 14 8 cable cable mac 3 configure interface cable downstream 14 9 cable cable mac 3 configure interface cable downstream 14 10 cable cable mac 3 configur...

Page 395: ... configure interface cable downstream 14 9 cable channel id 2 configure interface cable downstream 14 10 cable channel id 3 configure interface cable downstream 14 11 cable channel id 4 configure interface cable downstream 14 12 cable channel id 1 configure interface cable downstream 14 13 cable channel id 2 configure interface cable downstream 14 14 cable channel id 3 configure interface cable do...

Page 396: ... and the following Default and purchased licensed channels UCAM connector groups DCAM physical connectors Table 57 MAC Domain CAM Channel Mapping MAC Domains UCAM Channels UCAM Connector Group DCAM Annex A DCAM Annex B DCAM Connector 1 4 0 24 32 0 2 4 24 32 1 3 4 24 a 32 2 4 4 1 24 32 b 3 5 4 24 32 4 6 4 24 32 5 7 4 2 24 32 6 8 4 24 32 7 9 4 24 32 0 10 4 3 24 32 1 11 4 24 a 32 2 12 4 c 24 32 b 3 1...

Page 397: ... channels An additional 144 channels up to a total of 192 DOCSIS channels may be activated through the purchase of license keys b An Annex B DCAM by default is provided with 64 operational channels An additional 192 channels up to a total of 256 DOCSIS channels may be activated through the purchase of license keys c A UCAM by default is provided with 48 operational channels connector groups 0 3 An...

Page 398: ...able mac 1 configure interface cable downstream 12 0 12 cable cable mac 1 configure interface cable downstream 12 0 13 cable cable mac 1 configure interface cable downstream 12 0 14 cable cable mac 1 configure interface cable downstream 12 0 15 cable cable mac 1 Use the no option to remove a downstream channel from a specific cable mac MAC Domain Note It will also be necessary to shutdown the down...

Page 399: ...M The C4 c CMTS will automatically do this configure interface cable upstream slot connector group uport cable channel id int Example commands configure interface cable upstream 3 0 0 cable channel id 1 configure interface cable upstream 3 0 1 cable channel id 2 configure interface cable upstream 3 0 10 cable channel id 11 configure interface cable upstream 3 0 11 cable channel id 12 This command ...

Page 400: ...ing example Note To change the channel ID of an upstream the upstream s logical channel 0 slot connector group uport 0 must be shutdown as shown in the example configure interface cable upstream 3 0 0 0 shutdown configure interface cable mac 1 shutdown configure interface cable downstream 12 0 0 shutdown configure interface cable mac 1 shutdown 3 The channel ID can now be changed Example Commands ...

Page 401: ...e mac 4 configure interface cable downstream 14 13 cable cable mac 4 configure interface cable downstream 14 14 cable cable mac 4 configure interface cable downstream 14 15 cable cable mac 4 configure interface cable upstream 1 0 cable cable mac 1 configure interface cable upstream 1 1 cable cable mac 1 configure interface cable upstream 1 2 cable cable mac 1 configure interface cable upstream 1 3...

Page 402: ...addr Configures DHCP giaddr mode downstream bonding group Configures static downstream bonding group for the system dynamic rcc Enables disables the autonomous creation of dynamic RCCs dynamic secret Configures the dynamic secret for tftp enforcement freq ds max Configures maximum downstream center frequency freq ds min Configures minimum downstream center frequency freq us max Configures maximum ...

Page 403: ...ent ucd interval Provisions the interval between UCD messages upstream bonding group Configures static upstream bonding group for the system us freq range Sets the upper band edge of the upstream frequency in MDD messages verbose cm cp Cable modems MUST provide verbose reporting of Receive Channel Profiles MDD Upstream Ambiguity List Reduction The C4 c CMTS places all of the upstream channels in t...

Page 404: ...hannel id 1 255 Note 1 An individual US Channel can only belong to a single MD US SG Note 2 The customer must ensure that supervision for the channels selected for the ambiguity list have supervision configured for at least one primary capable downstream channel in the fiber nodes associated with each upstream channel It is recommended that supervision is configured on all primary downstream chann...

Page 405: ...ses of provisioning these two types of signaling are referred to as supervision Supervision Supervision for each upstream channel in the MAC domain must be carried on one or more downstream channels in the MAC Domain Provisioning Supervision can be either provisioned by the operator or it will be automatically inserted on primary capable downstreams by the E6000 CER If you want to be certain that ...

Page 406: ...gure supervision and display slot and channel supervision information Examples are found in the following sections Table 60 Supervision Related Commands Description Command This command controls the assignment of supervision from a logical upstream channel to a downstream channel At least one and as many as 16 downstream channels can be assigned to carry the supervision for 12 individual upstream ...

Page 407: ...able supervision 12 0 5 configure interface cable upstream 3 0 4 cable supervision 12 0 6 configure interface cable upstream 3 0 4 cable supervision 12 0 7 configure interface cable upstream 3 0 5 cable supervision 12 0 4 configure interface cable upstream 3 0 5 cable supervision 12 0 5 configure interface cable upstream 3 0 5 cable supervision 12 0 6 configure interface cable upstream 3 0 5 cable...

Page 408: ...2 0 12 configure interface cable upstream 3 0 11 cable supervision 12 0 13 configure interface cable upstream 3 0 11 cable supervision 12 0 14 configure interface cable upstream 3 0 11 cable supervision 12 0 15 configure interface cable upstream 3 1 0 cable supervision 12 1 0 configure interface cable upstream 3 1 0 cable supervision 12 1 1 configure interface cable upstream 3 7 11 cable supervisi...

Page 409: ...figure interface cable upstream 1 7 0 cable supervision 14 8 configure interface cable upstream 1 7 0 cable supervision 14 9 configure interface cable upstream 1 7 0 cable supervision 14 10 configure interface cable upstream 1 7 0 cable supervision 14 11 configure interface cable upstream 1 8 0 cable supervision 14 8 configure interface cable upstream 1 8 0 cable supervision 14 9 configure interfa...

Page 410: ...Domain The following command example displays a view of cable supervision for one MAC domain show cable supervision cable mac 1 An output similar to the following example would result MAC US DS Method 1 1 0 0 14 0 Provisioned 1 1 0 0 14 1 Provisioned 1 1 0 0 14 2 Provisioned 1 1 0 0 14 3 Provisioned 1 1 1 0 14 0 Provisioned 1 1 1 0 14 1 Provisioned 1 1 1 0 14 2 Provisioned 1 1 1 0 14 3 Provisioned...

Page 411: ...7 11 12 7 14 Provisioned 8 3 7 11 12 7 15 Provisioned Note The output provided for command execution on slot 3 would be the same Cable Plant Topology and Fiber Nodes The C4 c CMTS is responsible for assigning an upstream Transmit Channel Configuration TCC and a downstream Receive Channel Configuration RCC to each cable modem that is capable of supporting them DOCSIS 3 0 provides for the flexible a...

Page 412: ... network to plan the channel allocation from an C4 c CMTS to a fiber node in a fiber node combining and splitting plan Note Some operators may combine two or more nodes so that both are all connected to the same set of upstream and downstream channels In this case you only need to enter in one fiber node command on the C4 c CMTS since the two nodes share the same interfaces The following sections ...

Page 413: ...cable fiber node FN1 force no Channel to Fiber Node Configuration Once a fiber node has been created the physical channels assigned to the fiber node must be configured so that the C4 c CMTS has an accurate understanding of the channels that may be used by each CM Channel to Fiber Node Commands The commands in the table below provide channel to fiber node configuration See Command Line Description...

Page 414: ...ber node FN4 cable upstream 3 9 configure cable fiber node FN4 cable upstream 3 10 configure cable fiber node FN4 cable upstream 3 11 It is not necessary to use a separate command for each channel that you assign to a fiber node You can add several channels on one command line shown as follows configure cable fiber node FN3 cable upstream 3 6 8 configure cable fiber node FN4 cable upstream 3 9 11 ...

Page 415: ... mode Detailed lengthy MDD messages MAP messages and UCD messages for all upstream channels which will be used in ambiguity resolution Primary Capable Downstream Channel A downstream channel that provides all of the aforementioned timing supervision and messaging information is known as a primary capable downstream channel Such a downstream channel is capable of becoming a cable modem s single pri...

Page 416: ... to channels based upon common HFC plant connection topology MAC Domain Each MAC domain independently defines its own MD CM SGs MD DS SGs MD US SGs As a result different MAC Domains that reach the same set of fiber nodes may have channels that are split combined in a manner such that the channel grouping boundaries do not match up These groupings can then be used by the C4 c CMTS to determine the ...

Page 417: ...following procedures and guidelines are suggested when making various changes to topology Channel Set Changes within the Fiber Node When only the channel sets within fiber nodes are changing and the fiber node names are maintained modify the existing fiber nodes without deleting the fiber nodes This allows the modems that are already registered within the effected fiber nodes to properly select fr...

Page 418: ...or Receive Channel Set RCS are reset Note that removing channels from MAC domains should only be done during a Maintenance window Channel Sets DOCSIS 3 0 provides a construct called a channel set to denote groupings of channels in the same direction from the same MAC domain These channel sets consist of a MAC domain unique channel set identifier and a list of either Upstream Channel IDs UCIDs or D...

Page 419: ...0102 DS 14 8 14 9 14 10 14 11 3 0x00000102 US 1 6 0 1 7 0 1 8 0 4 0x00000103 DS 14 12 14 13 14 14 14 15 4 0x00000103 US 1 9 0 1 10 0 1 11 0 Display Downstream Channel Sets The following command example displays all downstream channel sets show cable channel sets ds An output similar to the following example will occur Cable mac chSetId DS US Channel Set 1 0x00000100 DS 13 0 13 1 13 2 13 3 2 0x0000...

Page 420: ...00 US 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7 4 0x01000001 US 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7 5 0x00000100 US 2 8 2 9 2 10 2 11 5 0x01000001 US 2 8 2 9 2 10 2 11 6 0x00000100 US 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 6 0x01000002 US 4 0 4 1 4 2 4 3 Display Specific MAC Domain Channel Sets The following command example displays a specific MAC domain channel set show cable channel sets cable mac 1 An output similar to the following example will occur Cable mac ...

Page 421: ...nnel sets full An output similar to the following example will occur cable mac chSetId DS US Channel Set 1 0x00000002 DS 13 1 1 0x00000003 DS 12 2 1 0x00000004 DS 12 3 1 0x00000005 DS 12 4 1 0x00000006 DS 12 5 1 0x00000007 DS 12 6 1 0x00000008 DS 12 7 1 0x00000009 DS 12 8 1 0x0000000a DS 12 9 1 0x0000000b DS 12 10 1 0x0000000c DS 12 11 1 0x0000000d DS 12 12 1 0x0000000e DS 12 13 1 0x0000000f DS 12...

Page 422: ... 5 0 FN3 3 4 D1 14 8 14 9 14 10 14 11 FN3 3 4 U1 1 6 0 1 7 0 1 8 0 FN4 4 5 D1 14 12 14 13 14 14 1 4 15 FN4 4 5 U1 1 9 0 1 10 0 1 11 0 Indicates that downstream channel is not primary capable Display Specific Fiber Node The following command example displays a specific fiber node and its associated service groups and ports show cable fiber node FN1 An output similar to the following example will oc...

Page 423: ...l is not primary capable Display Specific MAC Domain Fiber Nodes The following command example displays detailed information regarding specific MAC domain fiber nodes and their associated service groups and ports show cable fiber node cable mac 1 An output similar to the following example will occur Cable mDSsg Fiber Node MAC mCMsg mUSsg Ports FN1 1 1 U1 3 0 3 1 3 2 3 3 FN1 1 1 D1 12 0 12 1 12 2 1...

Page 424: ...able Display Specific MD DS SG Fiber Nodes The following command example displays detailed information regarding specific MAC domain downstream signaling group fiber nodes and their associated service groups and ports show cable fiber node mDSsg 1 An output similar to the following example will occur Cable mDSsg Fiber Node MAC mCMsg mUSsg Channels FN1 1 1 U1 13 0 3 FN1 1 1 D1 1 4 7 FN2 2 1 D1 12 0...

Page 425: ...wing example will occur Cable mDSsg Fiber Node MAC mCMsg mUSsg Channels FN1 1 1 U1 13 0 3 FN1 1 1 D1 1 4 7 FN2 2 1 D1 12 0 3 FN2 2 1 U1 1 8 11 FN3 3 1 D1 11 0 3 FN3 3 1 U1 2 0 3 FN4 4 1 D1 10 0 3 FN4 4 1 U1 2 4 7 FN5 5 1 D1 9 0 3 FN5 5 1 U1 2 8 11 FN6 6 1 D1 8 0 3 FN6 6 1 U1 4 0 3 Indicates that downstream channel is not primary capable Display All Cable mac Service Groups The following command ex...

Page 426: ...e following will occur Cable MAC mCMsg mDSsg mUSsg 9 1 1 1 Display Specific MD CM SG Service Group The following command example displays a specific MD CM SG show cable service group mcmsg 1 An output similar to the following will occur Cable MAC mCMsg mDSsg mUSsg 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 5 1 1 1 6 1 1 1 Display Specific MD DS SG Service Group The following command example displays a specif...

Page 427: ...ic MD US SG Service Group The following command example displays a specific MD US SG show cable service group mussg 1 An output similar to the following will occur Cable MAC mCMsg mDSsg mUSsg 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 5 1 1 1 6 1 1 1 Receive Channel Configurations and Bonding Groups See the Channel Bonding page 685 chapter for the configuration of RCCs and Bonding Groups ...

Page 428: ... Loopback Interfaces for Routing Protocols 438 Configuring IP Static Routes 441 Multiple VRFs 441 Link Aggregation 446 Overview This section outlines the basic configuration tasks required to implement routing layer 3 functionality in the C4 c CMTS Subinterfaces Multiple VRIs per VRF for IPv4 A subinterface is a Virtual Router Interface VRI a logical layer 3 interface Multiple subinterfaces may be...

Page 429: ...f the packet For broadcast DHCP packets that have a source IP address of 0 0 0 0 the following rules apply If the DHCP packet is sourced from a CM then the packet will classify to the lowest numbered subinterface that has a DHCP Server defined If the DHCP packet is sourced from a CPE then the packet must be classified to the subinterface of the CPE s associated CM Rules of Operation and Guidelines...

Page 430: ...nd then the DHCP Relay Agent will forward a packet originating from a CPE to each unique DHCP server IP address for CPEs using as its giaddr the primary address or a secondary address depending on the dhcp giaddr mode of the subinterface in other words the lowest numbered subinterface provisioned with that server address This allows MSOs to provide a service where different CPEs behind a single ca...

Page 431: ...addr field if and only if the keywords secondary and dhcp giaddr are both used The command in the example below assigns an IP address of 10 10 1 1 to the specified CAM interface It enables DHCP policy for this interface secondary IP addresses are candidates for the dhcp giaddr field configure interface cable mac 1 ip address 10 10 1 1 255 255 255 0 secondary dhcp giaddr Configure the Helper DHCP A...

Page 432: ...ound robin selection based on device class choosing the next entry in the list with each new DHCP transaction Device Classes for DHCP GIADDR Device classes may be configured for the DHCP GIADDR For example configure interface cable mac 1 ip address 10 10 10 1 255 255 255 0 secondary dhcp giaddr cpe Regular CPE device secondary DHCP giaddr mta MTA device secondary DHCP giaddr ps CableHome PS device...

Page 433: ...ce The output will look similar to the following only a portion of output is shown cable mac 1 0 VRF default IP Address 10 131 0 1 19 Secondary IP Address es 10 181 253 1 24 Physical Address 0001 5c61 3a46 MTU is 1500 DHCP Policy mode is enabled DHCP Server Helper Address es 10 44 249 46 for Traffic Type mta 10 50 31 3 for Traffic Type cm 10 50 31 3 for Traffic Type cpe Directed Broadcast is disab...

Page 434: ...nDiscards 0 OutDiscards 0 InErrors 0 OutErrors 0 InFiltered 0 InMcastPkts 23 OutMcastPkts 23 3 Display information about active and inactive routes show ip route detail Sample output partial VRF Name default IPv4 Route Dest 0 0 0 0 0 Next Hop 10 58 10 1 Active Active IS Dist Metric 1 0 Protocol netmgmt Route Age 0 days 00 03 25 Interface tenGigabitEthernet 17 10 0 VRF Name default IPv4 Route Dest ...

Page 435: ...t Metric 115 20 Protocol isis L1 internal level 1 Route Age 0 days 00 00 07 Interface tenGigabitEthernet 17 10 0 VRF Name default IPv4 Route Dest 204 16 96 81 32 Next Hop 10 58 10 1 Active Active IS Dist Metric 119 20 Protocol ospf E2 external type 2 Route Age 0 days 00 00 03 Interface tenGigabitEthernet 17 10 0 802 1Q VLAN Tagging Q tags MSOs often deploy Layer 3 Virtual Private Networks VPNs for...

Page 436: ...egregate packets by source IP address SIP prefix only This works well on the cable side but not on the network side Network subinterfaces typically have incoming SIPs that belong to remote subnets not hosted by the C4 c CMTS The Q tag feature extends the existing network subinterface function to include layer 2 VCs based on the presence of a Q tag containing a VLANid in the ethernet header as in t...

Page 437: ... Selector CS bits and 802 1p priority bits are all defined identically and therefore may be interchanged without any conversion This capability makes it possible for intervening layer 2 switches to give the appropriate Quality of Service QoS treatment to ethernet frames being switched between adjacent routers Also the DOCSIS 2 0 service flow TOS overwrite capability may be used to impose a TOS byt...

Page 438: ...et type Characteristics of the Loopback Interface Observe the following guidelines when configuring and administering loopback interfaces The C4 c CMTS supports 64 unique loopback interfaces ranging from 0 63 The subnet mask must be 32 this implies a host address Upon creation of a loopback interface it will be associated with the default VRF If the loopback is taken down no physical interface is ...

Page 439: ...dmin state shutdown or restored to service configure interface loopback loopback number ip vrf forwarding vrf_name Moves a loopback interface to the VRF specified configure interface loopback 0 15 ip ospf cost metric Defines the OSPF cost to reach the loopback interface No other OSPF parameters are configurable To configure ports for in band management see 5 Configure RSM Ethernet Connections To c...

Page 440: ...Chapter 15 Interface IP Configuration STANDARD Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 440 Figure 79 Example of Packet Flow Using Loopback Interface ...

Page 441: ...Fs feature was developed to support separation of traffic for different classes of users or for different services It also allows MSOs to offer multiple service providers Virtual routing is a form of policy routing that allows the administrator to assign subscribers to an ISP via simple IP interface configuration on the C4 c CMTS The administrator is responsible for programming the DHCP server to ...

Page 442: ...globally scoped IP address prefix Router Solicitations are fanned out to all sub interfaces associated with the cable mac Multiple instances of VRFs can be created each with its own route table interfaces protocol instances and so on A default VRF instance is always automatically created This VRF includes all of the interfaces not explicitly assigned to other VRFs The default VRF has a special pro...

Page 443: ...3VPN is used and if auto import is disabled If not then a maximum of only 32 VRFs is supported Overview of the Sample Procedure The configuration example that follows is for demonstration purposes Such a configuration is not likely to be encountered in the field but it serves to show what commands are available In the example below we use the default VRF and create four additional ones This sample...

Page 444: ...igabitEthernet 18 1 1 ip address 40 0 0 1 255 255 255 0 configure interface gigabitEthernet 18 1 2 ip address 50 0 0 1 255 255 255 0 configure interface cable mac 1 ip address 110 0 0 1 255 255 255 0 configure interface cable mac 2 ip address 120 0 0 1 255 255 255 0 configure interface cable mac 3 ip address 130 0 0 1 255 255 255 0 configure interface cable mac 4 ip address 140 0 0 1 255 255 255 0...

Page 445: ...igure router rip vrf default network 110 0 0 0 configure router rip vrf vrf1 network 120 0 0 0 configure router rip vrf vrf2 network 130 0 0 0 configure router rip vrf vrf3 network 140 0 0 0 configure router rip vrf vrf4 network 150 0 0 0 7 Optional Configure the router ID for the OSPF instances configure router ospf vrf default router id 10 0 0 1 configure router ospf vrf vrf1 router id 20 0 0 1 ...

Page 446: ...on Group LAG Benefiting from larger capacity links without the costs of 10 Gigabit interfaces Reducing the number of IP IPv6 addresses required per chassis Reducing the number of interfaces to be configured LAGs can also help operators manage their data networks They do this by Dynamically bringing down a link aggregate if the number of its operational ports falls below a certain level as defined ...

Page 447: ...ic ports are considered operational once the physical link is operational An LACP port is considered operational once the physical link is operational and the port has finished negotiating via LACP with its peer The pre defined minimum number of ports must be operational min links before the link aggregate is considered operational If the number of operational links on the C4 c CMTS falls below th...

Page 448: ...s a primary and a secondary backup 1G link are used for BSoD one on each RCM All traffic goes in and out the primary link If the primary side RCM goes down a side switch occurs and the former backup link then becomes primary However there is no immediate notification to the northbound router that a shift has occurred The router first needs to detect link down on the old primary link before it can ...

Page 449: ...gregate 0 9 lacp enable configure interface link aggregate 0 9 lacp disable Configure LAG 0 9 to initiate messaging active mode Configure LAG 0 9 to respond to incoming messaging passive The default mode is active configure interface link aggregate 0 9 lacp mode active configure interface link aggregate 0 9 lacp mode passive Define rate at which the C4 c CMTS expects to receive LACP messages Slow ...

Page 450: ...ot be directly moved from one LAG to another they are deleted from the first LAG and then assigned to the second LAG The no version removes the gigabitEthernet port from the LAG configure interface gigabitEthernet rcm slot rcm port link aggregate lag number configure interface gigabitEthernet rcm slot rcm port link aggregate lag number no These commands assign the specified IPv4 or IPv6 address to...

Page 451: ...tence The no version without an address deletes the entire LAG Bring up the LAG configure interface link aggregate shutdown no Table 64 Other CLI Commands Related to Link Aggregation Purpose or Description Command Clear the counts for a LAG clear counters link aggregate WORD Clear the IPv6 neighbor counts for a LAG clear ipv6 neighbors link aggregate WORD ipv6 address Set the threshold for the num...

Page 452: ...w lacp partner commands show the following for the local actor and for the partner respectively LACP flags fast slow active passive LACP state Port priority Port Operational state Port ID Port state show lacp gigabitEthernet slot port counters internal partner sys id Display routing information for the LAG port show interface link aggregate show ip igmp groups detail link aggregate WORD show ip ig...

Page 453: ... of this command shows whether or not the dataplane is passing traffic i e some sort of LACP summary state show ipv6 interface gigabitEthernet The CLI includes the LACP throttle value and the LACP packets received and packets dropped counts to the output for this command show proto throttle rate The CLI includes a new ipv6 ping command that will specify the LAG ping ipv6 WORD repeat count INT sour...

Page 454: ...Ports 1 Enabled Up IS 17 2 17 3 17 4 17 5 S Port Suspended State D Port Down State show lacp sys id 0000 0001 5c24 8e80 show lacp counters Link LACPDUs Interface Agg Sent Recv Error gigabitEthernet 17 2 1 26 315 0 gigabitEthernet 17 3 1 27 290 0 gigabitEthernet 17 4 1 27 260 0 gigabitEthernet 17 5 1 27 222 0 show lacp local Port LAG Link LACP Admin Link Admin Oper Oper Admin Oper Min Interface Agg...

Page 455: ... step 5 It will create the LAG with the defaults shown in steps 1 through 4 1 Create LAG number 1 configure interface link aggregate 1 min links 1 2 Enable LACP for LAG 1 configure interface link aggregate 1 lacp enable 3 Configure active mode for LACP messaging configure interface link aggregate 1 lacp mode active 4 Set the lacp message rate and timeout to slow configure interface link aggregate ...

Page 456: ...r 15 Interface IP Configuration STANDARD Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 456 8 Put the LAG in service configure interface link aggregate shutdown no ...

Page 457: ...te System 468 Multiple Topology IS IS 478 Open Shortest Path First Version 2 495 Open Shortest Path First Version 3 502 Routing Information Protocol 521 Route Redistribution for IPv4 Addresses 532 Policy Based Routing PBR 545 Overview of Dynamic Routing This chapter describes the various routing protocols currently supported in the C4 c CMTS Note For more information regarding routing protocol eve...

Page 458: ...liminating the concept of network class within BGP BGP 4 also introduces mechanisms that allow aggregation of routes including aggregation of Autonomous System AS paths BGP 4 Implementation The following points summarize BGP 4 implementation on the C4 c CMTS BGP 4 complies with RFC 1771 and the MIB RFC 1657 If the C4 c CMTS is used in either an eBGP or iBGP configuration it must be for an MSO s in...

Page 459: ...o exchange labeled VPN IPv4 NLRI they must use BGP Capabilities Advertisement to ensure both peers are capable of processing such NLRI The C4 c CMTS acting as a BGP Server allows for a socket bind to any provisioned C4 c CMTS IP interface including loopback interfaces For iBGP connections loopback interfaces are the preferred IP address when establishing connections since they represent the router...

Page 460: ...ack interfaces are not assigned to any particular interface therefore a particular BGP session is not interrupted by an interface failure Interface IP addresses may also be changed without impacting BGP sessions Typically iBGP networks require the following BGP Autonomous System A routing domain in which all routers are associated with the same AS iBGP peering sessions occur within an AS BGP Route...

Page 461: ...utonomous system that is broken down into sub ASs Figure 80 iBGP with Confederations to Reduce Full Mesh Peering Within each sub AS a full mesh exists between all peers however a single eBGP peering session is sufficient for interconnection between sub ASs Note From the perspective of ASs outside of the confederation the original AS does not appear any different That is the sub AS configuration is...

Page 462: ...s a complete RAN running iBGP with route reflection Figure 81 BGP Network Topology with Route Reflections and an OSPF Overlay In the example above each region is defined as a RAN with a single OSPF area OSPF summarization occurs at each area border router and therefore OSPF SPF calculations occur for each RAN Scalability Benefit This network topology provides a substantial scalability benefit to t...

Page 463: ...vior in the cases of Prefix Lists Route Maps Peer Addressability and General Setup Transport Network Layer Address BGP is based on sessions between peers and uses TCP for transport The TCP session is formed between two BGP systems usually routers and the two systems would be called BGP Peers or BGP Neighbors The two systems must be reachable via IP so unless they are locally inter connected an IGP...

Page 464: ...iously only supported BGP for IPv4 only Starting in Release 8 2 5 the C4 c CMTS will support BGP for IPv6 by implementing MP BGP The following points summarize MP BGP implementation Multi Protocol BGP MP BGP is originally defined in RFC 2283 MP BGP is a framework that extends the original IPv4 BGP to be able to carry other address families MP BGP introduces the concept of Address Family Indicators...

Page 465: ...ng BGP features for the IPv6 Address family IPv6 Address Family route redistribution with optional filtering from Connected Static OSPFv3 ISIS IPv6 PD Peer activation deactivation configuration Peer maximum prefix and maximum prefix warning configuration Peer route update filtering inbound and outbound Peer next hop self Peer route reflector client Aggregate address advertisements The C4 c CMTS wi...

Page 466: ...p 65005 bgp router id 10 44 5 200 configure router bgp 65005 no shutdown configure IPv4 neighbor configure router bgp neighbor 10 55 3 1 remote as 65005 configure router bgp neighbor 10 55 3 1 update source loopback 0 configure router bgp neighbor 10 55 3 1 password 096bdb4d8816f52675a7b615b54e529 hidden configure router bgp 65005 address family ipv4 neighbor 10 55 3 1 next hop self configure rout...

Page 467: ...ter id 10 44 5 200 configure router bgp 65005 no shutdown configure IPv4 router redistribution for this BGP instance configure router bgp neighbor 10 55 3 1 remote as 65005 configure router bgp neighbor 10 55 3 1 update source loopback 0 configure router bgp neighbor 10 55 3 1 password 096bdb4d8816f52675a7b615b54e529 hidden configure router bgp 65005 address family ipv4 neighbor 10 55 3 1 next hop...

Page 468: ...prefix list PL1 permit 1 2 3 4 32 configure route map MPBGP permit 10 match community regexp 9999 configure route map MPBGP permit 20 match ip address prefix list PL1 configure route map MPBGP permit 20 set metric 20 configure router bgp neighbor 10 70 3 1 route map MPBGP in configure router bgp neighbor 10 70 3 1 route map MPBGP out Intermediate System Intermediate System Overview Intermediate Sy...

Page 469: ... on the default VRF CLNP Addressing NSAP Address Format CLNP is an abbreviation of Connectionless Network Protocol NSAP stands for Network Service Access Point The CLNP node based addressing scheme is one of the concepts retained for use in advertising IP networks CLNP network addressing is mandatory on IP routers and therefore both CLNP and IP addresses need to be provisioned on the C4 c CMTS CLN...

Page 470: ...Level 1 and Level 2 routing Level 1 Routers Level 1 routers belong to a common area and are engaged in level one routing These routers are aware of their local topology only and require Level 2 routers to communicate inter area routing information Level 2 Routers In practice most Level 2 routers are also Level 1 routers that is they serve a local area and connect to the IS IS backbone Two Level Ne...

Page 471: ...an area unique LSP database with its peers Disjointed Level 1 areas must be joined together via a Level 2 backbone area Figure 82 IS IS Level 1 and 2 Routing By default Level 1 areas are considered stub areas because they rely on a default route to forward traffic out of the area However route leaking from Level 2 and Level 1 areas allows for more intelligent inter area routing ...

Page 472: ...o the IS IS backbone Dynamic Hostname Support The C4 c CMTS will support use of the dynamic hostname in IS IS link state packets LSPs The C4 c CMTS will support the use of TLV 137 to communicate its hostname and receive hostname updates from peer routers In the IS IS routing domain a system ID is used to represent each router The system ID is part of the network entity title that is configured for...

Page 473: ...isis hostname IS IS Network Topology Multi homing Multi homing provides the capability to define multiple NSAP addresses one per area Primary Purpose The primary purpose of IS IS multi homing is to merge otherwise disparate Level 1 areas into one large unified area The LSP database thus becomes unified across the individual Level 1 areas Note IS IS multi homing is not analogous to the IP concept o...

Page 474: ...th OSPF the DIS plays the critical role of LSP flooding however it should be noted that unlike OSPF there does not exist the concept of a backup DIS known in OSPF nomenclature as a BDR If the DIS becomes unavailable then DIS election must be restarted To help mitigate a DIS outage the hello interval for DIS routers is set at three times the rate of non DIS routers This scheme allows for quick dete...

Page 475: ...cies also referred to as point to point links Broadcast links will continue to be supported as the default configuration with a point to point link being an optional configuration on an interface or subinterface basis IS IS point to point links simplify the Shortest Path Found SPF calculation and reduce both the network convergence times and the size of the topology database The C4 c CMTS still su...

Page 476: ...ed with pure IP routing and forwarding Because the circuit physically is broadcast the IS IS protocol packets need to have MAC addresses From a link layer point of view those packets are IS IS LAN packets IS IS uses Level 1 Hello packet PDU type 15 and Level 2 Hello packet PDU type 16 when it is configured for a LAN environment However the protocol uses only Point to Point Hello packet PDU type 17...

Page 477: ... local router does not participate in certain MTs it will not advertise those MT IDs in its IIHs and thus will not include that neighbor within its LSPs On the other hand if an MT ID is not detected in the remote side s IIHs the local router is not allowed to include that neighbor within its LSPs The local router is not allowed to form an adjacency if they don t have at least one common MT over th...

Page 478: ... Overview The C4 c CMTS software supports two topologies for IS IS IPv4 IPv6 IS IS could be configured as IPv4 only IPv6 only or IPv4 IPv6 only but only a single Shortest Path First SPF would run per level for IPv4 or IPv6 Overcoming Single SPF Limitation To overcome the single SPF limitation Multiple Topology IS IS MT IS IS is implemented in the C4 c CMTS When MT IS IS is enabled the C4 c CMTS wi...

Page 479: ...ed two separate SPFs will run and maintain the two separate topologies IPv4 and IPv6 As a result The best IPv4 path from A to D is A B C D The best IPv6 path from A to D is A E F C D Adjacencies Users need to know what they are running IPv4 or IPv6 in order for the adjacency to be included in the correct topology If the interface only supports the IPv4 topology the C4 c CMTS will not use the new M...

Page 480: ... the LSP will be installed into the database but no routes will be calculated using that LSP Advertising MT Reachable Intermediate Systems in LSPs The C4 c CMTS will include within its LSPs in the Reachable Intermediate TLV only adjacent nodes that are participating in the corresponding topology and advertise such TLVs only if it participates itself in the corresponding topology There is no change...

Page 481: ...ernal type 1 E2 external type 2 I internal E external VRF Name IP Route Dest Act PSt Next Hop Metric Protocol Dist Route Age Interface default 4 4 4 0 24 Yes IS 10 85 9 1 30 isis L1 115 0 00 11 39 gigE 17 9 0 default 3 3 3 0 24 Yes IS 10 85 9 1 30 isis L1 115 0 00 11 39 gigE 17 9 0 Displaying Active IPv6 Routes To display all active IPv6 routes in the RIB associated with the IPv6 MT 2 use the foll...

Page 482: ...le MT IS IS Use this procedure to enable MT IS IS on the C4 c CMTS Note IS IS must be disabled at the system level before enabling MT 1 Disable IS IS at the system level with the following command configure router isis shutdown 2 Enable MT IS IS on the C4 c CMTS configure router isis address family ipv6 multi topology 3 Once MT IS IS has been enabled IS IS can once again be enabled with the follow...

Page 483: ... 17 9 no shutdown configure interface gigabitethernet 17 9 0 ip address 10 85 0 2 255 255 255 0 configure interface gigabitethernet 17 9 0 ipv6 enable configure interface gigabitethernet 17 9 0 ipv6 address fc00 cada c435 600 2 64 configure interface gigabitethernet 17 9 0 ip router isis configure interface gigabitethernet 17 9 0 ipv6 router isis configure interface gigabitethernet 17 9 0 isis pro...

Page 484: ...sis net 47 0001 0100 8500 9001 00 metric style wide no hello padding log adjacency changes redistribute connected redistribute static ip address family ipv6 multi topology redistribute static exit address family Example Show Commands The following section contains a group of commands most commonly used to display MT IS IS information Displaying Current IS IS Configuration To display the current IS...

Page 485: ...If you are not seeing IPv6 routes and you think you should then an inconsistent configuration between the C4 c CMTS and the northern router may be the cause To display the multi topology system status use the following command show isis protocol The system display will look similar to the following IS IS Router default IS IS routing Enabled IS IS multi topology Enabled System ID 0100 6000 0002 IS ...

Page 486: ... IS is displayed in the Protocol column above this command will not display the Topology Using the command show isis database detail word where word in this example is the LSP PDU identifier TR11 00 06 to display the IS IS database detail including the MT extensions use the following command show isis database detail TR11 00 06 The system output would look similar to the following IS IS Level 2 Li...

Page 487: ... 64 ACT fe80 20b 45ff feb6 100 116 10 isis L2 00 08 07 gigE 17 9 0 2001 1234 0 4 64 ACT fe80 20b 45ff feb6 100 116 10 isis L2 00 08 07 gigE 17 9 0 2002 2001 3001 3002 64 ACT fe80 20b 45ff feb6 100 y 115 20 isis L1 00 10 52 gigE 17 9 0 CLI Commands for ISIS The following table lists many of the CLI commands that are used in configuring and managing both MT IPv4 ID 0 and MT IPv6 ID 2 routing For mor...

Page 488: ...d its neighbors configure interface cable WORD isis circuit type no configure interface cable mac WORD isis circuit type no configure interface gigabitethernet WORD isis circuit type no configure interface tengigabitethernet WORD isis circuit type no Configures the complete sequence number PDUs CSNPs interval for the specified interface This command only applies to the designated router on the spe...

Page 489: ...net WORD isis hello multiplier no configure interface tengigabitethernet WORD isis hello multiplier no Configures the time delay between successive LSPs for the specified interface configure interface cable WORD isis lsp interval no configure interface cable mac WORD isis lsp interval no configure interface gigabitethernet WORD isis lsp interval no configure interface tengigabitethernet WORD isis ...

Page 490: ...l shutdown no configure interface tengigabitethernet WORD isis protocol shutdown no Configures the maximum rate between LSP retransmissions for the specified interface This command is useful in very large networks with many LSPs and many interfaces to control LSP retransmission traffic This command controls the rate at which LSPs can be resent on the interface configure interface cable WORD isis r...

Page 491: ...S IS routing for IP on the router level configure router isis address family ipv4 enable no Allows user to enter CLI address family IPv6 mode configure router isis address family ipv6 Enables IS IS routing for IPv6 on the router level configure router isis address family ipv6 enable no Configures the router IS IS authentication key chain configure router isis authentication key chain no Configures...

Page 492: ...ures the generation rate of the LSPs configure router isis lsp gen interval no Configures the link state packet LSP refresh interval configure router isis lsp refresh interval no Configures the maximum time that link state packets LSPs can remain in a router s database without being refreshed configure router isis max lsp lifetime no Configures the type of metric the C4 c CMTS will generate or acc...

Page 493: ...s on off Multi topology IS IS configure router isis multi topology no To configure the router to signal other routers not to use it as an intermediate hop in their shortest path first SPF calculations use the set overload bit command in router configuration mode It will cause to originate LSPs with the Overload bit set This bit will be set if the level 1 or level 2 database is running short of a r...

Page 494: ... the IS IS redistribution information show distribute list Displays the IS IS redistribution information show ip isis show ipv6 isis Displays the IPv4 IPv6 IS IS route information show ip route isis show ipv6 route isis Displays IS IS link state database for the specified VRF show isis database Displays IS IS interface status and configuration for the specified VRF show isis interface Displays IS ...

Page 495: ...ate database of all subnets available on the network This includes details about which routers are attached to the links If a link goes down the router that is directly attached to it immediately sends a Link State Advertisement LSA to its neighbor routers Information about the link state propagates throughout the network Each router reviews its database and re calculates the routing table indepen...

Page 496: ...best route on the following order of criteria 1 Longest prefix 2 Route type local netmgmt OSPF RIP 3 Route cost Configuring OSPF This section outlines the tasks required to configure a network and C4 c CMTS for OSPF The procedures and commands in this section assume that IP addresses have already been configured for the network and OSPF interfaces The sequence includes 1 Reviewing a network diagra...

Page 497: ... e CAMs and to redistribute the default ospf route based on metric types tags and subnets configure router ospf vrf VRF redistribute connected metric 0 16777215 transparent metric type 1 2 tag 1 4294967295 Where metric optional is the metric used for redistributed route Values 1 4294967295 Default is 1 metric type optional is the external link type associated with the default route advertised into...

Page 498: ...Admin state Enabled Dead 4 Interface state Point to point Poll 120 Priority 1 Counts Designated router 0 0 0 0 Events 1 Backup designated LSAs 0 router 0 0 0 0 Authentication Type None Not a graceful restart helper gigabitethernet 17 1 Router Virtual Interface of Virtual Router default Internet Address is 192 168 177 2 255 255 255 0 Internet Secondary Address es No Secondary Addresses Area ID 0 0 ...

Page 499: ... disable OSPF To disable OSPF for an interface 1 Enter the following command to disable OSPF for an interface or interfaces configure router ospf no network ip address wildcard mask area area id Where ip address is the IP prefix of the desired network interface wildcard mask is the IP address type mask that includes don t care bits area id is the area that is to be associated with the OSPF address...

Page 500: ...stub area External routes can not be imported into these areas configure router ospf vrf default area area id stub no Configures an area as a not so stubby area NSSA This area allows for generation of type 7 LSAs configure router ospf vrf default area area id nssa no Sets up a virtual link between two routers configure router ospf vrf default area area id virtual link router id no Suppresses routi...

Page 501: ...nterval between hello packets that the software sends on the interface The valid range in seconds 1 65535 and the default is set at 10 seconds configure interface cable mac mac ip ospf hello interval interval no configure interface gigabitethernet slot port ip ospf hello interval interval no configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port ip ospf hello interval interval no Sets the interval at wh...

Page 502: ...gabitethernet slot port ip ospf priority priority no Specifies the time between link state advertisement LSA retransmissions for adjacencies belonging to the interface configure interface cable mac mac ip ospf retransmit interval interval no configure interface gigabitethernet slot port ip ospf retransmit interval interval no configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port ip ospf retransmit inte...

Page 503: ...Fv3 redefines LSA types The C4 c CMTS supports running both OSPFv2 and OSPFv3 at the same time including running the protocols on the same interface It will also support passive interfaces on the Cable side Network side Loopback interfaces OSPFv3 on the C4 c CMTS supports point to point links but does not support point to multipoint links Discovering Neighboring Routers An OSPFv3 router sends a sp...

Page 504: ...ich helps reduce the CPU and memory requirements for an OSPF enabled router because routers send most LSAs only within one area Hello Packets OSPFv3 routers periodically send Hello packets on every OSPF enabled interface The Hello interval determines how frequently the router sends these Hello packets and is configured per interface Determining Compatibility An OSPFv3 interface that receives Hello...

Page 505: ...2 and v3 Both OSPV2 and OSPFv3 support Fast Hello Packets in the C4 c CMTS implementation Operators can configure the sending of Hello packets in intervals of less than one second S uch a configuration will result in faster convergence in an OSPF netw ork Interval Settings Setting the dead interval to one second will turn on the Fast Hello feature with the default value of 5 for the Hello multipli...

Page 506: ...ication Instance ID Optional capabilities If there is a match the following information is entered into the neighbor table Neighbor ID The router ID of the neighbor router Priority Priority of the neighbor router The priority is used for designated router State Indication of whether the neighbor has just been heard from is in the process of setting up bidirectional communications is sharing the li...

Page 507: ... is broken and considered down Adjacency Not all neighbors establish adjacency Depending on the network type and designated router establishment some neighbors become fully adjacent and share LSAs with all their neighbors while other neighbors do not Adjacency is established using Database Description Packets The Database Description packet includes just the LSA headers from the link state databas...

Page 508: ...on a point to point network establish adjacency and there is no DR Broadcast A network with multiple routers that can communicate over a shared medium that allows broadcast traffic such as Ethernet OSPFv3 routers establish a DR and BDR that controls LSA flooding on the network OSPFv3 uses the well known IPv6 multicast addresses FF02 5 and a MAC address of 33 33 00 00 00 05 to communicate with neig...

Page 509: ...area is a logical division of routers and links within an OSPFv3 domain that creates separate subdomains By dividing an OSPFv3 network into areas and limiting the numbers of LSAs per area the CPU and memory requirements can be reduced LSA Flooding LSA flooding is contained within an area and the link state database is limited to links within the area Area ID You can assign an area ID to the interf...

Page 510: ...SA Types The following tables contains the various LSA Types Table 68 LSA Types Name Description Router LSA LSA sent by every router This LSA includes state and cost of all links Does not include prefix information Router LSAa trigger an SPF recalculation Router LSAs are flooded to the local OSPFv3 area Network LSA LSA sent by the DR Lists all routers in the multi access network This LSA does not ...

Page 511: ...assigns a cost of one to each interface Configurable by the user Carried in the LSA updates for each link Displaying Cost of Route The cost of the route is the sum of the interface costs which can be displayed by the following command show ipv6 route Flooding OSPFv3 floods LSA updates to different sections of the network depending on the LSA type OSPFv3 uses the following flooding scopes Link loca...

Page 512: ...prevent accurate link state information from being aged out VRF Requirements OSPFv3 only runs in the default VRF on the C4 c CMTS Stub Area The amount of external routing information that floods an area can be limited by making it a stub area A stub area is an area that does not allow AS External type 5 LSAs These LSAs are usually flooded throughout the local AS to propagate external route informa...

Page 513: ... Inter Area Route Summarization Inter area route summarization summarizes routes on ABRs between areas in the autonomous system To take advantage of summarization network numbers should be assigned in areas in a contiguous way to be able to lump these addresses into one range External Route Summarization External route summarization is specific to external routes that are injected into OSPFv3 usin...

Page 514: ... the unnecessary hellos that would be sent on the downstream This could also reduce the number of LSAs needed to advertise all the cable side interface addressees Configure OSPFv3 with Cable side Interfaces as Passive Interfaces OSPFv3 requires the user to define the router ID and will not allow OSPFv3 to come into service until then To enable OSPFv3 as a passive interface on the C4 c CMTS 1 Enter...

Page 515: ...Fv3 is disabled on the C4 c CMTS Enabling OSPFv3 for an interface does not affect the global enable disable state on the C4 c CMTS Enter the following command to enable OSPFv3 configure ipv6 router ospf no shutdown There is no system response if the command is successful This is a silent success command Note To again disable OSPFv3 the same command form is entered as follows configure ipv6 router ...

Page 516: ...bled for the interface show ipv6 ospf interface Summary of CLI Commands for OSPFv3 Below is a table listing many of the CLI commands that you will use in configuring and using OSPFv3 For more information on these CLI commands see Command Line Descriptions Table 69 List of Commands Related to OSPFv3 Purpose Command Global commands To enable disable OSPFv3 configure ipv6 router ospf vrf VRF shutdown...

Page 517: ...sa no summary no Consolidates and summarizes routes at an area boundary configure ipv6 router ospf vrf VRF area word range word no Sets the address range status to advertise and generates a Type 3 summary LSA configure ipv6 router ospf vrf VRF area word range word advertise no Sets the address range status to DoNotAdvertise Type 3 summary LSAs are suppressed configure ipv6 router ospf vrf VRF area...

Page 518: ...gures the OSPF network type to a type other than the default for a given media Current supported type is broadcast or point to point configure interface cable word cable mac word gigabitethernet word tengigabitethernet word ipv6 ospf network list no Configures the router priority on the specified OSPFv3 interface configure interface cable word cable mac word gigabitethernet word tengigabitethernet...

Page 519: ...b c d Displays the OSPF database inter area router link states by link state ID show ipv6 ospf database inter area router 0 4292967295 X X X X X 0 128 Displays the OSPF database inter area router link states filtered by the Advertising Router as an IP address show ipv6 ospf database inter area router 0 4292967295 X X X X X 0 128 adv router a b c d Displays the OSPF database link by link state ID s...

Page 520: ... summary Displays the OSPF interface information show ipv6 ospf interface brief Displays only the specified cable OSPF interface information show ipv6 ospf interface brief cable word Displays only the specified cable mac OSPF interface information show ipv6 ospf interface brief cable mac word Displays only the specified loopback OSPF interface information show ipv6 ospf interface brief loopback in...

Page 521: ...ll networks Note The C4 c CMTS does not support RIP version 1 RIPv1 If the C4 c CMTS is connected to a router that supports only RIPv1 problems result because the C4 c CMTS is unable to decipher the information that is communicated by a RIPv1 router RIP supports only IPv4 RIP version 2 RIP version 2 RIPv2 is compatible with the C4 c CMTS Unlike RIPv1 it supports subnet masks and Message Digest 5 M...

Page 522: ...es RIP Enable and Disable The following RIP related enable and disable tasks along with their associated commands are grouped for convenience This is not intended to be a step by step procedure Enabling RIP on the C4 c CMTS By default RIP is disabled on the C4 c CMTS Enter the following command to enable RIP configure router rip shutdown no The system will respond RIP has been enabled Validate RIP...

Page 523: ...nterfaces Interface VRF Df Met Auth Mode State 10 71 0 2 default 1 disabled active 10 71 64 2 default 1 disabled disabled In this instance an interface with an IP address 10 71 0 2 is actively running RIP This interface is part of a network which was enabled 10 71 0 0 for example Note Secondary interfaces on RIP enabled primary interfaces are automatically set to passive Disabling RIP for a Networ...

Page 524: ...eration can be disabled The following RIP passive mode related enable and disable tasks along with their associated commands are grouped for convenience This is not intended to be a step by step procedure Enabling RIP Passive Mode To enable RIP passive mode on an interface enter the following command configure router rip vrf name passive interface cable mac mac default gigabitethernet slot port te...

Page 525: ...te propagation must be controlled carefully system administrators can set the metric to be used for default route advertisements on a per interface basis If the default route metric is set to 0 the default route is not advertised The following default route metric tasks along with their associated commands are grouped for convenience This is not intended to be a step by step procedure Setting Defa...

Page 526: ...xt authentication may be enabled for each active or passive interface running RIP in order to add security to RIP communication By default it is disabled on each interface The following plain text authentication tasks along with their associated commands are grouped for convenience This is not intended to be a step by step procedure Enabling Plain Text Authentication Enter the following command to...

Page 527: ...key and every incoming message s validation is dependent on its having this key Confirm that the interface is set up to do plain text authentication show ip rip The output should look similar to the following VRF Status default enabled RIP Interfaces Interface VRF Df Met Auth Mode State 10 62 1 2 default 0 text active RIP Timers VRF default Update interval is set to 30 seconds VRF default Route in...

Page 528: ... to provide the C4 c CMTS with RIP information and it does not have the correct MD5 hash the packet is dropped and an error message is logged Time of Day The RIP protocol requires a sequence number to increase monotonically based on the time of day This key is used to generate an MD5 hash over the entire RIP message plus the concatenated plain text key which is appended to all outgoing RIP packets...

Page 529: ...eives a RIP message with a non matching key it identifies the authentication mismatch and drops the message Enable Single Key Authentication Use the following procedure to configure single key MD5 authentication To Enable Single Key Authentication 1 Set the single key authentication node on the physical interface configure interface cable mac mac gigabitethernet slot port tengigabitethernet slot p...

Page 530: ...seconds Multiple Key Authentication For multiple key authentication you need only assign a key chain that has been configured with more than one key Otherwise the MD5 functionality works as described in the single key mode For MD5 to interoperate the keys and key IDs in the C4 c CMTS key chain must match the keys in the external router Enable Multiple Key Authentication i e Key Chains Use this pro...

Page 531: ... receiving 4 Confirm that the interface is set up for MD5 digest authentication show ip rip The output should look similar to the following VRF Status default enabled RIP Interfaces Interface VRF Df Met Auth Mode State 10 62 1 2 default 0 text active RIP Timers VRF default Update interval is set to 30 seconds VRF default Route invalidation interval is set to 180 seconds VRF default Route flush int...

Page 532: ...nique This feature supports route redistribution at the following levels From static to RIPv2 and OSPF From connected local to RIPv2 and OSPF From RIP to OSPF From OSPF to RIPv2 This feature supports different types of distribution lists filtering RIP input per interface or global RIP output per interface or global Route redistribution RIPv2 to OSPF BGP Route Maps For BGP route maps can be used to...

Page 533: ...lue to be set for routes redistributed into BGP Local Pref Allows a Local Preference attribute to be set for routes redistributed into BGP Update Message Attributes The attributes that are applied to the complete group of routes in the BGP Update message are listed as follows Origin Indicates how the IP prefixes became known to BGP IGP Prefix was learned from an interior gateway protocol e g OSPF ...

Page 534: ...rip vrf name redistribute bgp metric int no configure router rip vrf name redistribute connected metric int no configure router rip vrf name redistribute isis level1 level 2 level 1 2 metric int no configure router rip vrf name redistribute ospf match internal external1 external2 metric int no configure router rip vrf name redistribute static metric int no OSPF Redistribution Commands The C4 c CMT...

Page 535: ... configure route map word set local preference INT configure route map word set metric INT configure route map word set origin igp egp incomplete Where word is the name of the route map Route maps may contain other commands but these commands will not be applied to route redistribution The C4 c CMTS filtering commands that support VRF aware distribute lists for route redistribution from non defaul...

Page 536: ...ic int metric type internal external no configure router isis address family ipv4 redistribute ospf level 1 level 2 match internal external1 external2 metric int metric type internal external no configure router isis address family ipv4 redistribute static level 1 level 2 metric int metric type internal external no configure router isis address family ipv4 redistribute static level 1 level 2 metri...

Page 537: ... will create an entry in the rtmRedistTable There must also be a wildcard match entry in the rtmRedistTable for either the permit_all or deny_all ACL case with the rtmRedistFlag set to AMB_TRUE or AMB_FALSE The priority rtmRedistPriority must be set to a value greater than implies lower priority the more specific matches Distribute lists also control RIP route advertisement per physical interface ...

Page 538: ...ich it entered 3 Is there a distribute list applied to that interface Yes Is the network denied by that list If the network is denied by that list or does not make it to the routing table return to step 1 If the network is allowed then continue to step 4 No there is no list Then go to step 4 4 Is there a global distribute list Yes Is the network denied by that list Yes the network does not make it...

Page 539: ...outer ospf vrf VRF distribute list 10 out rip Filtering Redistributed BGP Routes To filter redistributed BGP routes use the following commands configure router bgp no distribute list ACL NUM out static configure router bgp no distribute list ACL NUM out connected configure router bgp no distribute list ACL NUM out rip configure router bgp no distribute list ACL NUM out ospf configure router bgp no...

Page 540: ...ned must be a standard ACL range 0 99 Execution of this command will create an entry in the cadDistListOutTable If the corresponding route redistribution command has already been executed then each entry in the ACL table will create an entry in the rtmRedistTable There must also be a wildcard match entry in the rtmRedistTable for either the permit_all or deny_all ACL case with the rtmRedistFlag se...

Page 541: ... from which we derive the route 5 Is there a distribute list applied to that process Yes Is the network denied by that list o Yes the network does not go out return to step 1 o No the network goes out continue to step 6 No Go to step 6 6 Is there a global distribute list Yes Is the network denied by that list o Yes the network does not go out return to step 1 o No the network goes out return to st...

Page 542: ...ollowing command configure router ospf vrf VRF distance int ospf external external value configure router ospf vrf VRF no distance Where int is an integer 1 255 administrative distance range To set the administrative distance for both internal and external type 5 7 LSA OSPF routes use the following command configure router ospf vrf VRF distance int ospf external int2 Where int is an integer 1 255 ...

Page 543: ...rs Routing Protocol is ospf default Redistribution ON static admin distance 1 connected admin distance 0 Routing for Networks 22 22 22 22 32 192 168 202 2 32 192 168 203 2 32 Routing Information Sources Gateway Last Update 192 168 202 1 0 days 0 19 16 192 168 202 2 0 days 0 27 58 Default Distance Internal 30 External 110 To display the distribute lists for each protocol show distribute list rip os...

Page 544: ... 192 168 202 1 20 ospf E2 110 0 02 00 24 TenGg 18 10 0 default 192 168 176 0 24 Yes IS 192 168 203 1 20 ospf E2 110 0 02 00 24 TenGg 18 10 0 default 192 168 177 0 24 Yes IS 192 168 202 1 20 ospf E2 110 0 02 00 24 TenGg 18 10 0 default 192 168 177 0 24 Yes IS 192 168 203 1 20 ospf E2 110 0 02 00 24 TenGg 18 10 0 default 192 168 190 0 24 Yes IS 192 168 202 1 20 ospf E2 110 0 02 00 24 TenGg 18 10 0 d...

Page 545: ...e edge router Cost savings can be achieved by segregating slow bulky traffic from time sensitive traffic Traffic can be separated according to desired characteristics and load balanced across multiple and unequal paths Note The route maps used by the BGP routing protocol are part of a separate feature and are not affected by commands to create or configure policy based route maps Configuring PBR C...

Page 546: ...cy based routing A route map cannot be changed from permit to deny or from deny to permit To make such a change you must first remove the route map make the change and add it If the same sequence number is used in two route map commands in the same route map then the first one is overwritten by the second A route map can be created that references an ACL before the ACL is defined If the route map ...

Page 547: ...n any one sequence number map entry only one ACL can be specified for the match IP address command However multiple match IP address ACLs can be concatenated into the one ACL specified by the sequence number If the route map is applied to a packet and no match is found the packet is not dropped instead it is forwarded using destination based routing If a route map is created with no match criteria...

Page 548: ...licy permit set ip precedence number name route map configuration command enables you to set the three IP precedence bits in the IP packet header With three bits you have eight possible values for the IP precedence values 0 through 7 are defined Table 71 Setting IP Precedence Values Precedence Value name Description 0 routine Sets the routine precedence 1 priority Sets the priority precedence 2 im...

Page 549: ...ervice ToS byte with the keywords see table below or with a numeric value 0 63 Valid keywords are those listed in the Value column below The DSCP values include Assured Forwarding AF Class Selector CS and Expedited Forwarding EF Table 72 Setting IP DSCP Value Value Overwrite the DSCP field with 0 63 the specified codepoint value af11 AF11 dscp 0b001010 af12 AF12 dscp 0b001100 af13 AF13 dscp 0b0011...

Page 550: ...th the set ip next hop command the routing table is checked only to determine whether the next hop can be reached not whether the ultimate destination is reachable Use the NO version of the command to delete it from a route map For an illustration see the flowchart in the figure below Note Upstream packets which are forwarded by Policy Based Routing PBR using ip nexthop or ip backup nexthop may be...

Page 551: ...d configuration attempt to assign a C4 c CMTS interface address as a recursive next hop IP address causes the command to be rejected as explained in the accompanying failure message The IP address does not have to be directly connected and feature performance is actually optimal when the IP address is not directly connected because this allows normal ECMP and normal redundancy to be used to route ...

Page 552: ...r 16 Dynamic Routing Protocols STANDARD Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 552 Figure 84 Flowchart Representing Decision Path for PBR or Normal Routing ...

Page 553: ...0 configure route map policy ReRoute permit 100 match ip address 20 The first command configures route map named ReRoute to match to set the next hop ip address to 1 2 3 4 The second command overwrites sequence number 100 and sets the next hop ip address to 5 6 7 8 configure route map policy ReRoute permit 100 set ip next hop 1 2 3 4 configure route map policy ReRoute permit 100 set ip next hop 5 ...

Page 554: ...ses for each sequence entry of each route map It also displays matching packet and byte counts and failed packets and byte counts for each map entry show route map policy Displays interfaces for which PBR is enabled and the route maps that are assigned to each of those interfaces show ip policy Displays address VRF protocol and policy configuration for the specified interface show ip interface cab...

Page 555: ...following script is offered as an example of an implementation of PBR PBR can be applied to one or more C4 c CMTS interfaces The two chosen in the following procedure are meant as examples 1 Create standard access lists 20 30 40 configure access list 20 permit 10 10 20 0 0 0 0 255 configure access list 30 permit 10 10 30 0 0 0 0 255 configure access list 40 permit 10 10 40 0 0 0 0 255 2 Configure ...

Page 556: ...icy routemap2 9 Run the following show commands to confirm your configuration show route map policy show ip policy show ip interface cable mac 1 show ip interface gigabitethernet 17 0 0 PBR Script Setup IP Recursive Next Hop PBR can be applied to one or more C4 c CMTS interfaces The following script is offered as an example of an implementation of PBR using IP recursive next hop 1 Create standard ...

Page 557: ...kup next hop 10 69 4 1 ip tos normal Policy routing matches 0 packets 0 bytes Policy routing failed 0 packets 0 bytes permit sequence 30 Match clauses Set clauses ip interface null Policy routing matches 0 packets 0 bytes Policy routing failed 0 packets 0 bytes Route map routemap2 permit sequence 20 Match clauses ip address access lists 40 Set clauses ip next hop 10 69 5 1 Policy routing matches 0...

Page 558: ...t Multicast reserved groups joined None Source verify is disabled InOctets 3939375 OutOctets 1904501 InUcastPkts 12346 OutUcastPkts 8322 InDiscards 0 OutDiscards 0 InErrors 0 OutErrors 0 InMcastPkts 94 OutMcastPkts 4 show ip interface gigabitethernet 17 0 0 Sample output gigabitethernet 17 0 0 VRF default IP Address 10 92 128 2 24 Secondary IP Address es No Secondary Addresses Physical Address 000...

Page 559: ...d be exercised when using the set ip next hop and set ip backup next hop commands in policies DHCP and other messaging critical to modem registration may have the wrong next hop applied leading to unintended results When setting ipnext hop and ip backup next hop in a PBR policy it is recommended that extended ACLs be used to match only the specified protocol ...

Page 560: ...ation files referencing different filter groups could be used as part of a multiple Internet Service Provider ISP application IP Packet Filtering IP packet filtering provides a way for the network administrator to precisely define how incoming IP traffic is managed IP packet filtering is an important element in maintaining the integrity of C4 c CMTS traffic The IP Packet Filtering feature is based...

Page 561: ... port IP Protocol When a match condition occurs one of the following filter actions can be taken Drop Accept Note Optional IP packet filters can be provisioned to match these fields IP Filter Groups IP filters are configured in groups The filters in each group are kept in an ordered list and applied in sequence The first IP filter in the sequence to satisfy the matching requirements is used as the...

Page 562: ...vice classes of the CPEs See Filter Groups Based on Device Class page 651 Additionally three sets of data are used to determine if IP packet filtering is to be applied to the modem First the modem configuration file can include TLVs that instruct the C4 c CMTS to set up IP packet filtering for that modem and the CPEs behind it Then if these TLVs are not present the C4 c CMTS checks if defaults are...

Page 563: ...ard the total of 16 384 Each rule with a match action for type 257 counts as two towards the total For this example if each filter group contained 63 rules including one type 256 and one type 257 then the maximum number of filter groups that could be created would be 248 groups This is derived by adding one extra rule for type 257 and two extra rules for type 256 which equals 66 rules that are div...

Page 564: ... index 3 ip tos 0x0 0x0 configure cable filter group 4 index 4 ip version ipv4 configure cable filter group 4 index 4 src ip 0 0 0 0 configure cable filter group 4 index 4 src mask 0 0 0 0 configure cable filter group 4 index 4 src port 65536 configure cable filter group 4 index 4 dest ip 0 0 0 0 configure cable filter group 4 index 4 dest mask 0 0 0 0 configure cable filter group 4 index 4 dest p...

Page 565: ...rx power control by mod type Enabled enbudptcpfltr Allow combining of Udp and Tcp messages in same filter Disabled DSPeakTrafficRateTLV2516 Use old MULPI spec TLV 25 16 for DS Peak Traf Rate instead of new spec TLV 25 27 Enabled cpeNacksForceCmReset Force CM reset upon receiving 3 consecutive CPE NACKs Enabled LBalDynUnbondUcast Enable load balancing of new dynamic unbonded unicast US and DS flows...

Page 566: ...ort 137 destport 137 Additional lines of output displayed 20 53 19 06 notc CLI command a 10 43 130 79 show cable filter 20 53 22 01 debg Debug ip packet brief 4 3 US 0 Smac 0011 2513 e249 Dmac ffff ffff ffff Pkt Type IPV4 sip 10 44 121 67 dip 10 44 121 95 ulp UDP tos 0 flowid 0 srcport 138 destport 138 20 53 23 01 debg Debug ip packet brief 4 3 US 3 Smac 0011 2513 e249 Dmac ffff ffff ffff Pkt Type...

Page 567: ...dex 2 dest ip 10 119 31 255 dest mask 255 255 255 0 match action accept The following example command drops packets with an IPv6 source address v6 src address of 2001 db8 c426 c001 0 0 0 1011 and with an IPv6 source address prefix length v6 src pfxlen of 128 configure cable filter group 20 index 1 v6 src address 2001 db8 c426 c001 0 0 0 1011 v6 src pfxlen 128 match action drop The following exampl...

Page 568: ...ed packets to the CMTS output is turned on off with the following commands configure no logging debug ip packet brief slot slot The command above uses the brief option It logs the interface on which the packet was received including the direction if appropriate It also logs the source of the capture i e IP filter group index as well as the SIP DIP and protocol The second version of the command whi...

Page 569: ...ource port field of the filter is set to 65536 then any value in a source port field of the packets is considered a match Common Port Values Some common port values are shown in the table below Table 74 Common Port Values Port Description 23 telnet 25 SMTP 67 bootpc 68 bootps 69 tftp 137 Microsoft SMB NetBIOS Name Service 138 Microsoft SMB NetBIOS Datagram Service 139 Microsoft SMB NetBIOS Session...

Page 570: ...ause the C4 c CMTS to drop all telnet packets configure cable filter group 10 index 1 src port 23 match action drop configure cable filter group 10 index 2 dest port 23 match action drop IP Protocol Filters IP packet header filtering can be configured for IP protocols IP Source and Destination Filters These filters are used to pass drop or log matching IPv4 or IPv6 source and destination addresses...

Page 571: ...page 572 and the ip proto value is set to 257 then combined UDP and TCP filtering is enabled If the operation mode enbudptcpfltr is reset then the ip proto value cannot be set to 257 and combined UDP and TCP filtering is disabled IP Protocol Filter Command Examples These commands provide drop examples pertaining to IP protocol Filter commands The following command example filter drops all ICMP pac...

Page 572: ...ubscriber management filter group number text A textual description of the filter group up to 32 characters The description text may be optionally enclosed in quotes The no form of the command will remove just the description text To display the filter group description use the following command show cable filter group number index index number verbose Note If a description was not configured for ...

Page 573: ...byte in hexadecimal The TOS byte is depicted as follows 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Precedence D T R Unused The 0 equates to the Most Significant Bit and the 7 equates to the Least Significant Bit Precedence Bits The three precedence bits have a value from 0 to 7 and are used to indicate the importance of a datagram The default is 0 The higher the binary number the better the TOS as shown in the following tab...

Page 574: ... match action drop Where mask Mask against TOS value The byte must be in hex 0x0 0xFF value the TOS value byte in hex 0x0 0xFF Match Action Command Examples The following command example accepts all packets that match the filter for IPv4 configure cable filter group 20 index 2 ip version ipv4 match action accept The following command example drops all packets that match the filter for IPv6 configu...

Page 575: ...16 total CPE IPv4 addresses The user can reconfigure these limits in the CLI or in the CM configuration file To change the default maximums use the following commands For IPv6 configure cable submgmt default v6 max cpe 0 64 For IPv4 configure cable submgmt default max cpe 0 32 Per Interface Configuration Per interface IP packet filtering configuration applies only to IPv4 packets It can be used to...

Page 576: ...ide default filter groups However the per subinterface filter groups are not used if filter groups are assigned in the modem configuration file For CPEs the assignment of these new subinterface level filter group parameters would take place when an IP address is assigned by DHCP in addition to when the CPE is learned since CPE assignment to a subinterface would take place when it gets its IP addre...

Page 577: ...Default CLI Examples Use the following command form to set default values for registering modems configure cable submgmt default parameter Example configure cable submgmt default active CPE Control for Subscriber Management Filtering filter group Configure filter groups learnable Filter group provisioning is learned from CM eSAFE device max cpe Provision the maximum number of IP addresses behind a...

Page 578: ...frame information from all of the IP filters set to collect information is aggregated in the capture buffer If too many IP filters are enabled to capture frame data and there is heavy traffic load some of the capture data is discarded The capturing of frame data occurs whenever an IP filter matches and its debug capture flag is set This is true regardless of how the IP filter s Drop Pass action is...

Page 579: ...pture packets and send them to the capture buffer configure no cable filter group group index index log parameter name value To disable packet capture on all filters use the following command configure no cable filter log This example drops packets with an IP 10 119 30 255 with mask 255 255 255 0 but also logs data to the CMTS output configure cable filter group 10 index 1 log src ip 10 119 30 255...

Page 580: ...r name value To configure the IP Protocol operation mode to enable both UDP and TCP filtering in the same filter The no option disables the IP Protocol operation mode configure operation mode operation mode no Note The specific operation mode that is applicable is enbudptcpfltr To provision the subscriber management for the specified filter group The no option deletes a specific filter group confi...

Page 581: ...er group 4 index 1 dest port 135 configure cable filter group 4 index 1 ip proto 257 configure cable filter group 4 index 1 match action drop configure cable filter group 4 index 1 ip tos 0x0 0x0 configure cable filter group 4 index 2 ip version ipv4 configure cable filter group 4 index 2 src port 65536 configure cable filter group 4 index 2 dest port 137 configure cable filter group 4 index 2 ip ...

Page 582: ...group 2 index 1 verbose An example of the system response IP Filter Group For Group 2 Index 1 IP Type ipv4 Source address Source mask Destination address Destination mask IP Protocol 257 TOS 00 TOS Mask 00 Action drop Source Port Destination Port 135 Capture Disabled Number of times rule was matched 0 Last Cleared on Mon Dec 3 12 27 19 2012 Use the following command to display which filters are be...

Page 583: ...part of Upstream Drop Classifiers is supported specifically the enabling and disabling by the C4 c CMTS of statically provisioned Upstream Drop Classifiers in the CM configuration file at registration time Note The C4 c CMTS does not support sending of the Upstream Drop Classifiers configuration to the CM based on the Upstream Drop Classifiers Group IDs sent to the system during registration Also ...

Page 584: ...following is an example of the output Upstream Drop Classifiers disabled The following show command example can also be used to view the status show running config verbose include upstream drop classifiers enable An output similar to the following example occurs configure interface cable mac 1 cable upstream drop classifiers enable configure interface cable mac 2 cable upstream drop classifiers en...

Page 585: ...cross the cable network equal to or better than that provided by dedicated line network services It does this by encrypting traffic flows on the RF link between the CM and C4 c CMTS Baseline Privacy also provides cable operators with protection from theft of data services Baseline Privacy Plus Interface BPI is an extension of the Baseline Privacy Interface BPI it further strengthens the BP specifi...

Page 586: ...agement messaging in the request reply operations of the BPKM protocol Baseline Privacy uses public key cryptography to establish symmetric traffic keys between the CM and C4 c CMTS Packet Data Encryption Packet data encryption is an extended service within the DOCSIS MAC sublayer When encrypting packet data only the frame s packet data is encrypted the frame s header is not encrypted To indicate ...

Page 587: ...egistration to complete For BPI registration any values that are not specifically defined in the configuration file are defaulted to the values defined in the BPI Specification Appendix A in the Recommended Operational Ranges for BPI Configuration Parameters table Initialization After registration is complete and Baseline Privacy is enabled the second operational step of Baseline Privacy initializ...

Page 588: ...er or CLI commands may be used to directly configure BPI parameters Since there are many different MIB browsers only the CLI commands are described Note The CLI commands shown in this chapter that have a no parameter reset other parameters to their default values when the no parameter is used This section describes Baseline Privacy basic setup procedures BPI basic configuration is divided into fou...

Page 589: ...ult lifetime in seconds that the C4 c CMTS assigns to an initial cable modem s authorization key Recommended range 86 400 6 048 000 Default per DOCSIS 604 800 The default value is acceptable for normal operation Using less than the minimum recommended value can degrade system performance UCAM Use the following command to configure DefaultAuthLifetime configure interface cable mac cm id cable priva...

Page 590: ...ted Default untrusted Caution Self signed certificates are a security risk As a general rule do not trust them Note Valid self signed certificates are marked trusted or untrusted depending on this MIB variable If the default trust value is set to untrusted and CA Certificates are learned then these CA Certificates are considered untrusted and stored This is a one time determination which is never ...

Page 591: ...I initialization The drop operation only applies to newly learned certificates not existing certificates already stored in the CA Certificate MIB table The provisioning of valid or bad certificates can still be performed manually Possible issues that can be alleviated by this feature are Modems stuck in a BPI init some cases identified in a log entry as follows No certificates found to chain to CM...

Page 592: ...CaCertDropEnable MIB object show cable global settings An output similar to what is shown in the following example will be output Annex annex B Downstream Frequency Range 91 867 Upstream Frequency Range 5 42 Allow piggybacking data req on polling US SFs Disabled Load Balance Enabled CM registration request Timeout 30 Maximum QoS Active Timeout 30 Maximum QoS Admitted Timeout 200 Concatenation for ...

Page 593: ...ing certificates and certificate chains UCAM To enable disable checking of certificate validity period configure interface cable mac mac cable privacy chk validity period no Example configure interface cable mac 1 cable privacy chk validity period Baseline Privacy Cable Modem Configuration File Settings Enable Disable BPI For BPI operation the COS Privacy Enable setting TLV type 4 7 must be set to...

Page 594: ...dem will be rejected if the defined values are out of range Note BPI does not require ANY parameters to be present in the CM s configuration file BPI will choose DOCSIS defined default values for any parameter not specified in the CM s config file If a value is specified in the config file that value will be used if within range The modem will be rejected if the defined values are out of range Tab...

Page 595: ...n be changed and Authorization and TEK keys can be reset Modifying certificates is covered in Provisioning X 509 Certificates page 599 docsBpi2CmtsAuthCmLifetime The value of this object is the lifetime in seconds that the C4 c CMTS assigns to an authorization key for this CM The no value of this command sets the value to default 604800 UCAM Use the following command to set the authorization key l...

Page 596: ...tek said reset 1234 Digital Certificates BPI Only In normal operation configuration of certificates is not required In cases requiring removal of certificates change of trust status addition of new certificates etc the respective Baseline Privacy certificate MIB table entries must be added deleted or modified For BPI to authenticate cable modems the DOCSIS or EuroDOCSIS Root Certificate must alrea...

Page 597: ... DER encoded binary certificate file The CA certificate is read out of path filename and provisioned to the MIB table docsBpi2CmtsCACertEntry Example To read the certificate s in the file system certs cacerts txt on the C4 c CMTS flash disk and save it in the docsBpi2CmtsCACertEntry MIB table use the following command copy system certs cacerts txt cacert config Exporting Certificate Authority CA C...

Page 598: ...wing CLI command copy path filename provcmcert config Where path filename is the path and file name of the ASCII certificate file or the DER encoded binary certificate file The CM certificate is read out of path filename and provisioned into the MIB table docsBpi2CmtsProvisionedCmCertEntry Example To read the certificate s in the file system certs cmcerts txt on the C4 c CMTS flash disk and save i...

Page 599: ...509 Certificates CA Certificates To install certificates in the CA certificate MIB table configure cable privacy add certificate manufacturer LINE Hex data Example To add a manufacturer certificate to the CA certificate MIB table configure cable privacy add certificate manufacturer 308203da 308202c2 a0030201 02021045 529c2654 797e1623 c6e72318 0a9e9c30 0d06092a 864886f7 0d010105 05003081 97310b30 ...

Page 600: ...tes Provisioning CM certificates is similar to CA certificate provisioning except the CM certificates are stored in a different MIB table docsBpi2CmtsProvisionedCmCertTable and there is an additional parameter the MAC address The examples above for CA certificates can be used with the addition of the MAC address parameter To provision CM certificates use the following command configure cable priva...

Page 601: ...pecific instructions from ARRIS Tech Support This section describes the debugging sequence for Baseline Privacy on the CER 1 Registration debugging 2 Initialization state debugging 3 Baseline Privacy MIB debugging 4 Privileged Mode CLI debugging requires ARRIS Tech Support Registration Debugging The first step in Initial Baseline Privacy debugging is to determine if the modem has completed registr...

Page 602: ...g information If the modem registers with a DOCSIS 1 0 modem configuration file this column indicates which QoS profile the modem is using If the modem registers with a DOCSIS 1 1 or later configuration file the QoS column indicates the upstream downstream sums of the tmax values maximum sustained traffic rate of the flows The units are in kilobits per second Kbps For DOCSIS 1 1 or later modems th...

Page 603: ...nitialization is complete Each section of the privacy line indicates a state the CM has completed failed or not completed There are three states Baseline Privacy may be in Disabled The config file has instructed the C4 c CMTS to disable privacy for this modem Initialized The modem is registering BPI configuration data Privacy mode is not known Ready The modem s BPI feature is running The modem mus...

Page 604: ...he respective modem For issues related to traffic keys TEKs check the docsBpi2CmtsTekEntry and look at the reject error string for the respective modem s SAId Key Id UCAM Use the following command to display privacy authorization for a given cable mac group registered on a UCAM show interface cable mac mac cable privacy authorization mac UCAM Use the following command to display privacy traffic ke...

Page 605: ...S THAN one half the BPI base table TEK lifetime Authorization grace time MUST be LESS THAN one half the BPI base table Authorization lifetime ANM_DOCSIS_B301_2 Auth Reject No information CM Authorization Problem The respective modem s authorization request has been rejected Action The internal C4 c CMTS reason for the reject will be displayed in the modem s respective auth reject error string MIB ...

Page 606: ...e tested and this failure will result Action Make sure a TOD server is connected and the C4 c CMTS is configured to see the server on the network Reboot the modem ANM_DOCSIS_B302_2 Auth Invalid No information CM Authorization Problem The respective modem s authorization is not currently valid Action The internal C4 c CMTS reason for the reject will be displayed in the modem s respective auth inval...

Page 607: ...ion Problem There are encryption algorithms that the CM can support that the C4 c CMTS does not Action There is no corrective action that can be taken As long as the CM and C4 c CMTS support at least one common algorithm the system will operate properly If the Devices in the system are certified this will not be an issue ANM_DOCSIS_B501_2 Key Reject No information Traffic encryption key TEK exchan...

Page 608: ...m will recover the error ANM_DOCSIS_B502_3 TEK Invalid No information TEK exchange Problem The modem s traffic key is now invalid Action There is no corrective action that can be taken The system will recover the error ANM_DOCSIS_B502_6 TEK Invalid Invalid key sequence number TEK exchange Problem This trap indicates that a packet was received from the respective modem which has an key sequence val...

Page 609: ...ate Use multiple lines as needed cr cr terminates certificate entry configure cable privacy add certificate root LINE Hex data for the CA certificate hit cr to begin certificate entry cr cr to terminate certificate entry configure cable privacy ca cert trust 1 150 CA certificate index configure cable privacy ca cert trust 1 chained CA certificates trust state is chained root CA certificates trust ...

Page 610: ...ble mac 1 cable privacy chk validity period Perform validity period checking for new certificates default cert trust Configure Self signed CA certificate default trust state kek Key Encryption Key default setting for new cable modems kek cm Key Encryption Key setting for specific cable modem kek cm reset Invalidates the authorization for a specific cable modem mandatory Set minimum level of BPI op...

Page 611: ...t BPI mode Normally modems configured for DOCSIS 1 0 use BPI and those configured for DOCSIS 1 1 use BPI The use of DOCSIS 1 1 and BPI is a hybrid mode operation This C4 c CMTS feature has been tested for operation with only the following two cable modems Toshiba PCX2200 3COM 3CR29221 Caution This feature is not meant for general release The C4 c CMTS does not normally support hybrid mode operatio...

Page 612: ... MULPI spec TLV 25 16 for DS Peak Traf Rate instead of new spec TLV 25 2 Enabled cmstatusoperational Allow modem status at the CMTS to reach operational 8 Disabled docsis20test DOCSIS 2 0 Testing Disabled upstreamLockupDetect Detection of upstream channel lockups Enabled upstreamLockupDetectLong Upstream lockup detection uses longer data sampling interval Disabled showCmFormatCV Force alternative ...

Page 613: ...modems that complete BPI or BPI authorization are allowed to register If the level is set to none then there is no minimum requirement modems of any level of Baseline Privacy BPI BPI or no encryption at all are allowed to register Modems that fail to achieve BPI authorization when it is mandatory are placed in the Denied state If minimum BPI level of chassis is set to Then CMs that complete the fo...

Page 614: ...s No BPI Encryption Required To disable BPI Enforce neither BPI nor BPI required use the following command configure interface cable mac mac no cable privacy mandatory Show Commands To display the current Baseline Privacy configuration use the following command show interface cable mac mac cable privacy base The following sample outputs are taken from UCAMs show interface cable mac 2 cable privacy...

Page 616: ... residing on the CMTSs to the DSG Clients within Set top Devices Logical Devices in a DSG System This OOB data traverses the DSG Agent on the CMTS by means of a DSG Tunnel a non encapsulated rate limited data flow that is MAC multicasted on one or more DOCSIS downstream channels Because it is non encapsulated it is not a tunnel in the traditional form The DSG Agent is responsible for forwarding IP...

Page 617: ...ication does not need two way service Definitions Conditional Access Entity The decision making entity within a DOCSIS Set top Gateway that parses the DCD message and determines what tunnels must be connected to the DSG Client Conditional Access CA A technology used to control access to digital television DTV services for authorized users by encrypting the transmitted programming CA has been used ...

Page 618: ...ted through the DSG tunnel to the DSG Client DSG Tunnel A stream of packets sent from the DSG Agent in a CMTS to the DSG Client in a Set top Device A DSG tunnel is identified solely by its DSG tunnel Address destination MAC address All of the packets of a given DSG tunnel use the same DSG tunnel address Different DSG tunnels use different addresses DSG Tunnel Address The destination MAC address of...

Page 619: ...or unicast Destination IPs is not supported 1 Procedure 15 1 Enabling Multicast DSID based Forwarding MDF and DSG Support for DOCSIS 3 0 DSG 3 0 requires MDF to be enabled MDF should be enabled for each MAC domain cable mac that will use DSG 3 0 MDF is disabled by default 2 Shut down the desired cable mac configure interface cable mac mac shutdown Enable MDF configure interface cable mac mac cable...

Page 620: ...100 0000 0020 DSID 0x000001 MDD DSG DA MAC 0100 0000 0040 DSID 0x000002 MDD DSG DA MAC 0100 5e34 0081 DSID 0x000003 MDD DSG DA MAC 0100 5e34 0085 DSID 0x000004 MDD DSG DA MAC 0100 5e35 0017 DSID 0x000005 MDD DSG DA MAC 0100 5e35 007b DSID 0x000006 The following command can be used to display the tunnel s destination MAC address in the DSG Downstream Channel Descriptor DCD message show interface ca...

Page 621: ..._11 bin LB Policy 1 LB Group 25167872 Filter Group CM Down 3 CM Up 4 Privacy Disabled MDF Capability N A MDF Mode N A u d SFID SID State Sched Tmin Tmax DFrms DBytes CRC HCS Slot Ports u 107 1 Activ BE 0 0 45662 2922368 0 0 1 11 d 108 102 Activ 0 0 0 0 14 16 L2VPN per CM Disabled Current CPE 0 IPv4 Addr 0 IPv6 Addr 0 Max CPE 16 IPv4 Addr 6 IPv6 Addr 16 7 26 5 20 CM 001d cdfa 16c1 Arris D3 0 State ...

Page 622: ...onfiguration page 626 Configuring Access List Filters and Rate Limits page 626 see Configuring IP Forwarding for Basic Mode DSG page 627 see Configuring for Advanced DSG Mode page 628 o see Configure IP Forwarding page 628 o Configuring DCD and QoS page 628 o Advanced DSG Configuration page 628 Note Static joins can be configured on various types of interfaces There are cable side interfaces cable...

Page 623: ... VSP list Downstream frequency list Timer list It does not delete the DSG Service Class Name SCN if it has been configured Configuring Interfaces to Carry Tunnel Traffic Multicast must be enabled on each cable mac interface and Network Side Interface NSI when the destination IP of the tunnel traffic is a multicast IP address Internet Group Management Protocol IGMPv2 is the default on the CMTS Note...

Page 624: ...for DSG tunnel classifiers that have a source network prefix of 32 host address but are not automatically configured for DSG tunnel classifiers that use a source network prefix less than 32 subnet For DSG tunnel classifiers configured with a source network prefix of less than 32 subnet a source specific group static join must be configured for each source in the subnet where multicast group static...

Page 625: ... ip mroute For more information see Multicast page 776 For an explanation of PIM SSM see Source Specific Multicast page 779 Enabling Upstream Filters To prevent DSG tunnel traffic from entering an upstream an upstream IP filter must be configured to block the upstream traffic destined for the DSG tunnel The following commands provide the ability to dynamically configure these filters This is descr...

Page 626: ...rop DSG tunnel traffic from all other sources configure access list aclNum permit ip host srcIp host destIp Repeat the previous command for each DSG tunnel source In the command above srcIp is the IP address of the source of the DSG tunnel traffic Note that host srcIp may be replaced with srcIp wildcards to allow multiple sources within a subnet configure access list aclNum deny ip any host destIp...

Page 627: ...ination MAC address does not conform to RFC1112 DSG forwarding is configured using IGMPv2 or IGMPv3 when the destination IP of the DSG tunnel is a multicast address The following commands configure static membership for the DSG tunnel configure interface cable downstream slot port subif ip igmp static group dsgTunnelDestIP source dsgTunnelSrcIp Note IGMPv3 must be used when a source IP address is ...

Page 628: ...s carrying the DSG tunnels more quickly QoS provides the ability to rate limit the DSG tunnel traffic as well as give the traffic a priority The configuration of DCD and QoS is described in the next section Advanced DSG Configuration The primary components of advanced DSG configuration are DS Cable Interface DSG Tunnel DSG Classifier These components are what is used to build the DCD that is sent ...

Page 629: ...route The following diagram shows the layout of advanced DSG configuration Figure 85 Block Diagram of an Advanced DSG Configuration Note that DSG tunnel groups are used for assigning a group of DSG tunnels to one or more DS cable interfaces This also allows the user to assign one or more DSG tunnel groups to a DS cable interface A DSG tunnel must belong to a group in order to be associated with a ...

Page 630: ...e no DSG tunnels configured on the downstream interface If there is at least one DSG tunnel on the specified interface the behavior is as if the dcd enable command was entered The NO version of the command has no affect on the sending of the DCD To determine if a DCD is being sent on an interface use the command show interface cable downstream slot port cable dsg The Enable DCD column displays a v...

Page 631: ...Timer one way tdsg4 oneWayTimer The command that shows which entry is associated with an interface is show interface cable downstream slot port cable dsg verbose The command to view the contents of the entry is show cable dsg timer list timerListId Note The DCD will always include a timer list on every channel even if there is no timer list configured for a channel If no timer list is configured t...

Page 632: ...ll the required elements If it is desired to prevent the rule from being included in the DCD the following command must be entered configure cable dsg tunnel tunnelid disable If you wish to include the tunnel s DSG rule in the DCD use the following command configure cable dsg tunnel tunnelid enable Note By default the DSG tunnel rule is set to enabled The configure cable DSG tunnel disable command...

Page 633: ... part of the DSG rule is Rule Priority defaults to 0 which is the lowest priority in this case Vendor specific Parameters optional The rule priority is mandatory for the DSG rule so if it is not specified when configuring the DSG tunnel Group the rule priority takes on a value of zero If the VSP list is not specified with the command it is omitted from the DSG rule in the DCD Note that this logic ...

Page 634: ... take effect you should allow five seconds between commands as in the following example configure cable dsg tunnel dsgTunnelId disable wait 5 configure cable dsg tunnel dsgTunnelId enable Note If no SCN is configured a default SCN will be used See the QoS section below If there are multiple active tunnels referring to the just modified service class name the command sequence above must be repeated...

Page 635: ... The QoS parameters including minimum and maximum traffic rates are then automatically applied to the tunnel and the CMTS uses those QoS parameters to rate limit the traffic which flows over the DSG tunnel If No SCN Is Associated If no Service Class Name is explicitly associated with a DSG tunnel then the maximum data rate on any given DSG tunnel defaults to 2 048 Mbps Note Even though a default m...

Page 636: ...ke up the DSG Classifier in the DCD Note that the classifier ID must be unique per CMTS For all parameters that are not mandatory or do not have a default value are not included in the DCD when they are not explicitly configured The command to configure a DSG classifier is configure cable dsg tunnel dsgTunnelId classifier dsgClassId priority classPri dest ip destIP source network sourceIp maskLen ...

Page 637: ...rk side configure interface cable mac 1 ip igmp proxy interface gigabitethernet 17 0 only allow static multicast on the cable side interface filtering any router host IGMP messages configure interface cable mac 1 ip igmp multicast static only Enable ability to apply dynamic upstream cable side filters Use the following command to have the CMTS apply filter group 1 in the upstream direction to all ...

Page 638: ...his script configures a DSG Downstream Channel Descriptor DCD on a downstream that contains only the DSG configuration part of the DCD DCD messages are used only in the advanced mode of DSG start DSG configuration only script direct the STB to the downstream on frequency 691000000 configure interface cable downstream 5 0 cable dsg ds frequency list 1 configure cable dsg ds frequency list 1 frequen...

Page 639: ...e following rule and classifier Table 80 DSG Tunnel with Multicast IP Address Type Name Value 23 Downstream Packet Classification Encoding 23 2 Classifier Identifier 1 23 5 Classifier Priority 1 23 9 IP Packet Classification Encodings 23 9 3 Source IP Address 10 100 10 1 23 9 4 Source IP Mask 255 255 255 255 23 9 5 Destination IP Address 230 1 1 1 50 DSG Rule 50 2 DSG Rule Priority 1 50 4 2 DSG We...

Page 640: ...rmit ip any any configure interface gigabitethernet 17 1 ip access group 130 in upstream cable side filtering filter upstream traffic destined for 230 1 1 1 configure cable filter group 1 index 1 src ip 0 0 0 0 src mask 0 0 0 0 dest ip 230 1 1 1 dest mask 255 255 255 255 match action drop static multicast provisioning for basic mode only forward the traffic with destination ip 230 1 1 1 on cable i...

Page 641: ...ot comply with RFC1112 The table below is a summary of that DSG tunnel Table 81 Summary of DSG Tunnel with Multicast DIP to Non compliant DMAC Address Type Name Value 23 Downstream Packet Classification Encoding 23 2 Classifier Identifier 1 23 5 Classifier Priority 1 23 9 IP Packet Classification Encodings 23 9 3 Source IP Address 10 100 10 1 23 9 4 Source IP Mask 255 255 255 255 23 9 5 Destinatio...

Page 642: ...raffic assign acl to network interface configure interface gigabitethernet 17 0 ip access group 120 in block traffic from all other network interfaces configure access list 130 deny ip any host 230 1 1 1 configure access list 130 permit ip any any configure interface gigabitethernet 17 1 ip access group 130 in upstream cable side filtering filter upstream traffic destined for 230 1 1 1 configure i...

Page 643: ...3 44 55 configure advanced DSG configure the DSG Rule configure interface cable downstream 5 0 cable dsg tunnel group 1 priority 1 configure cable dsg tunnel 1 tunnel group 1 client id list 1 mac address 0011 2233 4455 configure cable dsg client id list 1 type mac address value 0000 ca01 0101 configure the DSG classifier configure cable dsg tunnel 1 classifier 1 dest ip 230 1 1 1 source network 10...

Page 644: ...w The high level goal of this feature is to allow the C4 c CMTS user to classify Customer Premise Equipment CPE into a number of distinct device classes Device classes are the names that are given to CPE devices based on the specialized function that the CPE device performs Types of Device Classes This feature is currently associated with the device classes shown in the table below Table 82 Device...

Page 645: ...E devices using a dual mode IPv4 IPv6 stack the C4 c CMTS will recognize only the device class that can be determined from the IPv4 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP Relay Agent Functionality Through the classification of CPE devices the user is allowed to Associate different provisioning servers for CPE devices based on the class of the device Apply a given secondary cable interface to be ...

Page 646: ...CPEs hosts both at the chassis and interface level are assigned to each of the new device class types Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP DHCP is a network protocol used to configure network devices such as CPE devices so that they can communicate on an IP network DHCP Client A DHCP client uses the DHCP protocol to acquire configuration information such as An IP address A default route One or...

Page 647: ...e giaddr to determine the subnet on which the relay agent received the broadcast and allocates an IP address on that subnet When the DHCP server replies to the client it sends the reply to the giaddr address The relay agent then retransmits the response on the local network DHCP Options DHCP consists of various options determined and defined by CableLab for different functionality in a system Thre...

Page 648: ...FE might not be an embedded device SAFE Types A SAFE is a CableLabs specified application such as A PacketCable Multimedia Terminal Adapter MTA that provides a service using the DOCSIS IP platform A function or set of functions such as the Cable Home Portal Services PS logical element that supports the delivery of one or more services over an IP platform Supported SAFEs The SAFEs that are supporte...

Page 649: ...om a DHCP server by using a rapid DHCPv6 two message exchange The messages that are exchanged between the two routers are called the DHCPv6 Solicit and Reply messages DHCP Helper Address Provisioning The Device Classes feature allows the customer to configure different DHCP servers for use by different device classes by defining the DHCP server address for a given device type on the cable interfac...

Page 650: ... cable helper address 4 4 4 4 stb configure interface cable mac 20 cable helper address 5 5 5 5 mta configure interface cable mac 20 cable helper address 6 6 6 6 ps configure interface cable mac 20 cable helper address 7 7 7 7 stb Then the following would be some of the effects of the configuration on the subscriber equipment A CM performing registration on cable mac 20 would have its DHCP Discove...

Page 651: ...CP giaddr is used If the interface does not have policy enabled then the primary address for that interface is used for all CPE devices The command to apply policy is configure interface cable WORD cable dhcp giaddr policy If a DHCP giaddr is not provisioned for the specific kind of device and policy is enabled then the first secondary address for that interface is used as the DHCP giaddr If a sin...

Page 652: ...o different modems or CPEs on the same cable interface and even within the same IP subnet One example of this is an eMTA with an Ethernet interface for data services In this situation an operator would want to apply one set of filters to protect the eMTA and another set of filters for the data service Note Filters are applied to a CPE device after it acquires its IPv4 address Assigning Filter Grou...

Page 653: ...mmand This command assigns a filter group based on CPE device class to a particular cable mac Use the no option to delete a specific filter group configure interface cable mac mac cable submgmt default filter group cm host cpe mta ps stb upstream downstream group ID no See Enabling and Disabling Filtering page 654 for examples of how this command can be used This command allows the C4 c CMTS to se...

Page 654: ... executed configure cable submgmt default filter group cpe downstream 1 configure cable submgmt default filter group mta downstream 2 configure cable submgmt default filter group cm downstream 3 configure cable submgmt default filter group stb downstream 9 configure cable submgmt default filter group ps downstream 5 2 To configure filter groups for all upstream device classes commands similar to t...

Page 655: ...mand includes the following new columns cpe type cpe ip and cpe mac SW2 show cable modem column ip mac cpe type cpe ip cpe mac Jan 15 20 25 58 IP Address MAC address cpe type cpe ip cpe mac 10 1 66 117 0000 ca41 9d76 cpe 10 16 32 7 0000 ca30 f769 10 1 66 117 0000 ca41 9d76 cpe 10 16 32 9 0000 bf41 3121 Total Offline Ranging RgAbort Ranged IPcompl BpiInit Online Denied Total 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 For m...

Page 656: ...hen the system response does not return any modems When a CPE type is specified the show cable modem will display only the CMs that match the given criteria in other words those modems with the given CPE type registered behind that modem The format of the display is the same as that of the normal show cable modem command The following is an example show cable modem cpe type stb Jun 4 14 03 33 Inte...

Page 657: ...RF default IP Address 10 131 128 1 19 Secondary IP Address es 10 131 160 1 19 Physical Address 0001 5c22 63e4 MTU is 1500 DHCP Policy mode is enabled DHCP Server Helper Address es 10 50 31 3 for Traffic Type any Directed Broadcast is disabled ICMP unreachables are always sent Multicast reserved groups joined None Source verify is disabled InOctets 0 OutOctets 384 InUcastPkts 0 OutUcastPkts 4 InDis...

Page 658: ...t Multicast reserved groups joined None Source verify is disabled InOctets 1237135 OutOctets 1219074 InUcastPkts 1564 OutUcastPkts 1571 InDiscards 0 OutDiscards 0 InErrors 0 OutErrors 0 InMulticastPkts 0 OutMulticastPkts 2 The following is a sample output of the show ip interface cable mac 1 0 show ip interface cable mac 1 0 cable 1 0 VRF default IP Address 10 101 128 1 19 Secondary IP Address es ...

Page 659: ...abled InOctets 0 OutOctets 0 InUcastPkts 0 OutUcastPkts 0 InDiscards 0 OutDiscards 0 InErrors 0 OutErrors 0 The following is a sample output from the show cable modem column cm mac cm cpe ip cpe count cpe mac command cpe cm mac cm cpe ip count cpe mac CM1MAC CM1IP 2 CM1MAC CPE1AIP CPE1MAC CM1MAC CPE1BIP CPE2MAC CM2MAC CM2IP 1 CM2MAC CPE2AIP CPE1MAC CM3MAC CM3IP 3 CM3MAC CPE3AIP CPE1MAC CM3MAC CPE3...

Page 660: ... state machine and finally what rules or triggers are used to cause a channel to transition or hop to another set of upstream characteristics By default Integrated Upstream Agility is disabled on all upstream channels within the C4 c CMTS The system operator can uniquely define each instantiation of an Upstream Agility state machine Each state machine has two or more states One or more triggers ar...

Page 661: ...ange the syslog priority with the following command configure logging override event eventid priority emergency alert critical error warning notice information debug In addition to the syslogs the history log also stores all information that is logged via syslogs This information is retrievable via the various show commands listed under Show Commands page 679 The C4 c CMTS indicates in the syslog ...

Page 662: ...y cause this channel to be load balanced with others Once a state machine is assigned to an upstream channel manual upstream channel changes cannot be made until the association with that upstream channel has been removed A state machine can include up to sixteen different states Each state is identified by a number 1 16 The state machines defined by this feature transition between states in respo...

Page 663: ...ing the channel width of the channel Finally the system operator can use this feature to change the center frequency of the channel if necessary to avoid ingress noise in one part of the spectrum Using such changes in a carefully selected order the MSO can maximize upstream throughputs Examples of Upstream Agility State Machines In this example the MSO has selected two center frequencies for upstr...

Page 664: ...on profiles Number 1 16 QAM with FEC T 2 or Number 2 QPSK with FEC T 10 Two possible upstream channel widths 3 2 MHz or 1 6 MHz Because each of the three parameters has two options there are a total of eight possible states that can be defined in this example 1 State 1 20 MHz 16 QAM w FEC T 2 3 2 MHz width 2 State 2 28 MHz 16 QAM w FEC T 2 3 2 MHz width 3 State 3 20 MHz 16 QAM w FEC T 2 1 6 MHz wi...

Page 665: ... system operator to achieve the desired channel performance Figure 86 State Diagram of a State Machine Example The following CLI commands will create the state machine shown in the figure above configure cable modulation profile 1000 tdma qpsk configure cable modulation profile 1100 tdma qam 16 Note Some of the commands used to modify FEC are not shown configure cable spectrum group trigger 10 deg...

Page 666: ...trum group 5 state 5 trigger 20 next state 4 configure cable spectrum group 5 state 6 trigger 20 next state 5 In the example given above the MSO has decided to use six of the eight possible states They are chained together using degradation triggers and improvement triggers In this arrangement State 1 the default is the channel configuration with the highest theoretical throughput It is also very ...

Page 667: ...s in the channel conditions could cause an improvement trigger to push the state machine back one state toward the default state State 1 Improvement triggers cause a hop to the next lower state that is towards State 1 degradation triggers cause a hop to the next higher state Using Tables Instead of Diagrams Many other types of state machines can be created with the general definitions given above ...

Page 668: ...state machine Thus the number of entries in the state table is exactly the same as the number of triggers in the state machine From the triggers listed in the table above it can be seen that Integrated Upstream Agility will define all of the degradation triggers to be Boolean expressions that have the particular form given by Degradation Trigger SNR Threshold3 AND unc fec errors Threshold2 OR unc ...

Page 669: ...or the current state The system operator can specify the unique values of thresholds 1 2 and 3 for each trigger within the state machine All three of the conditions must be met before an improvement trigger is triggered If the system operator desires to only specify an SNR threshold then Threshold2 and Threshold1 can be set to be very large values If the system operator desires to only specify err...

Page 670: ...throughput that yields an acceptable PER performance The state machine will operate at this level until a periodic trigger pushes the state machine back to the default state State 1 so that it can again sample the different states until it again finds the state with the highest theoretical throughput that yields an acceptable PER performance As an example the periodic trigger might be a timer that...

Page 671: ...te 1 configure cable spectrum group 5 state 6 trigger 30 next state 1 The state diagram above can be represented by the state table in below For completion we have added more detail around the definition of the degradation triggers and the periodic triggers As shown in the state table below each state has a unique set of degradation triggers and periodic triggers Table 87 State Table That Matches ...

Page 672: ...so determined that this noise seems to appear every week at the same time Thus the MSO decides to permit the upstream channel to operate with a center frequency of 20 MHz from under normal conditions and then the MSO shifts the center frequency to 28 MHz where the channel could circumvent the expected noise that appears within the 20 MHz spectral region during times such as 6PM to 11PM for example...

Page 673: ...hould occur You can also configure the trigger to occur daily all seven days of the week Table 88 State Table That Matches the Time of Day Diagram States Triggers Current Next Num Definition 1 2 40 Sat 16 00 00 2 1 50 Sat 23 00 00 Example to Configure a Sample Upstream Agility Application This simple sample configuration will change the upstream modulation from 16 QAM to QPSK when the SNR falls be...

Page 674: ...m group trigger show interface cable upstream 3 2 spectrum group history show interface cable mac cablemac spectrum group history Related CLI Commands Integrated Upstream Agility lets the MSO define states within a particular state machine also known as a spectrum group A state is defined by the center frequency the channel width and the modulation profile for the channel Each state must be specif...

Page 675: ...et smaller then better resolution is possible If it is set larger then the C4 c CMTS uses fewer system resources In the CLI syntax it is called sample period Use the following command to define the sampling period used in degradation and improvement triggers configure cable spectrum group SM_ID sample period sample_period no Where SM_ID is the state machine identifier Range 1 40 sample_period is t...

Page 676: ...sage is called the wait time or retry period Use the following command to define the minimum wait time configure cable spectrum group SM_ID retry period retry_period no Where SM_ID is the state machine identifier Range 1 40 retry_period is the minimum period of time in seconds that must pass before another state transition request may be sent upstream for a specific trigger assuming there is not a...

Page 677: ...ors plus correctable FEC errors for the current state expressed in thousandths of a percent Range 0 to 100000 Thus 1 0 001 and 100 000 100 Default 100000 threshold2 is the minimum acceptable percentage of uncorrectable FEC errors for the current state expressed in thousandths of a percent Range 0 to 100000 Thus 1 0 001 and 100 000 100 Default 100000 threshold3 is the maximum acceptable signal to n...

Page 678: ...ID state state_id Where slot is the chassis slot number of the CAM Range 0 15 port is the upstream channel port Range 0 11 for the 12U or 0 23 for the 24U CAM SM_ID is the state machine identifier Range 1 40 state_ID is a pointer to a state defined within the state machine SM_ID Range 1 16 Use the following command to configure state transitions configure cable spectrum group SM_ID state state_ID ...

Page 679: ...or the specified SM_ID that reference this state either as the current or next state Use the following command to delete a particular state machine configure cable spectrum group SM_ID no Where SM_ID is the state machine identifier Range 1 40 If the deleted state machine is associated with one or more upstream channels then this command also serves to disable Upstream Agility on those channels Onc...

Page 680: ...4 Y 2 1 0 0 5 Y 2 2 0 1 6 Y 3 1 0 1 7 N none none 0 1 8 Y 3 3 0 1 9 Y 2 6 0 1 10 Y 2 4 0 1 11 N none none 1 0 0 Y 1 5 1 1 2 Y 1 4 2 0 0 Y 2 3 Only interfaces associated with spectrum groups are shown Use the following command to display the definition of a state machine show cable spectrum group SM_ID Where SM_ID is the state machine identifier Range 1 40 The output of the CLI command show cable s...

Page 681: ...orm Trigger Type 0 Manual 1 degradation ufec_err 5 OR fec_err 15 AND snr 20 2 degradation ufec_err 15 OR fec_err 25 AND snr 20 3 improvement ufec_err 5 AND fec_err 15 AND snr 20 4 improvement ufec_err 15 AND fec_err 25 AND snr 20 5 time Fri 12 00 00 6 period 3600 Use the following command to display the history of state transitions for the state machine associated with each upstream channel show i...

Page 682: ... of changes for each upstream channel with an active Upstream Agility state machine Each upstream channel history holds up to 100 entries After 100 entries are stored each new entry overwrites the oldest entry Trigger information recorded in these histories contains the conditions that triggered the event but not all the conditions defined by the trigger A failed attempt will result in the state s...

Page 683: ...es to the first state lowest numbered state that does not fail a SCM crosscheck State Machine Crosschecks The C4 c CMTS performs crosschecks to prevent the Upstream Agility feature from introducing inconsistencies and conflicts that would have a negative impact on performance These system crosschecks are carried out by the SCM and form a set of operational rules These are the primary crosschecks T...

Page 684: ...y STANDARD Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 684 Changes are not allowed via CLI or SNMP to the state variables modulation profile center frequency and channel width for any upstream ...

Page 685: ...ling 706 Observability 712 Channel Assignment DOCSIS 3 0 includes the concept of multi channel operation for both a single cable modem CM and for a single service flow of that cable modem This concept opens a set of possibilities for the assignment of channels from the CM s MAC Domain Cable Modem Service Group MD CM SG to the CM in the form of a Receive Channel Configuration RCC assignment It also...

Page 686: ...nce the topology resolution process is complete the CM downloads its configuration file and begins the registration process The CM includes an indicator of the downstream receiver parameters in what is known as a Receive Channel Profile identifier RCP ID in the registration request Standard RCPs which are defined by CableLabs are supported natively Another supported RCP is the vendor specific one ...

Page 687: ... time that the CM registers the CM channel assignment algorithm does not have the information necessary to properly plan for these services With this in mind ARRIS recommends that when supporting an application that uses dynamic service such as IPTV to create flows the operator should not enable dynamic RCCs but instead should create static RCCs that include the channels that are targeted to be us...

Page 688: ...on file that does not have the bonding bit set in the forbidden attribute mask is considered a bonded flow candidate by the chassis The C4 c CMTS selects an RCC that provides the largest bonding group channel set that satisfies the attribute masks of the bonded service flows in the CM s configuration file If no RCC is found to satisfy the service flow attribute masks then the highest ranked RCC is...

Page 689: ...The bonding group candidates may be either just the provisioned bonding groups or a combination of the provisioned and dynamically created bonding groups if enabled If no suitable bonding group could be found then the C4 c CMTS will attempt to find a single channel which satisfies the requested required and forbidden attributes If no suitable single channel is found then the C4 c CMTS will assign ...

Page 690: ...eam Bonding Group DBG Downstream channel bonding has several advantages It allows a bonded DOCSIS 3 0 CM to receive data at a greater bit rate than it would if using a single downstream channel It can reduce the delay of individual downstream packets It can reduce the admission failures of high bandwidth flows by allowing the flow to share bandwidth across multiple downstream channels thus avoidin...

Page 691: ...RD Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 691 The configuration example that follows is based on MAC domain 1 using one UCAM and one DCAM This example presumes that Annex B is desired ...

Page 692: ...Add the four downstreams to MAC domain 1 configure interface cable downstream 14 0 cable cable mac 1 configure interface cable downstream 14 1 cable cable mac 1 configure interface cable downstream 14 2 cable cable mac 1 configure interface cable downstream 14 3 cable cable mac 1 4 This sample configuration uses four upstreams Add them to MAC domain 1 configure interface cable upstream 1 0 cable c...

Page 693: ...ream 1 0 cable supervision 14 3 configure interface cable upstream 1 1 cable supervision 14 0 configure interface cable upstream 1 1 cable supervision 14 1 configure interface cable upstream 1 1 cable supervision 14 2 configure interface cable upstream 1 1 cable supervision 14 3 configure interface cable upstream 1 2 cable supervision 14 0 configure interface cable upstream 1 2 cable supervision 1...

Page 694: ...m 1 3 no shutdown configure interface cable upstream 1 3 0 no shutdown 13 Create name and assign channels to Fiber Node 1 configure cable fiber node 1 configure cable fiber node 1 description FN1 configure cable fiber node 1 cable downstream 14 0 14 1 14 2 14 3 configure cable fiber node 1 cable upstream 1 0 1 1 14 Create name and assign channels to Fiber Node 2 configure cable fiber node 2 config...

Page 695: ...ti stage algorithm To aid the C4 c CMTS software in supporting an increasing number of arbitrarily complex RCPs the DOCSIS specification defines the notion of standard RCPs Each standard RCP is represented by a unique RCP ID and is a well known model of a multiple channel subscriber device The RCC selection process in the C4 c CMTS will process these verbose RCPs to exclude non conforming RCPs It ...

Page 696: ...specified to utilize only high availability links then any channels whose high availability bit is not set to 1 must be removed from consideration for the RCC If no channels are found that meet the restrictions of the attribute masks DOCSIS allows the C4 c CMTS to select one or more channels to provide service arbitrarily in which case an error is logged This algorithm suggests choosing a single c...

Page 697: ... be unpleasantly large The C4 c CMTS does not impose limitations on static RCC configurations because to do so would limit MSO flexibility The following table summarizes the RCC capabilities of the C4 c CMTS Table 89 RCC Capabilities RCP Architecture Channels x Modules RCC Comments Static Dynamic Nx1 Y Y All receive channels connect to a single RM NxN Y Y Channels and modules are equal in number a...

Page 698: ...ls 2 x 30Mhz wide configure interface cable mac 1 cable rcp id 0010188061 rcc 1 description BCM 6M 8DS 001 configure interface cable mac 1 cable rcp id 0010188061 rcc 1 module 1 min center frequency 327000000 configure interface cable mac 1 cable rcp id 0010188061 rcc 1 module 2 min center frequency 447000000 configure interface cable mac 1 cable rcp id 0010188061 rcc 1 cm channel 1 cable downstre...

Page 699: ...these configured bonding groups to the modem s downstream service flows rather than choosing channels from the modem s entire Receive Channel Set Use the following commands to create static downstream bonding groups configure interface cable mac 1 cable downstream bonding group 1 cable downstream 14 0 14 1 14 2 configure interface cable mac 1 cable downstream bonding group 2 cable downstream 14 0 ...

Page 700: ...pose of even utilization across all of the channels not just those in the bonding group The packets are transmitted on the channel within the bonding group which is loaded lightest at the time that the packet is to be transmitted The algorithm will automatically adjust to handle channels with different bandwidth capacities No configuration is necessary for this feature Note Due to the use of the r...

Page 701: ...will not attempt to move a CM or assign an US channel to a CM using the extended US frequency range unless the CM supports the extended range For additional information see Extended Upstream Frequency Range page 920 Enhanced USCB Scaling To support the increased per CAM scaling of upstream bonding modems the C4 c CMTS uses the T4 Timeout Multiplier to increase the T4 Timeout interval in the modem ...

Page 702: ... occur when a DOCSIS 3 0 modem registers with TCS Optimization enabled If D3 0 modem steering is enabled the static bonded modem s primary US channel is steered via Dynamic Channel Changing DCC to use an ATDMA channel if one exists in the load balance group This is regardless of whether or not that ATDMA channel is already being used by the bonded modem as a non primary channel The TCS is reduced ...

Page 703: ...e this feature is configure interface cable mac mac cable upstream graceful tcs reduction Use the NO version of the command to disable the feature configure interface cable mac mac cable upstream graceful tcs reduction no This feature is disabled by default Selective Enabling of USCB within a MAC Domain When MTCM is enabled for a MAC domain all modems that are capable of USCB will register with US...

Page 704: ...AttributeMask to the hex string in the step below will be given MTCM USCB consideration on the CER The following step is necessary before USCB can take place 4 Optional Create a static upstream bonding group configure interface cable mac mac id cable upstream bonding group int cable upstream slot port For example to configure an US bonding group number 100 on cable mac 1 with US channels 1 0 1 1 1...

Page 705: ...nel that is displayed by the show cable modem command All other upstream channels in the modem s Transmit Channel Set TCS are considered non primary upstream channels Under certain scaling conditions operators may see that an unacceptable number of upstream channel bonded modems register with upstream partial service This feature can be used to assist modems to register with upstream full service ...

Page 706: ... may not be able to acquire their non primary upstreams using only unicast opportunities Partial Service Handling Partial service is a term used to indicate that service to a particular bonding capable modem is in a degraded state such that data cannot or should not be transmitted across some of the channels associated with the modem The C4 c CMTS provides mechanisms for detecting reporting and re...

Page 707: ...ver without resetting the modems This feature recovers any upstream channels that were placed in an impaired state after being reported as impaired at registration or during Dynamic Bonding Change DBC load balancing or during recovery from AC power loss When the feature is enabled the C4 c CMTS continues to send one ranging opportunity per interval per channel for any upstream channels that were r...

Page 708: ... cycles Note When configured the offset is across the entire CER Field experience has shown that some modems have a behavior of transmitting early on their non primary upstream channels during upstream channel acquisition during modem registration This can cause the ranging request to be lost resulting in an impaired upstream channel The recommended value of 48 can be used to compensate for this m...

Page 709: ...feature provides a recovery mechanism for downstream bonded flows that encounter an error whereby the sequence numbers of the flows are out of sync with the C4 c CMTS By resetting the Downstream Service ID DSID on the Downstream CAM the sequence change count is toggled and the sequence number resets to zero This will cause the CM to recover from the sequence number out of range condition When the ...

Page 710: ...ures when a CM reports an AC Power Loss Identify and choose the Power Loss US channel that is common to all upstream service flows Stop sending data on all DS channels being removed from the Receive Channel Set RCS Stop granting bandwidth on all US channels being removed from the Transmit Channel Set TCS Recalculate TX power Reduce all US flows to use only the Power Loss US channel Reduce all DS f...

Page 711: ...lowing apply The CM has an active voice call The US CAM or the entire system is in any overload condition The CM has an active Dynamic Services transaction at the time that the AC Power Restored CM STATUS message is received Note If the DS or US topology is changed on the C4 c CMTS after the modems are registered any modem associated with the modified fiber node that experienced an AC power loss o...

Page 712: ... 31 236 5 0 13 2 1 8x4 Operational 3 0 0 0 0 001d cf1e 4934 10 138 31 237 5 6 13 3 1 8x4 Operational 3 0 0 0 0 cca4 624b bf02 10 138 31 232 5 2 13 2 1 ac1x1 Operational 3 0 0 0 1 001d d578 db32 10 138 31 239 5 7 13 1 1 8x4 Operational 3 0 0 0 1 001d cdc3 db1d 10 138 31 246 Total Oper Disable Init Offline Total 5 5 0 0 0 Observability The C4 c CMTS provides visibility to modems which have not fully...

Page 713: ... The following is an example of the output show cable modem detail 14 0 3 0 CM 0015 d187 3c15 Arris D3 0 State Operational D1 1 atdma PrimSID 8194 Cable Mac 2 mCMsg 1 mDSsg 1 mUSsg 1 RCP_ID 0x0010000005 RCC_Stat 2 RCS 0x01000001 TCS 0x01000001 Timing Offset 1072 Rec Power 0 00 dBmV Proto Throttle Normal dsPartialServMask 0x00000000 usPartialServMask 0x00600000 Uptime 0 days 0 01 17 IPv4 10 137 95 ...

Page 714: ...ce Purpose CLI Command Enable the signaling of the CM Status Event reporting mechanism for a cable MAC configure interface cable mac cable cm status enabled Configure an event type via the CM STATUS message configure interface cable mac cable cm status event type enabled Configure the holdoff timer used by the CM when determining when to transmit a CM STATUS message configure interface cable mac c...

Page 715: ... of IPv6 conformant packets and an IPv6 host stack to the C4 c CMTS for management applications IPv6 is defined by a relatively large number of RFCs and Internet Drafts The requirements on both host stacks and routers are substantially more complex than those for IPv4 partly because many desirable features that are common in IPv4 deployments but are not part of the basic IPv4 protocol have been fo...

Page 716: ...fic Class has the same definition as the IPv4 TOS DSCP field Flow Label 20 bits Used to identify a flow i e a set of packets that require identical routing treatment Payload Length 2 octets Length of the packet in octets following the header In IPv6 each packet is divided into exactly two portions the header and the payload Since the length of the Payload Length field is 2 octets the maximum lengt...

Page 717: ...ress is composed of a high order network prefix and a low order interface identifier with the boundary of the prefix designated by a slash decimal notation For example the IPv6 unicast address 2001 01AB 00CD 0001 0000 0000 0000 0001 64 designates an IPv6 unicast address with a 64 bit network prefix of 2001 01AB 00CD 0001 a 64 bit host identifier of 0000 0000 0000 0001 The full form of the address ...

Page 718: ...v6 addresses are assigned to interfaces not to nodes A single interface may be assigned any number of IPv6 addresses of any kind The C4 c CMTS supports the assignment of only one link local scope address to each physical interface This address is typically assigned automatically and is unique over all interfaces in the C4 c CMTS IPv6 multicast addresses are taken from the FF00 8 address space and ...

Page 719: ...ed only one 1 IPv6 address per prefix If a host obtains a new IPv6 address in that prefix the new address overwrites the old one Packets using an IPv6 multicast address FF or the unspecified address as the Source IP SIPv6 will be dropped unless there is an unspecified SIP and the packet type is an ICMPv6 Neighbor Discovery ND packet Neighbor Discovery Protocol is used with IPv6 and ICMPv6 for addr...

Page 720: ...refix will be stranded until they DHCP to acquire a new IPv6 address No communication with the cable modems or CPEs that use site local or global IP addresses based on the removed IPv6 prefix is possible until the cable modems and CPEs DHCP to acquire a different IPv6 address on a prefix of that interface Note It is recommended that when an IPv6 site local global address or prefix length is modifi...

Page 721: ...cast address FFFF FFFF FFFF for any purpose it is replaced by various forms of ethernet MAC multicast addresses designated for specific purposes All IPv6 multicast addresses FF0x 16 are directly mapped into ethernet MAC multicast addresses of the form 3333 xxxx xxxx where xxxx xxxx is the low order 32 bits of the IPv6 multicast address It is expected that host node ethernet interfaces will only li...

Page 722: ...heard the broadcast ARP Request message Furthermore only the node that is actually using the full matching target IPv6 unicast address will respond with a ICMPv6 Neighbor Advertisement message so the requesting node can expect that there will be only one response or none at all This feature supports the well known IPv6 multicast addresses and their equivalent ethernet MAC addresses in the table be...

Page 723: ...al protocol packets are passed to the C4 c CMTS host CPU b Per MAC address throttling to limit the number of DHCPv6 and ND RD packets that can be sent by any single modem 2 The C4 c CMTS does not process any IPv6 Router Advertisement RA or ICMP redirect messages These are silently discarded 3 Dataplane dropping of invalid IPv6 packets is also done by the C4 c CMTS This eliminates the need for some...

Page 724: ...aces To configure the IPv6 IP address for the specified interface configure interface gigabitethernet slot port subif ipv6 address addr eui 64 link local Where addr Represents the IPv6 address prefix To set the default limit for router advertisements and all IPv6 packets originated by the router configure ipv6 no hop limit number To display the usability status of interfaces configured for IPv6 sh...

Page 725: ...Table 93 CLI Commands for Neighbor Discovery ND Purpose CLI Command Create a static entry in the neighbor discovery ND cache for the interface configure ipv6 neighbor ipv6 address interface type interface number mac address no Clear the IPV6 Neighbor Discovery cache or to clear a specific IP address clear ipv6 neighbors ipv6 address Set the amount of time a neighbor is considered reachable after t...

Page 726: ... of the IPv6 route table entries for an IPv6 address or interface show ipv6 route vrf vrf name detail word ipv6 address connected local netmgmt static isis ospf To display the IPv6 Neighbor Discovery ND cache entries for an interface show ipv6 neighbors ipv6 address interface type interface number show ipv6 neighbors tenGigaethernet 17 10 Sample output ND cache aging has been disabled Row IPv6 Add...

Page 727: ...r solicitation retransmissions configure interface cable mac mac ipv6 nd ra interval 4 1800 3 4 no To set the lifetime for the router advertisement on the specified interface configure interface cable mac mac ipv6 nd ra lifetime 0 4 9000 no Where 0 indicates that the C4 c CMTS is not the default router and 4 9000 is the range in seconds of the lifetime value DHCPv6 Relay Agent To configure the DHC...

Page 728: ... configure ipv6 route 0 2001 CADA F409 1710 1 Ping and Traceroute Commands The ping Packet Internet Groper command is a common method of troubleshooting the accessibility of devices It sends a series of Internet Control Message Protocol ICMP echo request packets to determine if a remote host is active or inactive ping ipv6 ipv6 address mgmt output interface cable tengigabitethernet gigabitEthernet...

Page 729: ... 2 DHCP Relay Destination s None Maximum Transmission Unit MTU 1500 bytes ND reachable time 3600000 ms ND advertised retransmit interval 0 ms ND router advertisements are sent every 600 sec ND router advertisements lifetime 1800 sec Host address autoconfiguration Statefull To display help text for the parameters of the show ipv6 route command show ipv6 route WORD IPv6 network or host of interest c...

Page 730: ...A F409 1700 2 0 0 local 6 days gigE 17 0 0 2001 CADA F409 1710 64 ACT 2001 CADA F409 1710 2 0 0 local 6 days TenGg 17 10 0 2001 CADA F409 C100 64 ACT 2001 CADA F409 C100 1 0 0 local 6 days cMac 1 0 IPv6 Show Cable Modem Commands The following command is widely used to display cable modem status information The output displays the IPv6 address for the CM and the number of CPE See the Command Line D...

Page 731: ...dy has the requested address If the IPv6 address is being used then the C4 c CMTS sends a Neighbor Advertisement NA message on behalf of the client that already has this address The requesting client should honor this DAD message by acquiring a different address If the target address in the NS message is not in use then the C4 c CMTS takes no action This feature applies to cable interfaces only It...

Page 732: ...ses to the CPEs clients behind them using the routers delegated prefixes Figure 91 Block Diagram of PDRI Feature CPE routers use the link local IP address in DHCPv6 messages in accordance with RFC 3315 Section 16 Client Source Address and Interface Specification The DHCPv6 relay agent within the C4 c CMTS relays the DHCPv6 messages between the DHCPv6 server s and all directly connected CPEs and CP...

Page 733: ...cords of the two prefixes clients in question If the lease query response proves that the C4 c CMTS routing table is out of sync with the server then the C4 c CMTS updates its routing table accordingly However if the C4 c CMTS routing table is in sync with the server but the server is mistakenly trying to assign the same or overlapping prefixes to a different client then the C4 c CMTS logs a messa...

Page 734: ...ype internal external level 1 level 2 tag 1 4294967295 no Enable disable redistribution of summary PD routes to the ISIS IPv6 routing protocol configure router isis address family ipv6 redistribute pd summary PD prefix metric INT metric type internal external level 1 level 2 tag tag value no Enable disable redistribution of prefix delegated routes in OSPFv3 configure ipv6 router ospf redistribute ...

Page 735: ...r The no version disables logging Use show logging history to display the logs of these commands configure logging debug dhcpv6 pd no configure logging debug dhcpv6 pd blq no show logging history Bulk Lease Query The C4 c CMTS uses Bulk Lease Query as a means to recover binding information from the DHCPv6 server s in the event of a reboot You can also use the Bulk Lease Query CLI commands to refre...

Page 736: ...base entries clear ipv6 route pd all Delete PD database entries for a specific cable mac interface clear ipv6 route pd cable mac number Delete a specified PD prefix entry from the PD database clear ipv6 route pd ipv6 address prefix Examples of Show Commands There are number of versions of the show ipv6 route command show ipv6 route WORD IPv6 network or host of interest cable Displays IPv6 route fo...

Page 737: ...unicast address es 2001 4978 30d 1000 1 subnet is 2001 4978 30d 1000 64 Site local address es fc00 cada c137 c001 1 subnet is fc00 cada c137 c001 64 Joined group address es ff02 1 ff02 2 ff02 1 ff00 1 ff02 1 ff63 ac46 DHCP Relay Destination s 2001 4978 30d 1 6 for Traffic Type any Maximum Transmission Unit MTU 1500 bytes ND reachable time 3600000 ms ND advertised retransmit interval 0 ms ND router...

Page 738: ...ada c420 1707 2 0 0 local 01 17 51 gigE 17 7 0 2001 cada c420 1708 64 ACT 2001 cada c420 1708 2 0 0 local 01 17 50 gigE 17 8 0 2001 cada c420 1709 64 ACT 2001 cada c420 1709 2 0 0 local 01 17 50 gigE 17 9 0 2001 cada c420 c001 64 ACT 2001 cada c420 c001 1 0 0 local 00 34 33 cMac 1 0 show ipv6 route summary IPv6 routing table name is default 1 Route Source Routes Local 7 Netmgmt 1 BGP Internal 1 OS...

Page 739: ...IPv6 PD type routes as they are given via DHCPv6 to requesting IPv6 gateways The C4 c CMTS keeps the PD route for the duration of the lease time The Prefix Stability feature allows an IPv6 gateway CPE to move seamlessly to another C4 c CMTS while keeping the same IPv6 Prefix Delegation PD as long as lease has not expired This section describes the CLI commands and provides sample configurations fo...

Page 740: ...two C4 c CMTSs this commercial customer may be connected to Note For more information on how the C4 c CMTS uses IS IS Multiple Topology IS IS and OSPF including OSPFv3 see the appropriate sections of the see Dynamic Routing Protocols page 457 chapter DHCPv6 Server The procedure below provides an example of Prefix Stability configured to use IS IS It assumes a Level 1 type node Configure the DHCPv6...

Page 741: ...IS IS LSP for the entire range null route configure router isis address family ipv6 distribute list list1 out pd configure router isis address family ipv6 redistribute static level 1 6 The following command line must be identical on all participating C4 c CMTSs In particular the metric type and metric value in this command must be exactly the same for all C4 c CMTSs configured to handle the route ...

Page 742: ...y 5 Configure the redistributing routes in IS IS The PD routes for static commercial range should appear as IS IS LSP The static route for aggregated range should appear as one IS IS LSP for the entire range null route configure router isis address family ipv6 redistribute static level 1 configure router isis address family ipv6 distribute list list1 out pd 6 The following command line must be ide...

Page 743: ...es for static commercial range should appear as OSPF LSAs The static route for the aggregated range should appear as one OSPF LSA for the entire range null route configure ipv6 router ospf distribute list list1 out pd configure ipv6 router ospf redistribute static metric 1 6 The following command line must be identical on all participating C4 c CMTSs In particular the metric type and metric value ...

Page 744: ...static route for the aggregated range should appear as one OSPF LSA for the entire range null route configure ipv6 router ospf distribute list list1 out pd configure ipv6 router ospf redistribute static metric 1 6 The following configuration line must be identical on all participating C4 c CMTSs In particular the metric type and metric value in this command must be exactly the same for all C4 c CM...

Page 745: ... other it is an IGP learned route Below are the outputs from the show route command for the IS IS configuration discussed above after the modem has been moved These outputs one for each C4 c CMTS show that each of the C4 c CMTSs has four residential PDs delegated in addition to the one commercial customer who moved from SYS 1 to SYS 2 SYS 1 show ipv6 route include pd Codes L1 internal level 1 L2 i...

Page 746: ...lowing command can be issued before moving the modem to see the logging messages when the route collision is detected configure logging debug dhcpv6 pd prefix stab When the route collision is detected and debug logging is turned on messages similar to the following appear in the logs On SYS 1 show logging history 19 44 19 6 debg Debug dhcpv6 pd prefix stab Prefix Stability Enabled Received notific...

Page 747: ...ess ranges for commercial and residential customers are different and non overlapping If these address ranges are mixed or overlapping there will be unexpected collisions Whenever collisions are detected the C4 c CMTSs check to see if the modem is online or offline and accordingly keep or delete the PD route Bad configurations can result in the deletion of routes incorrectly if the modems in quest...

Page 748: ... lists specify the type of redistributed route connected static or PD on which the filter is to be applied Distribute lists can be applied to the following types of IPv6 route redistribution Connected into OSPFv3 and IS IS Static into OSPFv3 and IS IS Prefix Delegation PD into OSPFv3 and IS IS Use the procedure below to create an example of a distribute list that redistributes PD routes into OSPFv...

Page 749: ...the access list to permit everything else configure ipv6 access list ingress_acl permit any 4 Configure the access list to filter outbound redistributed PD routes configure ipv6 router ospf distribute list ingress_acl out pd 5 Confirm and verify your work show distribute list These IPv6 addresses are from within the delegated prefix ...

Page 750: ...f an IP Video Architecture is to provide a means for delivering video services using Internet Protocol to the TV PC and or handheld devices of consumers through a broadband access network The Quality of Service QoS functions ensure that the subscriber receives a suitable level of service and that video content is delivered in a reliable manner IP Video provides the capability for searching availab...

Page 751: ... of programs that can be offered due to Statistical Multiplexing Gain resulting from DOCSIS 3 0 Channel Bonding High availability characteristics provided by the C4 c CMTS can be extended to IP Video Channel efficiencies resulting from Switched Digital Video like SDV like operation provided by the dynamic activation of service flows and IP multicast streams within the C4 c CMTS The C4 c CMTS QoS f...

Page 752: ...ideo Functionality The IP Video architecture incorporates different functional areas that are integrated into single subsystems which reduce the total number of required system components to be managed These system functions include Video Customer Premise Equipment CPE Video Management Video Access Figure 94 IP Video Subsystems ...

Page 753: ...Management DRM This is responsible for protecting IP Video content from theft using various forms of encryption DRM registers and authenticates clients tracking and distributing license certificates to new subscribers It manages the scope of distribution of the video content Session manager Ensures that all the components in the IP Video architecture remain coordinated with one another Video Acces...

Page 754: ...on is provided in Multicast ASM Architecture The C4 c CMTS provides multicast capabilities including support for forwarding multicast traffic to hosts that have dynamically joined an IP multicast group at address G from any multicast source The notation used to describe this is G This is known as Any Source Multicast ASM On the C4 c CMTS ASM is supported on the network side interface via the IGMPv...

Page 755: ...3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 755 Figure 95 ASM Architecture ASM Components The ASM architecture consists of several components including IGMPv2 IGMPv3 host on the network side IGMP proxy with IGMPv3 router querier on the cable side ...

Page 756: ...M Architecture With Source Specific Multicast SSM clients join a selected IP multicast group at address G from a specific multicast source at host IP address S The notation used to describe this is S G On the C4 c CMTS SSM is supported on the network side interface via the PIM SSM protocol SSM requires support of Multicast DSID based Forwarding MDF which means that the C4 c CMTS and the CM must bo...

Page 757: ...ses LLC All Rights Reserved 757 Figure 96 SSM Architecture SSM Components The SSM architecture consists of several components including PIM SSM on the network side PIM SSM on the cable side as passive Or alternatively to PIM SSM Proxy IGMPv3 joins received on the cable side to the network side ...

Page 758: ...channels upon which it must collect extra IP Video statistics Configure channels and bonding groups with attribute masks defined Configure QoS and service class attributes through defined Service Class Names SCNs Configure multicast routing Note that the example CLI commands are shown with sample parameters or values More information on the commands and parameters are found in the Command Line Des...

Page 759: ...et in each individual downstream channel s attribute mask to determine upon which channels to collect IP Video statistics Note that the attribute mask in downstream bonding groups is NOT used for this purpose The video encoding attribute mask is used for monitoring and management The characteristics include Bits are set in the video encoding attribute mask Multiple bits can be used to differentiat...

Page 760: ...ream 14 6 shutdown no configure interface cable downstream 14 7 shutdown no Configure QoS Groups Creating a QoS Group includes configuring Service Class Names SCNs with the required attribute mask to match the video attribute and channel attribute configuring an entry of the Multicast Group QoS GQC table and configuring the Multicast QoS Groups GC and assigning to the GQC ID To Create QoS Groups f...

Page 761: ...ace gigabitethernet 7 0 0 ip igmp configure interface gigabitethernet 7 0 0 ip igmp version 2 4 Configure the fiber node configure cable fiber node FN1 configure cable fiber node FN1 cable downstream 14 0 14 1 14 2 14 3 14 4 14 5 14 6 14 7 configure cable fiber node FN1 cable upstream 1 0 1 1 1 2 1 3 Configure Bonding Groups Downstream dynamic bonding must be disabled requiring the configuration o...

Page 762: ...M using MDF enabled SSM Multicast Forwarding PIM SSM Alternative The following procedure supports SSM multicast routing using the PIM SSM mode To Configure Network to Cable Data Forwarding Using PIM SSM 1 Enable the IGMP router querier on the cable mac Default is IGMPv2 configure interface cable mac mac ip igmp 2 Enable the IGMP router querier on the cable mac to IGMPv3 configure interface cable m...

Page 763: ...ffic a proxy interface must be assigned for receiving the multicast traffic configure interface cable mac mac ip igmp proxy interface ten gigabitethernet slot port subif 4 A backup proxy interface may also be configured configure interface cable mac mac ip igmp backup proxy interface ten gigabitethernet slot port subif 5 Configure the IGMPv3 host on the network side interface configure interface t...

Page 764: ...ast forwarding by DSID 1 true show ip video global Attribute bit s indicating type of IP Video 0x00000000 Time between DBC messages sent to a single modem 100 msec show interface cable downstream 14 4 Downstream Port 14 4 Port state IS Connector 0 Channel ID 5 Cable Mac 1 Primary Capable False Upstream Ports Cable Standard Annex B from ITU J83 Frequency Hz 645000000 Interleave depth no of taps 32 ...

Page 765: ...0 0 0 0 24 0 255 0 show cable multicast group qos Group QoS QoS Sc Name SCN QoSCtrl 1 video 3d singleSession 2 video hd singleSession 3 video pc singleSession 4 video handheld singleSession show qos sc video 3d QOS Service Class Name video 3d Relative Service Flow Priority 0 Max Sustained Traffic Rate bits sec 12000000 Max Traffic Burst bytes 3044 Min Reserved Rate bits sec 0 Min Reserved Packet S...

Page 766: ...1 0x01000007 D1 dynamic 1 0x01000008 D1 dynamic 1 0x01000009 D1 dynamic 1 0x0100000a D1 dynamic 1 0x01000005 U1 dynamic 1 0x01000006 U4 dynamic 1 0x01000007 U3 dynamic 1 0x01000008 U2 dynamic show cable channel sets Cable mac chSetId DS US Channel Set 1 0x00000100 DS 14 0 14 1 14 2 14 3 14 4 14 5 14 6 14 7 1 0x01000008 DS 14 0 14 1 14 2 14 3 1 0x01000009 DS 14 4 14 5 14 6 14 7 1 0x0100000a DS 14 0...

Page 767: ...4 0 0 22 IGMP interface gigabitEthernet 17 0 IGMP host configured version is 2 IGMP host version 1 querier timer is 0h0m0s IGMP host version 2 querier timer is 0h0m0s IGMP router configured version is 2 IGMP query interval is 125 seconds IGMP max query response time is 10000 ms IGMP last member query response interval is 1000 ms IGMP proxy interface is none IGMP backup proxy interface is none IGMP...

Page 768: ... 0 5 gigabitEthernet 17 0 Group filter mode Exclude Empty source list 224 0 0 5 gigabitEthernet 18 0 Group filter mode Exclude Empty source list 224 0 0 22 cable mac 1 Group filter mode Exclude Empty source list 224 0 0 22 gigabitEthernet 17 0 Group filter mode Exclude Empty source list 224 0 0 22 gigabitEthernet 18 0 Group filter mode Exclude Empty source list 235 1 1 1 gigabitEthernet 17 0 Group...

Page 769: ...mbership Group Address Interface Uptime Expires V1 Timer V2 Timer Last Reporter 235 1 1 1 cable mac 1 0d0h2m 0h1m48s 0h0m0s 0h1m48s 192 168 180 3 Group filter mode Exclude Empty source list 235 1 1 1 gigabitethernet 17 0 0d0h2m 0h3m28s 0h0m0s 0h3m28s 192 168 176 2 Group filter mode Exclude Empty source list Once IP Video is running the following commands display additional system information show ...

Page 770: ...ssion CM mac GrpIP SrcIP ID SFID Type count 1 235 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0x01000009 36 IGMP B 1 show cable multicast db cm cable mac 1 grp service flow 36 Feb 11 22 09 13 Cable Mac 1 Group SFID 36 Multicast Group IP 235 1 1 1 Multicast Source IP 0 0 0 0 DCS ID 0x01000009 Downstream Channels 11 4 1 11 4 2 11 4 3 11 4 4 Session Type IGMP DSID 22 CM Count 1 CM Mac CPE Mac 001d cdc3 e454 0011 2513 e249 To show...

Page 771: ...cast Service Flows set up 0 show interface cable mac bit rate Cable Port Mac Bits sec 1 U0 0 1 672 1 U1 0 1 0 1 U2 0 1 0 1 U3 0 1 768 Cable Load Instant Mac Instant Port Mac Bits sec Bits sec Bits sec 14 D0 1 592744 591590 968 14 D1 1 592640 593368 968 14 D2 1 592741 595046 968 14 D3 1 592752 595367 968 14 D4 1 255527 181213 178848 14 D5 1 259249 217735 215354 14 D6 1 259177 255378 252861 14 D7 1 ...

Page 772: ...e flow maximum latency Total number of new linear program service flows set up Total number of VOD unicast packets transmitted Total number of VOD packets whose latency percentage exceeded the flow maximum latency Total number of new VOD service flows set up CLI commands support setting the multicast and unicast threshold set ups For example to set a value in the attribute mask for monitoring a ty...

Page 773: ...he granularity is the number of hours to be summed into one line for display default is 2 hours Scale is how many packets flows are represented by each asterisk show interface cable downstream slot ds_port cable ip video histogram dropped pkts granularity hours scale packets show interface cable downstream slot ds_port cable ip video histogram dropped unicast granularity hours scale packets show i...

Page 774: ... 07 00 suspect 11 00 Note The term suspect in the output indicates that the data may reflect counts incorrectly or incompletely for the monitoring period CLI Commands for IP Video The following commands are associated with the IP Video feature Table 96 IP Video CLI Commands Purpose CLI Command Configure the multicast Group QoS Configuration GQC and assigned SCNs configure cable multicast group qos...

Page 775: ...ns configure ip pim rp address rp address Display IP Video attributes show ip video global Display multicast GQC show cable multicast group qos Display multicast QoS Group Configurations show cable multicast qos group Display current per channel counts show interface cable downstream word cable ip video drops multicast unicast all Display channel counts in histogram format show interface cable dow...

Page 776: ...ast Traffic 777 IGMP Implementation 779 Multicast Routing Configurations 780 Forced Downstream Replication of Multicast Traffic 789 Operational Guidelines 790 Effects of Enabling MDF on the MAC Domain 791 CLI Commands 792 Overview This chapter provides information on Multicast and the Internet Group Management Protocol IGMP technology for C4 c CMTS applications ...

Page 777: ...group has an associated group address The source of this multicast traffic sends data to this group address Any host belonging to the group processes the multicast data Hosts that do not belong to the group do not process this data The sender is not required to belong to the group a multicast server can transmit to the group without belonging to it Multicast Traffic Multicast traffic is often used...

Page 778: ...0 to 231 255 255 255 and 239 0 0 0 to 239 255 255 255 Exceptions 232 0 0 0 is reserved and should not be used Join requests to this address will be dropped IGMP joins in the 224 0 0 0 224 0 0 255 range are reserved for the use of routing protocols e g IGMP OSPF and other low level topology discovery or maintenance protocols and will be dropped IGMP joins in the 239 255 X X range are defined as loc...

Page 779: ...onfiguration Typically this is an C4 c CMTS network interface that proxies IGMP membership reports received from a cable interface IGMP Host sends the IGMP membership reports to request multicast data from an IGMP router for example the ingress interface of the multicast data The host function is configured on each C4 c CMTS interface by default and operates in IGMP version 2 mode IGMP Router prov...

Page 780: ...st clients on C4 c CMTS cable side interfaces and IGMP proxy on the network side interfaces For ASM the following configuration is supported IGMPv2 or IGMPv3 host on the network side IGMPv3 router querier on the cable side Proxy IGMPv2 or IGMPv3 joins received on the cable side to the network side MDF enabled mac domain IGMPv2 or IGMPv3 hosts CPE SSM Configuration IGMPv3 SSM multicast clients on C...

Page 781: ...GMPv3 using MDF enabled This describes how to configure the C4 c CMTS to track IGMP membership from CPEs on a cable interface Traffic from a multicast group or group and specific multicast source is requested using either IGMP Proxy or SSM The multicast traffic received by the C4 c CMTS on the network side interfaces is forwarded to the appropriate cable side interfaces This first procedure addres...

Page 782: ...rnet 18 port igmp host version 3 SSM Multicast Forwarding PIM SSM Alternative The following procedure supports SSM multicast routing using the PIM SSM mode Configure Network to Cable SSM Data Forwarding 1 Enable the IGMP router querier on the cable mac Default is IGMPv2 configure interface cable mac mac subif ip igmp 2 Enable the IGMP router querier on the cable mac to IGMPv3 configure interface c...

Page 783: ... cable interface that needs to carry multicast traffic a proxy interface must be assigned for receiving the multicast traffic configure interface cable mac mac ip igmp proxy interface ten gigabitethernet slot port subif 4 A backup proxy interface may also be configured configure interface cable mac mac ip igmp backup proxy interface ten gigabitethernet slot port subif 5 Configure the IGMPv3 host o...

Page 784: ...groups joined by this system 224 0 0 22 Note that the output to the following command contains information on both dynamic in bold and static joins show ip igmp groups cable mac 1 IGMP Connected Group Membership Group Address Interface Uptime Expires V1 Timer V2 Timer Last Reporter 232 20 20 1 cable mac 1 0d22h2m 0h2m44s 0h0m0s 0h0m0s 10 110 63 250 235 10 0 124 cable mac 1 0d22h4m 0h2m41s 0h0m0s 0...

Page 785: ...e Nbr Query DR Count Intvl 10 108 0 1 cable mac 1 0 30 10 108 0 1 10 58 1 2 gigabitEthernet 17 1 1 30 10 58 1 2 10 58 10 2 tenGigabitEthernet 17 10 1 30 10 58 10 2 10 58 129 2 gigabitEthernet 18 1 1 30 10 58 129 2 10 58 138 2 tenGigabitEthernet 18 10 1 30 10 58 138 2 The following command is used for SSM only show ip pim neighbor PIM Neighbor Table Neighbor Interface Uptime Expires DR Address Prio...

Page 786: ...e joined on a given interface In other words the ACL is provisioned to filter IGMP join requests on the basis of IP subinterfaces VRIs Only standard ACLs are supported for filtering IGMP membership reports Example 1 Objective To permit membership only in the 239 255 0 0 16 range for cable mac 1 0 The following command permits any joins in the 239 255 X X range configure access list 10 permit 239 2...

Page 787: ...umbers Static IGMP Joins IGMP memberships can be statically defined in two ways via either a static host join or a static router join Both methods are capable of static SSM or ASM joins These were also known as static non SSM joins However the static router join is the preferred method Static host joins simply has the router itself join a group The router will act as any other host in the network ...

Page 788: ...r functionality is enabled Note For a Layer 3 static join the subinterface is needed Layer 2 Static Joins For a Layer 2 Ethernet interface static join configure interface gigabitEthernet tengigabitEthernet slot port subif ip igmp static group group source source For a Layer 2 DCAM cable side interface static join configure interface cable mac mac ip igmp static group group source source The third ...

Page 789: ...lticast traffic to all of the downstream channels associated with a MAC domain The following table assists in determining if this configuration is suitable in your application Table 97 Deciding Whether to Use This Feature If the multicast traffic is Then this configuration Low bandwidth and densely populated Should be used because this is the ideal case for its use High bandwidth and densely popul...

Page 790: ...ilable To disable this feature execute the following procedure To Disable Forced Downstream Replication of Multicast Traffic 1 If you have turned IGMP back on you must again disable it before disabling the Forced Downstream Replication of Multicast Traffic feature First make a record of the current IGMP configuration show running config verbose include igmp 2 Use the following command to disable I...

Page 791: ...odem is possible since this modem does not require DSID based signaling In this case the modem uses pre DOCSIS 3 0 mechanisms and snoops for IGMPv2 messages IGMPv3 is not supported since this requires DSID based signaling IPv6 CPEs are supported behind DOCSIS 3 0 CMs or behind DOCSIS 2 0 IPv6 CMs with GMAC Explicit mode Bonded Multicast is not supported because it requires a DSID exchange with the...

Page 792: ...cable WORD ip igmp host robustness int configure interface cable WORD ip igmp host version int configure interface cable WORD ip igmp join group A B C D no configure interface cable WORD ip igmp join group A B C D source A B C D no Set the static IGMP router joins for Layer3 Layer3 joins must include the subinterface configure interface cable mac mac subif ip igmp static group configure interface ...

Page 793: ...roxy interface slot port Set the query interval Default 125 seconds Range 0 to 232 1 configure interface cable mac mac ip igmp query interval query interval configure interface cable slot port ip igmp query interval query interval Set the query max response time Default 1 seconds Range 0 255 configure interface cable mac mac ip igmp query max response time time configure interface cable slot port ...

Page 794: ...ace int ip pim query interval seconds Change how often PIM neighbors hold advertised join prune Default 210 configure interface int ip pim message holdtime seconds Change how often PIM sends join prune messages Default 60 configure interface int ip pim message interval seconds Change what PIM advertises in the hold time option in hello messages Default 105 configure interface int ip pim hello time...

Page 795: ...e 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 795 Purpose CLI Command Displays group service flow information on multicast cable mac show cable multicast db cm cable mac int grp service flow Enables tracing of IPv4 or IPv6 address to logging history trace logging ipvideo ...

Page 796: ...view This chapter provides information on the Connection Admission Control CAC feature that is used to determine if adequate channel bandwidth is available to permit new service flows to be established This includes Multicast flows IP Video and DOCSIS Set Top Gateway or DSG for the CAC feature The C4 c CMTS provides the capability for partitioning the available bandwidth on a per channel basis bet...

Page 797: ...Server detect and signal the priority of the call normal versus emergency to the C4 c CMTS Reserved Bandwidth Bandwidth resources can be reserved exclusively for both emergency voice calls and normal voice calls Reserved percentages are set using CLI commands Rules that apply to reserved bandwidth implementation include Multicast flows may not use bandwidth that was reserved for normal or emergenc...

Page 798: ...r emergency calls Session classes of 0 and 1 for the PCMM gates are mapped to normal calls and all other values are mapped to emergency calls Downstream PCMM flows that look like constant bit rate i e having equal max and min bit rates are treated by CAC as voice flows so that the voice limits can be used to prevent downstream channels from being oversubscribed By default the C4 c CMTS allows emer...

Page 799: ...eshold values are expressed in percentages of channel bandwidths where the data throughput is a function of channel width and compression technique Allowed total voice should be equal to allowed emergency voice Voice traffic is not recommended on 320 or 640 Kbps upstream channels Note In non converged systems voice channels are separate from multicast channels See IP Video page 750 and Multicast p...

Page 800: ...75 85 5 12 Mbps 85 90 10 24 Mbps greater 90 90 Downstream Channel BW allowed normal voice allowed emergency voice multicast 30 Mbps 70 20 20 42 Mbps 70 20 20 Multicast CAC is disabled by default To enable multicast CAC enter configure cable admission control multicast enable no Use the no option to disable The default maximum value of the multicast CAC settings in a converged system is 20 Configur...

Page 801: ...imits reserved normal percent configure interface cable downstream slot dsport cable voice limits allowed emergency percent configure interface cable downstream slot dsport cable voice limits reserved emergency percent configure interface cable downstream slot dsport cable voice limits allowed total percent Setting Upstream Values 12U or 24U CAMs Use the following commands in order listed to set u...

Page 802: ...width allocation usage of all CAMs enter show interface cable mac allocated bandwidth The output to the above show command will output the percentage of bandwidth that is reserved for the normal emergency and multicast channels An example output show interface cable mac allocated bandwidth Aug 26 16 56 43 Total Chan Normal Calls Emergency Calls Multicast Cable Capacity BW Port Mac Mb sec Alloc All...

Page 803: ...rmal call on that channel to preempt If a normal call to preempt is found the C4 c CMTS simultaneously initiates a tear down of that normal call while allowing the emergency call to be set up The C4 c CMTS always follows the packetcable voice limit emergency preemption configuration to determine if a PCMM normal priority flow can be preempted by an emergency priority flow The following command is ...

Page 804: ...ot be greater than Total Allowed Usage Load Balancing of Voice Bearer Flows Load balancing on voice bearing service flows such as PC1 x and PC2 0 voice and PCMM voice for example distributes some of the bandwidth burden otherwise imposed on a single upstream and downstream pair Each new dynamically created non bonded service flow on a multi channel CM is distributed to the upstream or downstream c...

Page 805: ...ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 805 Disable Feature Load balancing of voice bearer flows is on by default To disable enter the following command configure operation mode LBalDynUnbondUcast no To enable the feature after it has been disabled enter configure operation mode LBalDynUnbondUcast ...

Page 806: ... To ensure that appropriate QoS levels are enforced in this mixed services environment QoS parameters must be applied to enforce appropriate relative prioritization of traffic ARRIS recommends the utilization of some of these DOCSIS parameters in association with each of the applications that might potentially run on the C4 c CMTS Keep in mind that other settings can be used as long as the relativ...

Page 807: ... lower than US Voice and Video Signaling Traffic and higher than the Default HSD and DSG Tunnel Data Default HSD and DSG Tunnel Data 0 Priority 0 is the default priority applied to high speed data unless otherwise specified via a modem config file DOWNSTREAM Downstream Voice Bearer Traffic 5 For PacketCable Voice only this traffic priority is fixed per CableLabs specification If a mix which includ...

Page 808: ... Adjusting Tmax and Tmin for Overload Conditions Application Notes Upstream Voice and Video Signaling Traffic ARRIS strongly recommends that settings are considered to ensure that sufficient opportunities are given for data to be transmitted on these flows This is especially critical if there is a desire to maintain toll grade performance under high speed data overload conditions Values should be ...

Page 809: ...ameters recommended above Note that the voice flows would be set up dynamically and the data and signaling flows would be set up via a modem configuration file Figure 97 Example of Classification for Combined Voice Video and Data Note Port 2427 is an example of a commonly used port for Network based Call Signaling NCS The Multimedia Terminal Adapter MTA and Call Management Server CMS devices may b...

Page 810: ...the latency of the audio hampers a normal conversation pattern If the jitter buffer is too small poor audio quality results as the audio codec hardware under or overflows due to packets arriving too late or too early In order to reduce both jitter and latency simultaneously in a network that has not been over engineered the packets must be treated with an enhanced quality of service QoS PacketCabl...

Page 811: ...All Rights Reserved 811 together in any combination Specifically the C4 c CMTS itself must communicate with the Call Management Server CMS the Record Keeping Server RKS and the Delivery Function DF for various portions of signaling information Note The IP addresses and ports for RKS and DF are configured on the CMS not on the C4 c CMTS ...

Page 812: ...state and Gate Controller authorization functions as well Delivery Function DF Aggregation point for electronic surveillance delivers reasonably available call identifying information and call content based on the requirements of lawful authorization DHCP Server Server that provides initial boot up networking information such as the querying device s IP addresses next hop routers server informatio...

Page 813: ... variety of multimedia services i e Video Phone IP Video and SIP Voice requiring QoS treatment PCMM specifically addresses the issues of policy authorization QoS signaling resource accounting and security The primary benefit of PCMM is that it gives control of special services to the cable operator Among the advantages of PCMM are the following Good Better Best service delivery options to the subs...

Page 814: ...ehalf of an end user or network management system The AM is characterized by the following It is analogous to the PC1 x Call Agent It is a Common Open Policy Service COPS Policy Decision Point PDP It executes the application signaling with the client It grants or rejects requests for service Note The AM can also be dedicated to other applications such a gaming It is not limited to calls only Once ...

Page 815: ...as a COPS Policy Enforcement Point PEP with respect to the AM Acts as a COPS Policy Decision Point PDP with respect to the C4 c CMTS Communicates with one or more AMs and one or more C4 c CMTS Note The COPS function is IPv4 only See the figure below for a diagram of the network elements In the current implementation of PCMM the client is ignorant of the PCMM or QoS protocols The client has no buil...

Page 816: ...e 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 816 Figure 100 Network Diagram of PCMM Implementation Compliance with PCMM Standards For a listing of the PacketCable Multimedia specifications that the C4 c CMTS complies with refer to the Specifications chapter Future releases of the C4 c CMTS will support ...

Page 817: ...in the cable modem Using a cable modem with an embedded router for business services is a particularly interesting use case for this feature ARRIS and other CM EMTA manufacturers have a cable modem feature that allows operators to configure the modem as a simple router with the remote subnet provisioned in the cable modem configuration file The cable modem then uses a dynamic routing protocol typi...

Page 818: ...esses will migrate with the subscriber without requiring the operator to manually reconfigure all of the IP settings of the business services Other Applications The description above is expected to be the primary application for this feature but other applications are possible For example operators who are using a standalone router behind a cable modem with static or dynamic routing may also find ...

Page 819: ...es not already exist you need only ensure that PCMM is enabled configure packetcable pcmm no shutdown If you wish to use a VRF other than the default VRF to support remote subnets and the VRF does not already exist you must first create the VRF you wish to use configure ip vrf vrf name Once the VRF that you wish to use is created use the following command to designate that named VRF as the one tha...

Page 820: ...taken Configure and bring in service all cards in a system Optional Configure SYSLOG server Configure and connect cable and network interfaces Configure CAM sparing groups Optional Configure CAM bundle groups Optional Configure In band Management or Out of Band access for one of the interfaces typically a logical loopback interface to have access to RCM Configure DHCP relay agent to perform policy...

Page 821: ...ough the same sparing groups that are set up for data services The DHCP relay agent is typically configured to perform policy based agent functionality so that the MTAs which behave as CPE hosts are provided with an IP address space that is separate from the cable modem address space Note Control Complex Redundancy does not apply to the C4c CMTS PC1 x and PCMM are designed to coexist on the C4 c C...

Page 822: ...led Event Messaging Parameters Enabled no cadEvMsgEnableFlag disabled Element ID 12345 Event messaging UDP source port 1813 Maximum number of events per batched message 10 Batch timer 1 minute ACK timer 8000 milliseconds Maximum number of retransmissions to RKS 0 Viewing Connected Network Elements To display the current connections issue the following CLI command show netstat The show packetcable ...

Page 823: ...rvers to the CMTS at port 2126 one connection from 10 1 2 48 45490 and one connection from 10 1 240 82 52639 Port 3918 is used for PCMM Policy Servers There are two established PCMM Policy Server connections one from 10 43 200 226 42259 and another from 10 43 200 227 41968 Enabling and Disabling PacketCable Services By default PacketCable services are disabled on the C4 c CMTS When PacketCable Ser...

Page 824: ...shutdown configure packetcable pcmm shutdown When PacketCable services transition from enabled to disabled then all PacketCable calls in progress are aborted and signaling links to all C4 c CMTSs are torn down If PCMM is shut down all associated PacketCable gates are torn down and all signaling links to the PSs are torn down PC1 x TimersPD The following timers are specific to the PacketCable DQoS ...

Page 825: ...call The default is 200 seconds Note ARRIS recommends that timer T7 be set to a non zero value on the CMS to avoid unnecessary resource usage during busy periods Timer T8 The value of timer T8 is determined by the CMS and is sent to the C4 c CMTS in a Gate Set message along with the rest of the authorization parameters of a call Timer T8 corresponds to the DOCSIS 1 1 parameter which is known as th...

Page 826: ...rts the T2 Timer If the Reserve request does not arrive before timer T1 expires the C4 c CMTS deletes the Gate and notifies the Policy Server of the state change If admission control succeeds the C4 c CMTS puts the Gate in the Reserved state stops timer T1 and starts timer T2 If admission control procedures fail the C4 c CMTS maintains the Gate in the Authorized state and sends a Gate Set Err resp...

Page 827: ...e policy by issuing a Gate Set message to the PS or delete the Gate by issuing a Gate Delete message to the PS The Policy Server forwards the Gate Set message or Gate Delete message to the C4 c CMTS Note If the Gate is in the committed state and timer T4 equals zero then the C4 c CMTS deletes the Gate and notifies the PS when timer T3 expires If while in the Committed Recovery state the C4 c CMTS ...

Page 828: ...etCable Multimedia Administrative state UP COPS TCP port 3918 Timer t1 300 deciseconds Version I05 COPS version 4 0 Remotely connected SubscriberID VRF default Gate Message Throttling SCMNORMAL max Gate Messages per 10 seconds 900 SCMYELLOW max Gate Messages per 10 seconds 900 SCM RED max Gate Messages per 10 seconds 300 Admission Control Limits Upstream Downstream Priority Reserved Allowed Reserv...

Page 829: ... are also signaled separately for billing purposes Billing events for each half call are transmitted to a Record Keeping Server RKS The RKS then correlates all events for the full call and creates billing records The protocol used by devices that communicate to the RKS is known as Event Messaging Event Messaging port number The C4 c CMTS uses the static port 1813 for Event Messages The C4 c CMTS l...

Page 830: ...ling the Generation of All Event Messages To disable generation of all event messages enter configure packetcable eventmsg element id no Enabling Event Messaging Error Logging Event Messaging on the C4 c CMTS has the capability to dump the contents of an event message to a file if all attempts to communicate with the RKS have failed These records can be used later to manually update the RKS when i...

Page 831: ...er timers on the C4 c CMTS configure cable global max qos admitted timeout timeout in seconds Default 200 configure cable global max qos active timeout timeout in seconds Default 30 Note If DSx DQoS VoIP is enabled the admitted timeout should be set at 200 seconds the default and the active timeout should be set to 30 seconds This command is for DSx DQoS it has no effect on PacketCable The default...

Page 832: ...ddresses 862 CPE Host Authorization 864 Advanced CM Configuration File Verification 866 AAA Overview The AAA feature enhances the authentication authorization and accounting capabilities of the C4 c CMTS by means of the Terminal Access Controller Access Control System Plus TACACS protocol This protocol not only standardizes the interface to a network element s AAA capabilities it also enables cent...

Page 833: ...ural framework for the implementation and management of common security functions within a network of heterogeneous elements The model distinguishes authentication verification of a user s identity from authorization verification that a user s actions are permissible and offers accounting services with respect to both Moreover the model separates security policy from policy enforcement thereby ena...

Page 834: ...de AAA configuration capabilities on a per line basis The line interface is also the target of non AAA configuration parameters such as data rate session timeout value idle timeout value pagination and line password Cisco s line interface model is included as part of this feature A line is any point of origin for a CLI session The C4 c CMTS currently supports two types of lines console lines and v...

Page 835: ...tion is manually configured access to enable mode on any of the configured lines is granted without challenge Authorization is disabled on all lines Until authorization is manually configured any command may be entered on any line without challenge Note that this does not include the enable command The enable command represents a change of privilege level therefore it is subject to authentication ...

Page 836: ...nformation on how to set up local authentication if TACACS is not used To Configure Local Authentication 1 To create a new user on the system configure username list_name password password privilege level 2 Create an enable password configure enable password xxxx privilege 15 3 To enable local authentication enter configure authentication list_name local Note The none parameter should not be used ...

Page 837: ...e RADIUS Servers and Server Groups RADIUS uses UDP IP for all client server communication and requires MD5 based encryption of any transmitted user password A RADIUS client must therefore be provisioned with server specific parameters such as IP address port number and shared secret Some network architectures may require multiple servers to ensure reliability Other architectures may require indepe...

Page 838: ...tion must include the list s name and an ordered list of authentication methods RADIUS TACACS local password file line password password and none There is a default authentication method list named default that includes the local and none methods in that order All lines are configured to use the default authentication list Authentication method list configuration information persists across system...

Page 839: ...Table 102 Values Assigned to Three RADIUS Servers in Configuration Example Server IP Address Shared Secret Timeout Value Retransmit Value Server Group 10 9 8 7 hostRadKey 5a 3 default and group1 10 9 8 6 hostRadKey 5 3 default and group1 10 9 8 5 hostRadKey 2 5 default a Default values are shown in bold Use the following command to display all configured RADIUS server groups the members of each gr...

Page 840: ...erver and functions as a Network Access Server NAS In earlier releases the C4 c CMTS did not process Access Challenge packets instead it simply treated them as Access Reject packets With Access Challenge enabled the NAS prompts the user for more information This challenge to the user can be configured as one or more steps One MSO for example requires a three step process the user must first enter ...

Page 841: ...o the originating line up to a maximum of 8 attributes Multiple Reply Message attributes are displayed in the same order as they appear in the packet This allows the operator to place MOTDs or welcome messages in Access Accept packets The following table shows the attributes that the C4 c CMTS does not include in Access Request packets These attributes are ignored by the C4 c CMTS if received in A...

Page 842: ...ess Challenge packet One or more Reply Messages When part of an Access Challenge packet the Reply Message attribute usually describes the actual challenge or the user required action response The C4 c CMTS will display all Reply Message attributes up to 8 at the originating terminal line A single State attribute or none The State attribute is sent by the RADIUS Server to the NAS client the C4 c CM...

Page 843: ... the first group in the list the C4 c CMTS attempts to authenticate against the next group in the method list This same behavior occurs when a rejection is received as a result of a RADIUS challenge response Operational Information and Caveats Users of RADIUS should be aware of the following The C4 c CMTS supports only Authentication Authorization and Accounting are not supported by the C4 c CMTS ...

Page 844: ...nclude the number of bytes or packets transmitted or received the elapsed time in seconds the reason for termination and so on For shell accounting successful authentication represents the start of service and session termination represents the end of service For command accounting successful authorization represents the start of service and command completion represents the end of service TACACS ...

Page 845: ...n method lists This provides four independent lists for console and vty login and enable authentication plus two additional lists for testing configuration changes The authentication method lists have the following characteristics Configuration information includes the name of the list and an ordered list of authentication methods TACACS local password file line password enable password and none B...

Page 846: ...gurable accounting method lists The accounting method lists have the following characteristics Configuration information includes the list s name and an ordered list of accounting methods TACACS local and none four independent lists for console and vty shell and command accounting plus two additional lists for testing configuration changes By default no accounting method lists exist the default co...

Page 847: ...CS server group while servers 10 9 8 7 and 10 9 8 6 are assigned to TACACS server group group1 Use the following command to display all configured TACACS server groups their members and the operational parameters of each member If the detail keyword is added then utilization and performance measurements are also displayed for each TACACS Server show tacacs detail Keywords specifying authentication...

Page 848: ...k the User Setup option on the server 2 Select the List All Users option This displays all the users that are configured on the server 3 Determine the specific user and select 4 Locate the TACACS Enable Password option under the Advanced TACACS Setting option 5 Select Use Separate Password 6 Enter and confirm the user password Configuring the C4 c CMTS to Enable Password To Configure the C4 c CMTS...

Page 849: ... methods is significant in that method n 1 is employed if method n is unavailable The following commands are valid examples configure accounting list1 method Where method can be none local tacacs group Note The none parameter should not be used when configuring authentication lists due to the resulting lack of security configure accounting list2 tacacs group2 They define two accounting method list...

Page 850: ...t or unset Use the following command to view the status of the active lines show line detail Enabling CLI Password Control for Privileged Commands Use the following command to set a password or encrypted password for granting access to privileged commands See Configuring Passwords and Privileges for details configure enable password myEnablePassword Use the following command to add a local user pa...

Page 851: ...may prefer to set those servers to single connection mode in order to avoid running out of available ports during heavy command usage Sample Procedure for Configuring TACACS Accounting This procedure assumes that TACACS servers hosts and groups have already been configured To Configure TACACS Accounting 1 Enable global TACACS configure accounting acct1 method_list_name tacacs name tacacs_group_nam...

Page 852: ...counting acct1 method_list_name no 7 To deconfigure accounting tacacs and local from a console line configure line console 0 1 accounting acct1 method_list_name no 8 To see all TACACS AAA activities on a system show tacacs detail TACACS Source Interface The TACACS source interface adds the ability to set the source IP address used by the C4 TACACS client when connecting to a configured TACACS serv...

Page 853: ... If a TACACS source interface is configured and the respective interface is administratively up but down because of external factors bad cable remote end down RCM failure etc TACACS will continue to be sourced from the configured IPv4 address of the configured source interface If multiple IPv4 addresses are present on the interface configured as a TACACS source interface the primary address on tha...

Page 854: ...f how to enable this feature 1 Use the IP address of the loopback interface as the source interface configure tacacs source interface loopback 0 2 Confirm that the source interface is correct show tacacs TACACS Source Interface loopback 0 TACACS Groups Group Name IP Address group1 10 44 0 18 tac_default 10 44 0 18 TACACS Hosts IP Address Port Timeout Multiplexing Over Index secs Single TCP Conn 10...

Page 855: ... 1 clients The SSH protocol involves three layers SSH Transport layer implementing server authentication confidentiality and integrity over a TCP connection SSH UserAuth layer providing client user authentication SSH Connection layer multiplexing simultaneous sessions over a single SSH Transport TCP connection SSH Transport Highlights During the establishment of the SSH Transport layer the server ...

Page 856: ...ctive CLI and single command execution is determined by the number of enabled VTY lines With single command execution the global and user profiles are not executed like they are during a CLI interactive session FTP cannot be tunneled through the Port Forwarding service All SSH connections are lost when a SCM failure or softswitch occurs Server Management All configurable SSH parameters including t...

Page 857: ...convenience for exporting to SSH clients The C4 c CMTS provides a CLI command to generate the server key pair If the system administrator prefers to generate the key pair offline a CLI command is available to import these Remember the server key pair must be DSA PEM formatted For additional offline key management tips see Configure User Keys page 858 To generate a server key pair configure crypto ...

Page 858: ...o follow consider these for offline key generation OpenSSL toolkit for PEM formatted OpenSSH suite PuTTY suite and Vandyke Software SecureFX SecureCRT applications for SSH2 formatted Configure the Control Server To start stop or restart the server configure ip ssh shutdown no configure ip ssh shutdown configure ip ssh restart Note All clients are disconnected when the server is stopped or restarte...

Page 859: ... port forwarding no The defaults are login aka Terminal sftp and no port forwarding Configure Encryption To add or remove encryption ciphers configure ip ssh ciphers blowfish cast arcfour 3des aes The default is all ciphers Configure User Authentication To permit password and or public authentication as well as revise their settings configure ip ssh password auth no configure ip ssh password auth ...

Page 860: ...and defaults are configure ip ssh password auth enabled configure ip ssh password auth req no disabled configure ip ssh public key auth enabled configure ip ssh no public key auth req disabled and configure ip ssh public key auth first no disabled To adjust the number of authentication attempts before the client is disconnected configure ip ssh max auth fail num failures The default is 3 Remove a ...

Page 861: ... ingress IP datagram results in the dropping of the packet Routing to a null interface can be used to discard certain IP prefixes in order to remove the potential for routing loops By default the packets routed to the null interface are discarded silently but the C4 c CMTS can be configured to return an Internet Control Message Protocol ICMP destination unreachable error to the source IP The cost ...

Page 862: ...amically assigned CPE IP addresses or through either MAC learning or DOCSIS pre provisioning for statically assigned CPE IP addresses This database along with the routing tables serves as the default authority for SIP verification Source Verify via DHCP Server This facility allows the C4 c CMTS to query a DHCP server for the CM MAC address associated with a given SIP when that SIP is not present i...

Page 863: ...en hosts attempting to auto configure their IP addresses using that IPv6 prefix will be denied CLI Commands for Source Verification The following commands apply to the source verification feature Table 108 CLI Commands for Source Verification Purpose CLI Command Enable source verification for all packets for the specified mac id configure interface cable mac mac cable source verify dhcp authoritat...

Page 864: ...s currently are dropped only if Cable Source Verify is on or if subscriber management cpe control is on for the particular modem This feature adds one additional condition to cause packets from an unknown source to be dropped If a CPE MAC learning event indicates that a MAC address has moved from being active behind one modem to being active behind another where it has been provisioned as having a...

Page 865: ... address does not have primary addresses but does have secondary addresses is permitted When a host authorization IP address is removed from the provisioning if that IP address is currently not assigned to a MAC address the 32 subnet for that IP address is deleted from the CAM hardware When a host authorization IP address is added to the provisioning and host authorization is enabled that IP addre...

Page 866: ...ed by MAC 1 cable mac 1 0 VRF default IP Address 192 168 196 2 24 Description CABLE MAC1 Secondary IP Address es 10 1 1 1 30 192 168 198 2 24 Physical Address 0001 5c31 4c01 MTU is 1500 DHCP Policy mode is disabled primary mode DHCP Server Helper Address es 10 43 210 1 for Traffic Type any Directed Broadcast is disabled ICMP unreachables are always sent Multicast reserved groups joined None Source...

Page 867: ...ests its TFTP configuration file The C4 c CMTS verifies that the file name in the TFTP request is correct and relays the request to the correct server By default TFTP Enforcement is disabled Dynamic Shared Secret Verification Dynamic Shared Secret Verification is configurable on a per MAC domain basis If enabled it is applied equally to all modems in the MAC domain Before sending the correct confi...

Page 868: ...h TFTP Enforce and Dynamic Secret Note by default these are enabled for both IPv4 and IPv6 All that is required is to enable it on the cable mac configure cable global proxy tftp no Globally enable TFTP Enforce and Dynamic Secret for all IPv4 or all IPv6 modems configure cable global proxy tftp ipv4 only ipv6 only If the previous command has been executed re enable TFTP Enforce and Dynamic Secret ...

Page 869: ...TP Enforcement disabled show interface cable mac 1 detail include Dynamic Secret Dynamic Secret mark The outputs of the show cable modem and show cable modem detail commands print a pound sign before the modem state if the modem failed TFTP Enforce checks during modem registration and an exclamation point before the modem state if the modem failed the Dynamic Shared Secret checks during modem regi...

Page 870: ...0 0 0 0015 96dd ed9e 44 68 1 9 Log Messages Log messages are generated when a CM fails TFTP Enforce or Dynamic Secret checks Below are examples of such messages TFTP Enforcement Failure 07 25 41 08 notc TFTP Enforce Failure cable macIfIndex 0x20000002 CM 00 15 96 dd ed 9e IP 44 68 1 9 Cable Modem did not attempt TFTP Dynamic Secret Failure 07 54 52 08 notc Dynamic Secret Failure cable macIfIndex 0...

Page 871: ...d the DHCPv4 TFTP Servers Option This option was introduced in DOCSIS 3 0 and applies only to DOCSIS 3 0 and higher IPv4 modems When DHCP OFFER or ACK messages are sent to a DOCSIS 3 0 modem and if those messages contain option 125 data for enterprise 4491 and sub option 2 then the C4 c CMTS derives the TFTP server address from the first IP address contained in sub option 2 Only the first TFTP ser...

Page 872: ... secondary secret command allows the MSO to gradually phase in changes to the shared secret key with minimal disruption of service If a shared secret has been compromised or if the MSO decides to change the shared secret periodically the MSO can immediately change the primary shared secret on the CMTS The previous key can then be made a secondary shared secret so that CMs can continue to register ...

Page 873: ... ping storms The CM MAC Deny list supports a total of 1000 CM MAC addresses When MSOs detect the same MACs on multiple systems they can add them to the deny list on the C4 c CMTSs where those MACs do not belong If a malicious user is detected by the C4 c CMTS their modem can be added to the MAC Deny list Whenever a CM MAC address is added to this list that modem is prevented from acquiring an IP a...

Page 874: ...M MAC Deny List Purpose CLI Command Add remove a CM MAC to the list configure cable modem deny mac no Clear the attempt information captured for a particular CM MAC address in the CM Deny List If the mac is not supplied then counters for all CMs listed are cleared clear counters cable modem deny mac Show interface time and count information for specified CM or for all listed CMs if no address is s...

Page 875: ...lectronic Surveillance PC 2 0 LAES features CALEA is for Packet Cable 1 5 Voice over Internet Protocol VoIP taps Legal Intercept is for High Speed Data HSD taps Packet Cable 2 0 LAES is for PC 2 0 VoIP and HSD taps Each of these electronic surveillance features may operate simultaneously and independently CALEA The C4 c CMTS supports PacketCable Electronic Surveillance ES versions I01 I02 I03 and ...

Page 876: ...llance orders are of the first two types and the request is generally made for both Pen Register and Trap and Trace simultaneously A request for electronic surveillance is initiated at the Call Management Server CMS The role of the C4 c CMTS in an electronic surveillance request includes the following steps 1 Recognize the request that has been initiated by the CMS 2 Duplicate event messages and s...

Page 877: ...4 CMTS supports a maximum number of intercepts of 5 of its active calls Electronic Surveillance Configuration Event Messaging must be configured on the C4 c CMTS in order to enable the forwarding of the duplicated event messages to the Delivery Function This is in keeping with the PacketCable specification since a C4 c CMTS Element ID is required for the event messages that are forwarded to the De...

Page 878: ...egal Intercept LI feature provides operators a standards based mechanism for meeting legal requirements to intercept all IP data and voice traffic originating from or destined to subscribers on their network The feature supports the Simple Law Enforcement Monitoring SLEM concept outlined in RFC 3924 to enable the interception of all IP traffic associated with a subscriber s cable modem See the fig...

Page 879: ...rnal intervention Figure 103 RFC 3924 Framework For a modem that is being tapped the C4 c CMTS will encapsulate both IPv4 and IPv6 traffic The encapsulation header will be an IPv4 header but the data encapsulated can be either an IPv4 or IPv6 packet This means the C4 c CMTS will replicate and encapsulate all traffic with an ethertype of either 0x0800 or 0x86dd ARP traffic ethertype 0x0806 is not t...

Page 880: ...ketCable 1 x 6 Content delivery encapsulation format is compatible with PacketCable Electronic Surveillance 7 Support for activation of tap sessions for CMs that are not currently registered at the CMTS 8 Support for tap sessions that persist across CM reboots 9 Support for data stream specification at Layer 2 802 stream only as designated by a CM MAC address 10 Support for tap sessions across all...

Page 881: ...e user ID and password used to authorize remote SNMPv3 access to the C4 c CMTS by the MD The userid and password created in the following procedure are set by the snmp server command to restrict access to the MIB view and are the same for the configure cable intercept command CLI Commands The following section provides the commands used to create and manage secure access Sample Configuration for S...

Page 882: ...igure snmp server source interface loopback 0 5 To define which SNMP traps should be sent configure snmp server notify filter profile LI TAP NOTIFY subtree cTapMIBNotifications type included 6 To configure the intercept source interface enter configure cable intercept source interface cable mac mac subif loopback int The source interface can be configured on an ethernet or loopback interface as we...

Page 883: ...er this command displays tap session status for that subscriber only An example to display all tap sessions is show cable intercept The output of the command above shows a list of the statuses for all tap sessions for all subscribers Sample output Tap Mediation Dev Status CM MAC Addr IP Addr UDP TOS Expires CCC ID Packets Online 0001 0203 aaaa 192 168 100 199 12345 0x22 06 19 2010 13 0 1 4 Create ...

Page 884: ... A200 F40B enable md 192 168 180 150 udp 12345 until 01 01 2014 12 34 Tap mib is active on contentId 1 stream index status PC 2 0 Lawfully Authorized Electronic Surveillance The Packet Cable 2 0 Lawfully Authorized Electronic Surveillance LAES feature can be deployed in conjunction with both PC 1 5 CALEA for legacy NCS signaled VoIP interception and legacy Legal Intercept LI for High Speed Data HS...

Page 885: ...e features Both IPv4 and IPv6 traffic can be intercepted Maximum of 16 simultaneous tap filters per cable modem in each of the US and DS directions Additional Guidelines The following items should be considered with regard to the PC 2 0 LAES feature The C4 c CMTS does not support filtering on type of service flow ID or virtual router function VRF Therefore the following corresponding pktcESTapStre...

Page 886: ...rface CLI command The source IP address used for all SNMP LAES notifications is controlled by the cadSnmpSourceInterface MIB variable which is set in the configure snmp server trapsource CLI command If it is required or preferred that the source IP address is the same for the LAES tap stream and the LAES SNMP notifications the operator must set these two MIB variables to the same source interface ...

Page 887: ...ream returning a successful SNMP response message but will later fail to enable the tap stream A pktESTapMediationDebug notification is the only mechanism for the MD operator to be notified that the tap operation failed Limited Ranges for MIBs The following two MIBs contain objects that may have range limitations for this feature Confirm that the Mediation Device is configured for compatibility wi...

Page 888: ... TAP VIEW pktcESTapMib included configure snmp server view LAES TAP VIEW pktcESIpTapMIB included The OID names are case sensitive so special care should be taken when entering these details 2 To define the administrator group that has read write access to the LAES MIBs configure snmp server group group_name v3 auth read view_name write view_name notify view_name Example with group name and view na...

Page 889: ...er configure snmp server source interface loopback 1 Note The default for source interface is loopback 0 Configure Intercept Source Interface Configuring the intercept source interface specifies the source IPv4 address used by the in the intercept stream packets to the MD The packets use normal IP routing to determine the interface to use To Configure Intercept Source Interface To configure the in...

Page 890: ...Balancing Methods 893 Load Balancing Types 893 Load Balancing Policy 895 Load Balancing Rules 895 Global Load Balance Settings 898 Load Balance Thresholds 899 Default Configuration 900 Example Configuration 902 Load Balance Modem Steering 905 Load Balance Actions 912 Failed List Operation 921 Movable and Non movable Modems 923 Movable CLI Commands 925 Manual Modem Moves 926 ...

Page 891: ...sed to direct a modem to dynamically change its upstream and or downstream channel s Load Balancing Groups General Load Balancing Group GLBG A general load balancing group GLBG represents the set of upstream and downstream channels which reach a single fiber node In this arrangement a CM connected to the fiber node would be able to tune to any or possibly all of the channels in the general load ba...

Page 892: ...of using when other channels in the cable mac may exceed their capabilities Excluding designated modems from periodic load balancing by disabling the policy rules of the RLBG Modems are assigned to a load balancing group during modem registration Any CM that is not assigned to an RLBG will be placed into the GLBG for its MD CM SG if its place in the cable plant topology can be determined A modem c...

Page 893: ... computed by number of minislots used by the map maker for unicast grants divided by the total number of minislots available over a fixed time interval Channel utilization for downstreams is computed as total bytes sent divided by the total available bandwidth over the measurement interval When choosing a modem to move a modem residing on the channel pair with the greatest utilization is moved to ...

Page 894: ...ocus of the move because the DCC directive only supports one downstream and upstream destination channel however non primary channels may also change when the downstream and upstream bonding occurs Note Only the reinit mac initialization technique is supported for DCC load balancing on bonded CMs This restriction does not apply for some cases of the manual move command See Manual Modem Moves page ...

Page 895: ...policy ID may refer to a non existing or inactive policy instance in which case it indicates an inactive policy The policy ID of value 0 is the default policy which contains the default rule Note If no policy is assigned to a load balance group the default policy is used Load Balancing Rules A load balancing policy rule governs autonomous load balancing operations A rule ID value is a numeric refe...

Page 896: ...primary US channel of D3 0 CMs to an ATDMA channel in the load balance group disable period specifies when a rule is inactive The following apply to load balancing rules Each rule may be enabled fully disabled or disabled for a particular period each day independently of the load balancing group s enable disable state Multiple load balancing rules may be assigned to an individual load balancing po...

Page 897: ... balancer to use DS and US load equally to determine load balance decisions b usOnly Directs the load balancer to use only the US channel load c dsOnly Directs the load balancer to use only the DS channel load d usPlus Directs the load balancer to double the US channel load over DS channel load Weighting is 66 US and 33 DS e dsPlus Directs the load balancer to double the DS channel load over US ch...

Page 898: ...eter is evaluated when multiple rules are enabled for a single policy 1 Load Balance Type the type attributes from all enabled rules are combined such that they are all in force 2 The order of preference for method is a Utilization b Modem Count 3 The threshold used in the lowest value 4 The order of precedence for weight type is a equal b usOnly c dsOnly d usPlus e dsPlus Global Load Balance Sett...

Page 899: ...de devices on an OUI basis from being load balanced The following global load balancing attributes are related to Receive Channel Set Transmit Channel Set RCS TCS channel selection and load balancing of bonded modems using Dynamic Load Balancing DBC rcs load balance Globally control the enabling of registration RCS load balancing tcs load balance Globally control the enabling of registration TCS l...

Page 900: ...nnels are lightly loaded An MSO can use start thresholds to define when channel loading is great enough to begin moving modems from highly loaded channels to lightly loaded channels where the rule threshold has also been exceeded If no channels in the load balance group exceed either of the start thresholds the load balancer does not attempt to balance the channels By default the minimum start thr...

Page 901: ...odic load balancing for each of the GLBGs and needs to be configured if periodic load balancing is desired The following are additional load balancing default settings The periodic load balancing interval is set to 300 seconds The downstream start threshold is set to 1 percent The upstream start threshold is set to 1 percent The across Mac Domain check is set to 0 seconds The failed list exclude c...

Page 902: ...B DS DBC Bonded Downstream DBC Example Configuration The following provides an example of a configuration that uses non default values This example enables static and periodic load balancing for non bonded modems via DCC and bonded modems both upstream and downstream via DBC configure cable load balance rule 2 enable configure cable load balance rule 2 type static non bonded dcc bonded us dbc bond...

Page 903: ...out time in hours 24 Failed list exclude count 2 Number of CMs to check per Interval 10 Across Mac Domain Check sec 0 show cable load balance group Ena Init Cable Group bled Policy Tech mCMsg Mac Fiber Node Type Service Type Id 16779264 yes 2 ranging 1 1 FN1 General show cable load balance policy Steering Thres Disable Registration Periodic Channel Policy Rule Enabled hold Method Start Period D2 0...

Page 904: ...5 21 58 79 14 5 990768 1 0 131609 15 58 73 14 5 990768 1 1 131617 15 58 73 14 5 990768 1 2 131625 15 58 73 14 20 990888 1 0 131609 10 58 68 14 20 990888 1 1 131617 10 58 68 14 20 990888 1 2 131625 10 58 68 14 21 990896 1 0 131609 10 58 68 14 21 990896 1 1 131617 10 58 68 14 21 990896 1 2 131625 10 58 68 14 22 990904 1 0 131609 10 58 68 14 22 990904 1 1 131617 10 58 68 14 22 990904 1 2 131625 10 58...

Page 905: ...n be used to move modems to specific interfaces These include Rule Based Modem Steering Steering to RLBG Service Type modem Steering Rule based Modem Steering This type of modem steering is used to move modems to D2 0 ATDMA or SCDMA upstream interfaces You can configure the Modem Steering feature to move DOCSIS 2 0 or 3 0 modems if they register on a TDMA or TDMA ATDMA T A channel to the least loa...

Page 906: ...ering is desired for D2 0 CMs it is recommended to enable periodic steeringD2 and not registration steeringD2 to avoid issues with modems that have difficulty responding to a DCC immediately following their initial registration If modem steering is desired for D3 0 CMs it is recommended to enable registration steeringD3 and not periodic steeringD3 to avoid a subsequent reset of a bonded modem sinc...

Page 907: ...onded D3 0 bonded modems only the primary US can be directed to a D2 0 capable channel The non primary US channels are not guaranteed to be on the D2 0 capable US channels when they are chosen as part of Transmit Channel Set TCS assignment Also note that to DCC a bonded modem the reinit mac technique is required When tcs load balance is enabled the primary US channel will be steered to an ATDMA ch...

Page 908: ... is disabled or is set to static load balancing only The cable modem is on the failed list and has failed to move to all the channels in its restricted load balance group The following set of CLI commands provides an example of how to configure an RLBG configure interface cable mac 1 cable load balance group 100 configure interface cable mac 1 cable load balance group 100 enable configure interfac...

Page 909: ...ce type modem steering is designed to steer modems to specific interfaces specifically those that are part of a Restricted Load Balancing Group RLBG A service type ID refers to a type of cable data service The operator assigns a particular service type ID to the modems to be steered and to the RLBG containing the specific interfaces to which he she wants those modems assigned The modems are steere...

Page 910: ...cted group see Steering to RLBG page 908 and apply the service type ID to that group configure interface cable mac 1 cable load balance group 100 service type abc 2 Confirm the creation of the restricted group and service type show cable load balance group 100 detail Sample system response Group 100 Enabled yes Init Technique ranging Cable MD CM SG Cable Mac 1 Fiber Node Type Restricted DS Channel...

Page 911: ...gure cable load balance include cm mac 0015 cf1b b1b2 mac mask ffff ffff ffff service type abc c Use the following CLI command to associate OUIs with the desire service type ID configure cable load balance include oui arris service type abc d Use the following CLI command to set 1 6 bytes of a CM MAC to the desired service type configure cable load balance include cm mac 0000ca service type abc 4 ...

Page 912: ... to indicate that it is not being used Load Balance Actions Ranging Time Load Balance Actions Static load balancing occurs during the initial ranging process This is the first opportunity for load balancing At this time the CM may be requested to move to a lighter loaded upstream channel via an upstream channel override in the range response Note The modem s configuration settings are not known at...

Page 913: ...hen assigning the RCS for DOCSIS 3 0 CMs the C4 c CMTS may change both the primary and non primary downstreams in the RCS sent in the registration response based on load on the DS channels in the MD DS SG Load balancing of the downstreams in the RCS only occurs when all of the following are true The modem is a DOCSIS 3 0 modem with Multiple Receive Channel Mode MRCM enabled for both the MAC Domain...

Page 914: ...n primary upstream channels at registration time The feature is disabled by default which is consistent with previous functionality Note TCS load balancing should be enabled to avoid overloading some upstream channels TCS load balancing occurs when the following conditions are met The modem is a DOCSIS 3 0 CM with Multiple Transmit Channel Mode MTCM enabled for both the MAC domain and the modem Th...

Page 915: ...modem is on the load balancing OUI exclude list The modem s load balance group is disabled The policy associated with the modem s load balance group is disabled The type of the associated load balancing policy includes only static Periodic Load Balancing Actions Load balance groups are ordered from the heaviest loaded DS US channel pair to the lightest loaded DS US channel pair which is shown by t...

Page 916: ... must exceed the downstream start threshold parameter or the load of the US channel of the heaviest loaded DS US channel pair must exceed the upstream start threshold parameter Multiple rules can be assigned to a load balance policy and a load balance group If there are multiple rules enabled for a policy then the load balancer follows the precedence described in Using Multiple Rules page 897 The ...

Page 917: ...tains an ATDMA US channel If periodic steeringD3 is enabled and both non D2 0 channels and D2 0 channels exist in the load balance group then a search is made for a bonded modem whose primary US channel is a TDMA or TDMA ATDMA US channel of the load balance group If such a modem is found and it passes all DCC movable checks a DCC REQ is sent to this modem to move its primary DS and US to the DS an...

Page 918: ... Utilization or CM Count method the same as dynamic load balancing with DCC Note that the C4 c CMTS considers whether the CM supports the 5 85 MHz extended upstream frequency range when choosing a new channel set If the CM does not support the extended range any new channel set will not include an upstream frequency in the extended range With DBC load balancing enabled When a bonded CM that belong...

Page 919: ...ems will be treated like DOCSIS 2 0 modems with regard to DCC load balancing Note When using DCC bonded CMs will always be moved using init technique reinit mac This allows an MSO to set up a configuration where a rule of one type may be disabled at certain times of the day For example they may want to DCC bonded CMs only during the maintenance window since a DCC of a bonded CM causes it to flap T...

Page 920: ...ded upstream frequency range is supported with Static load balancing as well Static load balancing will not send a modem to an extended frequency channel after receiving its initial range request because the CER does not know if the modem is capable of the extended frequency at ranging time Statistics The load balancing feature keeps statistics of the number of transfers into and out of all of the...

Page 921: ...ALANCE ATTEMPTS From Channels Target Channels Failed CM MAC Type DS US DS US Count Timestamp 0015 ce64 bccd Arris US Dyn 5 3 8 5 5 2 8 3 2 2014 9 12 12 37 38 FAILED DBC LOAD_BALANCE ATTEMPTS DS Failures US Failures CM MAC Count Timestamp Count Timestamp 001d cd85 d957 Arris 0 1 2014 9 12 13 44 09 To display the load balance failed lists with the verbose option enter show cable load balance failed ...

Page 922: ...a candidate for a DBC move For both DCC and DBC failures the timestamp indicates the time of the last failed attempt By default a modem will only be allowed to fail being moved to a given destination a single time It has been observed that load balancing is more effective when the default value of 1 is changed to a value like 3 This prevents the failed list from getting excessively large which lim...

Page 923: ... to do so by a load balancing or those that should not be moved for other reasons can be excluded from subsequent load balancing attempts by adding the modem to the exclude list One way to exclude a modem from load balancing is to add the Organizationally Unique Identifier OUI to the exclude list The following CLI command is an example of how to add an OUI to the load balance exclude list configur...

Page 924: ...n multiple receive channel mode i e no service flows bonded across multiple downstreams unless rule type is bonded The modem s load balance priority is zero Is able to register on the target upstream channel for example a DOCSIS 1 1 modem cannot register on a channel provisioned for ATDMA Is not running on battery power DBC Movable Checks Before a modem is moved via DBC the following cross checks ...

Page 925: ...sed to show the state of movable or non movable modems show cable load balance movable slot slot_num group group_id detail show cable load balance notmovable slot slot_num group group_id detail Sample output show cable load balance movable Load Balance Group US Movable Status ID S CCH CMs via DCC 0x1000800 16779264 6 0 1 0x1000800 16779264 6 1 1 0x1000800 16779264 6 2 1 0x1000800 16779264 6 3 1 0x...

Page 926: ...It can be used even if load balancing is disabled This does not work for D1 0 modems configure cable modem move mac addr cable downstream slot dsport cable upstream slot uport lchan method reinit mac broadcast ranging unicast ranging ranging direct Before a modem is manually moved via DCC the following cross checks are performed Has no Unsolicited Grant Services UGS service flows or any service fl...

Page 927: ... modem is manually moved via DBC the following cross checks are performed Has no Unsolicited Grant Services UGS service flows or any service flows that are dynamically created e g packetcable multimedia gates Has no dynamic multicast service flows such as IP Video Is not under electronic surveillance Is not running on battery power The destination channel set must be an existing channel set in the...

Page 928: ...he configure cable modem move command allows for this same functionality and is the preferred method An MSO can send a DCC command to a specific CM by setting the fields in the docsLoadbal3ChgOverGroup MIB This Load Balancing feature supports setting and acting on the following docsLoadBalChgOverGroup values docsLoadbal3ChgOverGroupMacAddress docsLoadbal3ChgOverGroupInitTech docsLoadbal3ChgOverGro...

Page 929: ... must exist A downstream must exist and match the docsLoadbal3ChgOverGroupdownFrquency The upstream channel ID must exist on the C4 c CMTS on the specified Mac Domain The command will be rejected with an error message if any of these items are invalid when a ChgOverGroupCommit is attempted The following list summarizes the load balancing rules for various types of CMs DOCSIS 1 0 CMs No DCC is allo...

Page 930: ...es several methods for regulating the flow of packets in the network These methods include Throttling of excessive upstream packets Monitoring and controlling cable modems CMs and Customer Premise Equipment CPEs that are generating excessive packets Quality of Service QOS mechanisms such as traffic shaping which involve delaying packets to slow down the effective packet transmission rate while tra...

Page 931: ...ocol throttling See Command Line Descriptions for more information Set Specific Global Protocol Packet Throttling Use the following commands to enable RCM global or protocol specific packet throttling and or to set RCM global or protocol specific packet throttling rates configure ip proto throttle rate packets per second arp bgp cops dhcp icmp igmp isis ospf pim rip snmp snmp cm telnet tftp erm rp...

Page 932: ...cond TFTP packet rate 750 packets second IS IS packet rate 750 packets second IPv6 ND packet rate 700 packets second IPv6 DHCP packet rate 500 packets second IPv6 ICMP packet rate 500 packets second IPv6 MLD packet rate 500 packets second IPv6 TFTP packet rate 750 packets second BGP packet rate 500 packets second PIM packet rate 100 packets second LACP packet rate 200 packets second SNMP CM packet...

Page 933: ...ets dropped 0 packets SNMP CM packets passed 100360 packets SNMP CM packets dropped 0 packets COPS packets passed 74828 packets COPS packets dropped 0 packets TELNET packets passed 78065 packets TELNET packets dropped 0 packets RSM other packets passed 0 packets RSM other packets dropped 0 packets SCM global packets passed 0 packets SCM global packets dropped 0 packets Upstream Cable Protocol Thro...

Page 934: ...are throttled by this feature Router Solicitation RS type 133 Router Advertisement RA type 134 ND neighbor solicitation type 135 ND neighbor advertisement type 136 Redirect type 137 Note Type is an option that is formatted in the Type Length Variable TLV format ARP ND Monitoring ARP ND Abuse Count Monitoring provides a means of controlling CMs or CPEs that are generating excessive ARP packets ND p...

Page 935: ...gure specific cable protocol throttling measures for ARP DHCP DHCPv6 IPv6 ND and IGMP protocols Set Specific Protocol Packet Throttling Use the following command to enable cable protocol specific packet throttling configure cable proto throttle arp dhcp dhcpv6 nd no Where arp dhcp dhcpv6 nd Specific packet for which throttling is enabled or disabled with the no option Throttling Configuration Clea...

Page 936: ... than a specified minimum number of ARP ND packets show cable proto throttle detail arpnd replies throttled 0 65535 arpnd requests throttled 0 65535 Cable Throttling Command Examples Examples of the use of the cable throttling commands are provided in the following paragraphs Enable IPv4 Throttling DHCP Use the following command to enable throttling of cable side IPv4 DHCP requests configure cable...

Page 937: ...ear cable proto throttle counters Determine Cable Throttling Status Use the following command to determine cable throttling status show cable proto throttle An output similar to the following example will occur ARP throttling is off DHCP throttling is off DHCPv6 throttling is off IPv6 ND throttling is off max burst 10 interval 5 Drop Counts Interface DHCP ARP ND DHCPv6 cable upstream 3 0 0 0 0 Det...

Page 938: ...3 0 1 3 Filter Group Up 0 Down 0 Proto Throttle Normal CPE 0013 0400 0001 IP 13 0 1 4 Filter Group Up 0 Down 0 Proto Throttle Normal CPE 0013 0500 0001 IP 13 0 1 5 Filter Group Up 0 Down 0 Proto Throttle Normal CPE 0013 0600 0001 IP 13 0 1 6 Filter Group Up 0 Down 0 Proto Throttle Normal Show ARP ND Requests The following is an example of the output returned for ARP requests with no minimum set sh...

Page 939: ...MP Drop Counts per CAM To see the ARP drop counts on a per CAM basis use the following command show cable proto throttle An example output such as follows is returned ARP throttling is on DHCP throttling is off DHCPv6 throttling is off IPv6 ND throttling is on max burst 10 interval 5 IGMP throttling is off IGMP Max burst 22 IGMP Interval 1 IGMP Increment 8 Drop Counts Interface DHCP ARP ND DHCPv6 ...

Page 940: ... c4a8 cable mac 1 12 0 0 3 2 0 CPE 0000 054f aeca 0015 cf04 c4a9 cable mac 1 12 0 0 3 2 0 CPE 0000 054f ae7d 0015 cf04 c653 cable mac 1 12 0 0 3 2 0 CPE 0000 054f ae7e 0015 cf04 c654 cable mac 1 12 0 0 3 2 0 CPE 0000 054f ae81 0015 cf04 c655 cable mac 1 12 0 0 3 2 0 CPE 0000 054f ae82 0015 cf04 c656 ARP ICMP Throttling The ARP Throttling feature provides the ability to control the number of ARP an...

Page 941: ...t value configure arp state not present max number number no This command sets the maximum amount of time an ARP cache entry can be in the noPresent state When the limit is exceeded the ARP cache entry transitions to the searching state unless the notPresent minimum time set by the configure arp state not present min time has not been reached The no option is used to reset the time to the default ...

Page 942: ...tion is used to set the maximum number to the default value configure arp state searching global max rate 0 65535 no This command sets the maximum number of ARP requests transmitted for an ARP entry in the searching state The no option is used to reset the maximum number to the default value configure arp state searching max number number no Default Configuration for ARP Throttling The default con...

Page 943: ... of their operating time However in a system that capitalizes on statistical multiplexing the total bandwidth converging on a link may periodically exceed the total bandwidth T that can be supported by the link Under these overload conditions QoS mechanisms must make decisions about which packets to drop which packets to route and what order to use when routing those successful packets Weighted Ra...

Page 944: ...SIS Tmax and burst size The second leaky bucket limits the transmission rate during the period that packets conform to the first leaky bucket rather than letting a user use the full bandwidth of the link The second leaky bucket uses a n parameter named Tpeak and has a burst size of 0 A delay value is calculated for each leaky bucket the larger value is used to delay packets Downstream Traffic Shap...

Page 945: ...hanisms such as WRED Traffic policing calculations are still the primary method of limiting bandwidth on individual flows and the back pressure mechanism of the RCM fabric is still used to trigger WRED in the fabric for congestion control and Tmin rate enforcement Traffic Shaping Implementation The implementation of traffic shaping can be summarized as follows Traffic shaping applies only to downs...

Page 946: ...Power Boost feature enables support for upstream Peak Traffic Rate Peak and Maximum Rates Traffic is limited to the peak rate Tpeak while a modem bursts beyond the maximum rate Tmax The Tpeak rate is greater than the Tmax rate Once the specified number of bytes have been consumed at the higher rate the traffic is then throttled back to the Tmax rate The commands that relate to power boost cap are ...

Page 947: ...modem s config file TLV 24 27 Use the following command examples as a guide for configuring Tpeak using service class name configure qos sc name scn dir 2 peak tr rate 5000000 configure qos sc name scn max tr burst 40000000 configure qos sc name scn peak tr rate 10000000 This command sets the Tpeak for the SCN When modems register they get the Tpeak from the C4 c CMTS Be sure to set the Tpeak valu...

Page 948: ...figured set of evaluation criteria and either a permit or deny statement When a packet is classified by an ACL the fields in its header are compared one by one with the entries in the ACL starting with the entry with the lowest index value When a match is found the comparison process is stopped and the packet is either permitted to continue or denied dropped according to the action specified in th...

Page 949: ...s notably affected by those created using the range keyword Entries created with a range take up more physical space than those created without ranges Extended access lists are supported for IPv4 and for IPv6 These lists have a range of 100 199 The C4 c CMTS supports a total of 2048 access list entries and up to 1024 entries per access list Note IPv6 ACLs are limited to include entries with Source...

Page 950: ...place SCM Access ACLs valid for IPv4 ACLs only which are used for in band traffic management Unlike in band ACLs Data Plane Filter ACLs apply to all data traffic as it enters and leaves the network or cable side interfaces IPv4 CLI Commands This section lists some of the CLI commands that support IPv4 Access Control Lists Use the following command to configure or disable the data plane IP filter I...

Page 951: ...ane Filter ACLs to set access control on a MAC domain configure no interface cable mac mac id ip access group acl index Use the no form of the two commands above to disable access filtering for a particular interface Use this command to display ACLs defined by a parameter given or to show all with no parameters show access list access list number The CLI syntax allows an ACL name to be used anywhe...

Page 952: ...sults for match counts for some operations These operations are related to configuring router distribution lists redistribution and SNMP community strings See the list below The various forms of the commands listed below do not update the match counts for their associated ACLs configure router ospf vrf name distribute list configure router ospf vrf name redistribute configure router rip redistribu...

Page 953: ...an IPv4 ACL to a specific Gigabit Ethernet or ten Gigabit Ethernet interface If an ACL is applied to a physical port it is active for all virtual routes associated with that physical port configure no interface gigabitEthernet tengigabitEthernet slot port ip scm access group acl index Note Only one SCM Access ACL can be applied to a given physical interface If you apply a second SCM Access ACL to ...

Page 954: ... IP address of 10 x x x The second command allows any source IP address from ACL 99 to use the community public to get MIB objects using SNMP configure access list 99 10 0 0 0 0 255 255 255 configure snmp server community public ro 99 Note All SNMP traffic is filtered by SNMP community ACLs if they are configured If the cable modem remote query feature is enabled and if the SNMP community used by ...

Page 955: ...cess list 10 deny 225 0 0 0 0 0 0 255 The following command permits membership in any other multicast IP range configure access list 10 permit any There is an implicit deny to any other multicast IP ranges The following command applies the ACL to the IGMP configured interface configure interface cable mac 1 0 ip igmp access group 10 IPv6 ACLs Note IPv6 ACLs are limited to include entries with Sour...

Page 956: ...clName in out For IPv6 cable MACs use the following command configure interface no cable mac mac id ipv6 traffic filter aclName in out Use the no form of the command to disable ACL packet filtering for a cable mac interface Use the following command to resequence the access list index numbers configure ipv6 access list resequence aclName seq start increment Use this command to display ACLs defined...

Page 957: ...Internet Protocol Detail Record IPDR feature exports bulk management information to an operational support system OSS using DOCSIS 2 0 and DOCSIS 3 0 IPDR specifications Management information consists of performance usage and operational status of cable networks The IPDR feature uses IPDR Streaming Protocol SP Version 2 7 to export this management information The IPDR feature fills the role of IP...

Page 958: ...reams event triggered records as they occur keeping the session open until the end of the scheduled interval where the session is closed with a SESSION STOP message The next interval begins immediately Adhoc The C4 c CMTS exporter opens a session interval as soon as a collector sends the FLOW START message The C4 c CMTS Exporter streams all records queried and event triggered until queried records...

Page 959: ...exported using the time and adhoc methods with Interim and Stop records DOCSIS 3 0 CPE service is exported using the event and adhoc methods The event method uses Start and Stop records The adhoc method uses Interim Start and Stop records Sequence of Records The sequence of records within an IPDR document is described in the following paragraphs Time Method With the time method at the beginning of...

Page 960: ...porter are collector redundancy and simultaneous sessions Redundancy The IPDR SP specification supports the use of multiple collectors for backup redundancy The C4 c CMTS exporter imposes a maximum of five collectors A priority is assigned to each collector The highest priority collector is considered the primary collector all others are considered backup For a given IPDR session the primary colle...

Page 961: ...d session interval arrives Simultaneous Sessions In DOCSIS 3 0 mode the C4 c CMTS exporter can support up to four simultaneous IPDR sessions over multiple TCP connections with a collector For example a collector can manage four simultaneous sessions over a single TCP connection or over four TCP connections with each carrying one session Inter Operations Three areas tend to have a significant effec...

Page 962: ...n the exporter is unable to start a scheduled session interval Possible reasons for missed intervals include The RSM may be overburdened with higher priority activities preventing all Interim Records from completing within a single session interval The TCP connection to the collector is congested due to a sluggish network or an unusually slow collector No collectors are connected Surveillance Surv...

Page 963: ...d exporter No collectors Configuration The CLI and SNMP interface are used to configure IPDR service sessions collectors and exporter operational state It is also used to view parameter settings and runtime information DOCSIS 3 0 IPDR is configured with a similar but broader set of CLI commands than DOCSIS 2 0 The set of CLI commands are context sensitive based on the setting of the IPDR DOCSIS mo...

Page 964: ...ions only Event pacing gap insert up to a 30 second delay between bursts of exported event session records Common Parameters The following parameters are common Mode DOCSIS version 2 0 or 3 0 operation Query port exporter UDP port number used by collector for service discovery Streaming port exporter TCP port number used by collector to establish the IPDR streaming connection Keep alive interval m...

Page 965: ...onnections from collectors and exports records as defined by the C4 c CMTS IPDR configuration Note Collector and Report Cycle counts are not cleared when disabled To enable or disable the IPDR streaming interface configure cable metering enable disable Set DOCSIS Mode To configure the DOCSIS mode configure cable metering mode docsis20 docsis30 The default for the mode is docsis20 Set UDP and TCP P...

Page 966: ... a start time and interval duration To add or remove report cycle sets as referenced by one or more sessions configure cable metering report cycle set 1 255 start hh mm random interval 15 1440 no Note A new report cycle must fit precisely into the desired time period and must ensure that the immediate preceding report cycle continues to align timewise with the new cycle It is recommended that you ...

Page 967: ... show cable metering detail An output similar to the following will occur IPDR enabled query port 4737 streaming port 4737 keep alive interval 300 session id 1 service samis 1 method time data ack window 200 data ack timeout 60 all counts true Collectors data records this collector P primary A active exported suppressed priority IP address interim stop interim 1 10 1 2 1 0 0 0 2 10 1 2 2 0 0 0 Rep...

Page 968: ...a records this collector P primary A active exported priority IP address start stop change 1 10 1 2 1 0 0 0 2 10 1 2 2 0 0 0 Report Cycle Set 1 data records this report cycle exported start interval start stop change 00 00 15 0 0 0 Note Next to the displayed collector priority are status flags of P and A The P flag identifies the current primary collector The A flag identifies a connected or activ...

Page 969: ... DOCSIS 2 0 mode commands are listed as follows configure cable metering data ack window 1 65535 data ack timeout 1 600 configure cable metering session id integer configure cable metering export all counts cpe info no configure cable metering report cycle start hh mm random interval 15 1440 no DOCSIS 3 0 Mode Commands DOCSIS 3 0 mode commands are listed as follows configure cable metering report ...

Page 970: ...uthentication 972 User Profiles 973 Password Recovery 975 How to Administer the Host Name and User IDs Before configuring the modules remaining equipment and interfaces configure the hostname and syslog server for your C4 c CMTS Configure a Host Name The host name is used in command prompts and system messages Configure a hostname for the C4 c CMTS using the following command configure hostname na...

Page 971: ...sword password privilege 0 15 Where privilege is an integer from 1 15 representing the level of access The lowest level is 0 the highest level is 15 Note If spaces or special characters are used in the password the entire password string must be enclosed in quotation marks With the exception of the question mark any special character that displays properly may be used If the double quotation mark ...

Page 972: ...onfigure username Fred encrypted password 2baa197a8b00dc2f90f2a08a365287e1 Configuring Privilege Levels and Local Authentication For security reasons users may configure CLI command authentication In this procedure authentication is set to local and a privilege level is assigned to certain CLI commands This procedure is meant as an example that users may follow according to their needs for authent...

Page 973: ...r changes show privilege exec configure 7 If desired use the following command to review privilege levels for other commands show privilege exec Only commands that have access levels less than or equal to the current CLI access level will be displayed For example if your CLI access level is 5 then only those command nodes that have levels of 5 or lower will be displayed User Profiles A user profil...

Page 974: ...C4 c CMTS use the following example 1 On a personal computer create a text file of each of the desired commands on a separate line using the filename profile username where username is the name that has been defined by the CLI command configure username XXX password XXX 2 Create the list of the common CLI commands that you wish to automate upon login Put each command on a separate line For example...

Page 975: ...ole Enabling Password Recovery Using the Application Dialog To make this procedure non service affecting it is recommended that your console be connected to the standby SCM If the system is simplex password re covery must be done on an active SCM The Sample Bootloader Dialog for Password Recovery page 976 follows this procedure It consists of excerpts from the boot loader and application dialogs T...

Page 976: ...allowed the bootloader to run once The example below is what he or she will see when the bootloader runs a second time in order to reset his or her password Adding 14440 symbols for standalone VxWorks Copyright 1984 2007 Wind River Systems Inc CPU MPC8641 rev 3 0 Runtime Name VxWorks Runtime Version 6 5 BSP version 2 0 18 Created Oct 01 2013 13 55 56 ED R Policy Mode Deployed WDB Comm Type WDB_COM...

Page 977: ...S Model Number PICS 00440W Serial Number 02181RMO0070 PCB Revision D02 PARAMETERS After board is reset start up code will wait 2 seconds To change any of this press m and RETURN key within 2 seconds For each of the following questions you can press RETURN to select value shown in brackets or you can enter a new value PASSWORD Enable Password Recovery No Yes YES User will be automatically authentic...

Page 978: ...net mask for the above IP address 255 255 255 248 IP address of default gateway to other networks 10 44 9 6 FACTORY PARAMETERS Model Number SCM 03441W Serial Number 12243CTM0005 PCB Revision A06 PIC PARAMETERS Model Number PICS 00440W Serial Number 02181RMO0070 PCB Revision D02 PARAMETERS After board is reset start up code will wait 2 seconds To change any of this press m and RETURN key within 2 s...

Page 979: ...ber cc60000 Label OK c4 setting CLOCK_REALTIME to WED OCT 02 20 09 29 2013 DosFs not included card in socket 0 ignored isoDrv Img active CMTS_V08 02 00 88 img Checksum 0x75c74d9b Stored File Size 81897472 Disk File Size 81897472 i2c Initializing devices PPC I2C i2c0 SCM card software version CMTS_V08 02 00 88 built on Tue Oct 1 14 54 02 Central Daylight Time 2013 system Volume is OK update Volume ...

Page 980: ...time server you must choose Network Time Protocol NTP as your synchronization protocol If preferred you may operate the C4 c CMTS on the local internal clock of the C4 c CMTS without synchronizing it to a network however if you intend to enable PacketCable you must use NTP Local Internal Clock When NTP and TOD are not used all DCAMs and UCAMs are synchronized to the internal clock This synchroniza...

Page 981: ...ing a Greenwich Mean Time GMT offset When a predetermined timezone name is chosen the built in local TZ and DST rules for that TZ location name are followed When a GMT offset is chosen the local TZ is set accordingly but no DST adjustments are made when local time is displayed or logged Note The TZ and DST adjustments are made automatically whenever the local time is displayed or logged configure ...

Page 982: ...ndiana Crawford County 9 US 382931 0871643 America Indiana Petersburg Eastern Time Indiana Pike County 10 US 384452 0850402 America Indiana Vevay Eastern Time Indiana Switzerland County 11 US 415100 0873900 America Chicago Central Time 12 US 375711 0864541 America Indiana Tell_City Central Time Indiana Perry County 13 US 411745 0863730 America Indiana Knox Central Time Indiana Starke County 14 US ...

Page 983: ...e following command to set the time zone offset in hours and minutes if applicable from Greenwich configure clock timezone GMT hh mm Disable Timezone Setting Use the no form of the command to disable the time zone setting configure clock no timezone Show Clock Detail The following command displays the timezone abbreviation and the current DST STD time status show clock detail An output similar to ...

Page 984: ...how Clock Timezone The following command displays the internal clock timezone show clock timezone An output similar to the following example will occur America Chicago Setting the Internal Clock The purpose of the procedure that follows is to manually set the internal clock of the C4 c CMTS Note If there is an active NTP server you must first disable the NTP server before manually adjusting the in...

Page 985: ...nd the International Astronomical Union to use the same abbreviation in all languages NTP Server Commands The table below and the paragraphs that follow provide the CLI commands that are used to configure and manage the NTP server For more information on these CLI commands see the Command Line Descriptions Table 116 NTP Server and Authentication Commands Description Command Used to configure an NT...

Page 986: ...ock page 984 1 Configure the NTP client configure ntp server ipv4 addr broadcast burst key manycast maxpoll 4 11 minpoll 4 11 multicast prefer version 2 4 Here are some of the pertinent defaults burst mode off key 0 minpoll 6 maxpoll 7 version 4 2 Use one of the following commands to configure the C4 c CMTS as an NTP client listening to a broadcast or multicast server or if is to be part of an NTP...

Page 987: ...0830245 America Detroit Eastern Time Michigan most locations 3 US 381515 0854534 America Kentucky Louisville Eastern Time Kentucky Louisville area 4 US 364947 0845057 America Kentucky Monticello Eastern Time Kentucky Wayne County 5 US 394606 0860929 America Indiana Indianapolis Eastern Time Indiana most locations 6 US 384038 0873143 America Indiana Vincennes Eastern Time Indiana Daviess Dubois Kno...

Page 988: ...ocation e g America Chicago or GMT offset e g GMT 6 cr Use the following command to set the time zone offset in hours and minutes if applicable from Greenwich configure clock timezone GMT hh mm Use the no form of the command to disable the time zone setting configure clock no timezone Use the following command to display clock configurations and the time show clock detail 2012 February 4 09 53 39 ...

Page 989: ...provides a mechanism for optional authentication of NTP messages The PacketCable standard does not require the C4 c CMTS to support this mechanism but some MSOs do require NTPv4 functionality including authentication The following CLI commands control whether NTP authentication mode is active or disabled configure ntp authentication configure ntp no authentication The default mode for authenticati...

Page 990: ...ion key strings may be 1 to 16 null terminated 7 bit ASCII characters excluding space pound t tab n line feed and 0 null Both the client and server must agree on an acceptable key ID and ASCII key string pair The authentication key database is indexed by key ID It must not be shared with any other application in the CER The NTP symmetric key strings are associated with key identifiers used to orga...

Page 991: ...Agility ISCA 1001 Operational Considerations for ISCA 1001 Calculating Average Usage 1003 Feature Interactions 1003 CLI Commands Used for ISCA 1004 Dynamic Service Class Modifications 1007 DSCP Marking for Downstream Subscriber Traffic 1010 Overview Service Class Names SCNs designate Quality of Service QoS parameter sets that are stored in the C4 c CMTS and are used to simplify configuration SCNs ...

Page 992: ...tion files when defining SFs The SFs contain classifiers that determine which packets are included in the SF The QoS parameter set determines how the packets in the SF are treated Note If there are parameters defined in the config file that are also defined in an SCN referenced by that config file the config file parameters override those found in the SCN If you define an SCN in a config file but ...

Page 993: ...e SCN name service class name A predefined Quality of Service that is applied to a cable modem by a configuration file and used to encode a Service Flow according to the parameter values found in the SCN This name is case sensitive maximum length 15 characters Priority priority priority Allows service flows to be given priority for delay and buffering The C4 c CMTS uses this field to assign traffi...

Page 994: ...tream Upstream Flow Only Parameters MaxConcatBurst max burst value Specifies the maximum concatenated burst in bytes which a Service Flow is allowed This parameter is calculated from the FC byte of the Concatenation MAC Header to the last CRC in the concatenated MAC frame SchedulingType type value Specifies which upstream scheduling service is used for upstream transmission requests and packet tra...

Page 995: ...rval This is intended to enable the addition of sessions to an existing UGS Flow via the Dynamic Service Change mechanism without negatively impacting existing sessions TosAndMask TosOrMask and mask value or mask value IP Type of Service overwrite Enables C4 c CMTS to overwrite original Type of Service ToS byte with new value RequestPolicyOct req policy value Specifies which IUC opportunities the ...

Page 996: ...MTS via SNMP using a Cable Modem CM management system This CM management system would define SCNs and define CM configurations as part of a service level definition process Service Classes From a subscriber s perspective service classes refer to different levels of service each with minimum and maximum guaranteed data rates priorities and billing rates A Multiple System Operator MSO might choose t...

Page 997: ...ice class would pay a minimum rate and consequently their upstream and downstream rates would also be much lower Tiered Service Examples The examples shown in the table below illustrate scenarios in which SCNs are assigned into tiered services using the previously cited service class examples of Gold Silver Bronze Table 118 Examples of Tiered Services Service Class Name Direction Scheduling Type T...

Page 998: ...itional Service Flows Additional service flows could be added using the following service class examples VoIPup Scheduling Type 5 UGS with activity detection schedule type A strict priority flow configured for G 711 voice VoIPdown Scheduling Type 0 Traffic Priority 7 a strict priority flow MPEGup Scheduling Type 4 real time polling service schedule type A strict priority flow Each tiered service c...

Page 999: ...ame hsd_up min res pkt 0 configure qos sc name hsd_up grant size 109 configure qos sc name hsd_up grant int 10000 configure qos sc name hsd_up grant jitter 1000 configure qos sc name hsd_up grants per int 1 configure qos sc name hsd_up max lat 0 configure qos sc name hsd_up active tmout 0 configure qos sc name hsd_up adm tmout 200 configure qos sc name hsd_up type 6 configure qos sc name hsd_up re...

Page 1000: ...s Name hsd_down Relative Service Flow Priority 0 Max Sustained Traffic Rate bits sec 8000000 Max Traffic Burst bytes 5000000 Min Reserved Rate bits sec 0 Min Reserved Packet Size bytes 0 Max Concat Burst for US flow bytes 1522 Nominal Poll Interval microseconds 0 Poll Jitter microseconds 0 Unsolicited Grant Size bytes 0 Nominal Grant Interval microseconds 0 Grant Jitter microseconds 0 Data Grants ...

Page 1001: ... DS Service Flows SFs Those cable modems whose SFs have exceeded the threshold of acceptable average usage are assigned to a penalty list The penalty consists of the application of a new Service Class with a reduced Quality of Service QoS for a certain period of time For more information on QoS parameters see Appendix C of the DOCSIS 3 0 MULPI Specification Operational Considerations for ISCA MSOs...

Page 1002: ...the same traffic direction upstream or downstream Only unicast SFs are monitored by ISCA These SFs can be static provisioned or dynamic and must be associated with a service class The four parameters monitored by the Enforce SC must not be manually overwritten in the config file The bandwidth or usage allowed by the Enforce SC must be less than that allowed by the Reference SC This is not enforced...

Page 1003: ...ce Rule Feature Interactions The effect of enabling this feature or of applying an Enforce Rule to a given CM may not be immediately apparent because ISCA relies on system timers Allow up to two minutes for configuration changes to take effect The stale mac parameter of the configure aging command has a default value of 7 days which is probably far longer than any penalty an MSO would enforce Howe...

Page 1004: ...ble ISCA Enforce Rules for a given mac domain The default is enabled configure interface cable mac mac cable qos sc enforce rules disable To show the relevant QoS parameters in an SCN show qos sc name scn name brief To show subscriber CM usage for SFs having an enforce rule This command is the more accurate than the following command show qos sc subscriber usage name reference scn cable mac mac cm...

Page 1005: ...M 50M 1 0015 cf38 15b1 fc00 cada c408 c001 c9b e182 fe8f e36a 14 26 1 11 2 Operational 2 0 2000 5000 0 0000 ca3e 060b 10 108 31 62 The first line of the output shows a DOCSIS 3 0 bonded modem with US DS tmax values configured for 10 and 50 Mbps The show cable modem command does not make it clear how many flows are active for this bonded modem The pound sign indicates that one or more of these flow...

Page 1006: ...e ISCA enabled Related Show and Clear CLI Commands The following commands are useful when using this feature show cable modem detail show cable modem qos mac show qos sc subscriber usage show cable modem qos sc enforcement show qos sc enforce rule show qos sc brief show qos sc offline show cable modem column mac ds penalty count ds last penalty time us penalty count clear qos sc penalty count clea...

Page 1007: ...c Service Class Modifications Certain MSOs have requested a feature that offers a more efficient less disruptive way to update the QoS parameter sets of Service Class Names SCNs This feature allows SCNs to be changed as desired The CMs using them can then be updated individually or collectively without a service interruption because the CMs are not reset Standard DOCSIS Dynamic Service Change DSC ...

Page 1008: ...ice flow that is being penalized for having violated an Integrated Service Class Agility enforcement rule will not have its penalty reduced or annulled by a change to the SCN parameters associated with that SF It can only leave the penalty state by meeting the requirements of the ISCA enforcement rule If an SCN has been updated changed and applied using the apply update CLI command and if that SCN...

Page 1009: ...ound To show all the CMs using a particular SCN show cable modem qos sc name scn name To show the QoS parameter settings for this particular CM show cable modem qos sc cm mac cm mac address To show which SCNs have service flows with updates that are still pending show cable modem qos sc update pending name scn name Sample Show Commands In the following example the modems using service class GoldDn...

Page 1010: ...stream Subscriber Traffic The C4 c CMTS currently can mark the DSCP for upstream subscriber traffic but not for downstream By extending this capability to the downstream a greater level of control over the prioritization of traffic is created Since many CPE devices are DSCP aware you can use the downstream DSCP to prioritize traffic within the customer premises If an application can specify a QoS ...

Page 1011: ...hts Reserved 1011 The DSCP Marking for a flow will be based on the value of the parameters in the Service Class at the time the service flow is created Subsequent changes to the service class will not be reflected in the flow unless they are manually pushed out to the flow s using the Manual Service Class Modifications ...

Page 1012: ... Subscriber Throughput feature provides the user with the capability to display the per subscriber throughput Quality of Service QOS parameters associated with a Cable Modem CM Throughput Throughput for CM subscribers is based on the following factors Number of users Access speed during times of high usage Type of services being accessed Cache and proxy server usage MAC layer efficiency Noise and ...

Page 1013: ...m Configuration File Once effective throughput is determined the appropriate parameters can be entered in the CM s configuration config file settings to optimize throughput Displaying Throughput To display the current throughput settings assigned for the upstream or downstream flows of a CM the C4 c CMTS Per Subscriber Throughput feature provides specific outputs to the show cable modem qos comman...

Page 1014: ... IPv4 address of the CPE under the cable modem in nnn nnn nnn nnn decimal format verbose Optional Display detailed QoS information for the specified cable modem Display Basic CM QoS Output The following paragraphs provide examples for displaying the basic QoS parameter output including throughput for a CM s MAC and IP address Display QoS for CM MAC Address The following command is an example to di...

Page 1015: ...aragraphs provide examples for displaying verbose QoS parameter output including throughput for a CM s MAC and IP address Display QoS for CM MAC Address Verbose The following command is an example to display verbose QoS information and verify throughput settings by using a specific CM s MAC address show cable modem qos 0015 d1bd 15c7 verbose Output similar to the following is returned by the syste...

Page 1016: ...roughput 822096 bits sec 99 packets sec Required Attribute Mask 0x00000000 Forbidden Attribute Mask 0x00000000 Attribute Aggregate Rule Mask 0x00000000 Display QoS for CM IP Address Verbose The following command is an example to display verbose QoS information and verify throughput settings by using a specific CM s IP address show cable modem qos 10 142 31 238 verbose An output similar to the foll...

Page 1017: ...0000 Attribute Aggregate Rule Mask 0x00000000 Sfid 16 Direction DS Current State Active Sid 0 Traffic Priority 0 Peak Rate 0 bits sec Maximum Sustained Rate 0 bits sec Maximum Burst 96000 bytes Minimum Reserved Rate 0 bits sec Minimum Packet Size 16 bytes Admitted QoS Timeout 200 seconds Active QoS Timeout 0 seconds Maximum Latency 0 usecs Current Throughput 830400 bits sec 100 packets sec Require...

Page 1018: ... premise PBX and a VoIP network north of the C4 c CMTS The TDM based equipment is connected to a gateway controller that uses PRI1 interfaces This type of equipment requires more DOCSIS upstream flows SIDs than are typically supported by a cable modem Description This feature permits additional classifiers per upstream flow from the cable modem This feature requires no special configuration or spe...

Page 1019: ...ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 1019 It is used in conjunction with Multiple Grants Per Interval MGPI and permits the cable modem to support a number of phone calls that is greater than the number of UGS upstream flows that it the modem supports MGPI must be used in the Flow Aggregated mode ...

Page 1020: ...ll Rights Reserved 1020 Operation In such an application the gateway controller communicates with the VoIP network elements These might include a Session Initiated Protocol SIP Application Server and a Session Border Controller SBC See figure below Figure 105 Example of a Network Diagram for Additional Classifier Telephony ...

Page 1021: ...vices that may be passing through the cable modem The two PRIs behind the cable modem and gateway support up to 46 active calls Conventional VoIP traffic allows one call to be carried over a single dynamic upstream flow on a modem with a constant fixed Tmin Tmax Dynamic Tmin and Tmax The dynamic Tmin and Tmax of the flow vary up and down in discrete increments when observed over time as telephone ...

Page 1022: ...1025 Diagnostic Logging 1028 Diagnostic Failure and Recovery 1029 Overview This chapter provides an overview of the module diagnostic procedures for the C4 c CMTS Module diagnostics can be used to determine if there is a problem with one of the modules Module diagnostics for the C4 c CMTS are accomplished by means of CLI commands described in this section For more information on these CLI commands...

Page 1023: ...nostic Failure and Recovery page 1029 Caution ARRIS provides no means for module repair in the field and any user attempts to initiate a repair or alter a module may result in the voiding of that module s warranty Applicable Modules The following modules can be diagnosed by the use of the diagnostic CLI command CAM RCM SCM Diagnostic Rules The following rules apply to running diagnostics on the C4...

Page 1024: ...log local log console or monitor as long as this priority level is enabled Refer to Diagnostic Logging page 1028 for additional information Take Module Out of Service Prior to performing a diagnostic on a module the module must be taken OOS See the procedure that follows To Take a Module Out of Service 1 Determine the status of all modules by executing the following command show linecard status An...

Page 1025: ... follows can be used to verify new replaced or repaired modules or to test suspected faulty modules Note The simplest diagnostic mode is to run all of the diagnostics for a given slot To Diagnose Modules Before proceeding ensure that the Take Module Out of Service page 1024 procedure has already been performed To Diagnose a Module Perform the following 1 Run all diagnostics for a slot by executing...

Page 1026: ...11 Test 19 SPI Function Test DMM portion ID 3 11 DMM portion Passed Slot 11 Test 20 PCA9554 Register Test ID 5 2 Passed Slot 11 Test 21 PCA9554 Function Test ID 5 3 Passed Slot 11 Test 22 MCC Register Test ID 4 2 Passed Slot 11 diagnostic test in progress Slot 11 diagnostic test in progress Slot 11 diagnostic test in progress Slot 11 Test 23 BCM1480 MCC Loopback Test ID 4 7 Passed Slot 11 diagnost...

Page 1027: ...vice active The spare redundant module becomes standby 4 Verify the status of all modules by executing the following command show linecard status An output similar to the following example will result Chassis Type C4 Slot Description Admin Oper Duplex Serial HW Version Prov Det State State State Number Type 4 CAM 0D 24U Up IS Standby 11203CTU0015 CAM 01240W B08 CAM CAM 5 CAM 0D 24U Up IS Active 11...

Page 1028: ...te Change Trap Severity warning Shelf Number 0 CardNumber 5 Port Number 9 Port Type dport Port Secondary State diagnostic 11 41 12 19 notc PORT Secondary State Change 11 41 12 19 notc PORT Secondary State Change 11 41 13 19 info DIAG DiagnosticControllerCard Test Done testCnt 2 testID 3 2 testName SPI MUX Function Test timestamp result Passed 11 41 14 19 info DIAG DiagnosticControllerCard Test Don...

Page 1029: ...d 11 46 48 19 info DIAG DiagnosticControllerCard Test Done testCnt 40 testID 3 12 testName BCM5461 Phy 4 Function Test timestamp result Passed 11 46 58 19 info DIAG DiagnosticControllerCard Cmd Done cmd configure diag 5 Timestamp THU APR 14 11 46 58 2008 11 46 58 19 info DIAG Slot 11 Diagnostic test completed status Passed 11 46 58 19 notc CLI command No Auth 10 5 7 166 configure diag 5 Diagnostic...

Page 1030: ... diagnostic test fails it may indicate a hardware fault and may be evidence that the module cannot provide reliable service Send the diagnostic output to ARRIS Technical Support If necessary they will instruct you to replace the failed card and to return it to the factory for repair See ARRIS Contacts for information on ARRIS Technical Support ...

Page 1031: ...cal Log Volatile 1050 Syslog Server 1053 Simple Network Management Protocol Management Station 1057 Overview In order to provide maintenance personnel with real time and historical operational state data the C4 c CMTS must proactively monitor and route event messages Operators can use several CLI commands to access event messages This chapter first describes the logging mechanisms and then the com...

Page 1032: ...ited event is generated Event Management Subsystems Network management personnel can define and route event messages to several event management subsystems These subsystems include The logging history buffer The system console Telnet and SSH sessions The local log volatile and non volatile also found in the docsDevEventTable MIB table A Syslog server up to eight Syslog servers are supported One or...

Page 1033: ...that stores the latest number of events that are delivered to any destination All events that have a priority enabled for at least one destination are stored in the logging history The default number of events stored in the logging history is 2000 System Consoles The system console provides a user with a serial interface to the Command Line Interface CLI Events are seen in real time and only by th...

Page 1034: ...her networked devices The C4 c CMTS can be configured to send system event messages to the IP address and port of a Syslog server SNMP Management Station The Simple Network Management Protocol Management SNMP station is an application that uses the SNMP protocol to manage a device or node SNMP is a User Datagram Protocol UDP based network protocol that is used to monitor network devices for condit...

Page 1035: ...tem 4 Error Service degrading condition related to two or more Cable Modems 5 Warning Service degrading condition related to a single subscriber 6 Notice Non failure condition related to the C4 c CMTS itself 7 Informational Non failure condition related to a subscriber 8 Debug Non failure condition related to internal hardware or software state Event Routing Sequence For the SNMP management statio...

Page 1036: ...Technical Support all events that have a priority enabled for at least one destination are stored in the logging history For debug priority 8 the events are stored in the logging history only if they are enabled using the configure logging debug command Basic Log Commands The table below and the paragraphs that follow provide the CLI commands that are used to configure and manage the basic C4 c CM...

Page 1037: ...a facility that match what is specified on the command line Caution Enabling debug logging impacts system performance Excessive debug logging may degrade service configure logging debug facility class subclass slot slot num filter cmMac ifMac subIp subIpv6 filter data filter_data_value no See also see Enable Debug Facility Notification page 1039 and see Disable Debug Facility Notification page 103...

Page 1038: ...ormation show logging history last number of events before date mm dd yyyy after date mm dd yyyy before time hh mm ss after time hh mm ss event id priority numerical or text priority text matching text slot num detail See also see Display Logging History Last Number of Events page 1043 and see Display Logging History Slot Number page 1044 Used to display any existing event logging overrides show l...

Page 1039: ...debug dhcp filter cmMac filter data 0004 bdcc 75b0 no configure logging debug modem ranging filter cmMac filter data 0004 bdcc 75b0 no Override Priority Settings The configure logging override command overrides the priority setting and allows a specified event ID to do one of three things Admit Control by Priority Inhibit The following command provides an example of an override of an event priorit...

Page 1040: ...atus snmp Display SNMP logging related information syslog Display syslog logging related information throttle Display logging threshold and interval trap Display trap logging information Output modifiers cr CER show logging Note As shown the show logging command automatically appears in the prompt Hitting enter on the keyboard will produce the output of the show logging command See also see Displa...

Page 1041: ... 0x03ef8a1c Inhibit 0066030109 0x03ef8a1d Inhibit 0066030202 0x03ef8a7a Inhibit 0066030203 0x03ef8a7b Inhibit 0066030205 0x03ef8a7d Inhibit 0066030206 0x03ef8a7e Inhibit 0066030207 0x03ef8a7f Inhibit 0066030300 0x03ef8adc Inhibit 0066050102 0x03efd836 Inhibit 0066050103 0x03efd837 Inhibit 0066050203 0x03efd89b Inhibit 0066050206 0x03efd89e Inhibit 0066060600 0x03f00138 Inhibit 0066060700 0x03f0019...

Page 1042: ...general general enabled on all slots rip general ifdatanotfound enabled on all slots rip general message enabled on all slots rip general route enabled on all slots rip interface added enabled on all slots rip interface removed enabled on all slots rip message receivedisabled enabled on all slots rip message senddisabled enabled on all slots rip msgrcvd error enabled on all slots rip msgrcvd reque...

Page 1043: ...dge Group 43 Server Type CPE PS MAC 62 03 a2 98 06 5a No DHCPv4 servers found 08 48 10 07 alrt CHMON PEM A CIRCUIT BREAKER 1 not detected 08 48 10 07 alrt CHMON PEM A CIRCUIT BREAKER 2 not detected 08 48 36 07 erro Reachable DHCP Server Data not found for Bridge Group 43 Server Type CPE PS MAC 62 03 a2 98 06 5a No DHCPv4 servers found 08 48 41 07 erro Reachable DHCP Server Data not found for Bridg...

Page 1044: ...mCable Chan 0 Set Frequency 111000000 19 18 21 14 notc DMMCABLE DmmCable Chan 1 Set Frequency 117000000 19 18 21 14 notc Downstream Channel Port Number 0 Port Id 0 has transitioned to the ACTIVE state 19 18 21 14 notc DMMCABLE DmmCable Chan 1 Set Rf Channel Power 470 19 18 21 14 notc DMMCABLE DmmCable Chan 1 Set OperState UP 19 18 21 14 notc DMMCABLE DmmCable Chan 2 Enable Syncs Rate 10 19 18 21 1...

Page 1045: ...08 0x03ef8a1c Inhibit 0066030109 0x03ef8a1d Inhibit 0066030202 0x03ef8a7a Inhibit 0066030203 0x03ef8a7b Inhibit 0066030205 0x03ef8a7d Inhibit 0066030206 0x03ef8a7e Inhibit 0066030207 0x03ef8a7f Inhibit 0066030300 0x03ef8adc Inhibit 0066050102 0x03efd836 Inhibit 0066050103 0x03efd837 Inhibit 0066050203 0x03efd89b Inhibit 0066050206 0x03efd89e Inhibit 0066060600 0x03f00138 Inhibit 0066060700 0x03f00...

Page 1046: ...roprietary Logging Status The following command example displays the proprietary SNMP local log and Syslog logging status show logging proprietary Proprietary notifications are enabled for snmp local log volatile and non volatile and syslog destinations System Console A system or operator console is a terminal or PC that has a direct connection to the C4 c CMTS A system console is connected to the...

Page 1047: ... logging monitor An output similar to the following example results Monitor notifications 102 priority 1 emergency 2 alert 3 critical System Console Session There is a limit of one system console session at any given time Event Display on System Console By default no events are displayed on the system console When desired system events can be configured to be displayed on the system console System...

Page 1048: ...iminate Console Logging page 1048 Used to display the current logging configuration and utilization statistics for the system console show logging console See also Display Console Priority page 1050 Configure Console Logging The following example command configures the system console to receive logging messages at level 3 critical priority configure logging console 3 Eliminate Console Logging The ...

Page 1049: ... Shell version 2 SSH 2 SSH 2 features both security and feature improvements over previous versions of SSH Monitor Log Commands The table below and the paragraphs that follow provide the CLI commands that are used to configure and manage the C4 c CMTS monitor logs For more information on these CLI commands see CLI Command Features Table 125 Monitor Log Commands Purpose Command Used to send the sys...

Page 1050: ...3 Eliminate Monitor Logging The following example command eliminates the display of event 3 priorities on the monitor screen configure logging monitor 3 no The following example command eliminates the display of all event priorities on the monitor screen configure logging monitor no Display Console Priority The following command displays the system console priority event and utilization statistics...

Page 1051: ...ic priority event by means of the local volatile log then before that event can be inhibited at the local volatile log it must first be inhibited for the Syslog server or SNMP management station Local Volatile Log Commands The table below and the paragraphs that follow provide the CLI commands that are used to configure and manage the C4 c CMTS local volatile logs Table 126 Local Volatile Log Comm...

Page 1052: ...cific Local Logging Level page 1052 Configure Local Logging Level The following command sets events to report for priority level 7 configure logging local volatile 7 Disable Specific Local Logging Level The following command inhibits priority level 6 event messages for the local volatile log configure logging local volatile 6 no Note This command will fail if the specified priority is not first di...

Page 1053: ...ate and untampered with at all times A Syslog server can be configured to collect event messages generated by the C4 c CMTS Standard Protocol Syslog is a standard protocol for the centralized reporting of system events Its roots are in the Unix environment but most modern devices use the Syslog protocol to report important events operating parameters and even debug messages The C4 c CMTS throttles...

Page 1054: ...ion fails to be sent to any configured Syslog server Event Priorities By default the C4 c CMTS routes any event with the following priorities to the Syslog server s emergency 1 alert 2 critical 3 error 4 warning 5 notice 6 To send other priority levels to Syslog they must first be enabled for the local volatile log Syslog Facilities When a Syslog server is provided and configured the C4 c CMTS wil...

Page 1055: ...ee also see Send All Messages to Specific Server page 1056 Used to configure the IP address and logging facility of a Syslog host All event messages whose priorities are enabled for Syslog transmission will be sent to the specified host Use the no option to remove the Syslog host configure logging host ip address facility facility no See also see Add Syslog Server page 1056 and see Remove Syslog S...

Page 1056: ... 16 1 2 facility local3 Note When no local facility is specified the system defaults to local0 Remove Syslog Server To remove a Syslog server from an existing network use the following command example configure logging host 10 16 1 2 no Send All Informational Messages to Syslog To send all informational messages priority 7 to the Syslog server use the following command example configure logging Sy...

Page 1057: ...iority 1 emergency 2 alert 3 critical 4 error 5 warning 6 notice 8 debug If there is more than one Syslog server configured an output similar to the following example will result Syslog hosts ip address facility 10 10 0 10 local0 10 10 0 13 local3 10 10 0 12 local2 10 10 0 11 local1 notifications 1319 throttled 0 dropped 3 priority 1 emergency 2 alert 3 critical 4 error 5 warning 6 notice 8 debug ...

Page 1058: ... host IP address must first be configured and reachable via the NSI ports of the RCM SNMP Host Commands The table below and the paragraphs that follow provide the CLI commands that are used to configure and manage SNMP host related information Table 128 SNMP Host Commands Description Command Used to cause all trappable notifications with specified priority level to be sent to an SNMP manager if co...

Page 1059: ...targetaddr mask mms max message size no See also see Configure SNMP Server to Existing Network page 1059 Used to display the current SNMP logging related information show logging snmp See also see Display SNMP Utilization Statistics page 1060 Generate Trap for Priority 7 This command example generates SNMP traps for informational messages event priority 7 configure logging snmp 7 Note This command...

Page 1060: ...ief explanation of each command is provided Table 129 SNMP Trap Control Type of Filter CLI Command and Options Explanation Per Card or Port Level configure snmp server card trap inh slot slot number value Sets the inhibit status for the card or port Values are expressed as hexadecimal integers 80 inhibits the primary trap 40 inhibits the secondary trap 20 inhibits the duplex trap 10 inhibits the l...

Page 1061: ...esting v2c read docsisManagerView notify docsisManagerView configure snmp server group rwtesting v2c read docsisManagerView write docsisManagerView configure snmp server view docsisManagerView 1 3 6 1 included configure snmp server group rotesting v2c notify docsisManagerView configure snmp server group rotesting v1 notify docsisManagerView Community Access defines an access list filtering mechani...

Page 1062: ...mp server view testview 1 3 6 1 4 excluded Note All SNMP traffic is filtered by SNMP community ACLs if they are configured If the cable modem remote query feature is enabled and if the SNMP community used by that feature has an ACL configured then that ACL should be configured to allow the cable modem subnets to pass otherwise the remote query feature will not work Figure 107 Relationship of SNMP ...

Page 1063: ...SNMP MIB table vacmSecurityToGroupTable as explained in RFC3415 The CLI commands are configure snmp server user username groupname v1 v2c configure snmp server user username groupname v1 v2c no For example configure snmp server user testuser testgroup v2c Note In order for the v1 v2c user to be utilized through SNMP there must exist a corresponding community in the SNMP MIB table snmpCommunityEntr...

Page 1064: ...tionally be enabled These commands map directly to the SNMP MIB table usmUserTable as explained in RFC3414 The CLI commands are configure snmp server user username group v3 auth sha md5 auth password priv priv password configure snmp server user username group v3 no For example configure snmp server user v3user v3group v3 auth sha password1 priv password2 The same principle of group view associati...

Page 1065: ...me targetaddr name The mms specifies the maximum message size It is used to determine the maximum message size acceptable to another SNMP entity when the value cannot be determined from the protocol configure snmp server host N N N N mms max message size The mask value allows selected entries in the snmpTargetAddrTable to specify multiple addresses This would typically be used to specify a subnet ...

Page 1066: ...1 1 of the RFC Throttle Control of Event Messages The use of throttle control protects the data network from exceeding a known threshold during bursts of event messages Any number of asynchronous events transmitted into an operator s management network may require throttling especially if management traffic is carried in band with user traffic System Wide Network Throttle The C4 c CMTS implements ...

Page 1067: ...nsmission remains inhibited until a management subsystem directs the C4 c CMTS to resume 1 1 See the RFC 2669 DOCSIS Cable Device MIB Cable Device Management Information Base for DOCSIS compliant Cable Modems and Cable Modem Termination Systems for more information Event Throttling Commands The table below and the paragraphs that follow provide the CLI commands that are used to configure and manag...

Page 1068: ...ow logging An output similar to the following example is returned Throttle type limit threshold 1 interval 1 notifications 1356 throttled 85 Note The C4 c CMTS displays the logging settings including how many event messages have been throttled Wait five seconds to allow the C4 c CMTS to refresh and display the logging configuration again show logging An output similar to the following example is r...

Page 1069: ...rottle which inhibits all messages if the message rate exceeds 100 messages within 90 seconds and verify that the change was implemented show logging throttle configure logging throttle threshold 100 configure logging throttle interval 90 configure logging throttle stop show logging throttle Event Throttling Example 2 Use the following series of commands to view existing throttle settings configur...

Page 1070: ...st groups or the advanced mode DOCSIS Set top Gateway DSG The advanced mode requires that a DSG source IP address and a multicast group address be manually configured on each C4 or C4c CMTS Whenever these addresses change they must again be manually configured on each CMTS This feature enables the MSO to replace the DSG tunnel addresses or statically provisioned source addresses for multicast grou...

Page 1071: ...re is limited to the following applications DOCSIS Set top Gateway DSG tunnel classifiers for pre DOCSIS 3 0 Set top boxes STBs on MDF disabled MAC domains Statically joined IGMPv3 non DSG pre DOCSIS 3 0 cable modems on MDF disabled MAC domains Operational Concerns This feature supports the association of an FQDN with only an IPv4 source address Association with an IPv6 address is not supported An...

Page 1072: ...DCD the tunnel s will be reestablished in the DCD If for whatever reason the DNS server does not respond to queries from the CMTS then at some point the FQDNs go into a timeout state The C4 C4c maintains FQDNs in this state and assumes that the IP addresses of these FQDNs are still valid until the DNS server comes back online and changes them The CMTS permits FQDN and Partially Qualified Domain Na...

Page 1073: ...ortstart desportend include in dcd no Network side Interfaces To configure domain names in static IGMP layer 2 router joins To configure domain names in static IGMP layer 3 router joins The NO versions of these commands remove the provisioning for the static group and source configure interface gigabitEthernet tengigabitEthernet slot port ip igmp static group group source domain name a b c d no co...

Page 1074: ...he current entries in the FQDN cache of the C4 and the enable setting and poll interval show ip fqdn cache To display the list of DNS servers configured for use on the C4 show ip domain lookup To display which DSG tunnel source IPs are associated with which FQDNs show cable dsg tunnel INT classifier INT To display IGMP source information for a given interface and the FQDN if applicable associated ...

Page 1075: ...l classifier has been configured with an FQDN then this DSG tunnel classifier cannot be reconfigured with explicit source and group addresses The DSG tunnel classifier must first be deprovisioned before it can be reconfigured with explicit source and group addresses If the FQDN feature has configured an IGMP statically provisioned multicast group that has been resolved to an IP address any attempt...

Page 1076: ...rved 1076 Chapter 43 BSoD L2VPN This chapter is meant for customers using Business Services over DOCSIS for Layer 2 Virtual Private Networks BSoD L2VPN Background Information 1077 Overview 1078 Additional Information 1080 Enabling BSoD 1081 CLI Commands 1083 BSoD L2VPN Configuration via CLI 1087 ...

Page 1077: ...Service TLS Data Over Cable Service Interface Specifications Business Services over DOCSIS Layer 2 Virtual Private Networks CM SP L2VPN I08 080522 May 22 2008 This same specification goes on to explain that a TLS can be created using BSoD From the point of view of the business enterprise using BSoD the TLS may include CPE from more than one CMTS in the cable operator s network other LANs attached ...

Page 1078: ...he active L2VPN egress network interface An L2VPN instance may be configured with either one or two 12 bit Q tags Single Q tag encapsulated L2VPN instances provide a numbering space of up to 4 000 values dual Q tag encapsulated L2VPN instances provide up to 16 million values 1 However the CMTS supports a maximum of 16 000 L2VPN instances identified by either single or dual Q tags that may be taken...

Page 1079: ...ting its own eCM IP host stack or other embedded eSAFE devices from receiving the packet On the other hand a non compliant CM forwards all unencrypted downstream IP and ARP broadcast packets to the CMCI as well as to all internal eSAFE devices and the eCM IP host stack Not all cable modems are L2VPN capable An L2VPN compliant CM reports its L2VPN capabilities during registration The preferred mode...

Page 1080: ...2U or 24U CAMs Single and Dual Q tags are supported other types of Network System Interface NSI encapsulation are not supported The CMTS supports a maximum of 16 000 dual tag L2VPNs The CMTS supports a maximum of 4 093 single tag L2VPNs FlexPath bonded modems do not support this feature The use of L2VPN non compliant modems is permitted in this implementation per the DOCSIS BSoD spec but results i...

Page 1081: ...warding for each cable mac which will be servicing a L2VPN modem configure l2vpn cable mac 1 configure l2vpn cable mac 2 configure l2vpn cable mac 3 C Configure the primary and secondary Network interfaces configure l2vpn network interface gigabitEthernet 17 9 primary configure l2vpn network interface gigabitEthernet 18 9 secondary D Optional If you want to support non compliant L2VPN modems you m...

Page 1082: ...1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 1082 The following snapshot is an example of the modem configuration file displaying tags and VPN identifiers Figure 108 Screenshot of Modem Configuration File ...

Page 1083: ...plicitly enabled to use L2VPN settings configure l2vpn cm capability esafe ident dut filter required optional Declare the VLAN ID ranges that are reserved for L2VPN use and allocated to single or dual Q tag L2VPN instances configure l2vpn no vlanid range 2 4094 to 2 4094 single qtag dual qtag Globally enable or disable the L2VPN forwarding The L2VPN forwarding is disabled by default configure l2vp...

Page 1084: ...em by MAC address show l2vpn cm mac aaaa bbbb cccc Sample output for the show cable modem detail command 14 2 1 3 CM 001c ea27 4f2a Cisco D2 0 State Operational D1 1 atdma PrimSID 2 Cable Mac 1 mCMsg 2 mDSsg 1 mUSsg 1 RCS 0x00000003 TCS 0x00000004 Timing Offset 979 Rec Power 0 00 dBmV Proto Throttle Normal Uptime 0 days 0 00 14 IPv4 192 168 180 3 cfg single 202 bin LB Policy 0 LB Group 16781312 Fi...

Page 1085: ...am Forwarding Reported Channel CM MAC State Capabilties VLANids SAID SFID Dsid pairs 14 2 001c ea27 4f2a enable esafe dut 202 2 3 0 4 0 5 0 Sample output for the show l2vpn cl2vpnid qtag command where 202 is the ID of the specific Q tag C4 show l2vpn l2vpnid Cadant 202 DS 14 2 CM 001c ea27 4f2a Forwarding enable VLANids 202 SAID 2 Reported Capabilities esafe dut SFID Dsid pairs 3 0 4 0 5 0 Upstrea...

Page 1086: ... 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 1086 Upstream Packets 0 Bytes 0 Discards 0 Downstream Packets 0 Bytes 0 Discards 0 Figure 109 Sample BSOD Configuration Using BSOD Capable and Legacy PPoE Modems ...

Page 1087: ...displayed by the CLI show commands The Q tags single or dual are the values used to encapsulate packets within a L2VPN The ESAFE MAC addresses are used to specify which devices behind the CM should not be included in the tunnel When a modem is configured for L2VPN via CLI all of its upstream service flows are associated with the tunnel All upstream traffic received on these service flows will be e...

Page 1088: ...cm mac cm mac esafe mta stb tea esafe mac Delete a CadL2vpnProvisionedCmEsafeEntry for a CM Data from the specified eSAFE device will not be excluded from the tunnel It will be encapsulated by any Q tags Note If you configure BSoD L2VPN via CLI commands instead of using the CM config file then the output of the show cable modem detail command shows only the upstream flow highlighted below show cab...

Page 1090: ...ribes the C4 c CMTS SNMP enterprise MIB files which are defined for the C4 c CMTS and are distinct from the standard MIBs defined by DOCSIS and other standards SNMP is used to configure the C4 c CMTS MIBs It is fully SNMP manageable DOCSIS requires that the C4 c CMTS and cable modems CM implement the many MIB tables as defined in various Request for Comments RFCs Additional private MIB tables have...

Page 1091: ...RFC 3411 SNMP MPD MIB RFC 3412 SNMP TARGET MIB RFC 3413 SNMP NOTIFICATION MIB RFC 3413 SNMP USER BASED SM MIB RFC 3414 SNMP VIEW BASED ACM MIB RFC 3415 SNMP COMMUNITY MIB RFC 3484 The standard MIBs are loaded next The MIBs are listed in their suggested loading sequence Table 136 Standard MIBs MIB Name Standard Draft Number BRIDGE MIB RFC 4188 IANAifType MIB http www iana org assignments ianaiftype...

Page 1092: ...KE MIB RFC 3635 IEEE8023 LAG MIB IP MIB RFC 4293 MGMD STD MIB RFC 5519 IP FORWARD MIB RFC 4292 OSPF MIB RFC 4750 OSPFv3 MIB RFC 5643 RIPv2 MIB RFC 1724 UDP MIB RFC 4113 TCP MIB RFC 4022 PKTC ES IPTAP MIB PKTC ES TAP MIB RADIUS ACC CLIENT MIB RFC 2620 RADIUS AUTH CLIENT MIB RFC 2618 The Data Connection MIBs are loaded next and are listed in their suggested loading sequence Table 137 Data Connection...

Page 1093: ...MGMD MIB DC MOUNT MIB DC MPF MIB DC OSPF MIB DC OSPF v3 MIB DC PIM MIB DC RIP MIB DC RTM MIB DC SRM MIB The DOCSIS MIBs are loaded next The MIBs are listed in their suggested loading sequence Table 138 CableLabs MIBs and Standard RFC MIB Name Standard Draft Number DOCS IF MIB RFC 4546 CLAB DEF MIB CL SP MIB CLABDEF 108 CLAB TOPO MIB CM SP OSSIv3 0 I13 Annex Q DOCS IF EXT MIB draft ietf ipcdn docsi...

Page 1094: ...nex Q DOCS QOS3 MIB CM SP OSSIv3 0I13 Annex Q DOCS SEC MIB CM SP OSSIv3 0I13 Annex Q DOCS SUBMGT3 MIB CM SP OSSIv3 0I13 Annex Q DOCS LOADBAL3 MB CM SP OSSIv3 0I13 Annex Q DSG IF MIB CM SP DSG I19 Annex A DOCS L2VPN MIB CM SP L2VPN 109 Annex A 2 PKTC ES IPTAP MIB PKT SP ES INF I04 PKTC ES TAP MIB PKT SP ES INF I04 Enterprise MIBs The Enterprise MIBs are listed below along with a brief description o...

Page 1095: ...se features CADANT CMTS MAC MIB This MIB contains management definitions about the C4 c CMTS s knowledge of CMs and CPEs The ARP table and modem summary tables are examples of these CADANT OSPF MIB This MIB is the equivalent of the standard OSPF MIB with the addition of a vrIndex column to associate an OSPF instance with its respective virtual router CADANT CMTS SYSTEM MIB This MIB contains manage...

Page 1096: ...is MIB defines the objects for controlling and reporting on the various Time of Day Services in the CMTS These Time of Day services include the TOD protocol the NTP protocol and manual configuration CADANT TACACS CLIENT MIB this MIB defines configuration support for TACACS CADANT CMTS DNSCLIENT MIB this MIB defines configuration support forC4 c CMTS CER DNS resolver usage ping traceroute CADANT CM...

Page 1097: ...or IP video CADANT LOADBALANCING MIB This MIB supports the following DOCSIS 3 0 load balancing per modem load balancing status extended rules and methods additional per channel load balancing counts restricted group configuration CADANT SHOWCM FORMAT MIB This MIB provides support for configuring formatting of the show cable modem command CADANT CMTS TOPO MIB This MIB provides additional support fo...

Page 1098: ...ch are specific to the PacketCable Multimedia client of COPS CADANT IPDR MIB This MIB contains the management definitions to configure control and report on the IPDR feature CADANT L2VPN MIB This is the management MIB containing Cadant proprietary L2VPN MIB information CADANT REMOTE QUERY MIB This MIB provides the management definitions to configure control and report on the Remote Cable Modem Que...

Page 1099: ...ether from the console or through a remote network connection The CLI is a straightforward command interface in which commands are typed on a single line and executed by pressing the Enter key The CLI provides command help command completion and keyboard sequences that enable a user to navigate a command line and scroll through a buffer that contains recently entered commands The CLI enables syste...

Page 1100: ... permitted three unsuccessful attempts to enter a password before the connection attempt is refused If the password is accepted the end of the prompt changes to a pound sign From Privileged EXEC mode you may access global configuration mode In this mode you can enter commands that configure general system characteristics You can also use global configuration mode to enter specific configuration mo...

Page 1101: ...ig mod profile Cable interface configuration From global configuration mode interface cable slot downstream port C4 cfg i cable Cable downstream interface configuration From global configuration mode interface cable downstream slot downstream port C4 cfg i ds Cable fiber node configuration From global configuration mode fiber node name C4 config fiber node Cable cable intercept configuration From ...

Page 1102: ...chain key configuration From global configuration mode key chain name key id C4 config keychain key Loopback interface configuration From global configuration mode interface loopback slot C4 config loop Null interface configuration From global configuration mode interface null slot C4 config null Router OSPF configuration From global configuration mode router ospf C4 config router ospf Router RIP ...

Page 1103: ...of commands These notations are not part of the command itself but indicate command entry options The notations are for documentation purposes only they are not input by the user The CLI commands in this chapter use the syntax conventions described in the following table Table 140 Conventions for Representing Command Syntax CLI Syntax Description Angle brackets indicate a required value or paramet...

Page 1104: ...ever an IP address is required you can enter a host name provided you have configured a DNS server or put the name and address into the DNS Local Host Table Script files You can create a script file a text file containing CLI commands to simplify repetitive tasks Designating MAC addresses and IP addresses Some commands require a Media Access Control MAC address or Internet Protocol IP address whic...

Page 1105: ... connection Table 141 CLI Editing Shortcuts Keystroke s Result Backspace Deletes one character to left of cursor back Delete Deletes the current character Enter Executes command Tab Completes command entry Space Completes command entry Right arrow Moves the cursor forward one character Left arrow Moves the cursor back one character Up arrow Scrolls backward through all commands in the history buff...

Page 1106: ... characters from cursor position to the end of the command line Ctrl N Scrolls forward through the list of recently executed commands Note you must first scroll backwards using the CTRL P command before this using this command Ctrl P Scrolls backward through the list of recently executed commands Ctrl T Transposes the character to the left of the cursor with the character located at the cursor Ctr...

Page 1107: ... means in the help display show all commands and the use of C4 Lists all commands appropriate to the command mode C4 abbreviated command entry Lists commands in the current mode that begin with a particular character string C4 abbreviated command entry space Completes a partial command name C4 abbreviated command entry Tab Completes a partial command name C4 command Lists the available command and...

Page 1108: ...r differences are shown in the two examples below Example 1 C4 config interface cable 15 0 Entering cable interface configuration mode for slot 15 MAC port 0 C4 config cable help authorization module Modify authorization module values cable Downstream and upstream parameter configuration description Interface specific description igmp Static join a multicast group on this port ip IP address of Cab...

Page 1109: ...ferent CMs show Show running system information shutdown Shutdown both the MAC and Downstream for the interface spare group Configure a CAM sparing group subscriber Commands for subscriber management voice limits Set voice data limits cr Use of the Carriage Return CR The CR carriage return symbol at the end of a command help output indicates that you have the option to press Enter to complete the ...

Page 1110: ...m will complete the command name After the command is complete at the system prompt press Enter to execute the command Configuring Passwords and Privileges A simple way of providing terminal access control in your network is by using passwords and assigning privilege levels By default the CMTS CLI has two levels of access to commands User EXEC mode level 1 and Privileged EXEC Mode level 15 However...

Page 1111: ...e then levels 1 7 are all required to use the password to access privileged commands Example To restrict access to the show ip interface command for example you need to set a password for the desired privilege level and assign that level to the command In the example that follows the password Password7 is given to privilege level 7 privilege level 7 is assigned to the show ip interface command con...

Page 1112: ...the password you used use the following command in User EXEC Mode show privilege The system will respond with your current privilege level Logging In at a Specific Privilege Level To log into the CMTS at a specific privilege level use the following command enable X Where X is number of the privilege level e g 1 15 To exit a specified privilege level use the following command disable X Where X is n...

Page 1113: ...ases do not persist from one CLI command session to another You must create a text file in which each alias command appears on a separate line Save the file with a descriptive name for example aliaslist txt Use FTP or for greater security use secure FTP SFTP to place the alias file to the alias directory system alias filename If necessary use the following command to enable SFTP configure ip ssh s...

Page 1114: ...pecify which if any is the no form Pagination The show and more commands generally display large amounts of data If you have configured pagination and output continues beyond what can display on your screen a More prompt will appear By pressing any key on your keyboard the system will display the next screen of output If you wish to view the output on a line per line basis simply hit the CR when t...

Page 1115: ... Normally regular expressions are case sensitive The use of regular expressions for the CMTS are case insensitive to make typical searching easier How to Use CLI Filtering The CLI permits the following types of filtering Begin displays output beginning with the first line that contains the text string or regular expression Include displays output lines that contain the text string or regular expre...

Page 1116: ...ommand exclude regular expression show any command until regular expression show any command count regular expression show any command page regular expression more any command begin regular expression more any command include regular expression more any command exclude regular expression more any command count regular expression more any command page regular expression Creating Regular Expressions...

Page 1117: ...ns of a set of characters to be matched The brackets also mean the contents will be taken as a single character e g aeiou any vowel Search for anything in the brackets that does not include the set of characters following the caret e g aeiou any consonant The parentheses allow for grouping and recall b Indicates the beginning end of a word To remove the special meaning of any of the special charac...

Page 1118: ... include 7 k D e The D e is equivalent to D Za e which is equivalent to a z because the CLI is case insensitive Multiple Character Patterns Regular expressions can also specify patterns containing multiple characters You create multiple character expressions by joining letters digits or keyboard characters that do not have special meaning Order is important in multiple character patterns The expre...

Page 1119: ...risk matches any number or none of the single character that immediately precedes it The preceding character can also be a regular expression E g since dot means any character then means match any number of any character The plus matches 1 or more sequences of the preceding regular expression Examples To match any number of occurrences of the letter m including none m To require that at least one ...

Page 1120: ...roller 19 1 no shutdown configure interface system controller 19 no shutdown show running config include slot 17 configure slot 17 type RCM name RCM A configure snmp server card trap inh slot 17 40 show running config include slot 17 interface 19 configure interface ethernet 19 0 ip address 10 1 50 100 255 255 255 0 configure slot 17 type RCM name RCM A configure snmp server card trap inh slot 17 ...

Page 1121: ...d pattern The integer specifies the occurrence of a parentheses in the regular expression pattern If you have more that one remembered pattern in your regular expression then 1 uses the first remem bered pattern and 2 uses the second remembered pattern up to nine The following regular expression uses parentheses for recall a bc 1 2 This regular expression matches the letter a followed by any chara...

Page 1122: ...nt include 10 1 74 The output would look similar to Piped Line Count 6 Piped Line Count 6 Piped Line Count 6 Any idle timeout and session timeouts will treat the repeat command as a single command and not as a series of separate commands Idle timeouts will not be triggered in the middle of the repeat command even if the delay between the commands exceed the idle timeout itself Session timeouts are...

Page 1123: ...aster Command Parameters Shown below are the parameters available for constructing a specific output using the show cable modem column command on the CMTS This command will allow the user to create their own display format with up to 32 columns to display bonded Number of bonded DS and US bonded actual Number actual bonded DS and US bpi None bpi or bpi cable mac The provisioned cable mac cfgfile C...

Page 1124: ...d CPEs for all online CCMs in this FlexPath CM fpcm id FlexPath device ID fpcm qos Sum of all QoS values for all online CCMs in this FlexPath CM hcs HCS errors interface Cable interface interface docsis20 Cable interface l2vpn id L2VPN ID name l2vpn qtag Outer VLAN Id load bal grp Load Balance Group microreflec Microreflections measured at the CMTS policed down Policing dropped downstream bytes po...

Page 1125: ...ters using the alias Help Enhancements Due to the large number of columns that the CMTS supports it was thought that a listing of the available parameters would be more helpful than a full description This command is modeled after the show cable modem vendor command help output which just displays a list of vendors The show cable modem column command will list only the available parameters and the...

Page 1126: ...CLI Overview STANDARD Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 1126 cm time polled fec unerrored l2vpn qtag uptime cm timing filter cm load bal grp vendor cm type ...

Page 1127: ...ed to set operating parameters If a Privileged EXEC password exists the CLI prompts you to enter it to gain access The password does not appear on the screen Privileged EXEC mode includes the User EXEC commands To enter Privileged EXEC mode enter the enable command at the C4 prompt The prompt changes to C4 If no enable password is configured any user may enter Privileged EXEC mode without authenti...

Page 1128: ...not persist in memory after the user session is closed Aliases can be saved to a file and that file can be called in from a user s profile In this manner a user can have a particular set of aliases that become available each time he or she logs in Alternatively the user can manually load this file of aliases upon logging in using the command exc file alias file name Use the no version to remove a ...

Page 1129: ...laces a file for storage on a backup server Default Access Level 15 Supplemental Information Normally you archive backup files or files that are important but not often used It can refer to an old copy of current data That copy could be one minute old or several years old Parameters word Creates an archive with specified name line Restores the specified archive file ...

Page 1130: ...file from the chive stored on a backup server If the file exists it will be erased and replaced with the file from the archive Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax archive restore word force Supplemental Information N A Parameters word Name of the archived file to restore force If the file exists the option force will then erase it and restore the specified file from archive ...

Page 1131: ...de 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 1131 cd Purpose The cd command switches from the current directory to the specified directory Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax cd word Supplemental Information N A Parameters word The path name of the directory to which you want to go ...

Page 1132: ... 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 1132 chkdisk Purpose Checks the disk non volatile memory for file system integrity Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax chkdisk quiet verbose Supplemental Information N A Parameters quiet verbose Verbosity level ...

Page 1133: ...d clears the count indicating the number of times matched for a particular entry of the specified access list Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax clear access list counters 1 99 100 199 Supplemental Information If the optional ACL number is omitted all existing access lists will be cleared Parameters 1 99 100 199 Number of the ACL Valid format for standard is 1 99 extended is 100 199 ...

Page 1134: ...from the Address Resolution Protocol ARP table if the IP address is specified Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax clear arp cache ip address Supplemental Information If the IP address is not specified all dynamic entries from the ARP cache table will be deleted Parameters ip address This may be any Internet address The IP address should be in dotted decimal nnn nnn nnn nnn format ...

Page 1135: ... Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 1135 clear bgp all Purpose Clears all the specified BGP neighbors Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax clear bgp all word vrf word soft Supplemental Information N A Parameters word AS number peer address vrf word Name of the VRF Default name is default soft Soft ...

Page 1136: ...016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 1136 clear bgp ipv4 Purpose Clears all the specified IPv4 BGP neighbors Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax clear bgp ipv4 word vrf word soft Supplemental Information N A Parameters word AS number peer address vrf word Name of the VRF soft Soft ...

Page 1137: ...016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 1137 clear bgp ipv6 Purpose Clears all the specified IPv6 BGP neighbors Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax clear bgp ipv6 word vrf word soft Supplemental Information N A Parameters word AS number peer address vrf word Name of the VRF soft Soft ...

Page 1138: ...User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 1138 clear cable filter counters Purpose Clears the cable IP filter match counters Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax clear cable filter counters Supplemental Information N A Related Commands show cable filter page 2652 ...

Page 1139: ...All Rights Reserved 1139 clear cable filter group counters Purpose Clears the cable IP filter match counters for a specified group Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax clear cable filter group 1 1023 counters Supplemental Information N A Parameters 1 1023 The IP filter group number Related Commands show cable filter ...

Page 1140: ...e filter group index counters Purpose Clears a single cable IP filter match counter for a specified group Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax clear cable filter group 1 1023 index 1 63 counters Supplemental Information N A Parameters 1 1023 The IP filter group number 1 63 IP filter index within the group Related Commands show cable filter page 2652 ...

Page 1141: ... slot number state state unregistered vendor name Supplemental Information The all option is used to clear all flap list counts Note that only the counts are cleared the times and pre flap states are not cleared Parameters H H H MAC address of this modem A B C D IP address of this modem all Clears all flap counts for all cable modems cable slot slot port slot port 0 1 Displays all interfaces for a...

Page 1142: ...er the cable modem cpe ipv6 word Filters on the CPE IPv6 address under the cable modem cpe mac ip addr Filters on the MAC address of the CPE under the cable modem max ftime 0 100000 Maximum latest flap time in minutes min error int Minimum combined CRC and HCS error count min fcount 0 100000 Minimum flap count non operational Filters on non operational CMs offline Offline cable modems operational ...

Page 1143: ...ocess eaestart C4 CMTS has received an Auth Info message for EAE from the CM dhcpv4start C4 CMTS has received a DHCPv4 DISCOVER message from CM dhcpv6start C4 CMTS has received a DHCPv6 Solicit message from the CM dhcpv6done C4 CMTS has sent a DHCPv6 Reply message to the CM tftpstart Config file download has started tftpdone Config file download process has been completed registering C4 CMTS has r...

Page 1144: ...host continues communicating through the CM the C4 CMTS adds the host back to its internal address tables and the show cable modem command shows it as having a static address To block the host from any further access use the configure interface cable mac mac cable source verify dhcp command so that the host cannot access the network unless it obtains an IP address from an authorized DHCP server Pa...

Page 1145: ... Reserved 1145 clear cable load balance counters Purpose Clears the load balance statistics Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax clear cable load balance counters Supplemental Information This command will not clear the load balance load counts or any provisioning information Related Commands show cable load balance page 2659 ...

Page 1146: ...Reserved 1146 clear cable load balance failed list Purpose Clears a single CM from the load balance failed list Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax clear cable load balance failed list word Supplemental Information N A Parameters word IP address or CM MAC address Related Commands show cable load balance failed list page 2662 ...

Page 1147: ... balance state Purpose Clears the load balance fail list Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax clear cable load balance state Supplemental Information If the overall state is currently enabled it will disable load balancing and re enable If the overall load balance state is disabled it will not do anything Related Commands show cable load balance page 2659 ...

Page 1148: ...rd rate 1 20 reject reset slot 0 15 vendor name Supplemental Information N A Parameters addr IPv4 IPv6 address or MAC address all Filters on all cable modems bonded Filters on bonded cable modems bonded impaired Filters on bonded cable modems that are not functioning at full capacity cable downstream slot port Reset or delete cable modems on a downstream interface cable mac mac Resets or deletes c...

Page 1149: ...d Filters on cable modems with specified OUI most significant three bytes of the Vendor MAC address rate 1 20 Maximum number of cable modems reset per second reject Filters on rejected cable modems reset Resets the specified cable modem slot 0 15 Resets or deletes cable modems on a CAM slot vendor name Filters on cable modems for a specified vendor ...

Page 1150: ...dor name cable downstream slot port Supplemental Information N A Parameters all Filters on all cable modems bonded Filters on bonded cable modems delete Deletes the specified cable modem offline Filters on offline cable modems oui word Filters on cable modems with specified OUI most significant three bytes of the Vendor MAC address rate 1 20 Maximum number of cable modems reset per second reject F...

Page 1151: ... 46 Command Line Descriptions STANDARD Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 1151 slot port Reset or delete cable modems on a specified downstream interface ...

Page 1152: ...endor name cable mac mac Supplemental Information N A Parameters all Filters on all cable modems bonded Filters on bonded cable modems delete Deletes the specified cable modem offline Filters on offline cable modems oui word Filters on cable modems with specified OUI most significant three bytes of the Vendor MAC address rate 1 20 Maximum number of cable modems reset per second reject Filters on r...

Page 1154: ...name cable upstream slot us_port lc Supplemental Information N A Parameters all Filters on all cable modems bonded Filters on bonded cable modems delete Deletes the specified cable modem offline Filters on offline cable modems oui word Filters on cable modems with specified OUI most significant three bytes of the Vendor MAC address rate 1 20 Maximum number of cable modems reset per second reject F...

Page 1155: ...er 46 Command Line Descriptions STANDARD Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 1155 slot us_port lc Reset or delete cable modems on an upstream interface ...

Page 1156: ...et vendor name slot 0 15 Supplemental Information N A Parameters all Filters on all cable modems bonded Filters on bonded cable modems delete Deletes the specified cable modem offline Filters on offline cable modems oui word Filters on cable modems with specified OUI most significant three bytes of the Vendor MAC address rate 1 20 Maximum number of cable modems reset per second reject Filters on r...

Page 1158: ...158 clear cable proto throttle counters Purpose Clears the Address Resolution Protocol ARP and Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP throttling drop counts and new counts associated with ARP packets dropped due to protocol throttling Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax clear cable proto throttle counters Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 1159: ... 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 1159 clear cable proto throttle history Purpose Clears all cable modem information from the history log whether it has been throttled or not Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax clear cable proto throttle history Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 1160: ...ved 1160 clear counters cable modem deny Purpose Clears the attempt information captured for a particular CM MAC address in the CM Deny List Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax clear counters cable modem deny 0 415 Supplemental Information If the mac is not supplied all deny counters will be cleared Parameters 0 415 MAC identifier ...

Page 1161: ...Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 1161 clear counters cable mac Purpose Clears the access list and Policy Rate Limit counters for the specified cable mac interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax clear counters cable mac 0 415 Supplemental Information N A Parameters 0 415 Cable MAC identifier ...

Page 1162: ...rs counters for all Access Control List groups associated with the gigabit Ethernet interface specified in the command Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax clear counters gigabitethernet RCM slot 0 9 s Supplemental Information N A Parameters RCM slot 0 9 s RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number Valid slot numbers for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 valid slot number for the C4c CMTS is 17 ...

Page 1163: ...served 1163 clear counters link aggregate Purpose Clears counters for all Access Control List groups associated with the link aggregate interface specified in the command Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax clear counters link aggregate 0 9 0 254 Supplemental Information N A Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface ...

Page 1164: ... counters for all Access Control List groups associated with the tengigabit Ethernet interface specified in the command Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax clear counters tengigabitethernet RCM slot 10 s Supplemental Information N A Parameters RCM slot 10 s RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number Valid slot numbers for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 valid slot number for the C4c CMTS is 17 ...

Page 1165: ...ved 1165 clear crypto sa Purpose Removes all IPSec security associations SAs Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax clear crypto sa Supplemental Information If the IKE daemon is running during removal each peer is notified of the shared IPSec SA removal Also replacement IPSec SAs are likely to be created if the IKE daemon is running ...

Page 1166: ...on 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 1166 clear img urpose Deletes all image files in the update folder except the active image Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax clear img Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 1167: ... IP address Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax clear ip bgp word Supplemental Information The user must enter the address or the autonomous system field Address is in the form or an ip address The applies to all of the neighbors If an address is specified it applies to only one neighbor Parameters word Use one of the following valid parameters Clears all peers 1 65535 Clears neighbors in this ...

Page 1168: ...e Clears a BGP connection using BGP soft reconfiguration This will not reset the session Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax clear ip bgp word soft out Supplemental Information N A Parameters word Use one of the following valid parameters Clears all peers 1 65535 Clears neighbors in this AS A B C D IP address of BGP neighbor to clear out Outbound reconfiguration ...

Page 1169: ...Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 1169 clear ip mroute counters Purpose Clears the mroute counters Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax clear ip mroute counters Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 1170: ...te rip Purpose Clears the IP route table entries for RIP routes Next hop defaults to 0 0 0 0 if not specified Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax clear ip route vrf vrf name rip Supplemental Information N A Parameters vrf vrf name The name assigned to the virtual router If the name is not specified the ip route table for the default vrf will be cleared ...

Page 1171: ...ng the number of times matched for a particular entry of a specified IPv6 ACL Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax clear ipv6 access list word 200 399 Supplemental Information If the optional ACL name or internally generated ACL number is omitted then all entries for all IPv6 ACLs will be cleared Parameters word IPv6 access list name 200 399 Internally generated ACL number Valid range is 200 399 ...

Page 1172: ...ide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 1172 clear ipv6 neighbors Purpose Clears the IPv6 Neighbor Discovery cache Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax clear ipv6 neighbors ipv6 addr Supplemental Information N A Parameters ipv6 addr Optional IPv6 address of neighbor to clear ...

Page 1173: ...C All Rights Reserved 1173 clear ipv6 neighbors cable mac Purpose Clears the IPv6 Neighbor Discovery cache Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax clear ipv6 neighbors cable mac mac ipv6 addr Supplemental Information N A Parameters cable mac mac The MAC identifier ipv6 addr Optional IPv6 address of neighbor to clear ...

Page 1174: ...rs gigabitethernet Purpose Clears the IPv6 Neighbor Discovery cache Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax clear ipv6 neighbors gigabitethernet 17 18 0 9 0 254 ipv6 addr Supplemental Information N A Parameters gigabitethernet 17 18 0 9 0 254 The RCM slot gigabitethernet port and optional subinterface number ipv6 addr Optional IPv6 address of neighbor to clear ...

Page 1175: ...erved 1175 clear ipv6 neighbors link aggregate Purpose Clears the IPv6 Neighbor Discovery cache Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax clear ipv6 neighbors link aggregate 17 18 0 9 0 254 ipv6 addr Supplemental Information N A Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface ipv6 addr Optional IPv6 address of neighbor to clear ...

Page 1176: ...neighbors tengigabitethernet Purpose Clears the IPv6 Neighbor Discovery cache Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax clear ipv6 neighbors tengigabitethernet 17 18 0 9 0 254 ipv6 addr Supplemental Information N A Parameters 17 18 0 10 0 254 The RCM slot tengigabit port and optional subinterface number ipv6 addr Optional IPv6 address of neighbor to clear ...

Page 1177: ...te pd Purpose Clears the specified IPv6 route data Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax clear ipv6 route pd ipv6 addr prefix all cable mac word Supplemental Information N A Parameters ipv6 addr prefix Clears the IPv6 PD route using an IPv6 prefix all Clears all prefix delegation routes cable mac word Clears prefix delegation routes by cable mac interface ...

Page 1178: ...DARD Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 1178 clear isis counters Purpose Clears the IS IS counters Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax clear isis counters Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 1179: ...ide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 1179 clear line Purpose Terminates the specified CLI session Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax clear line 0 17 console 0 1 vty 0 15 Supplemental Information N A Parameters 0 17 TTY number 0 1 Console line number 0 15 VTY line number ...

Page 1180: ... 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 1180 clear logging debug Purpose Clears the current debug logging configuration placing debug logging back into the default state Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax clear logging debug Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 1181: ...ision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 1181 clear logging history Purpose Empties the history buffer of all data Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax clear logging history Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 1182: ...ision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 1182 clear logging local Purpose Empties the event log and deletes all data Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax clear logging local Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 1183: ...1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 1183 clear logging qos service flow Purpose Clears the QoS service flow log Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax clear logging qos service flow Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 1184: ...e 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 1184 clear packetcable cops counters Purpose Clears the PacketCable Common Open Policy Service COPS statistics and forces the counter to zero Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax clear packetcable cops counters Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 1185: ...pose Deletes specified packetcable gates This will be useful in removing any stuck gates and for testing Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax clear packetcable gate 0 4294967295 0x0 0xFFFFFFFF Supplemental Information Can delete up to ten packetcable gates Parameters 0 4294967295 0x0 0xFFFFFFFF Enter a 32 bit number in decimal or hex with a prefix of 0x denoting hex ...

Page 1186: ...Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 1186 clear packetcable gatectl counters Purpose Clears the PacketCable DQoS Gate control statistics and forces the counter to zero Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax clear packetcable gatectl counters Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 1187: ... STANDARD Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 1187 clear pmd Purpose Deletes all pmd files on the system Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax clear pmd Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 1188: ...CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 1188 clear proto throttle rate counters Purpose Clears the proto throttle rate counters Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax clear proto throttle rate counters Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 1189: ...n 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 1189 clear qos sc penalty count Purpose Clears the cable modem penalty counts Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax clear qos sc penalty count Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 1190: ...rprises LLC All Rights Reserved 1190 clear qos sc penalty count cable mac Purpose Clears the cable modem penalty counts in the specified MAC domain Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax clear qos sc penalty count cable mac mac Supplemental Information N A Parameters mac MAC identifier Valid range is 0 415 ...

Page 1191: ...RIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 1191 clear qos sc penalty count cm mac Purpose Clears the cable modem penalty counts at the specified MAC address Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax clear qos sc penalty count cm mac word Supplemental Information N A Parameters word Cable modem MAC address ...

Page 1192: ...de 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 1192 clear qos sc penalty count name Purpose Clears the enforce rule penalty count for this SCN Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax clear qos sc penalty count name name Supplemental Information N A Parameters name QOS service class name ...

Page 1193: ... User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 1193 clear route map counters Purpose Clears the statistics associated with route maps Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax clear route map counters word Supplemental Information N A Parameters word Name of the route map ...

Page 1194: ...ises LLC All Rights Reserved 1194 clear route map policy counters Purpose Clears the statistics associated with policy route maps Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax clear route map policy counters word Supplemental Information N A Parameters word Name of the route map for which counters need to be cleared ...

Page 1195: ...escriptions STANDARD Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 1195 cls Purpose Clears the terminal screen Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax cls Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 1196: ...STANDARD Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 1196 configure Purpose Places the user in configuration mode Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 1197: ...e 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 1197 configure absolute timeout Purpose Defines the absolute session timeout in minutes Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure absolute timeout minutes Supplemental Information N A Parameters minute The absolute timeout in minutes ...

Page 1198: ...formation To remove an extended ACL use the no option Parameters 100 199 The extended ACL numeric identifier of the access list This is a number from 1 99 name Access list name 1 214748364 Access list index number permit deny permit Permits access if the condition is matched deny Denies access if the condition is matched icmp If the protocol value is ICMP the CMTS will support the additional optio...

Page 1199: ...2 Match packets with CS2 precedence 2 dscp 010000 cs3 Match packets with CS3 precedence 3 dscp 011000 cs4 Match packets with CS4 precedence 4 dscp 100000 cs5 Match packets with CS5 precedence 5 dscp 101000 cs6 Match packets with CS6 precedence 6 dscp 110000 cs7 Match packets with CS7 precedence 7 dscp 111000 default Match packets with default dscp 000000 ef Match packets with EF dscp 101110 preced...

Page 1200: ...S Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 1200 fragments Check non initial fragment icmp type The ICMP type is a number from 0 to 255 icmp code The ICMP code is a number from 0 to 255 Note the code can only be entered following the type ...

Page 1201: ...ermit deny remark resequence igmp src ip dst ip dscp 0 63 precedence uint tos 0 15 fragments igmp type no Supplemental Information To remove an extended ACL use the no option Parameters 100 199 The extended ACL numeric identifier of the access list name Access list name 1 214748364 Access list index number permit deny remark resequence permit Permits access if the condition is matched deny Denies ...

Page 1202: ...2 Match packets with CS2 precedence 2 dscp 010000 cs3 Match packets with CS3 precedence 3 dscp 011000 cs4 Match packets with CS4 precedence 4 dscp 100000 cs5 Match packets with CS5 precedence 5 dscp 101000 cs6 Match packets with CS6 precedence 6 dscp 110000 cs7 Match packets with CS7 precedence 7 dscp 111000 default Match packets with default dscp 000000 ef Match packets with EF dscp 101110 preced...

Page 1204: ...ecedence 0 7 tos 0 15 fragments configure access list num permit deny ip src ip dst ip dscp 0 63 precedence 0 7 tos 0 15 fragments no Supplemental Information To remove an ACL use the no option Parameters num The access list number This is a number from 1 99 the extended access list number is 100 199 permit deny permit Permits access if the condition is matched deny Denies access if the condition ...

Page 1205: ...10 af31 Match packets with AF31 dscp 011010 af32 Match packets with AF32 dscp 011100 af33 Match packets with AF33 dscp 011110 af41 Match packets with AF41 dscp 100010 af42 Match packets with AF42 dscp 100100 af43 Match packets with AF43 dscp 100110 cs1 Match packets with CS1 precedence 1 dscp 001000 cs2 Match packets with CS2 precedence 2 dscp 010000 cs3 Match packets with CS3 precedence 3 dscp 01...

Page 1206: ...ence 1 priority Match packets with priority precedence 2 immediate Match packets with immediate precedence 3 flash Match packets with flash precedence 4 flash override Match packets with flash override precedence 5 critical Match packets with critical precedence 6 internet Match packets with internetwork control precedence 7 network Match packets with network control precedence tos 0 15 Match pack...

Page 1207: ...s list name Purpose Associates a comment with an existing ACL Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure access list num name name Supplemental Information The name given to the access list must contain no spaces Parameters num The access list number This is a number from 1 99 the extended access list number is 100 199 name Access list name no spaces ...

Page 1208: ...ntax configure access list num remark text of remark configure access list num remark text of remark no Supplemental Information The remark text must be in quotes unless it is a single word If the no option is used the command describing the access list entry will be removed Parameters num The access list number This is a number from 1 99 the extended access list number is 100 199 text of remark C...

Page 1209: ...blished urg ack psh rst syn fin configure access list 100 199 name 1 2147483647 permit deny remark resequence tcp src ip wildcard bits host src ip any eq gt lt neq port1 range port1 port2 dscp 0 63 precedence uint tos 0 15 fragments established urg ack psh rst syn fin no Supplemental Information To remove an extended ACL use the no option Parameters 100 199 The extended ACL numeric identifier of t...

Page 1210: ...estination IP any IP mask IP address dscp 0 63 Match packets with given DSCP value Valid values are 0 63 Differentiated services codepoint values af11 Match packets with AF11 dscp 001010 af12 Match packets with AF12 dscp 001100 af13 Match packets with AF13 dscp 001110 af21 Match packets with AF21 dscp 010010 af22 Match packets with AF22 dscp 010100 af23 Match packets with AF23 dscp 010110 af31 Mat...

Page 1211: ...rnet Match packets with internetwork control precedence 7 network Match packets with network control precedence tos 0 15 Match packets with given TOS value fragments Check non initial fragment eq port gt port lt port neq port range port1 port2 eq port Match only packets on a given port number gt port Match only packets with a greater port number lt port Match only packets with a lower port number ...

Page 1212: ...entifier of the access list This is a number from 100 199 permit deny permit Permits access if the condition is matched deny Denies access if the condition is matched udp If the protocol value is UDP the C4 CMTS supports the additional optional parameter string operator port after both the source and source wildcard options This function compares source or destination ports Possible source operato...

Page 1213: ... greater port number lt port Match only packets with a lower port number neq port Match only packets not on a given port number range port port Match only packets in the range of port numbers precedence num Match packets with given precedence value Following are valid values 0 7 Precedence value 0 routine Match packets with routine precedence 1 priority Match packets with priority precedence 2 imm...

Page 1214: ... dscp 100100 af43 Match packets with AF43 dscp 100110 cs1 Match packets with CS1 precedence 1 dscp 001000 cs2 Match packets with CS2 precedence 2 dscp 010000 cs3 Match packets with CS3 precedence 3 dscp 011000 cs4 Match packets with CS4 precedence 4 dscp 100000 cs5 Match packets with CS5 precedence 5 dscp 101000 cs6 Match packets with CS6 precedence 6 dscp 110000 cs7 Match packets with CS7 precede...

Page 1216: ... an ACL to match multiple subnets Each subnet has its own netmask and deny permit access rights The host keyword is equivalent to a wildcard of 0 0 0 0 If a condition is specified using the no option the matching condition will be removed from the ACL If the removed condition is the only one for the ACL the ACL will also be removed If the no option is used and no condition is specified then all co...

Page 1217: ...2 Match packets with CS2 precedence 2 dscp 010000 cs3 Match packets with CS3 precedence 3 dscp 011000 cs4 Match packets with CS4 precedence 4 dscp 100000 cs5 Match packets with CS5 precedence 5 dscp 101000 cs6 Match packets with CS6 precedence 6 dscp 110000 cs7 Match packets with CS7 precedence 7 dscp 111000 default Match packets with default dscp 000000 ef Match packets with EF dscp 101110 preced...

Page 1218: ...Command Line Descriptions STANDARD Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 1218 fragments Check non initial fragments Related commands show access list page 2619 ...

Page 1219: ...ss Control Lists ACLs It will define a standard ACL to permit or deny traffic destined for the SCM only Traffic will be filtered base on source IP addresses only Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure access list 1 99 name 1 2147483647 permit deny remark resequence ip_addr mask any host ip_addr any configure access list 1 99 name 1 2147483647 permit deny remark resequence ip_addr mask an...

Page 1220: ... is the only one for the ACL the ACL will also be removed If the no option is used and no condition is specified then all conditions and the ACL will be removed When an ACL is removed all references to the removed ACL are reset Parameters 1 99 The standard ACL numeric identifier of the access list name Access list name 1 214748364 Access list index number permit deny remark resequence permit Permi...

Page 1221: ...erprises LLC All Rights Reserved 1221 configure access list resequence Purpose Resequences the access list index numbers Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure access list resequence 1 99 100 199 Supplemental Information N A Parameters 1 99 IP Standard access list 100 199 IP extended access list ...

Page 1222: ...nting Purpose Configures the accounting method lists Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure accounting listname method configure accounting listname no Supplemental Information To remove or disable the accounting method lists use the no option Parameters listname Name of the method list method Accounting method Choose from none local tacacs group ...

Page 1223: ...le mac seconds stale mac seconds configure aging idle mac seconds stale mac seconds no Supplemental Information To reset to the default use the no option Parameters idle mac seconds The idle MAC aging time in seconds Valid range is 10 1000000 seconds Default idle mac 1800 seconds stale mac seconds The length of time in seconds that inactive MAC addresses are maintained in the C4 CMTS s internal da...

Page 1224: ...eout 0 0 600 36000 configure arp ip mac cable mac mac state non present searching timeout 0 0 600 36000 no Supplemental Information To remove the static mapping between the IP and MAC address use the no option Parameters ip The IP address mac MAC address Valid forms for a MAC Address are xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxxxxxxxxxx cable mac mac Specified interfac...

Page 1225: ...0 36000 configure arp ip mac gigabitethernet 17 18 0 9 state non present searching timeout 0 0 600 36000 no Supplemental Information To remove the static mapping between the IP and MAC address on the specified interface use the no option Parameters ip The IP address mac MAC address Valid forms for a MAC Address are xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxxxxxxxxxx giga...

Page 1227: ...g timeout 0 0 600 36000 configure arp ip mac link aggregate 0 9 254 state non present searching timeout 0 0 600 36000 no Supplemental Information To remove the static mapping between the IP and MAC address use the no option Parameters ip The IP address mac MAC address Valid forms for a MAC Address are xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxxxxxxxxxx link aggregate 0 9...

Page 1229: ...00 configure arp ip mac tengigabitethernet 17 18 10 state non present searching timeout 0 0 600 36000 no Supplemental Information To remove the static mapping between the IP and MAC address on the specified interface use the no option Parameters ip The IP address mac MAC address Valid forms for a MAC Address are xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxxxxxxxxxx tengiga...

Page 1231: ...for all NotPresent IPs Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure arp state not present global max rate 0 65535 configure arp state not present global max rate 0 65535 no Supplemental Information To reset the number of ICMP unreachables per second to the default value use the no option Parameters 0 65535 Rate in packets second for ICMPs Related Commands configure arp state not present max nu...

Page 1232: ... set by the configure arp state not present min time command has not been reached Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure arp state not present max number number configure arp state not present max number number no Supplemental Information To reset the number of ICMP unreachables to the default value use the no option Parameters number Maximum number of ICMPs sent in this state Range is 0...

Page 1233: ...e set by the configure arp state not present min time has not been reached Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure arp state not present max time time configure arp state not present max time time no Supplemental Information To reset the time to the default value use the no option Parameters time Rate in packets second for ICMPs Range is 1 to 604 8000 seconds and the current default is se...

Page 1234: ...edence over the values set in the commands configure arp state not present max number and max time ARP entries that aged out because of inactivity are removed whether the notPresent minimum time value set by this command is elapsed or not To reset the minimum amount of time to the default value use the no option Parameters time Time in seconds The range is 1 to 604 800 seconds and the current defa...

Page 1235: ...15 Command Syntax configure arp state not present rate limit msecs no configure arp state not present rate limit msecs no Supplemental Information To reset the minimum amount of time to the default value use the no option Parameters msecs Minimum amount of time in milliseconds Range is 100 to 86 400 000 milliseconds one day and the default is set at 333 milliseconds Related Commands configure arp ...

Page 1236: ...ommand Syntax configure arp state searching cable broadcast configure arp state searching cable broadcast no Supplemental Information The total number of broadcast ARPs to send before switching to the not present state is also limited by the configure arp state searching max number command If broadcast for unknown MAC IP bindings is disabled the broadcast ARP entry will transition immediately to t...

Page 1237: ...s previously known Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure arp state searching cable unicast 0 65535 configure arp state searching cable unicast 0 65535 no Supplemental Information Previously known MAC IP bindings will be determined from data stored in the MACDB The total number of unicast and broadcast ARPs sent before switching to the non present state is limited by the configure arp st...

Page 1238: ...bal max rate 0 65535 configure arp state searching global max rate 0 65535 no Supplemental Information After this number is reached the next request causes the entry to transition to the notPresent state To reset the maximum number of ARP request per second to the default value use the no option Parameters 0 65535 Rate is in packets second for ARPs Related Commands configure arp state not present ...

Page 1239: ...max number number no Supplemental Information Sets the maximum number of ARP requests transmitted for an ARP entry in the searching state After this number is reached the next request causes the entry to transition to the notPresent state To reset the maximum number to the default value use the no option Parameters number Maximum number of ARP requests sent in this state Range is 0 to 65535 and th...

Page 1240: ...earching rate limit msecs configure arp state searching rate limit msecs no Supplemental Information To reset the maximum number to the default value use the no option Parameters msecs Minimum amount of time in milliseconds between ARP requests Range is 100 to 86 400 000 milliseconds one day and the default is set at 333 milliseconds Related Commands configure arp state not present max number page...

Page 1241: ...0 configure arp timeout 0 180 360000 no Supplemental Information To reset the cache timeout to the default use the no option Parameters 0 180 666666 The number of seconds that a MAC address is allowed to live in the ARP cache Range is from 180 666666 seconds To disable aging for the ARP cache set to zero 0 The maximum arp timeout cannot exceed 2 3 of configured idle mac value In other words to con...

Page 1242: ... 1242 configure audit autoscheduling enable Purpose Enables audit autoscheduling Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure audit autoscheduling enable configure audit autoscheduling enable no Supplemental Information Note It is recommended that autoscheduling always be enabled To disable the audit autoscheduling use the no option ...

Page 1243: ...Rights Reserved 1243 configure audit log enable Purpose Enables audit logging Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure audit log enable configure audit log enable no Supplemental Information Note It is recommended that audit logging always be enabled which is the default To disable the audit log use the no option ...

Page 1244: ... Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 1244 configure audit logthrottle enable Purpose Enables audit log throttling Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure audit logthrottle enable configure audit logthrottle enable no Supplemental Information To disable the audit logthrottle use the no option ...

Page 1245: ...lot enable configure audit sequence name card slot enable no Supplemental Information If no audit sequence or slot number is specified then all cards in service will be enabled To disable the audit of specified sequence or card currently in service use the no option Parameters name Audit Sequence Name Valid names are AuditCMMac AuditCMQos IpFilter AuditCMBpi CAMSparing CAMManager PersistentStore P...

Page 1246: ...Level 15 Command Syntax configure audit sequence name card slot run now Supplemental Information If no audit sequence or slot number is specified then all cards in service will be enabled to run immediately Parameters name Audit Sequence Name Valid names are AuditCMMac AuditCMQos IpFilter AuditCMBpi CAMSparing CAMManager PersistentStore PacketCableGates slot Audit card slot number Valid range for ...

Page 1247: ...t sequences Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure audit sequence name enable configure audit sequence name enable no Supplemental Information If no audit sequence is specified then all cards in service will be enabled To disable use the no option Parameters name Audit Sequence Name Valid names are AuditCMMac AuditCMQos IpFilter AuditCMBpi CAMSparing CAMManager PersistentStore PacketCabl...

Page 1248: ...nfigure audit sequence run now Purpose Enables specific audit sequences to run immediately Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure audit sequence name run now Supplemental Information N A Parameters name Audit Sequence Name Valid names are AuditCMMac AuditCMQos IpFilter AuditCMBpi CAMSparing CAMManager PersistentStore PacketCableGates ...

Page 1249: ...isable the authentication method use the no option Parameters listname String identifying this method list line Authenticate using the line password Only a password prompt is displayed enable Authenticate using the enable password Only a password prompt is displayed local Authenticate using the local user password file Both a login prompt and a password prompt are displayed tacacs groupname defaul...

Page 1250: ...he none parameter should not be used when configuring authentication lists due to the resulting lack of security To remove the authorization method list use the no option Parameters listname String identifying this method list local Authorize according to the privilege level associated with the current user ID tacacs groupname Authorize all commands using the specified TACACS server group Groupnam...

Page 1251: ...upplemental Information All removable chassis cards modules are designed to attempt to recover automatically in response to a failure This is called autorecovery and it is enabled by default At times development or test engineers may use this command to disable autorecovery in order to analyze difficult problems Note Autorecovery is required for proper system operation Turning it off can result in...

Page 1252: ...cter configure banner login no Supplemental Information Note The configure banner command behaves differently on the command line than it does in the running config To clear the login banner use the no option Parameters character Where character is the delimiting character used to begin and end the message Recommended characters could include but are not limited to text The information you define ...

Page 1253: ...anner motd character text character no Supplemental Information Note The configure banner motd command behaves differently on the command line that it does in the running config To remove the message of the day banner use the no option Parameters character Where character is the delimiting character used to begin and end the message Recommended characters could include but are not limited to text ...

Page 1254: ...figures maximum percentage of downstream reserved for use by IP multicast Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable admission control multicast allowed 0 100 configure cable admission control multicast allowed 0 100 no Supplemental Information To return to the default percentage use the no version of the command Parameters 0 100 Maximum percentage of downstream reserved for use by mul...

Page 1255: ...eserved 1255 configure cable admission control multicast enable Purpose Enables admission control for IP multicast Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable admission control multicast enable configure cable admission control multicast enable no Supplemental Information To disable admission control use the no option ...

Page 1256: ...mand may be entered multiple times to add multiple client IDs in the same list To remove a client ID list or entry from the client ID list use the no option Parameters 0 4294967295 Unsigned integer which is the Client ID List Identifier index 0 4294967295 Index for the given client identifier list Valid numbers are any unsigned integer values type broadcast mac address ca system id application id ...

Page 1257: ...ommand Line Descriptions STANDARD Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 1257 vsp list num Unsigned integer which is the vendor set associated with the client ID ...

Page 1258: ...sg ds frequency list 0 4294967295 index 0 4294967295 frequency frequency no Supplemental Information Note Per the DSG specification validity checking of this frequency value is limited as the frequency may correspond to a downstream from a different CMTS or C4 CMTS To delete the provisioning for the set of downstream channel frequencies that are published in a DSG DCD message use the no option Par...

Page 1259: ...mmand will delete all of the DSG confirmation with this one command Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable dsg no Supplemental Information Note This command can take a few seconds to complete emptying the MIB tables and can cause problems if you start to provision DSG before the tables are empty Please check logging history to verify that this command is complete ...

Page 1260: ... entry use the no option Parameters 0 4292967295 The index for a set of DSG timers initialization tdsg1 1 65535 Timeout period for the DSG packets during initiation of the DSG client in seconds Valid range is 1 65535 and the default is set at 2 seconds operational tdsg2 1 65535 Timeout period for the DSG packets during normal operation of the DSG client in seconds Valid range is 1 65535 and the de...

Page 1261: ...e class name servclass tunnel group 0 4294967295 no Supplemental Information It associates the tunnel group and client identifier lists in addition to indicating a mac address and service class name for the tunnel To delete the dsg tunnel use the no option Parameters 0 4294967295 The tunnel identifier enable disable Enables or disables the tunnel row status The default value is set to enabled clie...

Page 1262: ...st SCN_Up_UGS1 SCN_Up_UGS2 SCN_Up_UGS3 SF 02 2ds 4 SF 02 2us 4 USPrimaryBE comm_eth_dn extrm_fs_dn xtrm_fs_up spdold_fs_d spdold_fs_u speed_fs_dn speed_fs_up ultra_fs_dn ultra_fs_up cmcsa_10M_dn mcsa_11M_up cmcsa_30M_dn cmcsa_30M_up cmcsa_40M_up cmcsa_50M_up cmcsa_55M_dn cmcsa_55M_up cmcsa_80M_dn extrm2_fs_dn extrm2_fs_up silver_fs_dn silver_fs_up DS IGMP QUERY SCN_Down_Test SCN_Up_UGSAD1 SCN_Up_U...

Page 1263: ...5535 include in dcd no Supplemental Information To delete a classifier for a tunnel use the no option Parameters 0 4294967295 Unsigned integer that represents the tunnel to be displayed Valid numbers are any unsigned integer values 1 65535 DSG tunnel group to which this DSG tunnel belongs priority 0 255 Priority of the classifier source network domain name a b c d prefix The source network domain ...

Page 1264: ...rvalue configure cable dsg vsp list 0 4294967295 index 0 4294967295 oui oui value vendorvalue no Supplemental Information Multiple vendor values may be added deleted for the same vendor oui with repeated calls to the command providing the same vendorsetid Multiple vendors may be added to the same set by repeating the command with the same vendorsetid but with different oui values To remove the ven...

Page 1265: ...tification cminit ranging notification cminit ip notification cminit reg notification cmflap notification no Supplemental Information To disable a cable modem trap reset use the no option Parameters cmonoff notification Sends a trap if a registered CM clears cminit ranging notification Sends a trap if a CM clears while ranging cminit ip notification Sends a trap if a CM clears while getting IP cmi...

Page 1266: ...urpose Assigns a name to the fiber node To remove the fiber node use the no option Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable fiber node fn_name configure cable fiber node fn_name no Supplemental Information N A Parameters fn_name Fiber node name up to 16 characters long Related Commands show cable fiber node page 2651 configure interface cable mac page 1498 ...

Page 1267: ...slot connector ds port configure cable fiber node fn_name cable downstream slot connector ds port no Supplemental Information To remove the downstream interface to the fiber node use the no option Parameters fn_name Fiber node name up to 16 characters long slot ds port Valid range for C4 CMTS is CAM slot 0 15 and downstream port 0 15 for the 16D 24D 32D CAM Valid range for C4c CMTS is CAM slot 10 ...

Page 1268: ...er node Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable fiber node fn_name cable mac mac load balance enable configure cable fiber node fn_name cable mac mac load balance enable no Supplemental Information To turn off dynamic load balance for the specified fiber node use the no option Parameters fn_name Fiber node name up to 16 characters long mac Cable mac identifier Valid range is 0 415 R...

Page 1269: ...chnique unicast ranging reinit mac broadcast ranging ranging direct disable no Supplemental Information To disable the initialization technique use the no option Parameters fn_name Fiber node name up to 16 characters long mac The MAC identifier 0 415 or slot mac unicast ranging Performs ranging on the new channel before normal operation reinit mac Reinitializes the MAC broadcast ranging Performs b...

Page 1270: ... group for a fiber node Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable fiber node fn_name cable mac mac load balance policy int configure cable fiber node fn_name cable mac mac load balance policy int no Supplemental Information To remove the policy use the no option Parameters fn_name Fiber node name up to 16 characters long mac The MAC identifier 0 415 or slot mac int Policy number Relat...

Page 1271: ...cess Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable fiber node fn_name cable upstream slot port configure cable fiber node fn_name cable upstream slot port no Supplemental Information To remove the upstream interface to the fiber node use the no option Parameters fn_name Fiber node name up to 16 characters long slot port Slot number upstream port number for the CAM Related Commands show cable fiber node ...

Page 1272: ...vides a description of the fiber node Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable fiber node fn_name description fn_description configure cable fiber node fn_name description fn_description no Supplemental Information To remove the description use the no option Parameters fn_name Fiber node name up to 16 characters long fn_description Description of fiber node up to 255 characters ...

Page 1273: ...16 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 1273 configure cable fiber node init Purpose Creates and initializes a fiber node Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable fiber node fn_name init Supplemental Information N A Parameters fn_name Fiber node name up to 16 characters long ...

Page 1274: ...on Purpose Creates a description for the filter group Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable filter group 1 1023 description word configure cable filter group 1 1023 description word no Supplemental Information To remove the description use the no version of the command Parameters 1 1023 Group ID word Description of the filter group up to 32 characters long ...

Page 1275: ...0 128 v6 flow label 0 1048575 v6 src address ipv6 addr v6 src pfxlen 0 128 configure cable filter group 1 1023 index 1 63 dest ip ipv4 addr dest mask ipv4 mask dest port 0 65536 ip proto int ip tos 0x0 0xFF ip version ipv4 ipv6 unknown log match action accept drop src ip ipv4 addr src mask ipv4 mask src port 0 65536 v6 dest address ipv6 addr v6 dest pfxlen 0 128 v6 flow label 0 104875 v6 src addre...

Page 1276: ...s src port 0 65536 UDP source port match action accept drop Filter match action processing v6 dest address ipv6 addr IPv6 destination address v6 dest pfxlen 0 128 IPv6 destination address prefix length v6 scr address ipv6 addr IPv6 source address v6 src pfxlen 0 128 IPV6 source address prefix length v6 flow label 0 1048575 IPv6 flow label Related Commands show cable filter page 2652 clear cable fi...

Page 1277: ... src mask ipv4 mask src port 0 65536 match action accept drop v6 dest address ipv6 addr v6 dest pfxlen 0 128 v6 src address ipv6 addr v6 src pfxlen 0 128 v6 flow label 0 1048575 ip version ipv4 ipv6 unknown ip tos mask tos value Supplemental Information N A Parameters 1 1023 The number assigned to the group index 1 63 The index of a filter within the current group dest ip ipv4 addr IP destination ...

Page 1278: ...r IPv6 destination address v6 dest pfxlen 0 128 IPv6 destination address prefix length v6 scr address ipv6 addr IPv6 source address v6 src pfxlen 0 128 IPV6 source address prefix length v6 flow label 0 1048575 IPv6 flow label ip version ipv4 ipv6 unknown Specific IP version to filter Related Commands show cable filter page 2652 clear cable filter counters page 1138 ...

Page 1279: ...len 0 128 v6 flow label 0 104875 ip version ipv4 ipv6 unknown log configure cable filter group 1 1023 index 1 63 dest ip ipv4 addr dest mask ipv4 mask dest port 0 65535 ip proto int src ip ipv4 addr src mask ipv4 mask src port 0 65536 match action accept drop v6 dest address ipv6 addr v6 dest pfxlen 0 128 v6 src address ipv6 addr v6 src pfxlen 0 128 v6 flow label 0 104875 ip version ipv4 ipv6 unkn...

Page 1280: ... port match action accept drop Filter match action processing v6 dest address ipv6 addr IPv6 destination address v6 dest pfxlen 0 128 IPv6 destination address prefix length v6 scr address ipv6 addr IPv6 source address v6 src pfxlen 0 128 IPV6 source address prefix length v6 flow label 0 104875 IPv6 flow label ip version ipv4 ipv6 unknown Specific IP version to filter Related Commands show cable fi...

Page 1281: ...uide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 1281 configure cable filter log Purpose Disables all logging of packets captured Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable filter log Supplemental Information N A Related Commands configure cable fiber node init page 1273 ...

Page 1282: ...igures the threshold used to monitor the power adjustment in the flap list Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable flap list power adjust threshold 10 100 configure cable flap list power adjust threshold no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters 10 100 The threshold in tenths of a dB Related Commands clear cable flap list page 1141 show cable flap list page...

Page 1283: ... All Rights Reserved 1283 configure cable fragmentation docsis10 Purpose Configures the CMTS to allow DOCSIS 1 0 modems to utilize fragmentation Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable fragmentation docsis10 configure cable fragmentation docsis10 no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option ...

Page 1284: ...4 configure cable freq ds max Purpose Configures the maximum downstream center frequency in MHz Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable freq ds max 858 867 999 configure cable freq ds max 858 867 999 no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters 858 867 999 The maximum downstream center frequency in MHz ...

Page 1285: ... configure cable freq ds min Purpose Configures the minimum downstream center frequency in MHz Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable freq ds min 57 85 91 112 configure cable freq ds min 57 85 91 112 no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters 57 85 91 112 The minimum downstream center frequency in MHz ...

Page 1286: ...286 configure cable freq us max Purpose Configures the maximum upstream center frequency in MHz Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable freq up max 42 55 65 85 configure cable freq up max 42 55 65 85 no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters 858 867 999 The maximum upstream center frequency in MHz ...

Page 1287: ...1287 configure cable global allow cmsg ambig override Purpose Enables ambiguity resolution channel override actions Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable global allow cmsg ambig override configure cable global allow cmsg ambig override no Supplemental Information To disable the override use the no version of the command ...

Page 1288: ... LLC All Rights Reserved 1288 configure cable global annex Purpose Configures the system MPEG framing format Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable global annex A B configure cable global annex A B no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters A B MPEG framing format standard ...

Page 1289: ...figure cable global cm cfg reg req time Purpose Configures the maximum time for the cable modem to send registration request after receipt of the config file Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable global cm cfg reg req time 30 2000 Supplemental Information N A Parameters 30 2000 Maximum time in seconds for CM to send reg request ...

Page 1290: ... 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 1290 configure cable global cm status seqOutOfRange recovery Purpose Enables the Sequence Change Count bit for the DSID Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable global cm status seqOutOfRange recovery Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 1291: ...d 1291 configure cable global concatenation docsis10 Purpose Configures the CMTS to allow DOCSIS 1 0 modems to utilize concatenation Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable global concatenation docsis10 configure cable global concatenation docsis10 no Supplemental Information To disable use the no version of the command ...

Page 1292: ... configure cable global delayed cpe learning bpi Purpose Delays CPE learning during registration until the BPI initialization is complete Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable global delayed cpe learning bpi configure cable global delayed cpe learning bpi no Supplemental Information To return to the default use the no option ...

Page 1293: ...ts Reserved 1293 configure cable global fragmentation docsis10 Purpose Configures the CMTS to allow DOCSIS 1 0 modems to utilize fragmentation Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable global fragmentation docsis10 configure cable global fragmentation docsis10 Supplemental Information To disable use the no option ...

Page 1294: ...nced power Purpose Allows Annex A power settings to exceed DRFI specifications in some circumstances The default value is disabled but when enabled enhanced power will be enabled globally Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable global downstream enhanced power configure cable global downstream enhanced power no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option ...

Page 1295: ...eam latency random detect Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable global ds random detect 10 2000 10 2500 1 10000 configure cable global ds random detect 10 2000 10 2500 1 10000 no Supplemental Information To remove use the no option Parameters 10 2000 Downstream latency region minimum threshold 10 2500 Downstream latency region maximum threshold 1 10000 Downstream latency packet dr...

Page 1296: ...Rights Reserved 1296 configure cable global ds token bucket voice shaping Purpose Enables downstream voice packet shaping Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable global ds token bucket voice shaping configure cable global ds token bucket voice shaping no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option ...

Page 1297: ...eserved 1297 configure cable global dsa rsp sid tlv override Purpose Enables override where the SID is included in DSA RSP of the TLV 24 3 Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable global dsa rsp sid tlv override configure cable global dsa rsp sid tlv override no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option ...

Page 1298: ...pose Configures the maximum center frequency in MHz Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable global freq ds max 858 867 999 configure cable global freq ds max 858 867 999 no Supplemental Information To restore the default value use the no option Parameters 858 87 999 The maximum downstream center frequency in MHz Related Commands show cable global settings page 2656 ...

Page 1299: ...se Configures the minimum center frequency in MHz Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable global freq ds min 57 85 91 112 configure cable global freq ds min 57 85 91 112 no Supplemental Information To restore the default value use the no option Parameters 57 85 99 112 The minimum downstream center frequency in MHz Related Commands show cable global settings page 2656 ...

Page 1300: ... Configures the maximum upstream center frequency in MHz Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable global freq us max 42 55 65 85 configure cable global freq us max 42 55 65 85 no Supplemental Information To restore the default value use the no option Parameters 42 55 65 85 The maximum upstream center frequency in MHz Related Commands show cable global settings page 2656 ...

Page 1301: ... cable global L01 leak detect Purpose Configures the L01 leak detection on the Digital Multimeter DMM Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable global L01 leak detect configure cable global L01 leak detect no Supplemental Information To disable the L01 leak detection use the no option Related Commands show cable global settings page 2656 ...

Page 1302: ...mand Syntax configure cable global load interval 0 300 86400 configure cable global load interval 0 300 86400 no Supplemental Information Note Changes to the cable load interval are not immediate and will take effect after the current interval has expired To disable the interval used for utilization calculations use the no option Parameters 0 300 86400 The interval in seconds to collect computer u...

Page 1303: ...All Rights Reserved 1303 configure cable global mac move allowed on dhcp Purpose Allows MAC movement on receipt of DHCP packets Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable global mac move allowed on dhcp configure cable global mac move allowed on dhcp no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option ...

Page 1304: ...upplemental Information Note If DSx DQoS VoIP is enabled the active timeout should be set at 30 seconds Increasing the default value or setting the value to 0 which represents infinity is not recommended The default values serve as a precaution for freeing resources in the event that any device or transmission path in the network does not perform as required This command is for DSx DQoS it has no ...

Page 1305: ... max qos admitted timeout Purpose Configures the maximum QoS Admitted Timeout the CMTS is willing to allow Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable global max qos admitted timeout 0 65535 Supplemental Information N A Parameters 0 65535 Maximum QoS admitted timeout in seconds Default is 200 seconds Related Commands show cable global settings page 2656 ...

Page 1306: ...gure cable global max traf burst docsis11 Purpose Configures the maximum traffic burst size for DOCSIS 1 1 cable modems Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable global max traf burst docsis11 int Supplemental Information N A Parameters int Max Traffic burst size for DOCSIS 1 1 CMs Related Commands show cable global settings page 2656 ...

Page 1307: ...lots using this new parameter This limits the maximum bandwidth request size that a modem is permitted to request Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable global max ucd burst len 2048 16128 Supplemental Information Note Each modem is still constrained by its configuration file parameters A DOCSIS 1 0 configuration is constrained by maximum transmit burst A DOCSIS 1 1 configuration i...

Page 1308: ...ser must also disable selecting the DS RCC based on DS channel load This can be achieved by one or more of the following methods turning off dynamic load balancing for the Mac Domain with configure cable fiber node abc cable mac n load balance enable no or by turning of dynamic load balancing for all Mac Domains using the default group configure cable load balance general group defaults enable no ...

Page 1309: ...e global mtcm conditional override Purpose Enables the conditional override of the Multiple Transmit Channel Mode MTCM for registering CMs Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable global mtcm conditional override configure cable global mtcm conditional override no Supplemental Information To disable the conditional override use the no option ...

Page 1310: ...1310 configure cable global peak tr rate upstream Purpose Enables support for the Peak Traffic Rate for upstream service flows Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable global peak tr rate upstream configure cable global peak tr rate upstream no Supplemental Information To disable Peak Traffic Rate support use the no option ...

Page 1311: ...es the dynamic downstream service flow s maximum traffic rate Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable global percentaddtldsbandwidth percent Supplemental Information Note The default additional increase for downstream dynamic flows will be 1 percent and is global for the chassis Parameters percent Percentage increase Valid range is 0 5 Related Commands show cable global settings pag...

Page 1312: ...parameters limiting to IPv4 or to IPv6 transfer Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable global proxy tftp ipv4 only ipv6 only configure cable global proxy tftp no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters ipv4 only Enforces TFTP Dynamic Secret only for IPv4 cable modems ipv6 only Enforces TFTP Dynamic Secret only for IPv6 cable modems Related Commands show cab...

Page 1313: ... timing offset Purpose Enables a system wide initial ranging timing offset for a bonded cable modem s non primary upstream channels Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable global ranging timing offset 512 512 configure cable global ranging timing offset 512 512 no Supplemental Information To disabble use the no option Parameters 512 512 Timing offset value ...

Page 1314: ...gure cable global recover us impaired ack Purpose Enables a system wide initial ranging timing offset for a bonded cable modem s non primary upstream channels Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable global recover us impaired ack configure cable global recover us impaired ack no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option ...

Page 1315: ...cable global RtpsPiggybackEnable Purpose Allows piggybacking data requests on real time polling upstream service flows Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable global RtpsPiggybackEnable configure cable global RtpsPiggybackEnable no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Related Commands show cable global settings page 2656 ...

Page 1316: ...cable global Tcc Refid in first only Purpose Enables the ability to send 46 1 Ref ID in the first TCC fragment Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable global Tcc Refid in first only configure cable global Tcc Refid in first only no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Related Commands show cable global settings page 2656 ...

Page 1317: ... cable global unicast np us acquisition Purpose Enables unicast non primary upstream channel acquisition Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable global unicast np us acquisition configure cable global unicast np us acquisition no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Related Commands show cable global settings page 2656 ...

Page 1318: ...1000 fast intvl 0 2 1000 fast period 0 2 5000 configure cable global unicast polling pri 0 7 slow intvl 0 2 1000 fast intvl 0 2 1000 fast period 0 2 5000 no Supplemental Information To reset the unicast polling priorities use the no option Parameters 0 7 DOCSIS service flow priority slow intvl 0 2 1000 Slow poll interval units in tens of milliseconds fast intvl 0 2 1000 Fast poll interval units in...

Page 1319: ...elease 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 1319 configure cable host authorization Purpose Turns on or off the CPE Host Authorization Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable host authorization on off Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 1320: ...t authorization cpe Purpose Turns on or off the CPE Host Authorization Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable host authorization mac cpe mac ip addr Supplemental Information N A Parameters mac Subscriber s MAC address Valid forms for a MAC address are xx xx xx xx xx xx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxxxxxxxxxx ip addr IP address to map to the CM CPE MAC pair ...

Page 1321: ...ssion configurations in a single modal session and is exited via the exit command Note All local access to the configure cable intercept and show cable intercept commands is secured by the same userids and authentication passwords that are used for SNMPv3 access This includes read write permission levels associated with the userids If the userid and authentication password are not provided on the ...

Page 1322: ...assword password no Supplemental Information This command and the show cable intercept command are secured by the same userids and authentication passwords configured for the cTapMIB view in the SNMPv3 agent in the CMTS This includes read write permissions associated with the userids The CLI will prompt for the userid and authentication password when they are omitted in the command line To remove ...

Page 1323: ...icitly given Only one LI tap session is permitted per CM and subsequent attempts to create an LI tap session will be rejected unless the current tap session is deleted first Note When an LI tap session is first created the md udp and until keywords must be present The tos keyword is optional and will default to 0x22 if not provided To remove the LI tap session for a specified subscriber use the no...

Page 1324: ...Chapter 46 Command Line Descriptions STANDARD Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 1324 Related Commands show cable intercept page 2658 ...

Page 1325: ...e cable mac source interface from which all cable intercept tapped packets are sourced Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable intercept source intercept cable mac mac configure cable intercept source intercept cable mac mac no Supplemental Information To remove the cable intercept interface source use the no option Parameters mac The MAC identifier Related Commands show cable inter...

Page 1326: ...Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable intercept source intercept gigabitethernet RCM Slot 0 9 configure cable intercept source intercept gigabitethernet RCM Slot 0 9 no Supplemental Information To remove the gigabitEthernet intercept interface source use the no option Parameters gigabitethernet RCM Slot 0 9 The RCM slot number gigabitethernet port number Valid slot numbers for the...

Page 1327: ...terface from which all cable intercept tapped packets are sourced Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable intercept source intercept link aggregate 0 9 0 254 configure cable intercept source intercept link aggregate 0 9 0 254 no Supplemental Information To remove the loopback intercept interface source use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface Related C...

Page 1328: ...opback interface from which all cable intercept tapped packets are sourced Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable intercept source intercept loopback 0 15 configure cable intercept source intercept loopback 0 15 no Supplemental Information To remove the loopback intercept interface source use the no option Parameters 0 15 The loopback interface number Related Commands show cable in...

Page 1329: ...efault Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable intercept source intercept tengigabitethernet RCM Slot 10 configure cable intercept source intercept tengigabitethernet RCM Slot 10 no Supplemental Information To remove the tengigabitEthernet intercept interface source use the no option Parameters tengigabitethernet RCM Slot 10 The RCM slot number gigabitethernet port number Valid slot numbers...

Page 1330: ... LLC All Rights Reserved 1330 configure cable LO1 leak detect Purpose Enables the LO1 leak detection on the Digital Multimeter DMM Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable LO1 leak detect configure cable LO1 leak detect no Supplemental Information To disable the LO1 leak detection use the no option ...

Page 1331: ... check interval for load balancing groups consisting of channels from all CAMs Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable load balance across macdomain check value configure cable load balance across macdomain check value no Supplemental Information To turn the checking interval off use the no option Parameters value Sets the inter MAC domain load balancing checking interval Value is i...

Page 1332: ...ce dbc move us primary Purpose Enables primary US channel of bonded CM to move with DBC load balancing Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable load balance dbc move us primary enable disable configure cable load balance dbc move us primary enable disable no Supplemental Information To disallow use the no option Parameters enable disable Allows disallows ...

Page 1333: ...e percent of load difference between channels before load balancing is invoked Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable load balance downstream start threshold 1 100 configure cable load balance downstream start threshold 1 100 no Supplemental Information To return to the default use the no option Parameters 1 100 Percent utilization on a downstream channel required before load balan...

Page 1334: ...balance enable Purpose Enables dynamic load balancing for the C4 CMTS Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable load balance enable configure cable load balance enable no Supplemental Information To disable dynamic load balancing for the C4 CMTS use the no option Related Commands show cable load balance page 2659 show cable global settings page 2656 ...

Page 1335: ... specified OUI for load balancing use the no option The table below is a list of the vendor names 3Com Ambit ARRIS Askey ASUSTek BAS BestData Broadcom Cadant Castlenet Cisco Com21 Conexant Coresma COSHIP D Link Daehanet DAKOS Dongyang Electroline Elsa Epi Ericsson GADline GeniusNet Hitron Humax iCable_ System Infinite Intel JDSU Joohong Leichu LG Linksys Maspro Matsushita Mercury Motorola MPlus NE...

Page 1336: ...mand Line Descriptions STANDARD Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 1336 Related Commands show cable load balance page 2659 show cable global settings page 2656 ...

Page 1337: ...r of failures that will cause a cable modem to be excluded from load balancing Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable load balance failed list exclude count int configure cable load balance failed list exclude count int no Supplemental Information To reset the default use the no option Parameters int Excluded count Related Commands show cable load balance page 2659 show cable globa...

Page 1338: ...ets the timeout in hours to remove all cable modems on the failed list Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable load balance failed list timeout int configure cable load balance failed list timeout int no Supplemental Information To reset the default use the no option Parameters int Age out in hours Related Commands show cable load balance page 2659 show cable global settings page 26...

Page 1339: ...d balance general group defaults enable Purpose Enables dynamic load balancing for general groups Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable load balance general group defaults enable configure cable load balance general group defaults enable no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Related Commands show cable load balance page 2659 ...

Page 1340: ...d balance general group defaults init technique broadcast ranging direct disable ranging reinit mac unicast ranging no Supplemental Information To remove the general groups load balance default values use the no option Parameters broadcast ranging Perform broadcast initial ranging on a new channel before normal operation direct Use the new channel s directly without re initializing or ranging disa...

Page 1341: ...d balance general group defaults policy Purpose Assigns a policy to the general groups Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable load balance general group defaults policy int configure cable load balance general group defaults policy int no Supplemental Information To remove the general groups policy use the no option Parameters int Policy number ...

Page 1342: ...ult Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable load balance include cm mac addr mac mask word group 1 8388607 service type word configure cable load balance include cm mac addr mac mask word group 1 8388607 service type word no Supplemental Information To return to the default value use the no option Parameters addr CM MAC address 1 6 bytes long mac mask word CM MAC address 1 6 bytes long grou...

Page 1343: ...tion The following is a list of possible vendor names 3Com Ambit ARRIS Askey ASUSTek BAS BestData Broadcom Cadant Castlenet Cisco Com21 Conexant Coresma COSHIP D Link Daehanet DAKOS Dongyang Electroline Elsa Epi Ericsson GADline GeniusNet Hitron Humax iCable_System Infinite Intel JDSU Joohong Leichu LG Linksys Maspro Matsushita Mercury Motorola MPlus NEC Netgear Netwave Nortel Opentech Pace Pacifi...

Page 1344: ... Line Descriptions STANDARD Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 1344 group 1 8388607 Restricted load balance group ID service type word Sets service type ID for CMs ...

Page 1345: ...AC domain load balancing check interval Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable load balance macdomain check 0 1000 configure cable load balance macdomain check 0 1000 no Supplemental Information To return to the default value 300 seconds use the no option Parameters 0 1000 Sets the intra MAC domain load balancing checking interval Value is in seconds Related Commands show cable loa...

Page 1346: ...ance policy Purpose Defines a valid dynamic load balance policy Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable load balance policy 1 4294967295 configure cable load balance policy no Supplemental Information To remove a valid dynamic load balance policy use the no option Parameters 1 4294967295 Policy number Related Commands show cable load balance page 2659 ...

Page 1347: ...e policy Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable load balance policy 1 4294967295 rule 1 4294967295 configure cable load balance policy 1 4294967295 rule 1 4294967295 no Supplemental Information To delete a rule from an existing policy use the no option Parameters 1 4294967295 Policy number 1 4294967295 Rule number Related Commands configure cable load balance policy page 1346 show ...

Page 1348: ... rcs load balance Purpose Globally controls the enabling of RCS load balancing Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable global rcs load balance enable disable configure cable global rcs load balance enable disable no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters enable disable Enables permits or disables never permits RCS load balancing ...

Page 1349: ...balance rule 1 4294967295 channel weight equal US only DS only US DS no Supplemental Information To delete a rule from an existing policy use the no option Parameters 1 4294967295 Rule number equal Directs the load balancer to use DS and US channel load equally US only Directs the load balancer to use only US channel load DS only Directs the load balancer to use DS channel load US Directs the load...

Page 1350: ...night hr min sec period secs hr min sec configure cable load balance rule 1 4294967295 disable period start time sec since midnight hr min sec period secs hr min sec no Supplemental Information To remove the disable period use the no option Parameters 1 4294967295 Rule number sec since midnight Seconds elapsed since midnight Valid range is 0 86400 hr min sec Military time for hours e g 0 23 secs L...

Page 1351: ...pose Turns on load balancing for a specified rule Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable load balance rule 1 4294967295 enable configure cable load balance rule 1 4294967295 enable no Supplemental Information To disable load balancing for a specified rule use the no option Parameters 1 4294967295 Rule number Related Commands configure cable load balance policy page 1346 ...

Page 1352: ...cing of a specified rule Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable load balance rule 1 4294967295 method method configure cable load balance rule 1 4294967295 method method no Supplemental Information To return the type to the default value of modem use the no option Parameters 1 4294967295 Rule number method Modem or utilization Default is set to modem Related Commands configure cabl...

Page 1353: ...Enables moving D2 0 cable modems to a ATDMA channel in the load balance group Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable load balance rule 1 4294967295 periodic steeringD2 configure cable load balance rule 1 4294967295 periodic steeringD2 no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters 1 4294967295 Rule number Related Commands configure cable load balance policy pag...

Page 1354: ...nables moving D3 0 cable modems to an ATDMA channel in the load balance group Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable load balance rule 1 4294967295 periodic steeringD3 configure cable load balance rule 1 4294967295 periodic steeringD3 no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters 1 4294967295 Rule number Related Commands configure cable load balance policy pag...

Page 1355: ...2 0 cable modems registering on a TDMA channel to an ATDMA channel in the load balance group Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable load balance rule 1 4294967295 registration steeringD2 configure cable load balance rule 1 4294967295 registration steeringD2 no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters 1 4294967295 Rule number Related Commands configure cable ...

Page 1356: ...3 0 cable modems registering on a TDMA channel to an ATDMA channel in the load balance group Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable load balance rule 1 4294967295 registration steeringD3 configure cable load balance rule 1 4294967295 registration steeringD3 no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters 1 4294967295 Rule number Related Commands configure cable ...

Page 1357: ...l 15 Command Syntax configure cable load balance rule 1 4294967295 threshold percent configure cable load balance rule 1 4294967295 threshold percent no Supplemental Information To return the threshold to the default value of 10 use the no option Parameters 1 4294967295 Rule number percent An integer from 1 100 which determines how close to equal the channels in a load balancing group will be The ...

Page 1358: ...lance rule 1 4294967295 type static dynamic bonded both no Supplemental Information To return the type to the default value of both use the no option Parameters 1 4294967295 Rule number static dynamic bonded both Type can be one of the following static Sets the rule to perform static load balancing only dynamic Sets the rule to perform dynamic load balancing only bonded Sets the rule to perform st...

Page 1359: ... tcs load balance Purpose Globally controls the enabling of TCS load balancing Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable global tcs load balance enable disable configure cable global tcs load balance enable disable no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters enable disable Enables permits or disables never permits TCS load balancing ...

Page 1360: ...f bonded cabled modems to be moved with registration TCS load balancing Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable load balance tcs load balance enable disable configure cable load balance tcs load balance enable disable no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters enable disable Enables permits or disables never permits primary US channel of bonded CM to be move...

Page 1361: ... between channels before load balancing on an upstream channel is invoked Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable load balance upstream start threshold 1 100 configure cable load balance upstream start threshold 1 100 no Supplemental Information To reset use the no option Parameters 1 100 Percent utilization on an upstream channel required before load balancing is invoked Related Co...

Page 1362: ...ccess Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable load balance utilization modems to check 1 100 configure cable load balance utilization modems to check 1 100 no Supplemental Information If you set this value low then high utilization users are less likely to be moved to a different channel Setting this value high makes it more likely that high bandwidth users will be moved more frequently To reset u...

Page 1363: ...6400 configure cable load interval no Supplemental Information Note Changes to the cable load interval are not immediate and will take effect after the current interval has expired WARNING On large systems setting this value to low will drain CPU resources The minimum recommended value is 300 seconds To disable the interval used for utilization calculations use the no option Parameters 300 86400 T...

Page 1364: ...rises LLC All Rights Reserved 1364 configure cable mac move allowed on dhcp Purpose Allows MAC movement on receipt of DHCP packets Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable mac move allowed on dhcp configure cable mac move allowed on dhcp no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option ...

Page 1365: ...tive timeout 0 65535 Supplemental Information Note If DSx DQoS VoIP is enabled the active timeout should be set at 30 seconds Increasing the default value or setting the value to 0 which represents infinity is not recommended The default values serve as a precaution for freeing resources in the event that any device or transmission path in the network does not perform as required This command is f...

Page 1366: ...erved 1366 configure cable max qos admitted timeout Purpose Configures the maximum QoS Admitted Timeout the C4 CMTS is willing to allow Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable max qos active timeout 0 65535 Supplemental Information N A Parameters 0 65535 Maximum QoS admitted timeout in seconds Default is 200 seconds ...

Page 1367: ...C All Rights Reserved 1367 configure cable maxtraf burst docsis11 Purpose Configures the maximum traffic burst size for DOCSIS 1 1 cable modems Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable max traf burst docsis11 int Supplemental Information N A Parameters int Maximum traffic burst size for DOCSIS 1 1 CMs ...

Page 1368: ...ots using this new parameter This limits the maximum bandwidth request size that a modem is permitted to request Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable max ucd burst len 2048 16128 Supplemental Information Note Each modem is still constrained by its configuration file parameters A DOCSIS 1 0 configuration is constrained by maximum transmit burst a DOCSIS 1 1 configuration is constr...

Page 1369: ...pose Configures the IP Detail Record IPDR streaming feature Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable metering enable disable Supplemental Information When IPDR streaming is enabled records are sent to the primary collector at the next report interval Parameters enable disable Changes the state of the exporter Related Commands show cable metering page 2669 ...

Page 1370: ... configure cable metering collector priority ip address configure cable metering collector priority ip address no Supplemental Information A maximum of five Collectors can be configured To remove Collector entries use the no option Parameters priority The priority range of the Collector Valid numbers 1 255 with 1 as the highest priority ip address IP address of the collector in the format of A B C...

Page 1371: ...um time in seconds between the DATA ACK messages sent by the collector to the exporter Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable metering data ack timeout number Supplemental Information N A Parameters number Maximum elapsed time in seconds Valid numbers are 1 600 The default is 60 seconds Related Commands show cable metering page 2669 configure cable metering session id data ack time...

Page 1372: ...at the collector must receive before sending a DATA ACK to the exporter Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable metering data ack window number Supplemental Information N A Parameters number Maximum number of records Valid numbers are 1 65535 The default is 200 data messages Related Commands show cable metering page 2669 configure cable metering page 1369 configure cable metering se...

Page 1373: ...nts cpe info configure cable metering export all counts cpe info no Supplemental Information Defaults disable all counts and exclude CPE information To suppress interim records entries that have duplicate counter values use the no option Parameters all counts Export all interim records regardless of counter values cpe info Includes CPE information with the records CPE information is a list of CPE ...

Page 1374: ...conds between KEEP ALIVE messages sent by the collector to the exporter Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable metering keep alive interval number Supplemental Information N A Parameters number Maximum number of seconds Valid numbers are 1 600 The default is 90 seconds Related Commands show cable metering page 2669 configure cable metering page 1369 configure cable metering session...

Page 1375: ...erational mode for the IP Detail Record IPDR streaming feature Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable metering mode docsis20 docsis30 Supplemental Information N A Parameters docsis20 docsis30 The operating mode of either DOCSIS 2 0 or DOCSIS 3 0 Related Commands show cable metering page 2669 configure cable metering page 1369 configure cable metering session id data ack timeout pag...

Page 1376: ...rt used by the collector for service discovery for the IPDR streaming protocol Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable metering query port port Supplemental Information N A Parameters port The UDP port used for service discovery Valid numbers are 1 65535 The default port number is 4737 Related Commands show cable metering page 2669 configure cable metering page 1369 configure cable ...

Page 1377: ...h mm random interval int configure cable metering report cycle set 1 255 start hh mm random interval int no Supplemental Information To disable the report cycle use the no option Parameters 1 255 Report cycle set ID hh mm random Start time as hh mm for this export report cycle set entry or random int Interval duration in minutes for the export report cycles Values are 15 1440 minutes The default i...

Page 1378: ...tering report cycle start hh mm random interval interval configure cable metering report cycle start hh mm random interval interval no Supplemental Information To disable the report cycle use the no option Parameters hh mm Time to start the export report cycles entered in hh mm format or as random interval Interval duration in minutes for the export report cycles Values are 15 1440 minutes The def...

Page 1379: ...ession id Purpose Configures the session ID used in the header of the IPDR protocol messages Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable metering session id int enable disable Supplemental Information N A Parameters int Number of the session ID Values are 0 and 1 enable disable Changes the state of the exporter Related Commands show cable metering page 2669 ...

Page 1380: ...essages sent by the Collector Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable metering session id 1 255 data ack timeout 1 600 configure cable metering session id 1 255 data ack timeout no Supplemental Information To return to the default use the no option Parameters 1 255 Session ID 1 600 Maximum elapsed time in seconds Valid numbers are 1 600 The default is 60 seconds Related Commands sho...

Page 1381: ...fore sending a DATA ACK to the Exporter Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable metering session id 1 255 data ack window 1 65535 configure cable metering session id 1 255 data ack window 1 65535 no Supplemental Information To remove the session ID used in the header of the IPDR protocol message use the no option Parameters 1 255 Session ID 1 65535 Maximum number of records Related ...

Page 1382: ...TCP streaming port number used for streaming data to the Collector by the IPDR streaming protocol Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable metering streaming port port Supplemental Information N A Parameters port The TCP port used to stream data to the Collector Valid numbers are 1 65535 The default port number is 4737 Related Commands show cable metering page 2669 configure cable me...

Page 1383: ... provisioned in this table attempts to range on the CAM on the C4 CMTS this modem will not receive an IP address Note Currently the CM Deny List table will accept no more than 1000 MAC addresses Once a MAC address is removed from the CM Deny List the modem would be allowed to register normally by entering the configure reset cable modem command or by waiting for the C4 CMTS T9 timer to automatical...

Page 1384: ...s a CM that reports AC Power Loss into 1x1 channel mode to help conserve CM battery power Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable modem energy mgmt battery mode1x1 configure cable modem energy mgmt battery mode1x1 no Supplemental Information To remove the specified CM from 1x1 channel mode use the no option Related Commands clear counters cable mac page 1161 show cable modem deny pa...

Page 1385: ...Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 1385 configure cable modem format Purpose Configures a customized show cable modem format Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable modem format word configure cable modem format word no ...

Page 1386: ...e mac flap prev state interface docsis20 sid bpi cm sysdesc cpe type flaps prov load bal grp snr cable mac cm time polled crc flaps ranging microflec state cfgfile cm timing docsis mac flaps reg policed down state docsis20 cfgfile long cm type docsis prov fpccm online power adj timing cm cpe ip cm up pwr fec corrected fpcm cpe qos uptime cm down pwr congest down fec uncorrected fpcm id rec pwr ven...

Page 1387: ... reinit mac broadcast ranging unicast ranging ranging direct Supplemental Information N A Parameters mac addr The 48 bit hardware address of the cable modem to be moved slot port The chassis slot port for the downstream interface s p The chassis slot port for the upstream interface reinit mac Move the modem by reinitializing the MAC broadcast ranging Move the modem by performing broadcast initiali...

Page 1388: ...m move downstream freq Purpose Moves the cable modem to a different channel Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable modem move mac_addr downstream freq int us channel id int Supplemental Information N A Parameters mac_addr The 48 bit hardware address of the cable modem to be moved int Downstream frequency to move to us channel id int US channel ID ...

Page 1389: ...d 1389 configure cable modem move us channel id Purpose Moves the cable modem to a different channel ID Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable modem move mac_addr us channel id int Supplemental Information N A Parameters mac_addr The 48 bit hardware address of the cable modem to be moved us channel id int US channel ID ...

Page 1390: ...ntal Information By polling the cable modems periodically using SNMP and caching the information e g IP address MAC address S N ratio and UTP you will know at a glance the state of a single modem and the overall status of the plant If you want to get back to the default interval and don t remember the value you must turn off queries with the no option then turn them back on without specifying an i...

Page 1391: ... 0 254 link aggregate 0 9 0 254 loopback 0 15 tengigabitethernet slot port configure cable modem remote query source interface cable mac mac gigabitethernet slot port link aggregate 0 9 0 254 loopback 0 15 tengigabitethernet slot port no Supplemental Information To turn off remote query settings use the no version Parameters cable mac mac The MAC identifier mac gigabitethernet slot port RCM slot n...

Page 1392: ...igure cable modem vendor Purpose Configures cable modem vendor information Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable modem vendor word configure cable modem vendor word no Supplemental Information To remove the cable modem vendor information use the no option Parameters word The OUI of the vendor in the format of xx xx xx or xx xx xx ...

Page 1393: ...user must also disable selecting the DS RCC based on DS channel load This can be achieved by one or more of the following methods turning off dynamic load balancing for the Mac Domain with configure cable fiber node abc cable mac n load balance enable no or by turning of dynamic load balancing for all Mac Domains using the default group configure cable load balance general group defaults enable no...

Page 1394: ...tax configure cable modulation profile id atdma qam 8 qam 16 qam 32 qam 64 qpsk Supplemental Information Modulation profiles are pre defined sets of upstream channel parameters which make it easier to configure or reconfigure upstream channels Each upstream port must be associated with an existing modulation profile Parameters 1 2147483647 Modulation profile ID qam 8 qam 16 qam 32 qam 64 qpsk The ...

Page 1395: ... blocksize blocksize pre type preamble type tcm on off subframe code subframe size docsis mode tdma atdma tdma atdma no Supplemental Information Modulation profiles are pre defined sets of upstream channel parameters which make it easier to configure or reconfigure upstream channels Each upstream port must be associated with an existing modulation profile Modulation profiles must be created and th...

Page 1396: ...ide variety of plants Users may want to optimize these values to the specific needs of their cable plant In order to delete an IUC from a modulation profile or the entire modulation profile use the no option Note If the IUC is provided then only that IUC is deleted If the IUC is omitted then all IUCs for the given modulation profile are deleted If an IUC is being used by an upstream then that IUC ...

Page 1397: ...ual to the maximum burst interval specified for a short data grant in the Upstream Channel Descriptor UCD message The reason that grants can be split into short and long data grants is for the sake of FEC encoding Short data grants are used only when a cable modem is transmitting via an upstream channel that is compatible with DOCSIS 1 X 6 Long Data Grants This unicast IE gives permission to a spe...

Page 1398: ...ntial Encoding True enabled False disabled fec tbytes 0 16 Forward Error Correction T The number of bytes with errors that can be corrected with FEC in the size specified in the codeword information byte length A value of zero indicates that FEC is disabled For each byte that can be corrected there are two additional FEC parity bytes that are added to the FEC codeword The FEC codeword contains bot...

Page 1399: ... ATDMA upstream channel or IUCs 9 10 and 11 with a tdma atdma upstream channel For all other cases this parameter must not be present There are three different states for the ATDMA Byte Interleaver signified by the values 0 dynamic mode 1 off 2 floor 2048 K 2T fixed mode In fixed mode there is one FEC codeword per row and the depth is the number of rows in the interleaving matrix In dynamic mode t...

Page 1400: ...Chapter 46 Command Line Descriptions STANDARD Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 1400 Related Commands show cable modulation profile page 2723 ...

Page 1401: ...t Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable modulation profile id tdma qam 16 qpsk Supplemental Information Modulation profiles are pre defined sets of upstream channel parameters which make it easier to configure or reconfigure upstream channels Each upstream port must be associated with an existing modulation profile Parameters 1 2147483647 Modulation profile ID qam 16 qpsk The default TDMA...

Page 1402: ...nels Each upstream port must be associated with an existing modulation profile Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable modulation profile 1 2137382647 tdma atdma qpsk qam 8 qam 16 qam 32 qam 64 Supplemental Information Modulation profiles are pre defined sets of upstream channel parameters which make it easier to configure or reconfigure upstream channels Each upstream port must be ...

Page 1403: ...nfigure cable mtcm conditional override Purpose Enables the conditional override of the Multiple Transit Channel MTC mode for registering CMs Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable mtcm conditional override configure cable mtcm conditional override no Supplemental Information To disable the conditional override use the no option ...

Page 1404: ... remove a Group QoS configuration profile use the no option Parameters 1 65535 Group QoS Configure GQC profile word Set the existing qos sc name for this Group QoS Configuration Available SCN Names dsg hsd xcal_dn xcal_up extrm_dn extrm_up pdold_d spdold_u speed_dn speed_up ultra_dn ultra_up extrm2_dn extrm2_up notify_up silver_dn silver_up comm_eth_dn extrm_fs_dn extrm_fs_up spdold_fs_d spdold_fs...

Page 1405: ...nfigures a Group Configuration GC record ID Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable multicast qos group 0 4294967295 group qos 1 65535 configure cable multicast qos group 0 4294967295 group qos 1 65535 no Supplemental Information To remove a Group Configuration record ID use the no option Parameters 0 4294967295 Group Configuration GC record ID 1 65535 Available group qos ...

Page 1406: ...os group 0 4294967295 group qos 1 65535 priority 0 63 192 255 configure cable multicast qos group 0 4294967295 group qos 1 65535 priority 0 63 192 255 no Supplemental Information Note The group qos parameter must have been previously set for it to be ommitted in this command To remove a Group Configuration record use the no option Parameters 0 4294967295 Group Configuration GC record ID 1 65535 Av...

Page 1407: ...ts source address bits configure cable multicast qos group 0 4294967295 session range A B C D bits source address bits no Supplemental Information The group qos parameter must have been previously set for it to be omitted in this command To remove the destination IP multicast group address and network mask length for the specified QoS group use the no option Parameters 0 4294967295 Group Configura...

Page 1408: ...nfigure cable peak tr rate upstream Purpose Enables support for the Peak Traffic Rate for upstream service flows Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable peak tr rate upstream configure cable peak tr rate upstream no Supplemental Information To disable support for the Peak Traffic Rate for upstream service flows use the no option ...

Page 1409: ...namic downstream service flow s maximum traffic rate Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable percentaddtldsbandwidth percent configure cable percentaddtldsbandwidth no Supplemental Information Note The default additional increase for downstream dynamic flows will be 1 percent and is global for the chassis To disable use the no option Parameters percent Percentage increase Valid rang...

Page 1410: ...ill be considered a manufacturer certificate Note This command is applicable to BPI modem operation and has no affect on BPI operation This command requires multiple lines to enter the hex data of the certificate The user should enter multiple lines as needed and then use a blank line hitting return twice or a line that begins with a comment character such as or to terminate the string To remove t...

Page 1411: ...and Line Descriptions STANDARD Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 1411 show cable privacy ca certificates page 2732 show cable privacy cm certificates page 2733 ...

Page 1412: ...eserved 1412 configure cable privacy ca bad cert trust Purpose Prevents storage of newly learned untrusted or invalid certificates Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable privacy ca bad cert trust configure cable privacy ca bad cert trust no Supplemental Information To return to the default state use the no option ...

Page 1413: ...e cable privacy ca cert trust index trusted untrusted chained root configure cable privacy ca cert trust index trusted untrusted chained root no Supplemental Information Note This command is applicable to BPI modem operation and has no affect on BPI operation To return to the default state use the no option Parameters index CA Certificate index Valid range is 1 100 trusted CM certificate trust sta...

Page 1414: ... 509 digital cable modem CM certificate Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable privacy cm cert trust mac trusted untrusted Supplemental Information Note This command is applicable to BPI modem operation and has no affect on BPI operation Parameters mac MAC address of cable modem trusted CM certificate trust state is trusted untrusted CM certificate trust state is untrusted Related ...

Page 1415: ...dhcpv6 nd interval seconds max burst size configure cable proto throttle arp dhcp dhcpv6 nd interval seconds max burst size no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters arp dhcp dhcpv6 nd Enable either ARP DHCP DHCPv6 or ND throttling interval seconds Seconds needed to let one throttleable packet go upstream when throttled Valid range is 1 to 10 seconds Default is 5 seconds ...

Page 1416: ... enforce Dynamic Share Secret parameter processing limiting to IPv4 and IPv6 registration Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable proxy tftp ipv4 only ipv6 only configure cable proxy tftp no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters ipv4 only Enforces TFTP Dynamic Secret only for IPv4 cable modems ipv6 only Enforces TFTP Dynamic Secret only for IPv6 cable mode...

Page 1417: ...stem wide initial ranging timing offset for a bonded cable modem s non primary upstream channels Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable ranging timing offset int configure cable ranging timing offset int no Supplemental Information The offset is across the entire CMTS The default value is zero which means there is no offset Parameters int Timing offset value Valid range is 512 to 5...

Page 1418: ...ext text us ifindex configure cable relay agent option circuit id hex word mac ifindex text text us ifindex no Supplemental Information To disable the relay agent circuit ID sub option type use the no option Parameters hex word Hex string to be used in the sub option 64 characters max mac ifindex Indicates that the 4 byte MAC ifIndex is used for the circuit ID relay sub option text text ASCII stri...

Page 1419: ...Reserved 1419 configure cable relay agent option qos sc name Purpose Enables the insertion of the C4 CMTS CM service class relay sub option Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable relay agent option qos sc name configure cable relay agent option qos sc name no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option ...

Page 1420: ... configure cable relay agent option mso defined text hostname Purpose Sets the DHCP relay agent MSO defined text sub option to use the hostname Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable relay agent option mso defined text configure cable relay agent option mso defined text no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option ...

Page 1421: ...t text Purpose Sets an ASCII string to be used in the MSO defined text sub option Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable relay agent option mso defined text text text configure cable relay agent option mso defined text no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters text Sets the ASCII string to be used in the MSO defined text sub option 64 characters max ...

Page 1422: ...ing upstream service flows by allowing registration of modems with a config file that has an upstream service flow with a scheduling type of Real Time Polling Service and a Request Transmission Policy that has bit 4 disabled Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable RtpsPiggybackEnable configure cable RtpsPiggybackEnable no Supplemental Information Default mode is disabled Use the no ...

Page 1423: ... shared secondary secret authentication key no Supplemental Information The hidden parameter is only used when the command is generated by the running config When used the authentication key parameter has already been encrypted and is copied directly in the MIB variable The user should not use the hidden parameter allowing the system to properly encrypt the authentication key before putting into t...

Page 1424: ...shared secret no Supplemental Information The hidden parameter is only used when the command is generated by the running config When used the authentication key parameter has already been encrypted and is copied directly in the MIB variable The user should not use the hidden parameter allowing the system to properly encrypt the authentication key before putting into the MIB variable To remove the ...

Page 1425: ... cable source verify leasequery message type Purpose Configures the message type value for lease query message for draft protocol versions Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable source verify leasequery message type 9 13 Supplemental Information N A Parameters 9 13 Message type value for lease query message for draft protocol versions ...

Page 1426: ...Reserved 1426 configure cable source verify leasequery version Purpose Configures the message type value for lease query protocol versions Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable source verify leasequery version number Supplemental Information N A Parameters number Valid values are draft 0 draft 2 draft 4 rfc 4388 ...

Page 1427: ...ble spectrum group sm_ID state state_ID frequency center_freq width 200000 400000 800000 1600000 3200000 6400000 modulation profile mod_prof no Supplemental Information To delete the frequency agility state machine use the no option Parameters sm_ID The number of the spectral group and has a value from 1 40 state_ID The number of the state and has a value from 1 16 center_freq The upstream center ...

Page 1428: ...for the particular state machine state Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable spectrum group sm_ID hop period sample period configure cable spectrum group sm_ID hop period sample period no Supplemental Information To reset to the default state use the no option Parameters sm_ID The number of the spectral group and has a value from 1 40 hop period The minimum period of time in secon...

Page 1429: ...egradation and improvement triggers are considered to be valid Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable spectrum group sm_ID min codewords min_codewords configure cable spectrum group sm_ID min codewords min_codewords no Supplemental Information To reset to the default state use the no option Parameters sm_ID The number of the spectral group and has a value from 1 40 min_codewords Th...

Page 1430: ...ent upstream for a specific trigger assuming there is not a CAM sparing event Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable spectrum group sm_ID retry period 1 604800 configure cable spectrum group sm_ID retry period 1 604800 no Supplemental Information To reset to the default state use the no option Parameters sm_ID The number of the spectral group and has a value from 1 40 1 604800 Mini...

Page 1431: ...ation and the improvement triggers Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable spectrum group sm_ID sample period 1 60 configure cable spectrum group sm_ID sample period 1 60 no Supplemental Information To reset to the default state use the no option Parameters sm_ID The number of the spectral group and has a value from 0 40 1 60 The time between samples The value is in seconds and has ...

Page 1432: ...00000 1600000 3200000 6400000 modulation profile num configure cable spectrum group sm_ID state 1 16 frequency num width 200000 400000 800000 1600000 3200000 6400000 modulation profile num no Supplemental Information To reset to the default state use the no option Parameters 1 40 The number of the spectral group and has a value from 1 40 1 16 Pointer to the unique state within state machine num Ce...

Page 1433: ... Machine Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable spectrum group sm_ID state 1 16 trigger 1 64 next state 1 16 configure cable spectrum group sm_ID state 1 16 trigger 1 64 no Supplemental Information To reset to the default state use the no option Parameters sm_ID The number of the spectral group and has a value from 1 40 1 16 Pointer to the unique state within state machine 1 64 Tri...

Page 1434: ...r_id degradation fec_err threshold1 ufec_err threshold2 snr threshold3 no Supplemental Information To delete the performance trigger use the no option Parameters trigger_id The trigger number and has values of 1 64 threshold1 The percentage of FEC codewords with FEC errors corrected and uncorrected in units of one thousandth of a percent and has values ranging from 0 to 100000 The default value is...

Page 1435: ...c_err threshold1 ufec_err threshold2 snr threshold3 no Supplemental Information To delete the performance trigger use the no option Parameters trigger_id The trigger number and has values of 1 64 threshold1 The percentage of FEC codewords with FEC errors corrected and uncorrected in units of one thousandth of a percent and has values ranging from 0 to 100000 The default value is 100000 threshold2 ...

Page 1436: ...ger Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable spectrum group trigger trigger_id period per_time configure cable spectrum group trigger trigger_id period per_time no Supplemental Information To delete the periodic trigger use the no option Parameters trigger_id The trigger number and has values of 1 64 per_time The period of time before the trigger fires in seconds and has values from ...

Page 1437: ...gger trigger_id time day hh mm ss configure cable spectrum group trigger trigger_id time day hh mm ss no Supplemental Information To delete this trigger condition use the no option Parameters trigger_id The trigger number and has values of 1 64 day Day of the week Must use one of the following values Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Daily hh mm ss Standard 24 hour time e g ...

Page 1439: ...mgmt default active Purpose Activates the system wide subscriber management filter provisioning for CPE control Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable submgmt default active configure cable submgmt default active no Supplemental Information To deactivate the system wide subscriber management filter provisioning for CPE control use the no option ...

Page 1440: ...ream downstream stb upstream downstream group id no Supplemental Information To delete a specific filter group use the no option Parameters cm upstream downstream Filters on either the specified upstream or downstream CM group defaults host upstream downstream Filters on either the specified upstream or downstream CPE MTA PS and STB group defaults cpe upstream downstream Filters on either the spec...

Page 1441: ...LLC All Rights Reserved 1441 configure cable submgmt default learnable Purpose Enables learning of the CPE IP addresses Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable submgmt default learnable configure cable submgmt default learnable no Supplemental Information configure cable submgmt default learnable no ...

Page 1442: ... submgmt default max cpe Purpose Configures the maximum number of IP addresses behind a cable modem Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable submgmt default max cpe 0 32 configure cable submgmt default max cpe 0 32 no Supplemental Information To revert to the default use the no option Parameters 0 32 Maximum number of IP addresses behind a CM ...

Page 1443: ...mt default v6 max cpe Purpose Configures the maximum number of IPv6 addresses behind a cable modem Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable submgmt default v6 max cpe 0 64 configure cable submgmt default v6 max cpe 0 64 no Supplemental Information To revert to the default use the no option Parameters 0 64 Maximum number of IPv6 addresses behind a CM ...

Page 1444: ...C All Rights Reserved 1444 configure cable tcc refid in first only Purpose Enables the ability to send 46 1 Ref ID in the first TCC fragment Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable tcc refid in first only configure cable tcc refid in first only no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option ...

Page 1445: ...LLC All Rights Reserved 1445 configure cable unicast np us acquisition Purpose Enables unicast non primary upstream channel acquisition Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure cable unicast np us acquisition configure cable unicast np us acquisition no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option ...

Page 1446: ...g pri 0 7 slow intvl 20 1000 fast intvl 20 10000 fast period 20 50000 configure cable unicast possing pri 0 7 slow intvl 20 1000 fast intvl 20 10000 fast period 20 50000 no Supplemental Information To reset the unicast polling priorities use the no option Parameters 0 7 DOCSIS service flow priority slow intvl 20 1000 Slow poll interval units in tens of milliseconds fast intvl 20 10000 Fast poll in...

Page 1447: ... to either the NTP or TOD Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure clock network ntp tod configure clock network ntp tod noJapar Supplemental Information To disable the active network time synchronization protocol and leave the local time of day clock to run without synchronization use the no option Parameters ntp tod Network time synchronization protocol TOD is the default Related Command...

Page 1448: ...448 configure clock set Purpose Manually sets the clock to the specified date and time Enter a 4 digit year Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure clock set yyyy mm dd hh mm ss Supplemental Information N A Parameters yyyy mm dd hh mm ss yyyy year mm month dd day hh hour mm minutes ss seconds Related Commands show clock page 2749 ...

Page 1449: ...n the local TZ is set accordingly but no DST adjustments are made when local time is displayed or logged By typing configure clock timezone at the prompt and not supplying either the TZ location or GMT offset you will be placed in interactive mode The command will then prompt for a country name or two letter ISO 3166 country code eg g US CA FR etc and display a numbered list of the built in time z...

Page 1450: ... these parameters for each of the sixteen different profiles Different profiles can be assigned to the 1 0 CMs by means of their TFTP config files If users leave out the class id from the command then that parameter is redefined for all sixteen profiles To redefine the upstream maximum traffic burst for all the profiles use configure cos mapping up max traffic burst 96000 Defining DOCSIS 1 1 Param...

Page 1451: ...65535 Minimum downstream packet size bytes down peak traffic rate 0 4292967295 Peak traffic rate shaped for downstream up peak traffic rate 0 4292967295 Peak traffic rate shaped for upstream down priority 0 7 Downstream priority for 1 0 modems up tos and mask word AND Mask for overwriting IP packet s TOS value up tos or mask word OR Mask for overwriting IP packet s TOS value down max latency 0 429...

Page 1452: ...ollection rate Purpose Configures the rate at which counts are collected Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure counts collection rate collection rate configure counts collection rate collection rate no Supplemental Information To disable collection of counts use the no option Parameters collection_rate Collection rate in minutes from 15 through 1440 ...

Page 1453: ...crypto key export command exports pre existing or pre generated SSH public or private keys to a local file The crypto key import command imports SSH public or private keys from a local file This eliminates the need to regenerate the keys and prevents the display of security alert messages for any keys that have been pre cached at the SSH client Parameters public key path filename The path filename...

Page 1454: ... Syntax configure crypto key generate dsa Supplemental Information Note Configure the ARRIS hostname and domain name before using this command configure hostname and configure ip dns domain name The string hostname domain name will be embedded as a comment in the generated key pair s Parameters dsa Specifies DSA format for the key pair for the SSH2 server Related Commands configure hostname page 1...

Page 1455: ...ate keys from the file system into the MIB table Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure crypto key import public key path filename private key path filename Supplemental Information N A Parameters public key path filename The path filename of the public key to be imported private key path filename The path filename of the private key to be imported Related Commands configure crypto key e...

Page 1456: ...e crypto key zeroize Purpose Deletes the SSH server s host public private key pair s for the SSH server Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure crypto key zeroize dsa Supplemental Information Note Stop the SSH server before deleting any of its host keys use the shutdown command Parameters dsa Specifies DSA format for key pair for SSH2 server ...

Page 1457: ...he factory diagnostics This will impact service depending upon your configuration isolate Runs a verbose diagnostic to isolate problems ARRIS recommends using one of the secondary parameters with this option quick Runs a brief diagnostic bist Runs built in self tests for a specific component Type configure diag 0 20 bist to list available components bus Tests a specific bus communication system Ty...

Page 1458: ...c memory component on the modules Type configure diag 0 20 memory to list available components monitor Tests a component that supports a monitoring function such as temperature monitoring Type configure diag 0 20 monitor to list available components parity Tests a memory component s parity Type configure diag 0 20 parity to list testable memory components previous Show the results of the last diag...

Page 1459: ... 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 1459 configure disconnect ssh Purpose Disconnects an active SSH connection Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure disconnect ssh integer Supplemental Information N A Parameters integer ID of the SSH connection that needs to be killed ...

Page 1460: ...reshold 0 100 major threshold 0 100 minor threshold 0 100 Supplemental Information The disk is partitioned into three volumes system active and update Parameters name Disk volume name e g system update image int SCM Module number Valid number is 19 or 20 critical threshold 0 100 Sets the percent threshold for diskVolumeUsageCritical trap major threshold 0 100 Sets the percent threshold for diskVol...

Page 1461: ...command that currently accesses files on the active SCM will now be able to directly access files on the disk of the standby SCM A mount point of clone system will be created for the system file system of the other SCM a mount point of clone update will be created for the update file system of the other SCM and a mount point of the clone active will be created for the active file system of the oth...

Page 1462: ... STANDARD Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 1462 clone access Access to mate RCM disk volumes auto delete file Automatic deletion of unused files when critical threshold is exceeded ...

Page 1463: ...igure enable privilege level password password no Supplemental Information To clear the password used to grant access to privileged commands to null use the no option Parameters privilege level Privilege level for which the password applies Current level range is 0 15 To see default levels use the command show privilege exec password password The password byte string you want assigned The system c...

Page 1464: ...fan monitor shutdown Purpose Disables the specified fan monitor Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure fan monitor 0 2 shutdown configure fan monitor 0 2 shutdown no Supplemental Information Fan monitoring is on by default Use the no option of the command to restore the fan monitor Parameters 0 2 Fan unit number Fan units are number 0 1 or 2 ...

Page 1465: ... LLC All Rights Reserved 1465 configure fan speed control shutdown Purpose Shuts down the fan speed control Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure fan speed control shutdown configure fan speed control shutdown no Supplemental Information Use the no option of the command to restart the fan speed control ...

Page 1466: ...l Rights Reserved 1466 configure ftp server Purpose The FTP server on the C4 CMTS is disabled for security purposes Use this command to enable it Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ftp server configure ftp server no Supplemental Information The default is set to OFF To disable FTP access use the no option ...

Page 1467: ...ts Reserved 1467 configure hostname Purpose Sets the hostname for the C4 CMTS Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure hostname name configure hostname name no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters name Alphanumeric name for the C4 CMTS The hostname can be up to 255 bytes long See note below ...

Page 1468: ... Purpose Enters the cable interface cable downstream configuration mode Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable downstream slot port Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot The chassis slot in which the targeted downstream Cable Access Module resides Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 0 15 valid range for the C4c CMTS is 10 15 port The downstream port ...

Page 1469: ...ified channel for channel assignment Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable downstream slot port cable attribute mask value word Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot The chassis slot in which the targeted downstream Cable Access Module resides Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 0 15 valid range for the C4c CMTS is 10 15 port The downstream port word Attribute bits of ...

Page 1470: ...vel 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable downstream slot port cable channel id int Supplemental Information Note Downstream must be in a cable mac before executing this command The logical channel and cable mac must be shutdown before you can change the channel id Parameters slot The chassis slot in which the targeted downstream Cable Access Module resides Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 0 1...

Page 1471: ... Command Syntax configure interface cable downstream slot port cable dsg dcd enable configure interface cable downstream slot port cable dsg dcd enable no Supplemental Information To disable DCD messages on the specified downstream channels from being transmitted use the no option Parameters slot The chassis slot in which the targeted downstream Cable Access Module resides Valid range for the C4 C...

Page 1472: ...interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable downstream slot port cable dsg ds frequency list 0 4294967295 configure interface cable downstream slot port cable dsg ds frequency list 0 4294967295 no Supplemental Information To remove the association use the no option Parameters slot The chassis slot in which the targeted downstream Cable Access Module resides Valid ran...

Page 1473: ... ds frequency list and DCD values for the specified interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable downstream slot port cable dsg no Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot The chassis slot in which the targeted downstream Cable Access Module resides Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 0 15 valid range for the C4c CMTS is 10 15 port The downstream port Related Commands ...

Page 1474: ...imer list timersetindex configure interface cable downstream slot port cable dsg timer list timersetindex no Supplemental Information To remove the association use the no option Parameters slot The chassis slot in which the targeted downstream Cable Access Module resides Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 0 15 valid range for the C4c CMTS is 10 15 port The downstream port timersetindex A decimal integ...

Page 1475: ...ort cable dsg tunnel group 0 4294967295 index 0 4294967295 priority priority vsp list vendorsetid no Supplemental Information Configures and associates a tunnel group with the downstream on a specified interface Parameters slot The chassis slot in which the targeted downstream Cable Access Module resides Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 0 15 valid range for the C4c CMTS is 10 15 port The downstream ...

Page 1476: ...downstream interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable downstream slot port cable dsg vsp list vendorsetid configure interface cable downstream slot port cable dsg vsp list vendorsetid no Supplemental Information To remove the vendor specific parameter list from a downstream use the no option Parameters slot The chassis slot in which the targeted downstream Cable Acc...

Page 1477: ...ier frequency is specified to be the center of a 6 0 MHz channel in Annex B North America or 8 0 MHz channel in Annex A Europe The step size for defining valid downstream center frequencies is 125 kHz The DCAM supports the DOCSIS EuroDOCSIS 3 0 extended frequency range of 85 860 MHz for Annex A and of 57 999 MHz for Annex B Note The 16D XD CAM hardware supports downstream center frequencies up to ...

Page 1478: ...her depth also increases downstream latency which might slow TCP IP throughput for some configurations Low interleave depth values typically cause some packet loss on typical HFC networks because burst noise lasts beyond the error correction block FEC correctable length Parameters slot The chassis slot in which the targeted downstream Cable Access Module resides Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 0 15...

Page 1479: ...nd assign any restricted load balance groups to any interface To successfully execute this command you must 1 Create one fiber node configure cable fiber node abc 2 Create a restricted load balance group RLBG configure interface cable mac 1 cable load balance group 10 3 Assign RLBG to an interface e g where 5 0 is in cable mac 1 configure interface cable downstream slot port cable load balance gro...

Page 1480: ...cast ranging attempt to the C4 CMTS and to receive a response This parameter is used to determine the amount of time that must be given to a cable modem to transmit broadcast ranging messages The parameter is also used to determine the needed Map Ahead Timer for DOCSIS Map messages The default time is 1600 microseconds which is roughly enough time for a cable modem up to 100 miles from the C4 CMTS...

Page 1481: ...n QPSK encodes 2 bits per symbol 16 QAM encodes 4 bits per symbol 64 QAM encodes 6 bits per symbol and 256 QAM encodes 8 bits per symbol Setting a downstream modulation format of 256 QAM requires approximately a 6 dB higher signal to noise ratio SNR than 64 QAM at the subscriber s cable modem If your network is marginal or unreliable at 256 QAM use the 64 QAM format instead Parameters slot The cha...

Page 1482: ...er level in dBmV Supplemental Information Use any multiple of 10 in the range of 410 600 for the power level value This is in compliance with the DOCSIS MIB However the CMTS supports power accuracy only to the decibel per millivolt Parameters slot The chassis slot in which the targeted downstream Cable Access Module resides Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 0 15 valid range for the C4c CMTS is 10 15 ...

Page 1483: ...tax configure interface cable downstream slot port cable primary capable configure interface cable downstream slot port cable primary capable no Supplemental Information Note Must be assigned to a cable mac before executing this command To remove the downstream channel as primary capable use the no option Parameters slot The chassis slot in which the targeted downstream Cable Access Module resides...

Page 1484: ...ket shaping configure interface cable downstream slot port cable rate limit token bucket shaping no Supplemental Information The three possible combinations are No shaping or policing disabled value 0 No shaping policing on police value 1 Shaping and policing enabled shape value 2 To disable the policing of each service flow use the no option Parameters slot The chassis slot in which the targeted ...

Page 1485: ...Purpose Displays the downstream configuration on the specified interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable downstream slot port cable show Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot The chassis slot in which the targeted downstream Cable Access Module resides Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 0 15 valid range for the C4c CMTS is 10 15 port The downstream port ...

Page 1486: ...hich the targeted downstream Cable Access Module resides Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 0 15 valid range for the C4c CMTS is 10 15 port The downstream port allowed normal Maximum percent downstream channel bandwidth allowed for normal voice use Valid range is 0 to 90 allowed emergency Maximum percent downstream channel bandwidth allowed for emergency voice use Valid range is 0 to 90 allowed total ...

Page 1487: ...cent Supplemental Information Bandwidth is expressed in terms of data throughput and is a function of channel width and compression technique Allowed total should be equal to allowed emergency Voice traffic is not recommended on 320 or 640 Kbps channels Recommended Settings Channel BW allowed normal allowed emergency 1 28 Mbps 55 75 2 56 Mbps 75 85 5 12 Mbps 85 90 10 24 Mbps 90 90 Parameters slot ...

Page 1488: ...ent Supplemental Information Bandwidth is expressed in terms of data throughput and is a function of channel width and compression technique Allowed total should be equal to allowed emergency Voice traffic is not recommended on 320 or 640 Kbps channels Recommended Settings Channel BW allowed normal allowed emergency 1 28 Mbps 55 75 2 56 Mbps 75 85 5 12 Mbps 85 90 10 24 Mbps 90 90 Parameters slot T...

Page 1489: ...nformation Bandwidth is expressed in terms of data throughput and is a function of channel width and compression technique Allowed total should be equal to allowed emergency Voice traffic is not recommended on 320 or 640 Kbps channels Recommended Settings Channel BW allowed normal allowed emergency 1 28 Mbps 55 75 2 56 Mbps 75 85 5 12 Mbps 85 90 10 24 Mbps 90 90 Parameters slot The chassis slot in...

Page 1490: ... downstream bandwidth Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable downstream slot port cable voice limits emergency preemption configure interface cable downstream slot port cable voice limits emergency preemption no Supplemental Information To remove the preemption use the no option Parameters slot The chassis slot in which the targeted downstream Cable Access Module resides ...

Page 1491: ...nt Supplemental Information Bandwidth is expressed in terms of data throughput and is a function of channel width and compression technique Allowed total should be equal to allowed emergency Voice traffic is not recommended on 320 or 640 Kbps channels Recommended Settings Channel BW allowed normal allowed emergency 1 28 Mbps 55 75 2 56 Mbps 75 85 5 12 Mbps 85 90 10 24 Mbps 90 90 Parameters slot Th...

Page 1492: ...t Supplemental Information Bandwidth is expressed in terms of data throughput and is a function of channel width and compression technique Allowed total should be equal to allowed emergency Voice traffic is not recommended on 320 or 640 Kbps channels Recommended Settings Channel BW allowed normal allowed emergency 1 28 Mbps 55 75 2 56 Mbps 75 85 5 12 Mbps 85 90 10 24 Mbps 90 90 Parameters slot The...

Page 1493: ...pecific cable mac Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable downstream slot port cable mac mac Supplemental Information To remove a downstream from a specific cable mac use the no option Parameters slot The chassis slot in which the targeted downstream Cable Access Module resides Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 0 15 valid range for the C4c CMTS is 10 15 port The downstream po...

Page 1494: ...ccess Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable downstream slot port description text configure interface cable downstream slot port description no Supplemental Information To remove the description use the no option Parameters slot The chassis slot in which the targeted downstream Cable Access Module resides Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 0 15 valid range for the C4c CMTS is 10 15 port Th...

Page 1495: ...ream slot port ip igmp static group ip_multicast_addr configure interface cable downstream slot port ip igmp static group ip_multicast_addr no Supplemental Information To leave a specific multicast group use the no option Parameters slot The chassis slot in which the targeted downstream Cable Access Module resides Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 0 15 valid range for the C4c CMTS is 10 15 port The d...

Page 1496: ...oup ip_multicast_addr source domain name a b c d configure interface cable downstream slot port ip igmp static group ip_multicast_addr source domain name a b c d no Supplemental Information Note The IGMP code will inform PIM of the multicast address only if the source IP address is included Use the no version of the command to remove the membership Parameters slot The chassis slot in which the tar...

Page 1497: ...ecified DCAM Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable downstream slot port shutdown configure interface cable downstream slot port shutdown no Supplemental Information To enable the downstream for a specified DCAM use the no option Parameters slot The chassis slot in which the targeted downstream Cable Access Module resides Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 0 15 valid range fo...

Page 1498: ...e cable mac Purpose Enter the cable mac interface configuration mode for the MAC ID Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac s configure interface cable mac mac s no Supplemental Information To remove the cable mac interface for the specified MAC ID use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub interface ...

Page 1499: ...ic flow policy Purpose Provisions the open free Dynamic Service Signaling Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac authorization module open dynamic flow policy configure interface cable mac mac authorization module open dynamic flow policy no Supplemental Information To disable the default value use the no option Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are ...

Page 1500: ... Reserved 1500 configure interface cable mac cable annex Purpose Configures the MAC MPEG framing format Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac s cable annex word Supplemental Information N A Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub interface word MPEG framing format standard A or B ...

Page 1501: ... is used to create a new cable bundle Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac cable bundle cable mac mac configure interface cable mac mac cable bundle cable mac mac no Supplemental Information To remove the cable mac interface from the cable bundle use the no option Parameters mac The bundle master MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 Related Commands show cable...

Page 1502: ...e the cable mac interface as the master of the bundle group Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac cable bundle master configure interface cable mac mac cable bundle master no Supplemental Information To remove the cable mac interface as the bundle master use the no option Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 Related Commands show cable bundle...

Page 1503: ...figure interface cable mac cable cm dynamic multi tuner Purpose Enables dynamic RCC support for CM RCP s with multiple tuners Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac cable cm dynamic multi tuner configure interface cable mac mac cable cm dynamic multi tuner no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option ...

Page 1504: ... mac mac cable cm ip prov mode apm ipv6only ipv4only configure interface cable mac mac cable cm ip prov mode apm ipv6only ipv4only no Supplemental Information To remove the specified cable modem IP provisioning use the no option Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 apm Alternate Provisioning Mode Configures cable modem to acquire an IPv6 address if possible If not possible the...

Page 1505: ...urpose Enables the signaling of the CM Status Event reporting mechanism Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac cable cm status enabled configure interface cable mac mac cable cm status enabled no Supplemental Information To disable the signaling of the CM Status Event reporting mechanism use the no option Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 ...

Page 1506: ...interface cable mac mac cable cm status event type all type enabled configure interface cable mac mac cable cm status event type all type enabled no Supplemental Information To disable the CM Status Event reporting mechanism use the no option Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 all Includes all event types type Select from the following event condition types secondaryChlMddTi...

Page 1507: ... type all type max event holdoff 1 65535 configure interface cable mac mac cable cm status event type all type max event holdoff 1 65535 no Supplemental Information To restore the default value use the no option Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 all Includes all event types type Select from the following event condition types secondaryChlMddTimeout qamFecLockFailure seqOutO...

Page 1509: ... type max num reports int configure interface cable mac mac cable cm status event type all type max num reports int no Supplemental Information To restore the default value use the no option Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 all Includes all event types type Select from the following event condition types secondaryChlMddTimeout qamFecLockFailure seqOutOfRange mddRecovery qa...

Page 1511: ...rface cable mac cable cm tcs max size Purpose Configures the cable mac maximum size for TCS entries Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac cable cm tc max size 1 8 configure interface cable mac mac cable cm tc max size 1 8 no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters 1 8 Maximum limit of TCS entries ...

Page 1512: ...e Enables the extended CM transmit power after registration Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac cable cm tx pwr extension aftr reg configure interface cable mac mac cable cm tx pwr extension aftr reg no Supplemental Information The default setting is that this is enabled after registration To disable use the no option Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid num...

Page 1513: ... Enables the extended CM transmit power before registration Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac cable cm tx pwr extension pre reg configure interface cable mac mac cable cm tx pwr extension pre reg no Supplemental Information The default setting is that this is disabled before registration To disable use the no option Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid num...

Page 1514: ... interface s secondary IP address is used for CPEs Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub interface primary policy Primary When the DHCP Relay Agent is defined for Primary operation on a specific interface the Primary IP address of the interface is used to populate the gi_addr field of all DHCP messages originating from either CMs or Hosts CPEs Policy When the DHCP Relay Agent is def...

Page 1515: ...igures static bonding group for the system Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac cable downstream bonding group int configure interface cable mac mac cable downstream bonding group int no Supplemental Information To remove the static bonding group use the no option Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 int Static bonding group identifier Valid...

Page 1516: ...onfigure interface cable mac mac cable downstream bonding group int attribute mask value value configure interface cable mac mac cable downstream bonding group int attribute mask value value no Supplemental Information To remove the attribute mask use the no option Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 int Static bonding group identifier Valid range is 1 65535 value Attribute m...

Page 1517: ...eam slot port configure interface cable mac mac cable downstream bonding group int cable downstream slot port no Supplemental Information Note There can be multiple downstreams specified by designating a range of downstream ports To remove the channel from the bonding group channel set use the no option Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 int Static bonding group identifier V...

Page 1518: ...all DSIDs in the bonding group Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac cable downstream bonding group name reseq wait time time configure interface cable mac mac cable downstream bonding group name reseq wait time time no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 time Resequence wait time in hund...

Page 1519: ...ified cable mac Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac cable downstream bonding group name reseq warning threshold time configure interface cable mac mac cable downstream bonding group name reseq warning threshold time no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 name Name assigned to the bondin...

Page 1520: ...urpose Configures the parameters for dynamic creation of bonding groups Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac cable downstream bonding group dynamic enable configure interface cable mac mac cable downstream bonding group dynamic enable no Supplemental Information To disable dynamic creation of bonding groups use the no option Parameters mac The MAC identifier Val...

Page 1521: ...nce wait time for dynamic DSIDs in the specified cable mac Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac cable downstream bonding group dynamic reseq wait time int configure interface cable mac mac cable downstream bonding group dynamic reseq wait time int no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 i...

Page 1522: ...ynamic DSIDs in the specified cable mac To disable use the no option Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac cable downstream bonding group dynamic reseq warning threshold int configure interface cable mac mac cable downstream bonding group dynamic reseq warning threshold int no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters mac The MAC identifier...

Page 1523: ...s_support configure interface cable mac mac cable dsg mode no Supplemental Information This command will fail unless the cable mac is first taken out of service Also multicast forwarding by DSID is a pre requisite for this command To enable mcast fwd by dsid use configure interface cable mac cable mcast fwd by dsid page 1539 If the cable mac is configured to support DOCSIS 3 0 DSG use the no optio...

Page 1524: ...figuring RCCs for each RCP ID and each MAC Domain may be significant If dynamic rcc is enabled then the C4 CMTS will be able to dynamically create RCCs or use any configured static RCCs Dynamically creating RCCs reduces the user provisioning work and is flexible if channel configurations change With verbose cm rcp disabled the CMTS will create dynamic RCCs only for well known RCP IDs DOCSIS standa...

Page 1525: ...ion point before the modem state if the modem failed the Dynamic Shared Secret checks during modem registration A supersedes an Those modems that fail these security checks are marked in the show commands whether the mark only TFTP enforce command or mark only Dynamic Shared Secret command parameters are used or not To disable the cable mac Dynamic Shared Secret feature use the no option The defau...

Page 1527: ...nfigure interface cable mac cable energy mgmt low power 1x1 Purpose Configures Energy Management 1x1 Mode on the CMTS Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac cable energy mgmt low power 1x1 configure interface cable mac mac cable energy mgmt low power 1x1 no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option ...

Page 1528: ...provisioning the maximum downstream frequency limit on a cable mac interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac cable freq ds max 858 867 999 configure interface cable mac mac cable freq ds max 858 867 999 no Supplemental Information To remove the override use the no option Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 858 867 999 The maximum DS fr...

Page 1529: ...settings by provisioning the minimum downstream frequency limit on a cable mac interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac cable freq ds min 57 85 91 112 configure interface cable mac mac cable freq ds min 57 85 91 112 no Supplemental Information To remove the override use the no option Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 57 85 91 112 Th...

Page 1530: ...face cable mac cable freq us max Purpose Allows overriding the Global settings by provisioning the maximum upstream frequency limit on a cable mac interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac cable freq us max 42 55 65 Supplemental Information N A Parameters mac The MAC identifier 42 55 65 The maximum US frequency limit ...

Page 1531: ...dem host cpe mta ps stb any no Supplemental Information The C4 CMTS can distinguish cable modem DHCP traffic from CPE DHCP traffic and can be configured to relay each traffic type to a different DHCP server If no traffic type is chosen the default is any This interface is by definition associated with the default router To remove the DHCP server address for a given traffic type use the no option P...

Page 1532: ...his parameter will increase the overhead on the entire system Increasing this parameter can significantly increase the time for a cable modem to re register after an outage When changing this parameter one should also consider the ranging backoff parameter which is configured per upstream channel Ranging backoff defines the number of broadcast ranging opportunities that a cable modem must wait aft...

Page 1533: ...TS before giving up on that upstream channel Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac cable downstream invited ranging attempts number of attempts configure interface cable mac mac cable downstream invited ranging attempts number of attempts no Supplemental Information To reset the default value use the no option Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0...

Page 1534: ...e specified restricted load balance group Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac cable load balance group group configure interface cable mac mac cable load balance group group no Supplemental Information To remove a cable mac interface from the specified dynamic load balance group use the no option Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 group U...

Page 1535: ...cified restricted load balance group Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac cable load balance group group enable configure interface cable mac mac cable load balance group group enable no Supplemental Information To turn off restricted load balancing for the specified restricted load balance group use the no option Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers ...

Page 1536: ...ng ranging direct disable no Supplemental Information Note The parameter disable can not be used in conjunction with any of the other options To turn off restricted load balancing for the specified restricted load balance group use the no option Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 group Unsigned integer Valid range is 1 4294967295 unicast ranging Perform unicast ranging on ne...

Page 1537: ...ancing group Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac cable load balance group group policy number configure interface cable mac mac cable load balance group group policy number no Supplemental Information To remove the policy from the specified restricted load balance group use the no option Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 group Unsigned i...

Page 1538: ...vel 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac cable load balance group group service type word configure interface cable mac mac cable load balance group group service type word no Supplemental Information To remove the service type ID from the specified restricted load balance group use the no option Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 group Unsigned integer Valid ...

Page 1539: ...sid Purpose Enables the specified cable mac to use IP Multicast DSID based Forwarding MDF Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac cable mcast fwd by dsid configure interface cable mac mac cable mcast fwd by dsid no Supplemental Information To disable IP MDF on the specified cable mac use the no option Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 ...

Page 1540: ...or the insertion of MDD messages Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac cable mdd interval int configure interface cable mac mac cable mdd interval int no Supplemental Information To remove the insertion interval use the no option Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 int Time interval in milliseconds for the insertion of MDD messages Valid ran...

Page 1541: ...erface cable mac cable mult rx chl mode Purpose Enables downstream channel bonding Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac id cable mult rx chl mode configure interface cable mac mac id cable mult rx chl mode no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 ...

Page 1542: ...able mac cable mult tx chl mode Purpose Enables Multiple Transmit Channel MTC mode Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac id cable mult tx chl mode configure interface cable mac mac id cable mult tx chl mode no Supplemental Information To disable MTC mode use the no option Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 ...

Page 1543: ...g or disabling this operation checks or does not check whether or not the current time of day falls within or outside of this certificate s validity period respectively For normal operation validity period checking should be enabled Note This command only applies to new certificates provisioned or learned by the C4 CMTS Current certificates will not automatically have their validity periods checke...

Page 1544: ...ert trust should be set to untrusted To default all self signed CA certificates to untrusted use the no option Note This command only applies to new certificates learned or provisioned in the C4 CMTS Current self signed certificates will not automatically have their trust state re evaluated To cause the current certificate default cert trust to be re evaluated they must be deleted and relearned or...

Page 1545: ...able mac mac cable privacy kek life time seconds configure interface cable mac mac cable privacy kek life time no Supplemental Information Note This command is applicable to BPI and BPI modem operation The default value of 604 800 seconds is acceptable for normal operation The shorter the lifetime the more overhead will exist but gives some improvement in security To return to the default KEK life...

Page 1546: ...ntax configure interface cable mac mac cable privacy kek cm mac addr life time seconds configure interface cable mac mac cable privacy kek cm mac addr life time no Supplemental Information Note This command is applicable to BPI and BPI modem operation To remove the KEK lifetime of a specific cable modem use the no option Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 mac addr MAC addres...

Page 1547: ...k cm reset Purpose Provides the ability to invalidate the current cable modem s authorization key s Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac cable privacy kek cm reset mac addr Supplemental Information Note This command is applicable to BPI and BPI modem operation Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 mac addr MAC address of cable modem ...

Page 1548: ... ability to invalidate the current cable modem s authorization key s and unicast TEK s and send an auth invalid to the cable modem Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac cable privacy kek cm reset mac addr invalidate tek Supplemental Information Note This command is applicable to BPI and BPI modem operation Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415...

Page 1549: ...idate auth Purpose Provides the ability to invalidate the current cable modem s authorization key s Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac cable privacy kek cm reset mac addr invalidate auth Supplemental Information Note This command is applicable to BPI and BPI modem operation Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 mac addr MAC address of cable...

Page 1550: ...vides the ability to invalidate the current cable modem s authorization key s and send an auth invalid to the cable modem Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac cable privacy kek cm reset mac addr send auth invalid Supplemental Information Note This command is applicable to BPI and BPI modem operation Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 mac a...

Page 1551: ...l for a CM to register to either BPI or BPI Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac cable privacy mandatory bpi plus configure interface cable mac mac cable privacy mandatory bpi plus no Supplemental Information To disable BPI Enforce for either BPI or BPI use the no option Neither BPI nor BPI are required for this command Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid nu...

Page 1552: ...igure interface cable mac mac cable privacy tek life time no Supplemental Information Note This command is applicable to BPI and BPI modem operation The default value is acceptable for normal operation The shorter the life time the more overhead will exist but gives some improvement in security CAUTION The TEK lifetime must be more than twice as large as the largest TEK CM grace time to prevent de...

Page 1553: ...fault Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac cable privacy tek said said life time seconds configure interface cable mac mac cable privacy tek said said life time no Supplemental Information Note This command is applicable to BPI and BPI modem operation To reset the default tek setting use the no option Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 said SAId K...

Page 1554: ...tek said reset Purpose Provides the ability to invalidate the current SAId s traffic key s TEKs Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac cable privacy tek said reset said Supplemental Information Note This command is applicable to BPI and BPI modem operation Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 said SAId Key Id Valid range is 1 16383 ...

Page 1555: ...s sc enforce rules Purpose Configures the CMTS to use Enforce Rules for a specified MAC domain Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac cable qos sc enforce rules enable disable Supplemental Information N A Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 enable disable Enables disables the use of Enforce Rules for the specified MAC domain ...

Page 1556: ...ons interval between ranging cycles Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac cable range cycle interval int configure interface cable mac mac cable range cycle interval int no Supplemental Information To remove interval between ranging cycles use the no option Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 int Centiseconds between ranging cycle Valid rang...

Page 1557: ...AC station maintenance interval Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac cable ranging interval int configure interface cable mac mac cable ranging interval int no Supplemental Information To remove the cable MAC station maintenance interval use the no option Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 int Station maintenance interval in centiseconds V...

Page 1558: ...Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac cable rcp id hex rcc int configure interface cable mac mac cable rcp id rcc int no Supplemental Information To remove the record use the no option Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 hex Receive channel profile ID in hex 5 byte int Unique RCC ID for rcp id defined earlier Related Commands configure interface cable mac cable dyn...

Page 1559: ...lt Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac cable rcp id hex rcc int description word configure interface cable mac mac cable rcp id hex rcc int description no Supplemental Information To remove this description use the no option Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 hex Receive channel profile ID in hex 5 byte int Unique RCC ID for rcp id defined earlie...

Page 1560: ...C Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac cable rcp id hex rcc int vendor specific word configure interface cable mac mac cable rcp id hex rcc int vendor specific no Supplemental Information To remove this information use the no option Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 hex Receive channel profile ID in hex 5 byte int Unique RCC ID for rcp id...

Page 1561: ...ific information of the cable modem RCC up to a 252 octet string or 504 characters Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac cable rcp id hex rcc int vendor specific extended word Supplemental Information N A Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 hex Receive channel profile ID in hex 5 byte int Unique RCC ID for rcp id defined earlier word Vendor ...

Page 1562: ... Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac cable rcp id hex rcc int cm channel 0 32 configure interface cable mac mac cable rcp id hex rcc int cm channel 0 32 no Supplemental Information To remove the record use the no option Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 hex Receive channel profile ID in hex 5 byte int Unique RCC ID for rcp id defined earlier 0 32 Must ...

Page 1563: ...ure interface cable mac mac cable rcp id hex rcc int cm channel 1 32 cable downstream int configure interface cable mac mac cable rcp id hex rcc int cm channel 1 32 cable downstream no Supplemental Information To remove this record use the no option Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 hex Receive channel profile ID in hex 5 byte int Unique RCC ID for rcp id defined earlier 1 ...

Page 1564: ...nnects Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac cable rcp id hex rcc int cm channel 1 32 module int Supplemental Information N A Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 hex Receive channel profile ID in hex 5 byte int Unique RCC ID for rcp id defined earlier 1 32 Must be unique within the RCC it identi...

Page 1565: ...onfigure interface cable mac mac cable rcp id hex rcc int cm channel 1 32 primary channel configure interface cable mac mac cable rcp id hex rcc int cm channel 1 32 primary channel no Supplemental Information To remove this record use the no option Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 hex Receive channel profile ID in hex 5 byte int Unique RCC ID for rcp id defined earlier 1 3...

Page 1566: ...e Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac cable rcp id hex rcc int module int configure interface cable mac mac cable rcp id hex rcc int module int no Supplemental Information To return to the default use the no option Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 hex Receive channel profile ID in hex 5 byte rcc int Unique RCC ID for rcp id defined earl...

Page 1567: ...nnel of the Receive Module Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac cable rcp id hex rcc int module int connected module int configure interface cable mac mac cable rcp id hex rcc int module int connected module no Supplemental Information N A Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 hex Receive channel profile ID in hex 5 byte int Unique RCC ID for...

Page 1568: ...quency channel of the Receive Module Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac cable rcp id hex rcc int module int min center frequency freq Supplemental Information N A Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 hex Receive channel profile ID in hex 5 byte int Unique RCC ID for rcp id defined earlier int Receive Module to be connected freq Lowest freq...

Page 1569: ...gure interface cable mac mac cable rcp id hex rcc int module int connected module int configure interface cable mac mac cable rcp id hex rcc int module int connected module int no Supplemental Information To return to the default use the no option Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 hex Receive channel profile ID in hex 5 byte rcc int Unique RCC ID for rcp id defined earlier ...

Page 1570: ...ive Module Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac cable rcp id hex rcc int module int min center frequency int Supplemental Information N A Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 hex Receive channel profile ID in hex 5 byte rcc int Unique RCC ID for rcp id defined earlier module int Receive Module to be connected Valid number is 0 32 min center ...

Page 1571: ...ac mac cable reg rsp timer t6 time configure interface cable mac mac cable reg rsp timer t6 time no Supplemental Information To return to the default setting use the no option Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 hex Receive channel profile ID in hex 5 byte int Unique RCC ID for rcp id defined earlier 1 32 Must be unique within the RCC it identifies the receive mode instance w...

Page 1572: ...rface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac s cable source verify dhcp authoritative configure interface cable mac mac s cable source verify dhcp authoritative no Supplemental Information To disable source verification on the specified interface use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub interface dhcp Enables source verification via D...

Page 1573: ... stb host upstream downstream group id configure interface cable mac mac s cable submgmt default filter group cm cpe mta ps stb host upstream downstream group id no Supplemental Information To delete a specific filter group use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub interface cm CM group defaults cpe Regular CPE group defaults mta Packetcable MTA group defaults ps Cable...

Page 1574: ...o Supplemental Information The sync messages allow a cable modem to lock into the 10 24 MHz system clock in the C4 CMTS The recommended value for this parameter is 10 msec Decreasing the sync interval causes additional overhead because more sync messages are sent But increasing the sync interval may prevent some cable modems from locking onto the system clock According to the DOCSIS RFI specificat...

Page 1575: ...rface cable mac mac cable tftp enforce mark only block lock no Supplemental Information CAUTION Using the CR without specifying the block lock mark only parameter can be service affecting and cause modems not to register To disable TFTP enforcement applies to IPv4 and IPv6 use the no option Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 mark only Allows registration but marks violating ...

Page 1576: ...ission of Upstream Channel Descriptor UCD messages Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac cable ucd interval milliseconds configure interface cable mac mac cable ucd interval milliseconds no Supplemental Information To restore the default value use the no option Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 milliseconds Valid range for interval between...

Page 1577: ...US channel bonding can be turned on To address the above issues Cablelabs issued two ECNs ECN_PHY ECN_MULPI that enable CMs to extend their per channel transmit power beyond what was originally specified in the DOCSIS specifications PHYv3 0 provided that the maximum channel power does not exceed 61dBmV This will allow the MSOs to maintain adequate SNR values while operating bonded QAM64 channels T...

Page 1579: ...m graceful tcs reduction configure interface cable mac mac cable upstream graceful tcs reduction no Supplemental Information When Graceful TCS Reduction is enabled and a power shortfall or DRW violation occurs the CMTS will attempt to assign 2 channels to the modem s TCS If the CMTS is unable to assign 2 channels due to a power shortfall or DRW violation the CMTS will assign a single channel to th...

Page 1580: ...ging poll t4 multiplier Purpose Configures the ranging poll interval Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac cable upstream ranging poll t4 multiplier configure interface cable mac mac cable upstream ranging poll t4 multiplier no Supplemental Information To restore the default value use the no option Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 ...

Page 1581: ...r the system In this configuration a specific bonding group tied to a specific MAC domain Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac cable upstream bonding group int configure interface cable mac mac cable upstream bonding group int no Supplemental Information To remove the bonding group use the no option Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 int S...

Page 1582: ... Syntax configure interface cable mac mac cable upstream bonding group int attribute mask value value configure interface cable mac mac cable upstream bonding group int attribute mask value value no Supplemental Information To restore the default attribute mask value of 0x80000000 use the no option Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 int Static bonding group identifier value ...

Page 1583: ...nding group int cable upstream slot port configure interface cable mac mac cable upstream bonding group int cable upstream slot port no Supplemental Information All the channels must be within one MAC domain Note Multiple upstreams can configured using a range of upstreams To remove the channel from the bonding group channel set use the no option Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are...

Page 1584: ...bles the dynamic creation of upstream bonding groups on a MAC domain Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac cable upstream bonding group dynamic enable configure interface cable mac mac cable upstream bonding group dynamic enable no Supplemental Information Note The default is set to disabled To disable dynamic creation of the bonding groups use the no option Para...

Page 1585: ...ers enable Purpose Configures the Upstream Drop Classifiers UDC for the CMs attempting registration Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac cable upstream drop classifiers enable configure interface cable mac mac cable upstream drop classifiers enable no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters mac The MAC identifier and optional sub interfa...

Page 1586: ...ndicates in MDD messages the upstream frequency upper band edge of an upstream channel A value extended means Extended Frequency Range Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac cable us freq range extended configure interface cable mac mac cable us freq range extended no Supplemental Information To remove MDD messages use the no option Parameters mac The MAC identifi...

Page 1587: ...ndicates in MDD messages the upstream frequency upper band edge of an upstream channel A value standard means Standard Frequency Range Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac cable us freq range standard configure interface cable mac mac cable us freq range standard no Supplemental Information To remove MDD messages use the no option Parameters mac The MAC identifi...

Page 1588: ...gnize a particular RCP ID it uses a standard DOCSIS defined RCP for that modem instead Dynamic RCC channel assignments must operate with hard coded RCPs because there are no RCP MIBs to support them Conforming verbose RCPs must satisfy these criteria Nx1 receive channel configuration where all receive channels connect to a single receive module NxN receive channel configuration with receive channe...

Page 1590: ...tion Purpose Configures the description of the specified cable MAC Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac s description word configure interface cable mac mac s description word no Supplemental Information To remove the description use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub interface word Description of the cable MAC ...

Page 1591: ...yntax configure interface cable mac mac ip access group list in out configure interface cable mac mac ip access group list in out no Supplemental Information To remove the access control use the no option Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 list Number or name of a standard or extended IP access list Valid ranges for IP access lists are standard 1 99 in out Inbound packets or...

Page 1592: ...s stb configure interface cable mac mac s ip address ip addr mask secondary dhcp giaddr cpe mta ps stb no Supplemental Information Note Some subnets are reserved for C4 CMTS Internal Processor Communications IPC No interfaces may be configured for the following subnets 100 0 0 x 100 0 1 x 100 0 2 x 1 1 0 x 1 1 1 x To disable the secondary DHCP policy use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC iden...

Page 1593: ...ected broadcast Purpose Enables IP directed broadcast for this interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac s ip directed broadcast configure interface cable mac mac s ip directed broadcast no Supplemental Information To disable IP directed broadcast for this interface no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub interface ...

Page 1594: ...nterface cable mac ip igmp Purpose Enables IGMP on the specified interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac s ip igmp configure interface cable mac mac s ip igmp no Supplemental Information To leave a statically joined multicast group use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub interface ...

Page 1595: ... group access group on the specified interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac s ip igmp access group list configure interface cable mac mac s ip igmp access group list no Supplemental Information To leave the IGMP access group use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub interface list Number or name of a standard IP access list V...

Page 1596: ...ernet 17 18 0 9 0 254 link aggregate 0 9 0 254 tengigabitethernet 17 18 10 0 254 configure interface cable mac mac s ip igmp backup proxy interface gigabitethernet 17 18 0 9 0 254 link aggregate 0 9 0 254 tengigabitethernet 17 18 10 0 254 no Supplemental Information N A Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub interface gigabitethernet 17 18 0 9 0 254 Configures the gigabitethernet as ...

Page 1597: ...tness Purpose Sets the IGMP host robustness Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac s ip igmp host robustness num configure interface cable mac mac s ip igmp host robustness num no Supplemental Information To restore the default value use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub interface num Robustness number Valid range is 1 255 ...

Page 1598: ...ost version Purpose Sets the IGMP host version Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac s ip igmp host version num configure interface cable mac mac s ip igmp host version num no Supplemental Information To restore the default value use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub interface num Version number Valid range is 1 3 ...

Page 1599: ...rpose Enables joining a multicast group locally Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac s ip igmp join group ip_addr configure interface cable mac mac s ip igmp join group ip_addr no Supplemental Information To disable joining a local multicast group use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub interface ip_addr SSM source IP address ...

Page 1600: ...lticast group locally Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac s ip igmp join group ip_addr source ip_addr2 configure interface cable mac mac s ip igmp join group ip_addr source ip addr2 no Supplemental Information To disable joining a local multicast group use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub interface ip_addr SSM source IP address...

Page 1601: ...t member query interval Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac s ip igmp last member query interval int configure interface cable mac mac s ip igmp last member query interval int no Supplemental Information To remove the IGMP last member query interval use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub interface int Last member query interval R...

Page 1602: ...ticast static only Purpose Sets an IGMP enabled interface to only have static multicast traffic Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac s ip igmp multicast static only configure interface cable mac mac s ip igmp multicast static only no Supplemental Information To reset use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub interface ...

Page 1603: ...ault Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac s ip igmp proxy interface gigabitethernet word configure interface cable mac mac s ip igmp proxy interface gigabitethernet word no Supplemental Information To remove the Ethernet interface as a proxy interface use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub interface word RCM slot number gigabitEthernet po...

Page 1604: ...gregate interface as a proxy interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac s ip igmp proxy interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 configure interface cable mac mac s ip igmp proxy interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 no Supplemental Information To remove the link aggregate interface as a proxy interface use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and option...

Page 1605: ...lt Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac s ip igmp proxy interface tengigabitethernet word configure interface cable mac mac s ip igmp proxy interface tengigabitethernet word no Supplemental Information To remove the Ethernet interface as a proxy interface use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub interface word RCM slot number tengigabitEthe...

Page 1606: ...ose Configures the IGMP query interval Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac s ip igmp query interval int configure interface cable mac mac s ip igmp query interval int no Supplemental Information To return the IGMP query interval to the default use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub interface int The query interval 1 31744 seconds...

Page 1607: ...uery max response time Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac s ip igmp query max response time int configure interface cable mac mac s ip igmp query max response time int no Supplemental Information To return the IGMP query max response time to the default use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub interface int The query max response ...

Page 1608: ...he IGMP robustness Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac s ip igmp robustness 1 255 configure interface cable mac mac s ip igmp robustness 1 255 no Supplemental Information To return to the default use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub interface 1 255 Defines the level of tolerance for messages lost Valid range is 1 255 The defaul...

Page 1609: ...Purpose Configures the IGMP multicast group Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac s ip igmp static group A B C D configure interface cable mac mac s ip igmp static group A B C D no Supplemental Information To remove the IGMP multicast group use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub interface A B C D IP Multicast group IP address ...

Page 1610: ...up on an IP virtual interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac s ip igmp static group A B C D source word configure interface cable mac mac s ip igmp static group A B C D source word no Supplemental Information Note The IGMP code will inform PIM of the multicast address only if the source IP address is included To remove membership to an IP multicast group o...

Page 1611: ...se Configures the IGMP router version Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac s ip igmp version 1 3 configure interface cable mac mac s ip igmp version 1 3 no Supplemental Information To remove the IGMP version use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub interface mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub interface 1 3 Version number ...

Page 1612: ...uters that are using the OSPF simple password authentication key Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac s ip ospf authentication key password configure interface cable mac mac s ip ospf authentication key password no Supplemental Information To disable the OSPF authentication key password use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub inter...

Page 1613: ...of keys that can be used on this interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac s ip ospf authentication key chain name configure interface cable mac mac s ip ospf authentication key chain name no Supplemental Information To disable the OSPF authentication key chain use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub interface name Name of the...

Page 1614: ...uters that are using the OSPF simple password authentication key Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac s ip ospf authentication key password configure interface cable mac mac s ip ospf authentication key password no Supplemental Information To disable the OSPF authentication key password use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub inter...

Page 1615: ...rpose Automatically deletes the neighbors when adjacency is lost Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac s ip ospf auto delete neighbor configure interface cable mac mac s ip ospf auto delete neighbor no Supplemental Information To halt the auto deletion of neighbors when adjacency is lost use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub inter...

Page 1616: ...pecifies the cost of sending a packet on an interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac s ip ospf cost metric configure interface cable mac mac s ip ospf cost metric no Supplemental Information To disable the OSPF cost use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub interface metric Link state metric with value range from 0 to 65535 ...

Page 1617: ...onality When the dead interval is set to one second Fast Hello timers are used The ospfPmIfFastHelloMultiplier MIB object is used to determine the hello interval instead of the configured hello interval value This object determines the number of OSPF HELLO packets that should be sent within one second The default value is 5 packets and is not configurable Thus if you set the dead interval to one s...

Page 1618: ...urpose Enables the specified interface as a Graceful Restart Helper Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac s ip ospf graceful restart restart helper configure interface cable mac mac s ip ospf graceful restart restart helper no Supplemental Information To disable the graceful restart restart helper use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional...

Page 1619: ...cess Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac s ip ospf graceful restart timeout timeout configure interface cable mac mac s ip ospf graceful restart timeout timeout no Supplemental Information Note The graceful restart timeout can not be set to a value less than the current dead interval To disable the graceful restart timeout use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier...

Page 1620: ...helper Purpose Enables the specified interface as a Graceful Restart Helper Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac s ip ospf graceful restart helper configure interface cable mac mac s ip ospf graceful restart helper no Supplemental Information To disable the graceful restart helper use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub interface ...

Page 1621: ...cess Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac s ip ospf graceful restart timeout timeout configure interface cable mac mac s ip ospf graceful restart timeout timeout no Supplemental Information Note The graceful restart timeout can not be set to a value less than the current dead interval To disable the graceful restart timeout use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier...

Page 1622: ...hello packets that the software sends on the interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac s ip ospf hello interval interval configure interface cable mac mac s ip ospf hello interval interval no Supplemental Information To disable the OSPF hello interval use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub interface interval Hello interval in...

Page 1623: ...s the OSPF md5 key chain Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac s ip ospf message digest key key id md5 password configure interface cable mac mac s ip ospf message digest key key id md5 password no Supplemental Information To remove the md5 key chain use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub interface key id The md5 key id password Th...

Page 1624: ...igures the OSPF md5 key chain Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac s ip ospf priority priority configure interface cable mac mac s ip ospf priority priority no Supplemental Information To remove the md5 key chain use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub interface priority 8 bit unsigned number than specifies the priority from 0 to 2...

Page 1625: ...ent LSA retransmissions for adjacencies belonging to the interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac s ip ospf retransmit interval interval configure interface cable mac mac s ip ospf retransmit interval interval no Supplemental Information To disable OSPF retransmit interval use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub interface int...

Page 1626: ... time it takes to transmit a link state update Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac s ip ospf transmit delay time configure interface cable mac mac s ip ospf transmit delay time no Supplemental Information To disable OSPF transmit delay use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub interface time Seconds required to transmit a link state...

Page 1627: ...Purpose Configures the PIM router message prune join interval Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac s ip pim dr priority int configure interface cable mac mac s ip pim dr priority int no Supplemental Information To reset the interval use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub interface int Prune join message interval in seconds ...

Page 1628: ...rpose Configures the PIM router neighbor hold time option in the Hello message Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac s ip pim hello holdtime int configure interface cable mac mac s ip pim hello holdtime int no Supplemental Information To reset the hold time use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub interface int Hold time in seconds ...

Page 1629: ...pose Configures the PIM router message prune join interval Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac s ip pim message holdtime int configure interface cable mac mac s ip pim message holdtime int no Supplemental Information To reset the hold time use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub interface int Prune join message interval in seconds...

Page 1630: ...rpose Configures the PIM router message prune join interval Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac s ip pim message interval int configure interface cable mac mac s ip pim message interval int no Supplemental Information To reset the interval use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub interface int Prune join message interval in seconds...

Page 1631: ...interval Purpose Configures the PIM router query hello interval Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac s ip pim query interval int configure interface cable mac mac s ip pim query interval int no Supplemental Information To reset the interval use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub interface int Query interval in seconds ...

Page 1632: ...nables PIM sparse mode SSM operation on a network side interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac s ip pim sparse mode ssm passive configure interface cable mac mac s ip pim sparse mode ssm passive no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub interface passive Runs PIM passively no sent rcvd me...

Page 1633: ... ip policy route map policy Purpose Enables policy routing Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac s ip policy route map policy word configure interface cable mac mac s ip policy route map policy word no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub interface word Route map name ...

Page 1634: ...nd every incoming message received will be validated based on it having this key Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac s ip rip authentication key keychain configure interface cable mac mac s ip rip authentication key keychain no Supplemental Information To reset the authentication key and set the authentication mode to text mode use the no option Parameters mac ...

Page 1635: ...d on the specified interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac s ip rip authentication key chain keychain configure interface cable mac mac s ip rip authentication key chain keychain no Supplemental Information To remove the set of keys to be used on a specified interface use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub interface keychai...

Page 1636: ...gures the RIP authentication mode keyed MD5 authentication By default it is disabled on each interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac s ip rip authentication mode md5 configure interface cable mac mac s ip rip authentication mode md5 no Supplemental Information To reset the authentication mode use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optio...

Page 1637: ...res the RIP authentication mode to clear text authentication By default it is disabled on each interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac s ip rip authentication mode text configure interface cable mac mac s ip rip authentication mode text no Supplemental Information To reset the authentication mode use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and o...

Page 1638: ...t metrics are compatible during route redistribution Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac s ip rip default metric 0 16 configure interface cable mac mac s ip rip default metric 0 16 no Supplemental Information To return to the default setting use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub interface 0 16 Default metrics available If the de...

Page 1639: ...e RIP version to receive Currently only RIP Version 2 packets are accepted on this interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac s ip rip receive version configure interface cable mac mac s ip rip receive version no Supplemental Information To disable receiving RIP V2 packets on this interface use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional s...

Page 1640: ... cable mac ip router isis Purpose Enables IS IS routing for IP on the specified interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac s ip router isis configure interface cable mac mac s ip router isis no Supplemental Information To disable IS IS for IP use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub interface ...

Page 1641: ... a physical port and therefore is active on all VRFs associated with the physical port Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac s ip scm access group access list number configure interface cable mac mac s ip scm access group access list number no Supplemental Information To clear or reset the ACL association use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and ...

Page 1642: ... mac ip unreachables Purpose Sets the cable interface ICMP unreachables as always sent Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac s ip unreachables configure interface cable mac mac s ip unreachables no Supplemental Information To reset the ICMP unreachables use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub interface ...

Page 1643: ... ip vrf forwarding Purpose Configures the VRF associated with the interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac s ip vrf forwarding name configure interface cable mac mac s ip vrf forwarding name no Supplemental Information To remove the VRF use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub interface name VRF name ...

Page 1644: ... dhcp link address cable modem any host configure interface cable mac mac 0 ipv6 address address eui 64 link local dhcp link address cable modem any host no Supplemental Information To remove the specified cable interface IPv6 address use the no option Parameters mac 0 The MAC identifier and optional sub interface address Address of the DHCP server eui 64 Configures the site local and global IPv6 ...

Page 1645: ...nfiguration on the specified interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac 0 ipv6 dhcp relay destination address configure interface cable mac mac 0 ipv6 dhcp relay destination address no Supplemental Information To remove the IPv6 destination address for the DHCP relay configuration for the specified interface use the no option Parameters mac 0 The MAC identif...

Page 1646: ... This command creates a default link local address for the interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac 0 ipv6 enable configure interface cable mac mac 0 ipv6 enable no Supplemental Information To remove all IPv6 addresses from the interface use the no option If there is no IPv4 configuration this command removes all layer 3 configuration Parameters mac 0 The ...

Page 1647: ...ac ipv6 icmp param problem Purpose Enables transmission of ICMP6 Parameter problem messages Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac 0 ipv6 icmp param problem configure interface cable mac mac 0 ipv6 icmp param problem no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters mac 0 The MAC identifier and optional sub interface ...

Page 1648: ...erface cable mac ipv6 icmp too big Purpose Enables transmission of ICMP6 too big messages Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac 0 ipv6 icmp too big configure interface cable mac mac 0 ipv6 icmp too big no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters mac 0 The MAC identifier and optional sub interface ...

Page 1649: ...le mac ipv6 icmp unreachables Purpose Sets all interface ICMP unreachables as always sent Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac 0 ipv6 icmp unreachables configure interface cable mac mac 0 ipv6 icmp unreachables no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters mac 0 The MAC identifier and optional sub interface ...

Page 1650: ...aximum MTU size in bytes for IPv6 traffic Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac 0 ipv6 mtu 1280 1500 configure interface cable mac mac 0 ipv6 mtu 1280 1500 no Supplemental Information To return to the default setting use the no option Parameters mac 0 The MAC identifier and optional sub interface 1280 1500 Maximum size of a packet in bytes including the IP header...

Page 1651: ...solicitation messages sent to detect duplicate addresses Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac 0 ipv6 nd dad attempts 0 600 configure interface cable mac mac 0 ipv6 nd dad attempts 0 600 no Supplemental Information To remove use the no option Parameters mac 0 The MAC identifier and optional sub interface 0 600 Sets the number of neighbor solicitation messages sen...

Page 1652: ...managed address configuration flag in IPv6 router advertisements Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac 0 ipv6 nd managed config flag configure interface cable mac mac 0 ipv6 nd managed config flag no Supplemental Information To remove the managed address configuration flag in IPv6 router advertisements use the no option Parameters mac 0 The MAC identifier and opt...

Page 1653: ...Purpose Sets the minimum interval for neighbor solicitation retransmissions Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac 0 ipv6 nd ns interval int configure interface cable mac mac 0 ipv6 nd ns interval int no Supplemental Information To return to the default setting use the no option Parameters mac 0 The MAC identifier and optional sub interface int Milliseconds ...

Page 1654: ...e other stateful configuration flag in IPv6 router advertisements Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac 0 ipv6 nd other config flag configure interface cable mac mac 0 ipv6 nd other config flag no Supplemental Information To remove the other stateful configuration flag in IPv6 router advertisement use the no option Parameters mac 0 The MAC identifier and optional...

Page 1655: ...c of CPEs behind different modems is not bridged Neighbor Discovery Proxy is not supported These CPEs can communicate if their interfaces are configured with off link prefixes To remove the lifetime and advertisements for prefix use the no option Parameters mac 0 The MAC identifier and optional sub interface word Prefix prefix length sec Valid lifetime in seconds sec2 Preferred lifetime in seconds...

Page 1656: ... specified prefix will not be sent in router advertisements Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac 0 ipv6 nd prefix word no advertise configure interface cable mac mac 0 ipv6 nd prefix word no advertise no Supplemental Information To reset the prefix to be sent in router advertisements use the no option Parameters mac 0 The MAC identifier and optional sub interfac...

Page 1657: ...able mac mac 0 ipv6 nd prefix word at valid_date preferred_date off link no autoconfig autoconfig no Supplemental Information To return to the default setting use the no option Parameters mac 0 The MAC identifier and optional sub interface word Prefix prefix length valid_date Valid date in year month day hour minute second preferred_date Preferred date in year month day hour minute second off link...

Page 1658: ...nfinite off link no autoconfig autoconfig configure interface cable mac mac 0 ipv6 nd prefix word infinite off link no autoconfig autoconfig no Supplemental Information To return to the default setting use the no option Parameters mac 0 The MAC identifier and optional sub interface word Prefix prefix length off link Indicates prefix is not locally reachable by hosts and must be routed no autoconfi...

Page 1659: ... the specified interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac 0 ipv6 nd ra interval int int configure interface cable mac mac 0 ipv6 nd ra interval int int no Supplemental Information To return to the default interval use the no option Parameters mac 0 The MAC identifier and optional sub interface int Maximum interval between IPv6 RA transmissions in seconds int...

Page 1660: ... Sets the lifetime for the router advertisements on the specified interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac 0 ipv6 nd ra lifetime int configure interface cable mac mac 0 ipv6 nd ra lifetime int no Supplemental Information To return to the default interval use the no option Parameters mac 0 The MAC identifier and optional sub interface int Lifetime in second...

Page 1661: ...uppress Purpose Suppresses router advertisements on the specified interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac 0 ipv6 nd ra suppress configure interface cable mac mac 0 ipv6 nd ra suppress no Supplemental Information To enable router advertisements on this interface use the no option Parameters mac 0 The MAC identifier and optional sub interface ...

Page 1662: ...the amount of time a neighbor is considered reachable after last confirmation Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac 0 ipv6 nd reachable time int configure interface cable mac mac 0 ipv6 nd reachable time int no Supplemental Information To return to the default setting use the no option Parameters mac 0 The MAC identifier and optional sub interface int Time in mil...

Page 1663: ...ult Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac 0 ipv6 ospf area word instance int configure interface cable mac mac 0 ipv6 ospf area word instance int no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters mac 0 The MAC identifier and optional sub interface word OSPF area ID It can be specified as either an IP address or decimal value instance int Controls select...

Page 1664: ... cost Purpose Configures the cost of sending a packet on the specified interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac 0 ipv6 ospf cost 1 65535 configure interface cable mac mac 0 ipv6 ospf cost 1 65535 no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters mac 0 The MAC identifier and optional sub interface 1 65535 Link state metric ...

Page 1665: ...at which hello packets must not be seen before neighbors declare the router down Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac 0 ipv6 ospf dead interval 1 2147483647 configure interface cable mac mac 0 ipv6 ospf dead interval 1 2147483647 no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters mac 0 The MAC identifier and optional sub interface 1 2147483647 D...

Page 1666: ...the interval between hello packets that the software sends on the specified interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac 0 ipv6 ospf hello interval 1 65535 configure interface cable mac mac 0 ipv6 ospf hello interval 1 65535 no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters mac 0 The MAC identifier and optional sub interface 1 65535 Hello int...

Page 1667: ...pv6 ospf mtu ignore Purpose Disables checking the MTU size on incoming Database Descriptor DBD packets Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac 0 ipv6 ospf mtu ignore configure interface cable mac mac 0 ipv6 ospf mtu ignore no Supplemental Information To enable use the no option Parameters mac 0 The MAC identifier and optional sub interface ...

Page 1668: ...work type to a type other than the default for a given media Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac 0 ipv6 ospf network type configure interface cable mac mac 0 ipv6 ospf network type no Supplemental Information To return to the default use the no option Parameters mac 0 The MAC identifier and optional sub interface type Network type Current type supported is broa...

Page 1669: ...ity Purpose Sets the router priority To reset to the default value Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac 0 ipv6 ospf priority 0 255 configure interface cable mac mac 0 ipv6 ospf priority 0 255 no Supplemental Information To reset to the default value use the no option Parameters mac 0 The MAC identifier and optional sub interface 0 255 Router priority ...

Page 1670: ...tate advertisement LSA retransmissions for adjacencies belonging to the interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac 0 ipv6 ospf retransmit interval 1 1800 configure interface cable mac mac 0 ipv6 ospf retransmit interval 1 1800 no Supplemental Information To reset to the default use the no option Parameters mac 0 The MAC identifier and optional sub interface ...

Page 1671: ... takes to transmit a link state update packet on the interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac 0 ipv6 ospf transmit delay 1 1800 configure interface cable mac mac 0 ipv6 ospf transmit delay 1 1800 no Supplemental Information To return to the default value use the no option Parameters mac 0 The MAC identifier and optional sub interface 1 1800 Seconds require...

Page 1672: ... ipv6 pd route injection Purpose Enables route injection on the specified cable mac interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac 0 ipv6 pd route injection configure interface cable mac mac 0 ipv6 pd route injection no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters mac 0 The MAC identifier and optional sub interface ...

Page 1673: ...le mac ipv6 router isis Purpose Enables IS IS routing for IPv6 on the specified interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac 0 ipv6 router isis configure interface cable mac mac 0 ipv6 router isis no Supplemental Information To disable IS IS for IP use the no option Parameters mac 0 The MAC identifier and optional sub interface ...

Page 1674: ...e direction Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac 0 ipv6 traffic filter aclName in out configure interface cable mac mac 0 ipv6 traffic filter aclName in out no Supplemental Information To remove the data plane filter use the no option Parameters mac 0 The MAC identifier and optional sub interface aclName IPv6 access list name in out Designates inbound or outboun...

Page 1675: ...terface cable mac mac s isis authentication key chain name level 1 level 2 no Supplemental Information Note All commands that include key chains required that the key chain already exists before the command is executed In addition the key chain should not be deleted until after the command s that reference it have been reset with the no command To reset the circuit type use the no option Parameter...

Page 1676: ...5 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac s isis authentication mode md5 text level 1 level 2 configure interface cable mac mac s isis authentication mode md5 text level 1 level 2 no Supplemental Information To reset the circuit type use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub interface md5 text Choose either md5 or plain text level 1 level 2 Specifies the type ...

Page 1677: ... mac s isis circuit type level enum2 configure interface cable mac mac s isis circuit type no Supplemental Information The Level 1 adjacency may be established if there is at least one area address in common between this system and its neighbors To reset the circuit type use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub interface level enum2 Specifies the type of adjacencies t...

Page 1678: ...el2 configure interface cable mac mac s isis csnp interval level1 level2 no Supplemental Information This command only applies to the designated router on the specified interface To restore the default value use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub interface seconds Interval of time between transmission of CSNPs on multiaccess networks This interval only applies for t...

Page 1679: ...ax configure interface cable mac mac s isis ds hello interval 10 12000 level1 level2 configure interface cable mac mac s isis ds hello interval level1 level2 no Supplemental Information To restore the default value use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub interface 10 120000 Milliseconds between hello packets Valid range is 10 120000 Default value is 1000 milliseconds...

Page 1680: ...interface cable mac mac s isis hello interval 10 600000 minimal minimal level1 level2 configure interface cable mac mac s isis hello interval minimal minimal level1 level2 no Supplemental Information N A Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub interface 10 60000 Specifies the milliseconds between hello packets before multiplier minimal Sets the interval to one second multiplier minima...

Page 1681: ... down after not having received any IS IS hello packets during the advertised hold time The hold time can be set on a per interface basis and can be different between different routers in one area Note Using a smaller hello multiplier will give fast convergence but can result in more routing instability Incrementing the hello multiplier to a larger value will help stabilize the network Never confi...

Page 1682: ... level1 level2 configure interface cable mac mac s isis ipv6 metric 1 16777215 level1 level2 no Supplemental Information This command applies only when multi topology has been selected with the configure router isis address family ipv6 multi topology To restore the default value use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub interface 1 16777215 Metric used to calculate rou...

Page 1683: ...between successive LSPs for the specified interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac s isis lsp interval milliseconds configure interface cable mac mac s isis lsp interval no Supplemental Information To restore the default value use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub interface milliseconds Milliseconds between successive LSPs ...

Page 1684: ...et size of LSPs for the specified interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac s isis lsp mtu int configure interface cable mac mac s isis lsp mtu no Supplemental Information To restore the default value use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub interface int Maximum packet size of LSPs for specified interface Valid range is 1 1497...

Page 1685: ...able mac mac s isis metric default metric level1 level2 configure interface cable mac mac s isis metric level1 level2 no Supplemental Information This command only applies when IPv6 is not used in the system To restore the default value use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub interface default metric Integer Valid range is 1 63 level1 level2 Specifies the type of adj...

Page 1686: ...nformation The priority is used to determine which router on a LAN will be the designated router The priorities are advertised in the hello packets The router with the highest priority will become the Designated Intermediate System DIS In the case of equal priorities the highest MAC address breaks the tie To restore the default value use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and option...

Page 1687: ...isables the administrative state of IS IS on the specified interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac s isis protocol shutdown configure interface cable mac mac s isis protocol shutdown no Supplemental Information To enable the administrative state of IS IS on the specified interface use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub inte...

Page 1688: ...figure interface cable mac mac s isis retransmit interval seconds configure interface cable mac mac s isis retransmit interval no Supplemental Information This command is useful in very large networks with many LSPs and many interfaces to control LSP retransmission traffic This command controls the rate at which LSPs can be resent on the interface To restore the default value use the no option Par...

Page 1689: ...mac isis small hello Purpose Allows unpadded hello packets for the specified interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac s isis small hello configure interface cable mac mac s isis small hello no Supplemental Information To restore the default value use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub interface ...

Page 1690: ...terface cable mac mac s isis wide metric int level1 level2 configure interface cable mac mac s isis wide metric level1 level2 no Supplemental Information This command applies when a system has IPv4 and IPv6 configuration To restore the default value use the no option Parameters mac s The MAC identifier and optional sub interface int Metric value level1 level2 Specifies the type of adjacencies to b...

Page 1691: ... mac proxy arp Purpose Enables ARP forwarding for this virtual router interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac proxy arp configure interface cable mac mac proxy arp no Supplemental Information To disable ARP forwarding for the virtual router interface use the no option Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 ...

Page 1692: ...able modem from consuming any bandwidth upstream or downstream on the cable If the option is turned off the ARP cache of either or both CPEs can contain the MAC address of the CAM for the CPE behind the same cable modem This causes data traffic between the CPEs to be sent up to the CAM routed by the C4 CMTS and then sent back down to the other CPE behind the cable modem rather than remaining local...

Page 1693: ... Purpose Takes the Cable Access Module or downstream port if specified out of service Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac shutdown configure interface cable mac mac shutdown no Supplemental Information To restore the Cable Access Module or downstream port if specified use the no option Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 ...

Page 1694: ...The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 allowed normal int Maximum percent downstream and upstream channel bandwidth allowed for normal voice use Valid range is 0 to 90 allowed emergency int Maximum percent downstream and upstream channel bandwidth allowed for emergency voice use Valid range is 0 to 90 allowed total int Percent downstream and upstream channel bandwidth allowed for all classes o...

Page 1695: ...ergency preemption Purpose Allows emergency traffic to preempt normal traffic Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable mac mac voice limits emergency preemption configure interface cable mac mac voice limits emergency preemption no Supplemental Information To disable emergency preemption use the no option Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 ...

Page 1696: ... Reserved 1696 configure interface cable upstream Purpose Configures the Upstream Cable Access Module UCAM Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable upstream slot ch 0 Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot ch 0 The upstream slot channel logical channel It will assume lc 0 if needed and not supplied ...

Page 1697: ...gures the attributes for the specified channel for channel assignment Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable upstream slot ch 0 cable attribute mask value value Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot ch 0 The upstream slot channel logical channel It will assume lc 0 if needed and not supplied value Attribute bits of the channel Related Commands show interface cable ...

Page 1698: ...terface cable upstream slot ch 0 cable cable mac mac configure interface cable upstream slot ch 0 cable cable mac mac no Supplemental Information To remove an upstream from a specific cable mac use the no option Parameters slot ch 0 The upstream slot channel logical channel It will assume lc 0 if needed and not supplied us_port The upstream port mac The MAC identifier Related Commands configure in...

Page 1699: ...nel identifier for the specified upstream Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable upstream slot ch 0 cable channel id 1 255 Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot ch 0 The upstream slot channel logical channel It will assume lc 0 if needed and not supplied 1 255 Channel ID Related Commands show interface cable upstream page 2810 configure interface cable upstream cab...

Page 1700: ...le upstream slot ch 0 cable channel width width hz Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot ch 0 The upstream slot channel logical channel It will assume lc 0 if needed and not supplied width hz Valid values for channel width in Hertz Hz are 200000 Hz 150 000 symbols sec 400000 Hz 320 000 symbols sec 800000 Hz 640 000 symbols sec 1600000 Hz 1 280 000 symbols sec 3200000 Hz 2 560 000 symbols se...

Page 1701: ...C of the specified UCAM Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable upstream s ch cable connector number configure interface cable upstream s ch cable connector number no Supplemental Information To remove an upstream connector use the no option Parameters s ch The upstream slot channel number Connector range is 0 23 and is dependent on the cable upstream specified Related Com...

Page 1702: ...Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable upstream slot ch 0 databackoff 0 16 0 16 Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot ch 0 The upstream slot channel logical channel It will assume lc 0 if needed and not supplied 0 16 0 16 This is a binary exponential algorithm which sets the start and end value for the data backoff The valid range is 0 to 16 The default settings are 2 8 Where The...

Page 1703: ...gures the specified upstream DOCSIS mode Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable upstream slot ch 0 cable docsis mode type Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot ch 0 The upstream slot channel logical channel It will assume lc 0 if needed and not supplied type Valid values for DOCSIS modes are tdma atdma scdma adma atdma Related Commands show interface cable upstream...

Page 1704: ...e center frequency for the upstream cable port in Hertz Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable upstream slot ch cable frequency frequency Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot ch The upstream slot channel It will assume lc 0 if needed and not supplied frequency Center frequency in Hz Valid range is 5000000 to 42000000 Related Commands show interface cable upstream ...

Page 1705: ...x configure interface cable upstream s ch cable ingress cancellation interval int size int configure interface cable upstream s ch cable ingress cancellation no Supplemental Information To remove the upstream ingress cancellation properties for the specified interface use the no option Parameters s ch The upstream slot channel interval int Interval in msec at which reserved burst intervals are sch...

Page 1706: ...5 Command Syntax configure interface cable upstream slot ch 0 cable load balance group group configure interface cable upstream slot ch 0 cable load balance group group no Supplemental Information To remove a physical upstream channel from the specified dynamic load balance group use the no option Parameters lot ch 0 The upstream slot channel logical channel It will assume lc 0 if needed and not s...

Page 1707: ...map size in 800 microsecond ticks Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable upstream slot ch cable map size size Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot ch The upstream slot channel It will assume lc 0 if needed and not supplied size Indicates the average size of MAPs in 800 microsecond ticks Valid range is 1 13 Default is set at 4 Related Commands show interface cable ...

Page 1708: ...el 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable upstream slot ch cable max power adj power adjustment Supplemental Information The Rx power can be adjusted to any level from 16 to 26 dBmV Parameters slot ch The upstream slot channel It will assume lc 0 if needed and not supplied power adjustment Maximum size of the C4 CMTS range response power adjustments in 1 4 dBmV units Valid range is 1 48 Defau...

Page 1709: ...d Syntax configure interface cable upstream slot ch 0 cable mini slot size number of ticks Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot ch 0 The upstream slot channel logical channel It will assume lc 0 if needed and not supplied number ticks Number of 6 25 microsecond ticks Use 0 or no to disable Channel width Number ticks in minislot 200 16 32 64 128 400 8 16 32 64 128 800 4 8 16 32 64 128 1600 ...

Page 1710: ...ation profile modulation profile id Supplemental Information A modulation profile is a collection of six burst profiles that are sent out in an upstream channel descriptor UCD message to configure a modem s transmit parameters for the following upstream message types request initial maintenance station maintenance short grant and long grant Parameters slot ch 0 The upstream slot channel logical ch...

Page 1711: ...am slot ch 0 cable num equalizer taps 5 24 Supplemental Information The value for the number of equalizer taps is set on a logical channel basis The default setting of 24 is recommended for most RF plants in the field In low noise and lab upstream RF plants signal to noise ratios might be slightly improved by setting the number of equalizer taps to 5 Parameters slot ch 0 The upstream slot channel ...

Page 1712: ...le plant If for example the loss on a given node were so great that the CMs could not transmit a strong enough signal to reach the C4 CMTS at 11 dBmV then you would want to lower the expected receive power If desired change the input receive power to any level from 16 to 29 dBmV according to the upstream bandwidth If the channel width is changed and the receive power level is no longer valid the C...

Page 1713: ... specified upstream port Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable upstream slot ch 0 cable pre eq enable true false Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot ch 0 The upstream slot channel logical channel It will assume lc 0 if needed and not supplied true false True turns the equalizer coefficient on and false turns the equalizer coefficient off Default is set to false ...

Page 1714: ... Syntax configure interface cable upstream slot ch 0 cable rangebackoff 0 16 0 16 Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot ch 0 The upstream slot channel logical channel It will assume lc 0 if needed and not supplied 0 16 0 16 The first 0 16 is the valid range for the start value The second 0 16 is the valid range for the end value You must enter the start and end values separated by a dash Th...

Page 1715: ...nterface cable upstream slot port 0 cable relay agent option circuit id mac ifindex text word hex word us ifindex no Supplemental Information To disable upstream agility on a specified upstream channel use the no option Parameters slot ch 0 The upstream slot channel logical channel It will assume lc 0 if needed and not supplied mac ifindex Indicates that the 4 byte MAC ifIndex is used for the circ...

Page 1716: ...dma active codes int frame size int hopping seed int codes per slot int Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot ch 0 The upstream slot channel logical channel It will assume lc 0 if needed and not supplied active codes int Number of active SCDMA codes Valid range is 64 to 128 frame size int SCDMA frame size in units of spreading intervals hopping seed int 5 bit seed used for code hopping sequ...

Page 1717: ...configure interface cable upstream cable show Purpose Displays the upstream configuration on the specified interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable upstream s ch 0 cable show Supplemental Information N A Parameters s ch 0 The upstream slot channel logical channel It will assume lc 0 if needed and not supplied ...

Page 1718: ... Command Syntax configure interface cable upstream slot ch 0 cable spectrum group 1 40 state 1 16 configure interface cable upstream slot ch 0 cable spectrum group 1 40 no Supplemental Information To restore the Cable Access Module use the no option Parameters slot ch 0 The upstream slot channel logical channel It will assume lc 0 if needed and not supplied 1 40 State Machine Index state 1 16 Manu...

Page 1719: ...elong to the same cable mac before invoking this command To disable source verification on the specified slot and downstream port use the no option US Channel Width in kHz Valid Rx Power Range dBmV 200 16 to 14 13 to 14 is recommended 400 13 to 17 800 13 to 20 13 to 17 is recommended 1600 13 to 23 13 to 17 is recommended 3200 10 to 26 10 to 20 is recommended 6400 7 to 29 7 to 23 is recommended Par...

Page 1720: ...ower offset from RX target for ranging success Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable upstream slot ch cable threshold power offset threshold value Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot ch The upstream slot channel threshold value Threshold for power adjustments Valid range is 4 to 48 default is 24 Note DOCSIS recommends only 4 to 24 Related Commands show interface...

Page 1721: ...ream slot channel allowed normal Maximum percent downstream and upstream channel bandwidth allowed for normal voice use Valid range is 0 to 90 allowed emergency Maximum percent downstream and upstream channel bandwidth allowed for emergency voice use Valid range is 0 to 90 allowed total Percent downstream and upstream channel bandwidth allowed for all classes of voice traffic Valid range is 0 to 9...

Page 1722: ...ency preemption Purpose Allows emergency traffic to preempt normal traffic Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable upstream slot ch cable voice limits emergency preemption configure interface cable upstream slot ch cable voice limits emergency preemption no Supplemental Information To disable emergency preemption use the no option Parameters slot ch The upstream slot chann...

Page 1723: ...erface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable upstream slot ch 0 description text configure interface cable upstream slot ch 0 description no Supplemental Information To remove the description use the no option Parameters slot ch 0 The upstream slot channel logical channel It will assume lc 0 if needed and not supplied text Descriptive information e g identifies area serv...

Page 1724: ...shutdown Purpose Takes the specified UCAM out of service Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface cable upstream slot ch 0 shutdown configure interface cable upstream slot ch 0 shutdown no Supplemental Information To restore the UCAM use the no option Parameters slot ch 0 The upstream slot channel logical channel It will assume lc 0 if needed and not supplied ...

Page 1725: ...ive ip ip addr netmask no Supplemental Information The two valid slot numbers on the C4 CMTS are 19 and 20 either one may be used to define the active IP address If the IP mask is not provided then it will default to the mask of the SCM interface IP address To remove the active IP address associated with the SCM Front Ethernet Port IP address and mask are not required use the no option Parameters ...

Page 1726: ...configure interface ethernet slot port ip address ip addr no Supplemental Information Some subnets are reserved for CMTS Internal Processor Communications IPC No interfaces may be configured for the following subnets 100 0 0 x 100 0 1 x 100 0 2 x 1 1 0 x 1 1 1 x To remove the System Controller ethernet interface on the specified slot port use the no option Parameters slot port The chassis slot num...

Page 1727: ... you to enter the gigabitEthernet interface configuration mode for the specified interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 0 254 Valid range for the C4c CMTS is 17 0 9 0 254 ...

Page 1728: ... Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 description text configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 description no Supplemental Information To remove the description use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 0 254 Valid range for the C4c C...

Page 1729: ...full duplex half duplex or auto negotiate Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 full half auto duplex Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 0 254 Valid range for the C4c CMTS is 17 0 9 0 254 full half auto Sets the duplex mo...

Page 1730: ...802 1Q Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 encapsulation dot1q int configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 encapsulation dot1q int no Supplemental Information To return to default settings use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 1...

Page 1731: ...tethernet slot port 0 254 encapsulation dot1q int priority int iptos configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 encapsulation dot1q int priority int iptos no Supplemental Information To return to default settings use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 0 254 Valid range for the C4...

Page 1732: ...off configure interface gigabitethernet slot port flowcontrol receive no Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot port RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 Valid range for the C4c CMTS is 17 0 9 desired Directs that an auto negotiation of flow control take place with preference to process Pause frames The port will process flow control if the far...

Page 1733: ...off configure interface gigabitethernet slot port flowcontrol send no Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot port RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 Valid range for the C4c CMTS is 17 0 9 desired Directs that an auto negotiation of flow control take place with preference to process Pause frames The port will process flow control if the far en...

Page 1734: ...dex will replace the one that was previously entered Note If the ACL referred to by acl index does not exist then all packets are passed If the ACL referred to by acl index does exist and a packet does not match any of the entries in the ACL then that packet will be dropped This only removes the interface filtering information Any ACLs that are referred to by the access group command are unaffecte...

Page 1735: ... interface from the specified virtual router use the no option of the command All primary and secondary IP addresses for the interface are also deleted if a secondary is not specified If a secondary is specified then only the secondary IP address mask is deleted and the virtual interface remains Note Some subnets are reserved for CMTS Internal Processor Communications IPC No interfaces may be conf...

Page 1736: ...face Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip directed broadcast configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip directed broadcast no Supplemental Information To disable IP directed broadcast use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0...

Page 1737: ...rface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip igmp configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip igmp no Supplemental Information To disable the IGMP on the interface use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 0 254 Valid range fo...

Page 1738: ...nd Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip igmp access group 1 99 configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip igmp access group 1 99 no Supplemental Information To remove the IGIMP group access group use no option of the command Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 0 254 ...

Page 1739: ...ace gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip igmp backup proxy interface gigabitethernet 17 18 09 0 254 link aggregate 0 9 0 254 tengigabitethernet 17 18 10 0 254 no Supplemental Information To disable the IGMP backup proxy on the interface use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 0 254 Valid ran...

Page 1740: ...Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip igmp host robustness num configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip igmp host robustness num no Supplemental Information To remove the IGMP host robustness use the no version Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 0 254 Valid range f...

Page 1741: ...and Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip igmp host version num configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip igmp host version num no Supplemental Information To remove the IGMP host version use the no version Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 0 254 Valid range for th...

Page 1742: ...ommand Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip igmp join group ip_addr configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip igmp join group ip_addr no Supplemental Information To disable joining a local multicast group use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 0 254 V...

Page 1743: ...e interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip igmp join group ip_addr source ssm_addr configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip igmp join group ip_addr source ssm_addr no Supplemental Information To disable joining a local multicast group use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0...

Page 1744: ...lot port 0 254 ip igmp last member query interval last member query interval configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip igmp last member query interval last member query interval no Supplemental Information To disable the last member query interval use the no version Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS i...

Page 1745: ...ic Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip igmp multicast static only configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip igmp multicast static only no Supplemental Information To remove static only from IGMP enabled interface use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid r...

Page 1746: ...ure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip igmp proxy interface gigabitethernet 17 18 09 0 254 link aggregate 0 9 0 254 tengigabitethernet 17 18 10 0 254 no Supplemental Information To remove the proxy interface use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 0 254 Valid range for the C4c CM...

Page 1747: ...onfigure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip igmp query interval query interval configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip igmp query interval query interval no Supplemental Information To remove the query interval use the no version Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 0 254 Valid r...

Page 1748: ...abitethernet slot port 0 254 ip igmp query max response time max response time configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip igmp query max response time max response time no Supplemental Information To restore the default maximum response time use the no version Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18...

Page 1749: ...lot port 0 254 ip igmp robustness robustness configure interface gigabitethernet slo t port 0 254 ip igmp robustness robustness no Supplemental Information To reset the robustness use the no version Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 0 254 Valid range for the C4c CMTS is 17 0 9 0 254 robustness Defines...

Page 1750: ... port 0 254 ip igmp static group group source domain name source ip configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip igmp static group group source domain name source ip no Supplemental Information To remove membership to an IP multicast group on an IP virtual interface use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range fo...

Page 1751: ...15 Command Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip igmp version 1 3 configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip igmp version 1 3 no Supplemental Information To leave a specific multicast group use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 0 254 Valid range for th...

Page 1752: ...tication Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip ospf authentication key password configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip ospf authentication key password no Supplemental Information To disable OSPF authentication key use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Vali...

Page 1753: ...igabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip ospf authentication key chain name no Supplemental Information Note All commands that include key chains required that the key chain already exists before the command is executed In addition the key chain should not be deleted until after the command s that reference it have been reset with the no command To disable OSPF authentication key chain use the no option ...

Page 1754: ...adjacency is lost Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip ospf auto delete neighbor configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip ospf auto delete neighbor no Supplemental Information To reset use the no version Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 ...

Page 1755: ...ommand Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip ospf cost metric configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip ospf cost metric no Supplemental Information To disable OSPF authentication cost use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 0 254 Valid range for the C4...

Page 1756: ...lt Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip ospf dead interval interval configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip ospf dead interval interval no Supplemental Information To disable OSPF dead interval use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17...

Page 1757: ... LSAs Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip ospf graceful restart restart helper configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip ospf graceful restart restart helper no Supplemental Information To disable the Graceful Restart Helper use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface nu...

Page 1758: ... 254 ip ospf graceful restart timeout timeout configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip ospf graceful restart timeout timeout no Supplemental Information To reset the timeout to the default range use the no option Note The graceful restart timeout can not be set to a value less than the current dead interval Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subint...

Page 1759: ...s Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip ospf hello interval interval configure interface gigabitethernet slo t port 0 254 ip ospf hello interval interval no Supplemental Information To disable the OSPF hello interval use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17...

Page 1760: ... interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip ospf message digest key key id md5 password configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip ospf message digest key key id md5 password no Supplemental Information To remove the md5 key chain use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 0 254...

Page 1761: ...mmand Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip ospf network type configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip ospf network type no Supplemental Information To reset the OSPF network type back to the default use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 0 254 Valid ...

Page 1762: ...igure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ospf priority priority configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ospf priority priority no Supplemental Information To disable OSPF priority use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 0 254 Valid range for the C4c CMTS is 17 0 9 0 254 ...

Page 1763: ...t Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip ospf retransmit interval interval configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip ospf retransmit interval interval no Supplemental Information To disable OSPF retransmit interval use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for ...

Page 1764: ...tax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip ospf transmit delay delay time configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip ospf transmit delay delay time no Supplemental Information To disable OSPF transmit delay use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 0 254 Valid ran...

Page 1765: ...t Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip pim dr priority int configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip pim dr priority int no Supplemental Information To reset the priority use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 0 254 Valid range...

Page 1766: ...ssage Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip pim hello holdtime int configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip pim hello holdtime int no Supplemental Information To reset the hold time use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 ...

Page 1767: ...l 15 Command Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip pim message holdtime 1 65535 configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip pim message holdtime 1 65535 no Supplemental Information To reset the hold time use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 0 254 Valid...

Page 1768: ...s Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip pim message interval int configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip pim message interval int no Supplemental Information To reset the interval use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 0 254 Valid ra...

Page 1769: ...ccess Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip pim query interval int configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip pim query interval int no Supplemental Information To reset the interval use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 0 254 Valid ra...

Page 1770: ...Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip pim sparse mode ssm passive configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip pim sparse mode ssm passive no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 0 254 Valid ra...

Page 1771: ... Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip policy route map policy name configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip policy route map policy name no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 0 254 Valid range ...

Page 1772: ...Every RIP message sent on this interface will contain this key and every incoming message received will be validated based on it having this key Note All commands that include key chains required that the key chain already exists before the command is executed In addition the key chain should not be deleted until after the command s that reference it have been reset with the no command To reset th...

Page 1773: ...igure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip rip authentication key chain keychain1 configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip rip authentication key chain keychain1 no Supplemental Information To remove the set of keys used on the specified interface use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C...

Page 1774: ...vel 15 Command Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip rip authentication mode configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip rip authentication mode no Supplemental Information By default it is disabled on each interface To reset the authentication mode to text mode use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface ...

Page 1775: ...Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip rip authentication mode md5 configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip rip authentication mode md5 no Supplemental Information By default it is disabled on each interface To disable the authentication mode use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface n...

Page 1776: ...s Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip rip authentication mode text configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip rip authentication mode text no Supplemental Information By default it is disabled on each interface To disable the authentication mode use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterfa...

Page 1777: ...itethernet slot port 0 254 ip rip default metric metric configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip rip default metric metric no Supplemental Information To return to default settings use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 0 254 Valid range for the C4c CMTS is 17 0 9 0 254 metr...

Page 1778: ...cified interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip router isis configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip router isis no Supplemental Information To disable IS IS for IP use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 0 254 Va...

Page 1779: ...VRFs associated with the physical port Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port ip scm access group access list number configure interface gigabitethernet slot port ip scm access group access list number no Supplemental Information To clear or reset the ACL association use the no option Parameters slot port RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number Val...

Page 1780: ...as always sent Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip unreachables configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip unreachables no Supplemental Information To reset the ICMP unreachables use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 0...

Page 1781: ...ce Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip vrf forwarding name configure interface gigabitethernet slo port 0 254 ip vrf forwarding name no Supplemental Information To remove the VRF use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 0 254 Valid r...

Page 1782: ...subinterface other than 0 you must also specify dot1q encapsulation on that subinterface in order to have a separate IPv6 interface If you do not then all of the other subinterfaces 1 through n will behave only as another IPv6 address on the primary interface which is the 0 subinterface To remove use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface ...

Page 1783: ...Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 enable configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 enable no Supplemental Information To remove all IPv6 addresses from the interface use the no option If there is no IPv4 configuration this command removes all layer 3 configuration Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number su...

Page 1784: ...r problem messages Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 icmp param problem configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 icmp param problem no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 0...

Page 1785: ...too big messages Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 icmp too big configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 icmp too big no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 0 254 Valid ran...

Page 1786: ...s as always sent Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 icmp unreachables configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 icmp unreachables no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 0 254...

Page 1787: ...evel 15 Command Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 mtu 1280 1500 configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 mtu 1280 1500 no Supplemental Information To restore the default setting use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 0 254 Valid range for the ...

Page 1788: ...lt Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 nd dad attempts 0 600 configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 nd dad attempts 0 600 no Supplemental Information To restore the default setting use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9...

Page 1789: ...tax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 nd managed config flag configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 nd managed config flag no Supplemental Information Setting this flag indicates that the cable modems and CPE devices should use DHCPv6 to obtain their IPv6 addresses To restore the default setting use the no option of the command Parameters slot port 0 254 RC...

Page 1790: ... Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 nd ns interval 1000 3600000 configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 nd ns interval 1000 3600000 no Supplemental Information Use the no option to not specify a value for Retransmit Time Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for th...

Page 1791: ...Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 nd other config flag configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 nd other config flag no Supplemental Information If the flag is set this means that the CMs and CPE devices should use DHCPv6 to obtain information other than IPv6 addresses To restore the default setting use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot...

Page 1792: ...d valid_lifetime preferred_lifetime off link no autoconfig autoconfig no Supplemental Information To remove the prefix from the advertisements use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 0 254 Valid range for the C4c CMTS is 17 0 9 0 254 word IPv6 address valid_lifetime Valid lifetime in secon...

Page 1793: ... Supplemental Information To restore the default setting use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 0 254 Valid range for the C4c CMTS is 17 0 9 0 254 word IPv6 address off link Indicates prefix is not locally reachable by hosts and must be routed no autoconfig Indicates that the host may not...

Page 1795: ...figure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 nd prefix word infinite off link no autoconfig autoconfig no Supplemental Information To restore the default setting use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 0 254 Valid range for the C4c CMTS is 17 0 9 0 254 word IPv6 address off link I...

Page 1796: ...ss Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 nd prefix word no advertise configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 nd prefix word no advertise no Supplemental Information To indicate that the host may not use prefix for auto configured IPv6 addresses use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subint...

Page 1797: ...abitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 nd ra interval 4 1800 3 4 configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 nd ra interval 4 1800 3 4 no Supplemental Information To restore the default setting use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 0 254 Valid range for the C4c CMTS is 17 0 9 0 2...

Page 1798: ...figure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 nd ra lifetime 0 4 9000 configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 nd ra lifetime 0 4 9000 no Supplemental Information To restore the default setting use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 0 254 Valid range for the C4c CM...

Page 1799: ... Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 nd ra reachable time 0 3600000 configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 nd ra reachable time 0 3600000 no Supplemental Information To reset to the default time use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for th...

Page 1800: ...efault Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 nd ra suppress configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 nd ra suppress no Supplemental Information To enable the router advertisements on the specified interface use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for th...

Page 1801: ...on Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 nd reachable time 0 3600000 configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 nd reachable time 0 3600000 no Supplemental Information To return to the default use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMT...

Page 1802: ...fied cable interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 ospf configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 ospf no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 0 254 Valid range for the C...

Page 1803: ... port 0 254 ipv6 ospf area word instance int configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 ospf area word instance int no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 0 254 Valid range for the C4c CMTS is 17 0 9 0 254 word OSPF area ID It can be sp...

Page 1804: ...terface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 ospf cost 1 65535 configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 ospf cost 1 65535 no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 0 254 Valid ra...

Page 1805: ...the router down Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 ospf dead interval 1 65535 configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 ospf dead interval 1 65535 no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS i...

Page 1806: ...ed interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 ospf hello interval 1 65535 configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 ospf hello interval 1 65535 no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is...

Page 1807: ...ncoming DBD packets Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 ospf mtu ignore configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 ospf mtu ignore no Supplemental Information To enable use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 0 254 V...

Page 1808: ...ss Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 ospf network type configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 ospf network type no Supplemental Information To return to the default use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 0 254 Valid range fo...

Page 1809: ...15 Command Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 ospf priority 0 255 configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 ospf priority 0 255 no Supplemental Information To reset to the default value use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 0 254 Valid range fo...

Page 1810: ...nterface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 ospf retransmit interval 1 1800 configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 ospf retransmit interval 1 1800 no Supplemental Information To reset to the default use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range f...

Page 1811: ...cess Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 ospf transmit delay 1 1800 configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 ospf transmit delay 1 1800 no Supplemental Information To return to the default value use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 1...

Page 1812: ...ified interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 router isis configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 router isis no Supplemental Information To disable IS IS for IP use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 0 254...

Page 1813: ...vel 15 Command Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 traffic filter aclName in out configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 traffic filter aclName in out no Supplemental Information To remove use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 0 254 Valid rang...

Page 1814: ...on key chain name level 1 level 2 no Supplemental Information Note All commands that include key chains required that the key chain already exists before the command is executed In addition the key chain should not be deleted until after the command s that reference it have been reset with the no command To reset the circuit type use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabit...

Page 1815: ... authentication mode md5 text level 1 level 2 configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 isis authentication mode md5 text level 1 level 2 no Supplemental Information To reset the circuit type use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 0 254 Valid range for the C4c CMTS is 17 0 9 0 2...

Page 1816: ...gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 isis circuit type no Supplemental Information The Level 1 adjacency may be established if there is at least one area address in common between this system and its neighbors To reset the circuit type use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 0 254 Valid range f...

Page 1817: ...sis csnp interval level1 level2 no Supplemental Information This command only applies to the designated router on the specified interface To restore the default value use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 0 254 Valid range for the C4c CMTS is 17 0 9 0 254 seconds Interval of time between...

Page 1818: ...rval 10 12000 level1 level2 configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 isis ds hello interval level1 level2 no Supplemental Information To restore the default value use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 0 254 Valid range for the C4c CMTS is 17 0 9 0 254 10 120000 Milliseconds be...

Page 1819: ...lot port 0 254 isis hello interval 10 600000 level1 level2 configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 isis hello interval level1 level2 no Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 0 254 Valid range for the C4c CMTS is 17 0 9 0 254 10 60000 Specifies the milliseconds betw...

Page 1820: ... packets during the advertised hold time The hold time can be set on a per interface basis and can be different between different routers in one area Note Using a smaller hello multiplier will give fast convergence but can result in more routing instability Incrementing the hello multiplier to a larger value will help stabilize the network Never configure a hello multiplier lower than the default ...

Page 1821: ... ipv6 metric 1 16777214 level 1 level 2 no Supplemental Information This command applies only when multi topology has been selected using configure router isis address family ipv6 multi topology Use the no form of the command to return to the default metric Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 0 254 Vali...

Page 1822: ...15 Command Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 isis lsp interval milliseconds configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 isis lsp interval no Supplemental Information To restore the default value use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 0 254 Valid range for ...

Page 1823: ...nd Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 isis lsp mtu int configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 isis lsp mtu no Supplemental Information To restore the default value use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 0 254 Valid range for the C4c CMTS is 17 0 9 0 25...

Page 1824: ...onfigure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 isis metric level1 level2 no Supplemental Information This command only applies when IPv6 is not used in the system To restore the default value use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 0 254 Valid range for the C4c CMTS is 17 0 9 0 254 def...

Page 1825: ...e interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 isis network point to point configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 isis network point to point no Supplemental Information This command only applies when IPv6 is not used in the system To restore the default value use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 The RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for ...

Page 1826: ...ine which router on a LAN will be the designated router The priorities are advertised in the hello packets The router with the highest priority will become the Designated Intermediate System DIS In the case of equal priorities the highest MAC address breaks the tie To restore the default value use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface num...

Page 1827: ...ult Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 isis protocol shutdown configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 isis protocol shutdown no Supplemental Information To enable the administrative state of IS IS on the specified interface use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid r...

Page 1828: ... seconds configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 isis retransmit interval no Supplemental Information This command is useful in very large networks with many LSPs and many interfaces to control LSP retransmission traffic This command controls the rate at which LSPs can be resent on the interface To restore the default value use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number g...

Page 1829: ...ied interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 isis small hello configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 isis small hello no Supplemental Information To restore the default value use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 0 ...

Page 1830: ...vel 2 configure interface gigabitethernet slot port 0 254 isis wide metric level 1 level 2 no Supplemental Information This applies when a system has IPv4 and IPv6 configuration To restore the default value use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 0 254 Valid range for the C4c CMTS is 17 0 ...

Page 1831: ... Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port link aggregate 0 9 0 254 configure interface gigabitethernet slot port link aggregate 0 9 0 254 no Supplemental Information This applies when a system has IPv4 and IPv6 configuration To restore the default value use the no option Parameters slot port RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 Valid rang...

Page 1832: ...igure interface gigabitethernet restore Purpose Restores the specified interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port restore Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot port RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 Valid range for the C4c CMTS is 17 0 9 ...

Page 1833: ... the specified RCM out of service Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port shutdown configure interface gigabitethernet slot port shutdown no Supplemental Information To restore the specified RCM use the no option Parameters slot port RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 Valid range for the C4c CMTS is 17 0...

Page 1834: ... ethernet interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface gigabitethernet slot port speed 100M 1G auto Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot port RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 Valid range for the C4c CMTS is 17 0 9 100M Speed set to 100 mbps 1G Speed set to 1 Gbps 1000 mbps auto Speed set by negotiation or is depend...

Page 1835: ...ription to help you remember what is attached to this interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 description text configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 description no Supplemental Information To remove the description use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface text Descriptive information e g identifies area ser...

Page 1836: ...psulation type for the specified interface to Q tag as defined by IEEE 802 1Q Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 encapsulation dot1q int configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 encapsulation dot1q int no Supplemental Information To return to default settings use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface int Q tag as de...

Page 1837: ...gress Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 encapsulation dot1q int priority int iptos configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 encapsulation dot1q int priority int iptos no Supplemental Information To return to default settings use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface int Q tag as defined by IEEE 802 1Q int Fixed pri...

Page 1838: ... it is entered a second time then the acl index will replace the one that was previously entered Note If the ACL referred to by acl index does not exist then all packets are passed If the ACL referred to by acl index does exist and a packet does not match any of the entries in the ACL then that packet will be dropped This only removes the interface filtering information Any ACLs that are referred ...

Page 1839: ...y no Supplemental Information To deletes a virtual router interface from the specified virtual router use the no option of the command All primary and secondary IP addresses for the interface are also deleted if a secondary is not specified If a secondary is specified then only the secondary IP address mask is deleted and the virtual interface remains Note Some subnets are reserved for CMTS Intern...

Page 1840: ...directed broadcast Purpose Enables IP directed broadcast for this interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip directed broadcast configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip directed broadcast no Supplemental Information To disable IP directed broadcast use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface ...

Page 1841: ...rface link aggregate ip igmp Purpose Enables IGMP on the specified interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip igmp configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip igmp no Supplemental Information To disable the IGMP on the interface use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface ...

Page 1842: ...rpose Creates the IGMP group access group Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip igmp access group 1 99 configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip igmp access group 1 99 no Supplemental Information To remove the IGIMP group access group use no option of the command Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface 1 99 IP standard access lis...

Page 1843: ...ate 0 9 0 254 tengigabitethernet 17 18 10 0 254 configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip igmp backup proxy interface gigabitethernet 17 18 09 0 254 link aggregate 0 9 0 254 tengigabitethernet 17 18 10 0 254 no Supplemental Information To disable the IGMP backup proxy on the interface use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface gigabitethernet 17 18 0 9 0 254 Conf...

Page 1844: ... Purpose Sets the IGMP host robustness Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip igmp host robustness num configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip igmp host robustness num no Supplemental Information To remove the IGMP host robustness use the no version Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface num Robustness number Valid range is 1 2...

Page 1845: ...version Purpose Sets the IGMP host version Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip igmp host version num configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip igmp host version num no Supplemental Information To remove the IGMP host version use the no version Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface num Version number Valid range is 1 3 ...

Page 1846: ...ose Enables joining a multicast group locally Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip igmp join group ip_addr configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip igmp join group ip_addr no Supplemental Information To disable joining a local multicast group use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface ip_addr SSM source IP addres...

Page 1847: ...multicast group locally Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip igmp join group ip_addr source ssm_addr configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip igmp join group ip_addr source ssm_addr no Supplemental Information To disable joining a local multicast group use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface ip_addr IP address...

Page 1848: ...lt Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip igmp last member query interval last member query interval configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip igmp last member query interval last member query interval no Supplemental Information To disable the last member query interval use the no version Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface last memb...

Page 1849: ...pose Sets an IGMP enabled interface to only have static multicast traffic Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip igmp multicast static only configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip igmp multicast static only no Supplemental Information To remove static only from IGMP enabled interface use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag s...

Page 1850: ...ink aggregate 0 9 0 254 tengigabitethernet 17 18 10 0 254 configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip igmp proxy interface gigabitethernet 17 18 09 0 254 link aggregate 0 9 0 254 tengigabitethernet 17 18 10 0 254 no Supplemental Information To remove the proxy interface use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface gigabitethernet 17 18 0 9 0 254 Configures the gigabi...

Page 1851: ...urpose Sets the query interval Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip igmp query interval query interval configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip igmp query interval query interval no Supplemental Information To remove the query interval use the no version Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface query interval Query interval seco...

Page 1852: ...nse time Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip igmp query max response time max response time configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip igmp query max response time max response time no Supplemental Information To restore the default maximum response time use the no version Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface max response tim...

Page 1853: ...ult Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip igmp robustness robustness configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip igmp robustness robustness no Supplemental Information To reset the robustness use the no version Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface robustness Defines the number of messages lost tolerance level The valid range of values i...

Page 1854: ...Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip igmp static group group source domain name source ip configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip igmp static group group source domain name source ip no Supplemental Information To remove membership to an IP multicast group on an IP virtual interface use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub inte...

Page 1855: ...u to join a multicast group on the specified port Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip igmp version 1 3 configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip igmp version 1 3 no Supplemental Information To leave a specific multicast group use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface ip_addr The multicast group IP address 1 3 Ve...

Page 1856: ...d by neighboring routers that are using the OSPF simple password authentication Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip ospf authentication key password configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip ospf authentication key password no Supplemental Information To disable OSPF authentication key use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier la...

Page 1857: ... 254 ip ospf authentication key chain name configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip ospf authentication key chain name no Supplemental Information Note All commands that include key chains required that the key chain already exists before the command is executed In addition the key chain should not be deleted until after the command s that reference it have been reset with the no command To...

Page 1858: ... auto delete neighbor Purpose Automatically deletes the neighbors when adjacency is lost Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip ospf auto delete neighbor configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip ospf auto delete neighbor no Supplemental Information To reset use the no version Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface ...

Page 1859: ... the cost of sending a packet on an interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip ospf cost metric configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip ospf cost metric no Supplemental Information To disable OSPF authentication cost use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface metric Link state metric with value range from 0 ...

Page 1860: ...packets must not be seen before neighbors declare the router down Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip ospf dead interval interval configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip ospf dead interval interval no Supplemental Information To disable OSPF dead interval use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface interval Dead...

Page 1861: ...se Enables the Graceful Restart Helper and allows the receipt of opaque LSAs Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip ospf graceful restart restart helper configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip ospf graceful restart restart helper no Supplemental Information To disable the Graceful Restart Helper use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG iden...

Page 1862: ...Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip ospf graceful restart timeout timeout configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip ospf graceful restart timeout timeout no Supplemental Information To reset the timeout to the default range use the no option Note The graceful restart timeout can not be set to a value less than the current dead interval Parameters 0 9 0 254...

Page 1863: ...n hello packets that the software sends on the interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip ospf hello interval interval configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip ospf hello interval interval no Supplemental Information To disable the OSPF hello interval use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface interval Hello ...

Page 1864: ...the OSPF md5 key chain Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip ospf message digest key key id md5 password configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip ospf message digest key key id md5 password no Supplemental Information To remove the md5 key chain use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface key id The md5 key id pass...

Page 1865: ...ype other than the default for a given media Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip ospf network type configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip ospf network type no Supplemental Information To reset the OSPF network type back to the default use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface type This is the network type Val...

Page 1866: ...se Sets the router priority Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ospf priority priority configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ospf priority priority no Supplemental Information To disable OSPF priority use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface priority 8 bit unsigned number that specifies the priority from 0 to 255...

Page 1867: ...t LSA retransmissions for adjacencies belonging to the interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip ospf retransmit interval interval configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip ospf retransmit interval interval no Supplemental Information To disable OSPF retransmit interval use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interf...

Page 1868: ...kes to transmit a link state update Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip ospf transmit delay delay time configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip ospf transmit delay delay time no Supplemental Information To disable OSPF transmit delay use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface delay time Seconds required to trans...

Page 1869: ...es the PIM Designated Router priority on the specified interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip pim dr priority int configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip pim dr priority int no Supplemental Information To reset the priority use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface int DR priority preference is given to...

Page 1870: ...ose Configures the PIM router neighbor hold time option in the Hello message Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip pim hello holdtime int configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip pim hello holdtime int no Supplemental Information To reset the hold time use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface int Hold time in se...

Page 1871: ...s Reserved 1871 configure interface link aggregate ip pim message holdtime Purpose Configures the PIM router message prune join hold time Default Access Level 15 Supplemental Information To reset the hold time use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface 1 65535 Prune join message holdtime in seconds ...

Page 1872: ...ose Configures the PIM router message prune join interval Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip pim message interval int configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip pim message interval int no Supplemental Information To reset the interval use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface int Prune join message interval in ...

Page 1873: ...terval Purpose Configures the PIM router query hello interval Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip pim query interval int configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip pim query interval int no Supplemental Information To reset the interval use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface int Query interval in seconds ...

Page 1874: ...bles PIM sparse mode SSM operation on a network side interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip pim sparse mode ssm passive configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip pim sparse mode ssm passive no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface passive Runs PIM passively no sent ...

Page 1875: ...p policy route map policy Purpose Enables policy routing Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip policy route map policy name configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip policy route map policy name no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface name Route map name ...

Page 1876: ...authentication key keychain1 no Supplemental Information Every RIP message sent on this interface will contain this key and every incoming message received will be validated based on it having this key Note All commands that include key chains required that the key chain already exists before the command is executed In addition the key chain should not be deleted until after the command s that ref...

Page 1877: ...d on the specified interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip rip authentication key chain keychain1 configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip rip authentication key chain keychain1 no Supplemental Information To remove the set of keys used on the specified interface use the no option Parameters 0 9 054 LAG identifier lag sub interface ke...

Page 1878: ...he RIP authentication mode on the specified interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip rip authentication mode configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip rip authentication mode no Supplemental Information By default it is disabled on each interface To reset the authentication mode to text mode use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG id...

Page 1879: ...es the RIP authentication mode keyed MD5 authentication Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip rip authentication mode md5 configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip rip authentication mode md5 no Supplemental Information By default it is disabled on each interface To disable the authentication mode use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG ide...

Page 1880: ... the RIP authentication mode to clear text authentication Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip rip authentication mode text configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip rip authentication mode text no Supplemental Information By default it is disabled on each interface To disable the authentication mode use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG...

Page 1881: ... route Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip rip default metric metric configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip rip default metric metric no Supplemental Information To return to default settings use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface metric Default metric is 0 Valid range is 0 to 15 If the default route metri...

Page 1882: ...ggregate ip router isis Purpose Enables IS IS routing for IP on the specified interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip router isis configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip router isis no Supplemental Information To disable IS IS for IP use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface ...

Page 1883: ... physical port and therefore is active on all VRFs associated with the physical port Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip scm access group access list number configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip scm access group access list number no Supplemental Information To clear or reset the ACL association use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG...

Page 1884: ... ip unreachables Purpose Sets the Ethernet interface ICMP unreachables as always sent Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip unreachables configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip unreachables no Supplemental Information To reset the ICMP unreachables use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface ...

Page 1885: ...p vrf forwarding Purpose Configures the VRF associated with the interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip vrf forwarding name configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip vrf forwarding name no Supplemental Information To remove the VRF use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface name VRF name ...

Page 1886: ... Information Note If you use this command to specify any subinterface other than 0 you must also specify dot1q encapsulation on that subinterface in order to have a separate IPv6 interface If you do not then all of the other subinterfaces 1 through n will behave only as another IPv6 address on the primary interface which is the 0 subinterface To remove use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG id...

Page 1887: ...6 processing and creates the default link local address Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ipv6 enable configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ipv6 enable no Supplemental Information To remove all IPv6 addresses from the interface use the no option If there is no IPv4 configuration this command removes all layer 3 configuration Parameters 0 9 0...

Page 1888: ... ipv6 icmp param problem Purpose Enables transmission of ICMP6 Parameter problem messages Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ipv6 icmp param problem configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ipv6 icmp param problem no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface ...

Page 1889: ...link aggregate ipv6 icmp too big Purpose Enables transmission of ICMP6 too big messages Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ipv6 icmp too big configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ipv6 icmp too big no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface ...

Page 1890: ...gate ipv6 icmp unreachables Purpose Sets all interface ICMP unreachables as always sent Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ipv6 icmp unreachables configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ipv6 icmp unreachables no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface ...

Page 1891: ...e in bytes for IPv6 traffic on the specified interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ipv6 mtu 1280 1500 configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ipv6 mtu 1280 1500 no Supplemental Information To restore the default setting use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface 1280 1500 Maximum size of a packet in bytes inc...

Page 1892: ...neighbor solicitation messages sent to detect duplicate addresses Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ipv6 nd dad attempts 0 600 configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ipv6 nd dad attempts 0 600 no Supplemental Information To restore the default setting use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface 0 600 Number of neig...

Page 1893: ...isements on the specified interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ipv6 nd managed config flag configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ipv6 nd managed config flag no Supplemental Information Setting this flag indicates that the cable modems and CPE devices should use DHCPv6 to obtain their IPv6 addresses To restore the default setting use t...

Page 1894: ...ighbor solicitation re transmissions on the specified interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ipv6 nd ns interval 1000 3600000 configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ipv6 nd ns interval 1000 3600000 no Supplemental Information Use the no option to not specify a value for Retransmit Time Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interfac...

Page 1895: ...ertisements on the specified interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ipv6 nd other config flag configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ipv6 nd other config flag no Supplemental Information If the flag is set this means that the CMs and CPE devices should use DHCPv6 to obtain information other than IPv6 addresses To restore the default sett...

Page 1896: ...ure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ipv6 nd prefix word valid_lifetime preferred_lifetime off link no autoconfig autoconfig no Supplemental Information To remove the prefix from the advertisements use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface word IPv6 address valid_lifetime Valid lifetime in seconds preferred_lifetime Preferred lifetime in seconds off link Indicates p...

Page 1897: ..._date preferred_date off link no autoconfig autoconfig no Supplemental Information To restore the default setting use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface word IPv6 address off link Indicates prefix is not locally reachable by hosts and must be routed no autoconfig Indicates that the host may not use prefix for auto configured IPv6 addresses valid_date Valid date in ...

Page 1898: ...v6 nd prefix word infinite off link no autoconfig autoconfig configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ipv6 nd prefix word infinite off link no autoconfig autoconfig no Supplemental Information To restore the default setting use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface word IPv6 address off link Indicates prefix is not locally reachable by hosts and must be routed no ...

Page 1899: ...e sent in router advertisements on the specified interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ipv6 nd prefix word no advertise configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ipv6 nd prefix word no advertise no Supplemental Information To indicate that the host may not use prefix for auto configured IPv6 addresses use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254...

Page 1900: ...nterface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ipv6 nd ra interval 4 1800 3 4 configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ipv6 nd ra interval 4 1800 3 4 no Supplemental Information To restore the default setting use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface 4 1800 Maximum interval between IPv6 RA transmissions in seconds 3 4 ...

Page 1901: ...s on the specified interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ipv6 nd ra lifetime 0 4 9000 configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ipv6 nd ra lifetime 0 4 9000 no Supplemental Information To restore the default setting use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface 0 4 9000 Lifetime in seconds of router advertisements...

Page 1902: ...unt of time a neighbor is considered reachable after last confirmation Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ipv6 nd ra reachable time 0 3600000 configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ipv6 nd ra reachable time 0 3600000 no Supplemental Information To reset to the default time use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface...

Page 1903: ...rpose Suppresses the router advertisements on the specified interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ipv6 nd ra suppress configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ipv6 nd ra suppress no Supplemental Information To enable the router advertisements on the specified interface use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interfac...

Page 1904: ... of time the neighbor is considered reachable after the last confirmation Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ipv6 nd reachable time 0 3600000 configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ipv6 nd reachable time 0 3600000 no Supplemental Information To return to the default use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface 0 3600...

Page 1905: ...re interface link aggregate ipv6 ospf Purpose Enables OSPF on the specified cable interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ipv6 ospf configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ipv6 ospf no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface ...

Page 1906: ...Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ipv6 ospf area word instance int configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ipv6 ospf area word instance int no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface word OSPF area ID It can be specified as either an IP address or decimal value instance int Integer Co...

Page 1907: ...ost Purpose Configures the cost of sending a packet on the specified interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ipv6 ospf cost 1 65535 configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ipv6 ospf cost 1 65535 no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface 1 65535 Link state metric ...

Page 1908: ...erval at which hello packets must not be seen before neighbors declare the router down Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ipv6 ospf dead interval 1 65535 configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ipv6 ospf dead interval 1 65535 no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface 1 65535 D...

Page 1909: ...e interval between hello packets that the software sends on the specified interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ipv6 ospf hello interval 1 65535 configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ipv6 ospf hello interval 1 65535 no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface 1 65535 He...

Page 1910: ...regate ipv6 ospf mtu ignore Purpose Disables checking the MTU size on incoming DBD packets Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ipv6 ospf mtu ignore configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ipv6 ospf mtu ignore no Supplemental Information To enable use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface ...

Page 1911: ...rk type to a type other than the default for a given media Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ipv6 ospf network type configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ipv6 ospf network type no Supplemental Information To return to the default use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface type Network type Current type supported ...

Page 1912: ...v6 ospf priority Purpose Sets the router priority Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ipv6 ospf priority 0 255 configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ipv6 ospf priority 0 255 no Supplemental Information To reset to the default value use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface 0 255 Router priority ...

Page 1913: ...te advertisement LSA retransmissions for adjacencies belonging to the interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ipv6 ospf retransmit interval 1 1800 configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ipv6 ospf retransmit interval 1 1800 no Supplemental Information To reset to the default use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub int...

Page 1914: ...akes to transmit a link state update packet on the interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ipv6 ospf transmit delay 1 1800 configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ipv6 ospf transmit delay 1 1800 no Supplemental Information To return to the default value use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface 1 1800 Seconds ...

Page 1915: ...egate ipv6 router isis Purpose Enables IS IS routing for IP on the specified interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ipv6 router isis configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ipv6 router isis no Supplemental Information To disable IS IS for IP use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface ...

Page 1916: ...r ACL application for a specified interface direction Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ipv6 traffic filter aclName in out configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ipv6 traffic filter aclName in out no Supplemental Information To remove use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface aclName IPv6 access list name in out ...

Page 1917: ...gure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 isis authentication key chain name level 1 level 2 no Supplemental Information Note All commands that include key chains required that the key chain already exists before the command is executed In addition the key chain should not be deleted until after the command s that reference it have been reset with the no command To reset the circuit type use the no ...

Page 1918: ...Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 isis authentication mode md5 text level 1 level 2 configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 isis authentication mode md5 text level 1 level 2 no Supplemental Information To reset the circuit type use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface md5 text Choose either md5 or plain text level 1 level 2 Specifies th...

Page 1919: ...te 0 9 0 254 isis circuit type level1 enum2 configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 isis circuit type no Supplemental Information The Level 1 adjacency may be established if there is at least one area address in common between this system and its neighbors To reset the circuit type use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface level1 enum2 Specifies the type of adjac...

Page 1920: ...el1 level2 configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 isis csnp interval level1 level2 no Supplemental Information This command only applies to the designated router on the specified interface To restore the default value use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface seconds Interval of time between transmission of CSNPs on multiaccess networks This interval only applie...

Page 1921: ... configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 isis ds hello interval 10 12000 level1 level2 configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 isis ds hello interval level1 level2 no Supplemental Information To restore the default value use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface 10 120000 Milliseconds between hello packets Valid range is 10 120000 Default value is 1000 milli...

Page 1922: ...lt Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 isis hello interval 10 600000 level1 level2 configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 isis hello interval level1 level2 no Supplemental Information N A Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface 10 60000 Specifies the milliseconds between hello packets before multiplier level1 level2 Specifies the type of ...

Page 1923: ...outer down after not having received any IS IS hello packets during the advertised hold time The hold time can be set on a per interface basis and can be different between different routers in one area Note Using a smaller hello multiplier will give fast convergence but can result in more routing instability Incrementing the hello multiplier to a larger value will help stabilize the network Never ...

Page 1924: ...level 2 configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 isis ipv6 metric 1 16777214 level 1 level 2 no Supplemental Information This command applies only when multi topology has been selected using configure router isis address family ipv6 multi topology Use the no form of the command to return to the default metric Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface 1 16777214 Metric associated wi...

Page 1925: ...tween successive LSPs for the specified interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 isis lsp interval milliseconds configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 isis lsp interval no Supplemental Information To restore the default value use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface milliseconds Milliseconds between successiv...

Page 1926: ... size of LSPs for the specified interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 isis lsp mtu int configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 isis lsp mtu no Supplemental Information To restore the default value use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface int Maximum packet size of LSPs for specified interface Valid range is...

Page 1927: ...k aggregate 0 9 0 254 isis metric default metric level1 level2 configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 isis metric level1 level2 no Supplemental Information This command only applies when IPv6 is not used in the system To restore the default value use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface default metric Integer Valid range is 1 63 level1 level2 Specifies the type...

Page 1928: ...int Purpose Configures the priority of the designated routers for the specified interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 isis network point to point configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 isis network point to point no Supplemental Information To restore the default value use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interf...

Page 1929: ...o Supplemental Information The priority is used to determine which router on a LAN will be the designated router The priorities are advertised in the hello packets The router with the highest priority will become the Designated Intermediate System DIS In the case of equal priorities the highest MAC address breaks the tie To restore the default value use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG ident...

Page 1930: ...ables the administrative state of IS IS on the specified interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 isis protocol shutdown configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 isis protocol shutdown no Supplemental Information To enable the administrative state of IS IS on the specified interface use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag s...

Page 1931: ...gure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 isis retransmit interval seconds configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 isis retransmit interval no Supplemental Information This command is useful in very large networks with many LSPs and many interfaces to control LSP retransmission traffic This command controls the rate at which LSPs can be resent on the interface To restore the default value use t...

Page 1932: ...e isis small hello Purpose Allows unpadded hello packets for the specified interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 isis small hello configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 isis small hello no Supplemental Information To restore the default value use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface ...

Page 1933: ...regate lacp Purpose Enables LACP on an interface according to the mode setting Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 lacp enable disable Supplemental Information N A Parameters 0 9 LAG identifier enable Enables LACP on interface according to the mode setting disable Enables traffic over Link Aggregate unconditionally without LACP ...

Page 1934: ...nfigure interface link aggregate lacp active Purpose Enables LACP unconditionally Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 lacp active configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 lacp active no Supplemental Information To disable use the no version Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface ...

Page 1935: ...messages are sent and expected from our partner Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 lacp timeout fast slow configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 lacp timeout fast slow no Supplemental Information To disable use the no version Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface fast slow Fast means one LACP message per second slow means one L...

Page 1936: ...erved 1936 configure interface link aggregate min links Purpose Configures the minimum number of ports that must be in service Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 min links 1 8 Supplemental Information N A Parameters 0 9 LAG identifier 1 8 The minimum number of ports that must be in service ...

Page 1937: ...n hello packets that the software sends on the interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip ospf hello interval interval configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip ospf hello interval interval no Supplemental Information To disable the OSPF hello interval use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface interval Hello ...

Page 1938: ...Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 1938 configure interface link aggregate restore Purpose Restores the specified interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 restore Supplemental Information N A Parameters 0 9 LAG identifier ...

Page 1939: ... configure interface link aggregate shutdown Purpose Takes the specified interface out of service Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface link aggregate 0 9 shutdown configure interface link aggregate 0 9 shutdown no Supplemental Information To restore the specified interface use the no option Parameters 0 9 LAG identifier ...

Page 1940: ...ate 0 9 0 254 tengigabitethernet 17 18 10 0 254 configure interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ip igmp backup proxy interface gigabitethernet 17 18 09 0 254 link aggregate 0 9 0 254 tengigabitethernet 17 18 10 0 254 no Supplemental Information To disable the IGMP backup proxy on the interface use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface gigabitethernet 17 18 0 9 0 254 Conf...

Page 1941: ...ription to help you remember what is attached to this interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface loopback 0 15 description text configure interface loopback 0 15 description no Supplemental Information To remove the description use the no option Parameters 0 15 The Loopback interface number Valid range is 0 to 15 text Descriptive information e g identifies area served Tex...

Page 1942: ...eation of a loopback interface it will be associated with a default VRF See command configure interface loopback ip vrf forwarding NOTE Some subnets are reserved for C4 CMTS Internal Processor Communications IPC No interfaces may be configured for the following subnets 100 0 0 x 100 0 1 x 100 0 2 x 1 1 0 x 1 1 1 x To disable the loopback interface use the no option Parameters 0 15 The Loopback int...

Page 1943: ...Chapter 46 Command Line Descriptions STANDARD Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 1943 show ip interface page 2850 show ip ospf interface page 2871 ...

Page 1944: ...s Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface loopback 0 15 ip ospf cost cost configure interface loopback 0 15 ip ospf cost cost no Supplemental Information To disable the loopback interface use the no option Parameters 0 15 The Loopback interface number Valid range is 0 to 15 cost The cost to reach the loopback interface Valid range is 0 65535 Related Commands configure interface loopback ip add...

Page 1945: ...s Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface loopback 0 15 ip vrf forwarding name Supplemental Information Note A loopback interface can not be further subdivided into subinterfaces Parameters 0 15 The Loopback interface number Valid range is 0 to 15 name The VRF name Related Commands configure interface loopback ip ospf cost page 1944 configure interface gigabitethernet ip address page 1735 conf...

Page 1946: ...ddr prefix eui 64 link local configure interface loopback 0 15 ipv6 address ipv6_addr prefix eui 64 link local no Supplemental Information To remove the IPv6 address identified in the command from the interface use the no option Parameters 0 15 The Loopback interface number Valid range is 0 to 15 ipv6_addr prefix Address of interface eui 64 Configures site local and global IPv6 addresses with an i...

Page 1947: ...v6 processing and creates the default link local address Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface loopback 0 15 ipv6 enable configure interface loopback 0 15 ipv6 enable no Supplemental Information To remove all IPv6 addresses from the interface use the no option If there is no IPv4 configuration this command removes all layer 3 configuration Parameters 0 15 The Loopback interfac...

Page 1948: ...t Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface loopback 0 15 ipv6 ospf area word instance int configure interface loopback 0 15 ipv6 ospf area word instance int no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters 0 15 The Loopback interface number Valid range is 0 to 15 word OSPF area ID It can be specified as either an IP address or decimal value instance int Integer Control...

Page 1949: ...Purpose Configures the cost of sending a packet on the specified loopback interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface loopback 0 15 ipv6 ospf cost 1 65535 configure interface loopback 0 15 ipv6 ospf cost 1 65535 no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters 0 15 The Loopback interface number Valid range is 0 to 15 1 65535 Link state metric ...

Page 1950: ... configure interface loopback 0 15 isis ipv6 metric default metric level1 level2 configure interface loopback 0 15 isis ipv6 metric default metric level1 level2 no Supplemental Information To restore the default value use the no option Parameters 0 15 The Loopback interface number Valid range is 0 to 15 default metric Integer Valid range is 1 63 level1 level2 Specifies the type of adjacencies to b...

Page 1951: ...Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface loopback 0 15 isis ipv6 wide metric int level1 level2 configure interface loopback 0 15 isis ipv6 wide metric level1 level2 no Supplemental Information To restore the default value use the no option Parameters 0 15 The Loopback interface number Valid range is 0 to 15 int Metric value level1 level2 Specifies the type of adjacencies to be formed on this in...

Page 1952: ...opback 0 15 isis metric default metric level1 level2 configure interface loopback 0 15 isis metric level1 level2 no Supplemental Information This command only applies when IPv6 is not used in the system To restore the default value use the no option Parameters 0 15 The Loopback interface number Valid range is 0 to 15 default metric Integer Valid range is 1 63 level1 level2 Specifies the type of ad...

Page 1953: ...ace loopback 0 15 isis wide metric int level1 level2 configure interface loopback 0 15 isis wide metric int level1 level2 no Supplemental Information This command applies when a system has IPv4 and IPv6 configuration To restore the default value use the no option Parameters 0 15 The Loopback interface number Valid range is 0 to 15 int Metric value level1 level2 Specifies the type of adjacencies to...

Page 1954: ...nfigure interface loopback 0 15 shutdown configure interface loopback 0 15 shutdown no Supplemental Information To restore the loopback interface use the no option Parameters 0 15 The Loopback interface number Valid range is 0 to 15 Related Commands configure interface loopback ip ospf cost page 1944 configure interface loopback isis wide metric page 1953 configure interface gigabitethernet ip add...

Page 1955: ... 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 1955 configure interface null Purpose Configures the null interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface null number Supplemental Information N A Parameters number Only valid number is 0 zero ...

Page 1956: ...nfigure interface null ip unreachables Purpose Enables sending ICMP unreachable messages Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface null number ip unreachables configure interface null number ip unreachables no Supplemental Information To reset the ICMP unreachables use the no option Parameters number Only valid number is 0 zero ...

Page 1957: ...rface null ipv6 icmp unreachables Purpose Enables sending ICMP unreachable messages Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface null number ipv6 icmp unreachables configure interface null number ipv6 icmp unreachables no Supplemental Information To disable the ICMP unreachables use the no option Parameters number Only valid number is 0 zero ...

Page 1958: ...face system controller soft switch Purpose Performs a soft switch of the Control Complex Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface system controller slot soft switch Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot The chassis slot in which the targeted module resides Valid values for the C4 CMTS are 19 and 20 valid value for the C4c CMTS is 19 ...

Page 1959: ...lows you to enter the tengigabitEthernet interface configuration mode for the specified interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 Valid range for the C4c CMTS is 17 10 ...

Page 1960: ...ault Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 description text configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 description no Supplemental Information To remove the description use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 Valid range for the...

Page 1961: ...2 1Q Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 encapsulation dot1q int configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 encapsulation dot1q int no Supplemental Information To return to default settings use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS ...

Page 1962: ...itethernet slot port 0 254 encapsulation dot1q int priority int iptos configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 encapsulation dot1q int priority int iptos no Supplemental Information To return to default settings use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 0 254 Valid range for ...

Page 1963: ... off configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port flowcontrol receive no Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot port RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 Valid range for the C4c CMTS is 17 10 desired Directs that an auto negotiation of flow control take place with preference to process Pause frames The port will process flow control if th...

Page 1964: ... off configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port flowcontrol send no Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot port RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 Valid range for the C4c CMTS is 17 10 desired Directs that an auto negotiation of flow control take place with preference to process Pause frames The port will process flow control if the f...

Page 1965: ...l index will replace the one that was previously entered Note If the ACL referred to by acl index does not exist then all packets are passed If the ACL referred to by acl index does exist and a packet does not match any of the entries in the ACL then that packet will be dropped This only removes the interface filtering information Any ACLs that are referred to by the access group command are unaff...

Page 1966: ...uter interface from the specified virtual router use the no option of the command All primary and secondary IP addresses for the interface are also deleted if a secondary is not specified If a secondary is specified then only the secondary IP address mask is deleted and the virtual interface remains Note Some subnets are reserved for CMTS Internal Processor Communications IPC No interfaces may be ...

Page 1967: ...ce Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip directed broadcast configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip directed broadcast no Supplemental Information To disable IP directed broadcast use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is ...

Page 1968: ...interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port ip igmp configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port ip igmp no Supplemental Information To disable the IGMP on the interface use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 0 254 Valid range fo...

Page 1969: ...slot port 0 254 ip igmp last member query interval last member query interval configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip igmp last member query interval last member query interval no Supplemental Information To disable the last member query interval use the no version Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4...

Page 1970: ...d Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip igmp access group 1 99 configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip igmp access group 1 99 no Supplemental Information To remove the IGMP group access group use no option of the command Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 ...

Page 1971: ...ntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip igmp host robustness num configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip igmp host robustness num no Supplemental Information To remove the IGMP host robustness use the no version Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 0 254 Valid r...

Page 1972: ...d Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip igmp host version num configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip igmp host version num no Supplemental Information To remove the IGMP host version use the no version Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 0 254 Valid range ...

Page 1973: ...mand Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip igmp join group ip_addr configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip igmp join group ip_addr no Supplemental Information To disable joining a local multicast group use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 0...

Page 1974: ...interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip igmp join group ip_addr source ssm_addr configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip igmp join group ip_addr source ssm_addr no Supplemental Information To disable joining a local multicast group use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is ...

Page 1975: ... Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip igmp multicast static only configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip igmp multicast static only no Supplemental Information To remove static only from IGMP enabled interface use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number ...

Page 1976: ...gure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip igmp proxy interface gigabitethernet 17 18 09 0 254 link aggregate 0 9 0 254 tengigabitethernet 17 18 10 0 254 no Supplemental Information To remove the proxy interface use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 0 254 Valid range for the ...

Page 1977: ...figure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip igmp query interval query interval configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip igmp query interval query interval no Supplemental Information To remove the query interval use the no version Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 0 254 V...

Page 1978: ...gabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip igmp query max response time max response time configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip igmp query max response time max response time no Supplemental Information To restore the default maximum response time use the no version Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS i...

Page 1979: ... slot port 0 254 ip igmp robustness robustness configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip igmp robustness robustness no Supplemental Information To reset the robustness use the no version Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 0 254 Valid range for the C4c CMTS is 17 10 0 254 robustness De...

Page 1980: ...t port 0 254 ip igmp static group group source domain name source ip configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip igmp static group group source domain name source ip no Supplemental Information To remove membership to an IP multicast group on an IP virtual interface use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid r...

Page 1981: ... Command Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip igmp version 1 3 configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip igmp version 1 3 no Supplemental Information To leave a specific multicast group use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 0 254 Valid range ...

Page 1982: ...cation Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip ospf authentication key password configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip ospf authentication key password no Supplemental Information To disable OSPF authentication key use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface numb...

Page 1983: ...tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip ospf authentication key chain name no Supplemental Information Note All commands that include key chains required that the key chain already exists before the command is executed In addition the key chain should not be deleted until after the command s that reference it have been reset with the no command To disable OSPF authentication key chain use the no opt...

Page 1984: ...jacency is lost Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip ospf auto delete neighbor configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip ospf auto delete neighbor no Supplemental Information To reset use the no version Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS...

Page 1985: ...mand Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip ospf cost metric configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip ospf cost metric no Supplemental Information To disable OSPF authentication cost use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 0 254 Valid range for ...

Page 1986: ... Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip ospf dead interval interval configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip ospf dead interval interval no Supplemental Information To disable OSPF dead interval use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMT...

Page 1987: ...SAs Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip ospf graceful restart restart helper configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip ospf graceful restart restart helper no Supplemental Information To disable the Graceful Restart Helper use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinter...

Page 1988: ...0 254 ip ospf graceful restart timeout timeout configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip ospf graceful restart timeout timeout no Supplemental Information To reset the timeout to the default range use the NO option Note The graceful restart timeout can not be set to a value less than the current dead interval Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number...

Page 1989: ... Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port ip ospf hello interval interval configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port ip ospf hello interval interval no Supplemental Information To disable the OSPF hello interval use the no option Parameters slot port RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS i...

Page 1990: ...nterface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip ospf message digest key key id md5 password configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip ospf message digest key key id md5 password no Supplemental Information To remove the md5 key chain use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10...

Page 1991: ...and Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip ospf network type configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip ospf network type no Supplemental Information To reset the OSPF network type back to the default use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 0 254 ...

Page 1992: ...ure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ospf priority priority configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ospf priority priority no Supplemental Information To disable OSPF priority use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 0 254 Valid range for the C4c CMTS is 17 10 0...

Page 1993: ...Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip ospf retransmit interval interval configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip ospf retransmit interval interval no Supplemental Information To disable OSPF retransmit interval use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid ran...

Page 1994: ...x configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip ospf transmit delay delay time configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip ospf transmit delay delay time no Supplemental Information To disable OSPF transmit delay use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 0 254 Val...

Page 1995: ...Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip pim dr priority int configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip pim dr priority int no Supplemental Information To reset the priority use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 0 254 Valid...

Page 1996: ...age Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip pim hello holdtime int configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip pim hello holdtime int no Supplemental Information To reset the hold time use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 1...

Page 1997: ...15 Command Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip pim message holdtime 1 65535 configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip pim message holdtime 1 65535 no Supplemental Information To reset the hold time use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 0 254...

Page 1998: ...Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip pim message interval int configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip pim message interval int no Supplemental Information To reset the interval use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 0 254 Va...

Page 1999: ...ess Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip pim query interval int configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip pim query interval int no Supplemental Information To reset the interval use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 0 254 Va...

Page 2000: ...cess Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip pim sparse mode ssm passive configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip pim sparse mode ssm passive no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 0 254 Va...

Page 2001: ...evel 15 Command Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip policy route map policy name configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip policy route map policy name no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 0 254 Valid ...

Page 2002: ...vel 15 Command Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip rip authentication mode md5 configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip rip authentication mode md5 no Supplemental Information By default it is disabled on each interface To disable the authentication mode use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinte...

Page 2003: ...Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip rip authentication mode text configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip rip authentication mode text no Supplemental Information By default it is disabled on each interface To disable the authentication mode use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number sub...

Page 2004: ...ion Every RIP message sent on this interface will contain this key and every incoming message received will be validated based on it having this key Note All commands that include key chains required that the key chain already exists before the command is executed In addition the key chain should not be deleted until after the command s that reference it have been reset with the no command To rese...

Page 2005: ...ure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip rip authentication key chain keychain1 configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip rip authentication key chain keychain1 no Supplemental Information To remove the set of keys used on the specified interface use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range fo...

Page 2006: ...l 15 Command Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip rip authentication mode configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip rip authentication mode no Supplemental Information By default it is disabled on each interface To reset the authentication mode to text mode use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subint...

Page 2007: ...bitethernet slot port 0 254 ip rip default metric metric configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip rip default metric metric no Supplemental Information To return to default settings use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 0 254 Valid range for the C4c CMTS is 17 10 0 254...

Page 2008: ...fied interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip router isis configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip router isis no Supplemental Information To disable IS IS for IP use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 0 ...

Page 2009: ...th the physical port Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port ip scm access group access list number configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port ip scm access group access list number no Supplemental Information To clear or reset the ACL association use the no option Parameters slot port RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface...

Page 2010: ... always sent Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip unreachables configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip unreachables no Supplemental Information To reset the ICMP unreachables use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 1...

Page 2011: ... Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip vrf forwarding name configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ip vrf forwarding name no Supplemental Information To remove the VRF use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 0 254 ...

Page 2012: ... must also specify dot1q encapsulation on that subinterface in order to have a separate IPv6 interface If you do not then all of the other subinterfaces 1 through n will behave only as another IPv6 address on the primary interface which is the 0 subinterface For more information see SFP and XFP Ethernet Interfaces page 214 To remove use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number teng...

Page 2013: ...vel 15 Command Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 enable configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 enable no Supplemental Information To remove all IPv6 addresses from the interface use the no option If there is no IPv4 configuration this command removes all layer 3 configuration Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port nu...

Page 2014: ...problem messages Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 icmp param problem configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 icmp param problem no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 1...

Page 2015: ...o big messages Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 icmp too big configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 icmp too big no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 0 254 Val...

Page 2016: ...as always sent Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 icmp unreachables configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 icmp unreachables no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10...

Page 2017: ...el 15 Command Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 mtu 1280 1500 configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 mtu 1280 1500 no Supplemental Information To restore the default setting use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 0 254 Valid range fo...

Page 2018: ... Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 nd dad attempts 0 600 configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 nd dad attempts 0 600 no Supplemental Information To restore the default setting use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17...

Page 2019: ...x configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 nd managed config flag configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 nd managed config flag no Supplemental Information Setting this flag indicates that the cable modems and CPE devices should use DHCPv6 to obtain their IPv6 addresses To restore the default setting use the no option of the command Parameters slot port 0 25...

Page 2020: ...ccess Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 nd ns interval 1000 3600000 configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 nd ns interval 1000 3600000 no Supplemental Information Use the no option to not specify a value for Retransmit Time Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range...

Page 2021: ...ntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 nd other config flag configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 nd other config flag no Supplemental Information If the flag is set this means that the CMs and CPE devices should use DHCPv6 to obtain information other than IPv6 addresses To restore the default setting use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM ...

Page 2022: ... word valid_lifetime preferred_lifetime off link no autoconfig autoconfig no Supplemental Information To remove the prefix from the advertisements use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 0 254 Valid range for the C4c CMTS is 17 10 0 254 word IPv6 address valid_lifetime Valid lifetime in ...

Page 2023: ...g no Supplemental Information To restore the default setting use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 0 254 Valid range for the C4c CMTS is 17 10 0 254 word IPv6 address off link Indicates prefix is not locally reachable by hosts and must be routed no autoconfig Indicates that the host ma...

Page 2025: ...nfigure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 nd prefix word infinite off link no autoconfig autoconfig no Supplemental Information To restore the default setting use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 0 254 Valid range for the C4c CMTS is 17 10 0 254 word IPv6 address off l...

Page 2026: ... Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 nd prefix word no advertise configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 nd prefix word no advertise no Supplemental Information To indicate that the host may not use prefix for auto configured IPv6 addresses use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number...

Page 2027: ...gabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 nd ra interval 4 1800 3 4 configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 nd ra interval 4 1800 3 4 no Supplemental Information To restore the default setting use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 0 254 Valid range for the C4c CMTS is 17 1...

Page 2028: ...gure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 nd ra lifetime 0 4 9000 configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 nd ra lifetime 0 4 9000 no Supplemental Information To restore the default setting use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 0 254 Valid range for the ...

Page 2029: ...efault Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 nd ra reachable time 0 3600000 configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 nd ra reachable time 0 3600000 no Supplemental Information To reset to the default time use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range...

Page 2030: ...ault Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 nd ra suppress configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 nd ra suppress no Supplemental Information To enable the router advertisements on the specified interface use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range...

Page 2031: ... Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 nd reachable time 0 3600000 configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 nd reachable time 0 3600000 no Supplemental Information To return to the default use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the...

Page 2032: ...ed cable interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 ospf configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 ospf no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 0 254 Valid range for...

Page 2033: ...t port 0 254 ipv6 ospf area word instance int configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 ospf area word instance int no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 0 254 Valid range for the C4c CMTS is 17 10 0 254 word OSPF area ID It can ...

Page 2034: ...rface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 ospf cost 1 65535 configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 ospf cost 1 65535 no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 0 254 Va...

Page 2035: ...e router down Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 ospf dead interval 1 65535 configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 ospf dead interval 1 65535 no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4...

Page 2036: ... interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 ospf hello interval 1 65535 configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 ospf hello interval 1 65535 no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 ...

Page 2037: ...oming DBD packets Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 ospf mtu ignore configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 ospf mtu ignore no Supplemental Information To enable use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 0...

Page 2038: ... Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 ospf network type configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 ospf network type no Supplemental Information To return to the default use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 0 254 Valid ra...

Page 2039: ... Command Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 ospf priority 0 255 configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 ospf priority 0 255 no Supplemental Information To reset to the default value use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 0 254 Valid ra...

Page 2040: ...erface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 ospf retransmit interval 1 1800 configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 ospf retransmit interval 1 1800 no Supplemental Information To reset to the default use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid ...

Page 2041: ...ss Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 ospf transmit delay 1 1800 configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 ospf transmit delay 1 1800 no Supplemental Information To return to the default value use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS ...

Page 2042: ...ied interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 router isis configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 router isis no Supplemental Information To disable IS IS for IP use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10...

Page 2043: ...l 15 Command Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 traffic filter aclName in out configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 ipv6 traffic filter aclName in out no Supplemental Information To remove use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 0 254 Vali...

Page 2044: ...cation key chain name level 1 level 2 no Supplemental Information Note All commands that include key chains required that the key chain already exists before the command is executed In addition the key chain should not be deleted until after the command s that reference it have been reset with the no command To reset the circuit type use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number ten...

Page 2045: ...s authentication mode md5 text level 1 level 2 configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 isis authentication mode md5 text level 1 level 2 no Supplemental Information To reset the circuit type use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 0 254 Valid range for the C4c CMTS is 17 1...

Page 2046: ... tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 isis circuit type no Supplemental Information The Level 1 adjacency may be established if there is at least one area address in common between this system and its neighbors To reset the circuit type use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 0 254 Valid r...

Page 2047: ...54 isis csnp interval level1 level2 no Supplemental Information This command only applies to the designated router on the specified interface To restore the default value use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 0 254 Valid range for the C4c CMTS is 17 10 0 254 seconds Interval of time be...

Page 2048: ...erval 10 12000 level1 level2 configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 isis ds hello interval level1 level2 no Supplemental Information To restore the default value use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 0 254 Valid range for the C4c CMTS is 17 10 0 254 10 120000 Millisecon...

Page 2049: ...slot port 0 254 isis hello interval 10 600000 level1 level2 configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 isis hello interval level1 level2 no Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 0 254 Valid range for the C4c CMTS is 17 10 0 254 10 60000 Specifies the milliseconds...

Page 2050: ...ello packets during the advertised hold time The hold time can be set on a per interface basis and can be different between different routers in one area Note Using a smaller hello multiplier will give fast convergence but can result in more routing instability Incrementing the hello multiplier to a larger value will help stabilize the network Never configure a hello multiplier lower than the defa...

Page 2051: ...isis ipv6 metric 1 16777214 level 1 level 2 no Supplemental Information This command applies only when multi topology has been selected using configure router isis address family ipv6 multi topology Use the no form of the command to return to the default metric Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 0 25...

Page 2052: ... Command Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 isis lsp interval milliseconds configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 isis lsp interval no Supplemental Information To restore the default value use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 0 254 Valid rang...

Page 2053: ... Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 isis lsp mtu int configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 isis lsp mtu no Supplemental Information To restore the default value use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 0 254 Valid range for the C4c CMTS is 17 10...

Page 2054: ...configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 isis metric level1 level2 no Supplemental Information This command only applies when IPv6 is not used in the system To restore the default value use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 0 254 Valid range for the C4c CMTS is 17 10 0 25...

Page 2055: ... Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 isis network point to point configure interface temgigabitethernet slot port 0 254 isis network point to point no Supplemental Information This command only applies when IPv6 is not used in the system To restore the default value use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface nu...

Page 2056: ...termine which router on a LAN will be the designated router The priorities are advertised in the hello packets The router with the highest priority will become the Designated Intermediate System DIS In the case of equal priorities the highest MAC address breaks the tie To restore the default value use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterf...

Page 2057: ...t Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 isis protocol shutdown configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 isis protocol shutdown no Supplemental Information To enable the administrative state of IS IS on the specified interface use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number ...

Page 2058: ...l seconds configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 isis retransmit interval no Supplemental Information This command is useful in very large networks with many LSPs and many interfaces to control LSP retransmission traffic This command controls the rate at which LSPs can be resent on the interface To restore the default value use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot numb...

Page 2059: ...d interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 isis small hello configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 isis small hello no Supplemental Information To restore the default value use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18...

Page 2060: ...evel 2 configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port 0 254 isis wide metric level 1 level 2 no Supplemental Information This applies when a system has IPv4 and IPv6 configuration To restore the default value use the no option Parameters slot port 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number subinterface number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 0 254 Valid range for the C4c CMTS is...

Page 2061: ...re interface tengigabitethernet restore Purpose Restores the specified interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port restore Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot port RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 Valid range for the C4c CMTS is 17 10 ...

Page 2062: ...he specified RCM out of service Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port shutdown configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port shutdown no Supplemental Information To restore the specified RCM use the no option Parameters slot port RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 Valid range for the C4c CMTS i...

Page 2063: ...254 configure interface tengigabitethernet slot port ip igmp backup proxy interface gigabitethernet 17 18 09 0 254 link aggregate 0 9 0 254 tengigabitethernet 17 18 10 0 254 no Supplemental Information To disable the IGMP backup proxy on the interface use the no option Parameters slot port RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 Valid range for the C4...

Page 2064: ...pose Sets the value of the TOS field in the IPv4 header that should be used by the DHCP Relay Agent when sending packets to the DHCP server Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ip dhcp relay tos 0 252 configure ip dhcp relay tos 0 252 no Supplemental Information To delete a name from a list use the no option Parameters 0 252 The type of service of an IP packet ...

Page 2065: ...t name no Supplemental Information When a domain list exists the C4 CMTS will ignore the default domain name entered with the configure ip domain name command If a domain list does not exist the C4 CMTS uses the default domain name configured by the configure ip domain name command To delete a name from a list use the no option Parameters name Domain name Do not include the initial period that sep...

Page 2066: ...re ip domain lookup Purpose Enables the IP Domain Naming System DNS based host name to address translation Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ip domain lookup configure ip domain lookup no Supplemental Information To disable the DNS use the no option Related Commands configure ip domain list page 2065 configure ip domain name page 2067 ...

Page 2067: ...d host names names without a dotted decimal domain name Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ip domain name name configure ip domain name no Supplemental Information To disable use of the DNS use the no option Parameters name Domain name for this C4 CMTS Do not include the initial period that separates an unqualified name from the domain name Related Commands configure ip domain lookup...

Page 2068: ...nterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2068 configure ip fqdn cache enable Purpose Enables multicast fully qualified domain name FQDN polling Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ip fqdn cache enable configure ip fqdn cache enable no Supplemental Information To stop the polling use the no option ...

Page 2069: ...ache poll interval Purpose Configures a static polling interval in seconds for FQDN updates Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ip fqdn cache poll interval time configure ip fqdn cache poll interval time no Supplemental Information To return to the default value use the no option Parameters time Poll interval in seconds Valid range is 300 to 86400 ...

Page 2070: ... 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2070 configure ip fqdn cache refresh Purpose Refreshes the DNS cache by stopping and then restarting the DNS resolver Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ip fqdn cache refresh Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2071: ...ll Rights Reserved 2071 configure ip local policy route map policy Purpose Enables policy routing Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ip local policy route map policy name configure ip local policy route map policy name no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters name Route map name ...

Page 2072: ...ac fwd all ds Purpose Forwards multicast traffic as non MDF onto all of a cable mac s associated downstreams Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ip multicast cable mac fwd all ds configure ip multicast cable mac fwd all ds no Supplemental Information CAUTION Enabling this feature will cause DSG 3 0 clients to stop receiving packets To reset use the no option ...

Page 2073: ...ast default group service class word no Supplemental Information To remove the name use the no option Parameters word Default DOCSIS QOS service class name associated with IP multicast traffic SCNA SCNB SCNC SCND dsa_a dsa_b DSMTAMGCP SF 02ds 4 SF 02us 4 USMTAMGCP ipvideo_dn DSPrimaryBE SCN_Up_Test SCN_Up_UGS1 SCN_Up_UGS2 SCN_Up_UGS3 SF 02 2ds 4 SF 02 2us 4 USPrimaryBE cmcsa_10M_dn cmcsa_11M_up cm...

Page 2074: ...forwarding packets for a given multicast IP destination address Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ip multicast mac ip ip_multicast_addr mac_addr configure ip multicast mac ip ip_multicast_addr mac_addr no Supplemental Information To reset the MAC IP binding for an IP multicast group to the RFC standard use the no option Parameters ip_multicast_addr Multicast group IP address mac_add...

Page 2075: ...ables Protocol Independent Multicast PIM forwarding Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ip multicast routing configure ip multicast routing no Supplemental Information Note PIM can only be enabled in the Source Specific Mode SSM Other PIM CLI provisioning commands will be disallowed if multicast routing is not enabled To disable IP multicast forwarding use the no option ...

Page 2076: ...and address resolution Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ip name server server address server address2 server address6 configure ip name server server address server address2 server address6 no Supplemental Information To remove the addresses specified use the no option Parameters server address IP address of name server server address2 server address 6 IP Addresses of additional na...

Page 2077: ... req Purpose Requires CLI login session password authentication before a client is considered logged in Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ip ssh password auth req configure ip ssh password auth req no Supplemental Information To disallow CLI login session password authentication use the no option Related Commands configure ip ssh max auth fail page 2085 ...

Page 2078: ...8 configure ip prefix list Purpose Adds modifies or removes prefix lists Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ip prefix list name seq int configure ip prefix list name seq int no Supplemental Information To delete a prefix list use the no option Parameters name List name seq int Sequence number The default is the order of entry ...

Page 2079: ...le int configure ip prefix list name seq int permit word ge int le int no Supplemental Information N A Parameters name List name seq int Sequence number The default is the order of entry word Prefix length ge int Specifies a prefix length greater than or equal to the value It is the lowest value of a range of the length the from portion of the length range le int Specifies a prefix length less tha...

Page 2080: ...igure ip p route dest route prefix dest route mask next hop ip addr metric 0 255 null null interface num vrf vrf_name admin dist int no Supplemental Information To delete an IP route from the default virtual router use the no option Parameters dest route prefix Destination prefix dest route mask Destination prefix mask next hop ip addr The IP address of the next hop metric 0 255 Distance metric nu...

Page 2081: ... following restrictions apply The SCM A B and floating IP should all be in the same subnet The host that accesses the SCM via SCM access must NOT be in the same subnet of the floating IP If SCM access is enabled and the time server IP is not in the same subnet as the SCM A B or floating IP you must set an ACL to allow the timer server to send a time reply to the C4 CMTS Once SCM access is enabled ...

Page 2082: ...ilable for the SSH server You can configure all ciphers or any combination Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ip ssh ciphers aes blowfish cast arcfour 3des Supplemental Information The default is set at all ciphers Parameters aes Encryption cipher candidate blowfish Encryption cipher candidate cast Encryption cipher candidate arcfour Encryption cipher candidate 3des Encryption cipher...

Page 2083: ... 2083 configure ip ssh idle timeout Purpose Sets the idle timeout parameters for the SSH server Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ip ssh idle timeout minutes Supplemental Information Note CLI time is in minutes but SSH2 server time is in seconds Parameters minutes Session idle timeout in minutes The default is 0 unlimited ...

Page 2084: ...016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2084 configure ip ssh login Purpose Allows CLI login sessions Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ip ssh login configure ip ssh login no Supplemental Information The default is allowed To disallow CLI login sessions use the no option ...

Page 2085: ...re ip ssh max auth fail Purpose Configures the maximum number of client authentication failures Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ip ssh max auth fail number Supplemental Information This counter is for both public key and password authentication failures Parameters number Includes both CLI and sftp sessions The default is 0 unlimited ...

Page 2086: ...served 2086 configure ip ssh max clients Purpose Configures the maximum number of client sessions Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ip ssh max clients 0 120 Supplemental Information This is for both CLI and SFTP sessions Parameters 0 120 Maximum SSH client sessions CLI and SFTP sessions Default is set to 0 unlimited ...

Page 2087: ...s Reserved 2087 configure ip ssh password auth Purpose Allows CLI login session password authentication Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ip ssh password auth configure ip ssh password auth no Supplemental Information The default is allowed To disallow CLI login session password authentication use the no option ...

Page 2088: ... LLC All Rights Reserved 2088 configure ip ssh port Purpose Configures the TCP port for the SSH server Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ip ssh port number Supplemental Information N A Parameters number This is the TCP port number for the SSH server Valid range is 1 65535 Default port number is 22 ...

Page 2089: ...IS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2089 configure ip ssh port forwarding Purpose Allows secure port forwarding Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ip ssh port forwarding configure ip ssh port forwarding no Supplemental Information To disallow secure port forwarding use the no option ...

Page 2090: ...l Rights Reserved 2090 configure ip ssh public key auth Purpose Allows user public key authentication Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ip configure ip ssh public key auth configure ip configure ip ssh public key auth no Supplemental Information To disallow user public key authentication use the no option ...

Page 2091: ...ghts Reserved 2091 configure ip ssh public key auth first Purpose Requires public key authentication to precede password authentication Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ip ssh public key auth first configure ip ssh public key auth first no Supplemental Information To remove this requirement use the no option ...

Page 2092: ...ure ip ssh public key auth req Purpose Requires user public key authentication before a client is considered logged in Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ip ssh public key auth req configure ip ssh public key auth req no Supplemental Information To disallow use the no option Related Commands configure ip ssh public key auth page 2090 ...

Page 2093: ...art Supplemental Information This command functions as a warm reboot of the server The functionality of this command is not the same as configure ip ssh no shutdown Note No changes take place until the SSH2 server restarts All existing sessions including this one are terminated on a restart login is available after restart is complete generally under 1 second CAUTION This command will not generate...

Page 2094: ...3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2094 configure ip ssh sftp Purpose Enables secure FTP sessions Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ip ssh sftp configure ip ssh sftp no Supplemental Information To disable use the no version of the command ...

Page 2095: ...cesses such as CLI command shells and should be used after a change has been made Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ip ssh shutdown configure ip ssh shutdown no Supplemental Information Note This command will fail if the server s DSA host public private key is not available Use the no command to restart the SSH2 service Related Commands configure crypto key generate page 1454 show i...

Page 2096: ...RRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2096 configure ip unreachables Purpose Sets all interface ICMP unreachables as always sent Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ip unreachables configure ip unreachables no Supplemental Information To disable ICMP unreachables use the no option ...

Page 2097: ...mp time exceeded ospf configure ip vrf vrf name icmp time exceeded ospf no Supplemental Information Note The icmp time exceeded parameter must be run or traceroute through the CMTS will not work To delete a virtual router or to turn off OSPF for the virtual router default use the no option Parameters vrf name The name assigned to the virtual router icmp time exceeded Turns on transmission of ICMP ...

Page 2098: ... to configure with CLI an IPv6 ACL by specifying an ACL number as is permitted with IPv4 standard and extended ACLs However an internally generated number will be assigned to the ACL in the range 200 to 399 index The optional index number for this ACL entry indicating the relative position within the ACL If no index numbers are supplied the entry must be appended to the end with 10 the previous la...

Page 2099: ...ipv6 access list resequence access list name seq start increment Supplemental Information N A Parameters access list name The chosen name for the access list Note that the user must not be able to configure with CLI an IPv6 ACL by specifying an ACL number as is permitted with IPv4 standard and extended ACLs However an internally generated number will be assigned to the ACL in the range 200 to 399 ...

Page 2100: ...oopback 0 15 tengigabitethernet 17 18 0 9 no Supplemental Information To remove the interface use the no option Parameters access list name The chosen name for the access list Note that the user must not be able to configure with CLI an IPv6 ACL by specifying an ACL number as is permitted with IPv4 standard and extended ACLs However an internally generated number will be assigned to the ACL in the...

Page 2101: ...c value of the traffic class field in the IPv6 header that should be used by the DHCP Relay Agent when sending packets to the DHCP server Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ipv6 dhcp relay traffic class 0 252 configure ipv6 dhcp relay traffic class 0 252 no Supplemental Information To remove the interface use the no option Parameters 0 252 Value of the traffic class field in the IPv6...

Page 2102: ... link address Purpose Configures the SIP field in the DHCPv6 relay forward message to use the address of the interface over which the client DHCP message was received for the SI Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ipv6 dhcp relay use link address configure ipv6 dhcp relay use link address no Supplemental Information To remove the interface use the no option ...

Page 2103: ...re ipv6 hop limit Purpose Sets the default limit for router advertisements and all IPv6 packets originated by the route Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ipv6 hop limit int configure ipv6 hop limit int no Supplemental Information To restore the default use the no option Parameters int The number of hop limits allowed The default is 64 ...

Page 2104: ...nterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2104 configure ipv6 icmp param problem Purpose Enables transmission of ICMP6 parameter problem message Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ipv6 hop limit int configure ipv6 hop limit int no Supplemental Information To disable transmission use the no option ...

Page 2105: ...Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2105 configure ipv6 icmp time exceeded Purpose Enables transmission of ICMP6 time exceeded messages Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ipv6 time exceeded configure ipv6 time exceeded no Supplemental Information To disable transmission use the no option ...

Page 2106: ...IS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2106 configure ipv6 icmp too big Purpose Enables transmission of ICMP6 parameter too big message Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ipv6 icmp too big configure ipv6 icmp too big no Supplemental Information To disable transmission use the no option ...

Page 2107: ...terprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2107 configure ipv6 icmp unreachables Purpose Enables transmission of ICMP unreachables messages Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ipv6 icmp unreachables configure ipv6 icmp unreachables no Supplemental Information To disable transmission use the no option ...

Page 2108: ...erprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2108 configure ipv6 nd timeout Purpose Configures the neighbor discovery ND cache timeout Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ipv6 timeout 0 180 360000 Supplemental Information N A Parameters 0 180 360000 Neighbor cache timeout in seconds 0 disable 180 360000 ...

Page 2109: ...lobal max rate Purpose Configures the Neighbor Discovery state not present limits Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ipv6 nd state not present global max rate 0 65535 configure ipv6 nd state not present global max rate 0 65535 no Supplemental Information To reset use the no option Parameters 0 65535 Maximum ICMP transmit rate for all ND in packets second for ICMPs ...

Page 2110: ...state non present max number Purpose Configures the Neighbor Discovery state not present limits Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ipv6 nd state not present max number 0 65535 configure ipv6 nd state not present max number 0 65535 no Supplemental Information To reset use the no option Parameters 0 65535 Maximum number of ICMP6s sent in this state ...

Page 2111: ...esent max time Purpose Configures the Neighbor Discovery state not present limits Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ipv6 nd state not present max time 0 604800 configure ipv6 nd state not present max time 0 604800 no Supplemental Information To reset use the no option Parameters 0 604800 Maximum time in seconds in this state while actively receiving traffic ...

Page 2112: ...esent min time Purpose Configures the Neighbor Discovery state not present limits Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ipv6 nd state not present min time 0 604800 configure ipv6 nd state not present min time 0 604800 no Supplemental Information To reset use the no option Parameters 0 604800 Minimum time in seconds in this state while actively receiving traffic ...

Page 2113: ... not present rate limit Purpose Configures the Neighbor Discovery state not present limits Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ipv6 nd state not present rate limit 100 86400000 configure ipv6 nd state not present rate limit 100 86400000 no Supplemental Information To reset use the no option Parameters 100 86400000 Minimum time in seconds between ICMPs ...

Page 2114: ... MACDB The total number of multicast Neighbor Solicitations to send before switching to the not present state is also limited by the configure ipv6 nd state searching max number command Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ipv6 nd state searching cable multicast configure ipv6 nd state searching cable multicast no Supplemental Information Default value true To reset the maximum number ...

Page 2115: ... MAC address Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ipv6 neighbor ipv6 address cable mac mac 0 mac address configure ipv6 neighbor ipv6 address cable mac mac 0 mac address no Supplemental Information To remove the neighbor use the no option Parameters ipv6 address The address of the neighbor It is in hexidecimal using 16 bit values between colons mac 0 The MAC domain number valid numbers...

Page 2116: ... the MAC address Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ipv6 neighbor ipv6 address gigabitethernet interface mac address configure ipv6 neighbor ipv6 address gigabitethernet interface mac address no Supplemental Information To remove the neighbor use the no option Parameters ipv6 address The address of the neighbor It is in hexidecimal using 16 bit values between colons interface Slot po...

Page 2117: ...MAC address Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ipv6 neighbor ipv6 address link aggregate 0 9 0 254 mac address configure ipv6 neighbor ipv6 address link aggregate 0 9 0 254 mac address no Supplemental Information To remove the neighbor use the no option Parameters ipv6 address The address of the neighbor It is in hexidecimal using 16 bit values between colons 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier...

Page 2118: ...ax configure ipv6 neighbor ipv6 address tengigabitethernet interface mac address configure ipv6 neighbor ipv6 address tengigabitethernet interface mac address no Supplemental Information To remove the neighbor use the no option Parameters ipv6 address The address of the neighbor It is in hexidecimal using 16 bit values between colons interface The number of the interface in RCM slot port format Va...

Page 2119: ...RIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2119 configure ipv6 pd route injection Purpose Configures the prefix delegation route injection Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ipv6 pd route injection configure ipv6 pd route injection no Supplemental Information To remove use the no option ...

Page 2120: ...x list word seq int permit prefix len ge int le int no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters word List name int Optional sequence number Default is order of entry prefix len A decimal value that indicates the length of the IPv6 prefix ge int Specifies a prefix length greater than or equal to the value It is the lowest value of a range of the length the from portion of th...

Page 2121: ...e 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2121 configure ipv6 prefix stability Purpose Enables the prefix stability feature Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ipv6 prefix stability configure ipv6 prefix stability no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option ...

Page 2122: ...metric int configure ipv6 route ipv6 address1 prefix length ipv6 address2 admin distance int metric int no Supplemental Information To remove the static route use the no option Parameters ipv6 address1 Destination route address prefix length A decimal value that indicates the length of the IPv6 prefix ipv6 address2 Next hop address admin distance int Provides static routes priority over other type...

Page 2123: ...gure ipv6 route ipv6 address1 prefix length cable mac interface ipv6 address2 admin distance int metric int no Supplemental Information To remove the static route use the no option Parameters ipv6 address1 Destination route address prefix length Decimal value that indicates the length of the IPv6 prefix interface The MAC identifier valid numbers are 0 415 ipv6 address2 Next hop address admin dista...

Page 2124: ...e ipv6 address2 admin distance int metric int no Supplemental Information To remove the static route use the no option Parameters ipv6 address1 Destination route address prefix length Decimal value that indicates the length of the IPv6 prefix interface The number of the interface in RCM slot port 0 9 format Valid slot numbers for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 valid slot number for the C4c CMTS is 17 The gi...

Page 2125: ... int configure ipv6 route ipv6 address1 prefix length link aggregate 0 9 0 254 ipv6 address2 admin distance int metric int no Supplemental Information To remove the static route use the no option Parameters ipv6 address1 Destination route address prefix length Decimal value that indicates the length of the IPv6 prefix 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface ipv6 address2 Next hop address admin ...

Page 2126: ...d too prevent packets from being routed to the default route in the event of a hardware or routing failure Note Null routes should have a less desirable admin distance than the actual destination therefore they should be used only if the actual destination is not available due to a hardware or routing failure To remove the static route use the no option Parameters ipv6 address Destination route ad...

Page 2127: ...x length tengigabitethernet interface ipv6 address2 admin distance int metric int no Supplemental Information To remove the static route use the no option Parameters ipv6 address1 Destination route address prefix length Decimal value that indicates the length of the IPv6 prefix interface The number of the interface in RCM slot port format Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 Valid range for the...

Page 2128: ...rises LLC All Rights Reserved 2128 configure ipv6 route pd data retrieve Purpose Restores the IPv6 PD route using the IPv6 address Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ipv6 route pd data retrieve link local ipv6 addr Supplemental Information N A Parameters link local ipv6 addr Router IPv6 address ...

Page 2129: ... Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2129 configure ipv6 route pd data retrieve all Purpose Restores all the IPv6 PD routes Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ipv6 route pd data retrieve all Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2130: ...IS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2130 configure ipv6 route pd data retrieve cable mac Purpose Restores the IPv6 PD routes by cable mac interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ipv6 route pd data retrieve cable mac mac Supplemental Information N A Parameters mac MAC identifier ...

Page 2131: ...te sent into a stub or Not so stubby area NSSA Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ipv6 router ospf area word default cost 1 16777215 configure ipv6 router ospf area word default cost 1 16777215 no Supplemental Information To return to the default use the no option Parameters word OSPF area ID It can be specified as either an IP address or decimal value 1 16777215 Cost for the default...

Page 2132: ...ot so stubby area NSSA Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ipv6 router ospf area word nssa no summary configure ipv6 router ospf area word nssa no summary no Supplemental Information To return to the default use the no option Parameters word OSPF area ID It can be specified as either an IP address or decimal value no summary Optional Use this to specify not to send or receive summary ...

Page 2133: ...6 addr prefix advertise not advertise configure ipv6 router ospf area word range ipv6 addr prefix advertise not advertise no Supplemental Information To return to the default use the no option Parameters word OSPF area ID It can be specified as either an IP address or decimal value ipv6 addr prefix Format 4 hex digits 4 hex digits prefix length advertise Sets the address range status to advertise ...

Page 2134: ...routes at an area boundary Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ipv6 router ospf area word stub no summary configure ipv6 router ospf area word stub no summary no Supplemental Information To return to the default use the no option Parameters word OSPF area ID It can be specified as either an IP address or decimal value no summary Optional Use this to specify not to send or receive summ...

Page 2135: ...hts Reserved 2135 configure ipv6 router ospf as border router Purpose Defines whether this router is an autonomous border router Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ipv6 router ospf as border router configure ipv6 router ospf as border router no Supplemental Information To return to the default use the no option ...

Page 2136: ...e ipv6 router ospf distance Purpose Configures the administrative distance for OSPF routes in the same VRF Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ipv6 router ospf distance 0 255 ospf configure ipv6 router ospf distance 0 255 ospf no Supplemental Information To return to the default use the no option Parameters 0 255 Administrative distance ...

Page 2137: ...pf external Purpose Configures the administrative distance for external OSPF routes Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ipv6 ospfdistance 0 255 ospf external 0 255 configure ipv6 ospfdistance 0 255 ospf external 0 255 no Supplemental Information To return to the default use the no option Parameters 0 255 Administrative distance 0 255 External type 5 and type 7 routes ...

Page 2138: ...onfigures filtering for OSPF routes in the same VRF OSPF routes Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ipv6 router ospf distribute list word out connected pd static configure ipv6 router ospf distribute list word out connected pd static no Supplemental Information To return to the default use the no option Parameters word IPv6 access list name connected pd static Source routing protocol ...

Page 2139: ...gregate 0 9 0 254 tengigabitethernet 17 18 10 0 254 configure ipv6 router ospf passive interface cable mac mac 0 gigabitethernet 17 18 0 9 0 254 tengigabitethernet 17 18 10 0 254 no Supplemental Information To remove the passive configuration use the no option Parameters mac 0 MAC identifier gigabitethernet 17 18 0 9 0 254 GigabitEthernet interface RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number sub i...

Page 2140: ...spf redistribute connected metric 1 16777215 metric type 1 2 tag integer configure ipv6 router ospf redistribute connected metric 1 16777215 metric type 1 2 tag integer no Supplemental Information To remove the redistribute configuration use the no option Parameters 1 16777215 OSPF default metric Used transparent to preserve the metrics of the source protocol 1 2 1 Set OSPF External Type 1 metrics...

Page 2141: ...y DHCP Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ipv6 router ospf redistribute pd metric 1 16777215 metric type 1 2 tag integer configure ipv6 router ospf redistribute pd metric 1 16777215 metric type 1 2 tag integer no Supplemental Information To remove the PD configuration use the no option Parameters 1 16777215 OSPF default metric 1 2 1 Set OSPF External Type 1 metrics 2 Set OSPF Externa...

Page 2142: ...5 Command Syntax configure ipv6 router ospf redistribute static metric 1 16777215 metric type 1 2 tag integer configure ipv6 router ospf redistribute static metric 1 16777215 metric type 1 2 tag integer no Supplemental Information To remove the static configuration use the no option Parameters 1 16777215 OSPF default metric 1 2 1 Set OSPF External Type 1 metrics 2 Set OSPF External Type 2 metrics ...

Page 2143: ...2143 configure ipv6 router ospf router id Purpose Configures a router ID for OSPFv3 Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ipv6 router ospf router id a b c d configure ipv6 router ospf router id a b c d no Supplemental Information To remove the router ID use the no option Parameters a b c d IP address representing the router ID ...

Page 2144: ...ights Reserved 2144 configure ipv6 router ospf shutdown Purpose Disables the administrative state of the OSPFv3 instance Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ipv6 router ospf shutdown configure ipv6 router ospf shutdown no Supplemental Information To administratively enable the OSPFv3 instance use the no option ...

Page 2145: ...v6 router pd distance Purpose Configures the administrative distance for the IPv6 Prefix Delegation route Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ipv6 router pd distance 1 255 configure ipv6 router pd distance 1 255 no Supplemental Information To remove use the no option Parameters 1 255 Administrative distance for all PD routes in the same VRF ...

Page 2146: ... ipv6 router static distance Purpose Configures the administrative distance for the IPv6 static routes Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ipv6 router static distance configure ipv6 router static distance no Supplemental Information To remove use the no option Parameters 1 255 Administrative distance for all static routes in the same VRF ...

Page 2147: ...00 rate limit 100 86400000 configure ipv6 nd state not present global max rate 0 65535 max number 0 65535 max time 1 604800 min time 1 604800 rate limit 100 86400000 no Supplemental Information To reset to the default use the no option Parameters global max rate 0 65535 Maximum ICMP transmit rate for all non present IPv6 s max number 0 65535 Maximum number of ICMP6s sent in this state max time 1 6...

Page 2148: ...onfigure ipv6 nd state searching global max rate 0 65535 max number 0 65535 rate limit 100 86400000 configure ipv6 nd state searching global max rate 0 65535 max number 0 65535 rate limit 100 86400000 no Supplemental Information To reset to the default use the no option Parameters global max rate 0 65535 Maximum ICMP transmit rate for all non present IPv6 s max number 0 65535 Maximum number of ICM...

Page 2149: ...MACDB The total number of multicast Neighbor Solicitations to send before switching to the not present state is also limited by the configure ipv6 nd state searching max number command Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ipv6 nd state searching cable multicast configure ipv6 nd state searching cable multicast no Supplemental Information Default value true To reset the maximum number t...

Page 2150: ... was previously known Previously known MAC IP bindings will be determined from data stored in the MACDB The total number of unicast and multicast ARPs to send before switching to the not present state is limited by the configure ipv6 nd state searching max number command Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ipv6 nd state searching cable unicast 0 65535d configure ipv6 nd state searchin...

Page 2151: ...ching global max rate Purpose Configures the maximum Neighbor Discovery transmit rate for all searching IPs Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ipv6 nd state searching global max rate 0 65535 configure ipv6 nd state searching global max rate 0 65535 no Supplemental Information To reset use the no option Parameters 0 65535 The rate in packets second for ARPs ...

Page 2152: ...tate searching max number Purpose Configures the maximum Neighbor Discovery state searching limits Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ipv6 nd state searching max number 0 65535 configure ipv6 nd state searching max number 0 65535 no Supplemental Information To reset use the no option Parameters 0 65535 The maximum number of NDs sent in this state ...

Page 2153: ...ate searching rate limit Purpose Configures the maximum Neighbor Discovery state searching limits Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ipv6 nd state searching rate limit 100 86400000 configure ipv6 nd state searching rate limit 100 86400000 no Supplemental Information To reset use the no option Parameters 100 86400000 Minimum time in msec between NDs ...

Page 2154: ...Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2154 configure ipv6 nd timeout Purpose Configures the maximum Neighbor Discovery state cache limits Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ipv6 nd timeout int Supplemental Information N A Parameters int Neighbor cache timeout in seconds 0 disable 180 360000 ...

Page 2155: ... All Rights Reserved 2155 configure ipv6 neighbor Purpose Creates or deletes a static entry in the neighbor discovery cache Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ipv6 neighbor ipv6 configure ipv6 neighbor ipv6 no Supplemental Information To delete use the no option Parameters ipv6 IPv6 address of neighbor ...

Page 2156: ... MAC address Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ipv6 neighbor ipv6 address cable mac mac 0 mac address configure ipv6 neighbor ipv6 address cable mac mac 0 mac address no Supplemental Information To remove the neighbor use the no option Parameters ipv6 address The address of the neighbor It is in hexidecimal using 16 bit values between colons mac 0 The MAC domain number valid numbers...

Page 2157: ...configure ip video attribute encoding Purpose Configures the attribute bit s indicating type of IP video Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ip video attribute encoding 0x0000 0xFFFF configure ip video attribute encoding 0x0000 0xFFFF no Supplemental Information Parameters 0x0000 0xFFFF Enter 16 bit attribute encoding mask in hex ...

Page 2158: ...er Purpose Configures the time between DBC messages sent to a single modem for IP video Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ip video dbc delay timer 0 3000 configure ip video dbc delay timer 0 3000 no Supplemental Information To return to the default use the no option Parameters 0 3000 Enter the time between DBC messages sent to a single modem for IP Video msec ...

Page 2159: ...dentifying a group of authentication keys Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure key chain key chain name configure key chain key chain name no Supplemental Information Routing Information Protocol RIP Version 2 uses key chains You must configure a key chain with keys to enable authentication To remove a key chain and all of its associated keys use the no option Parameters key chain name...

Page 2160: ...ied sequence number and allows you to modify data specific to this key Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure key chain key chain name key 0 255 configure key chain key chain name key 0 255 no Supplemental Information To remove a key with the specified sequence number use the no option Parameters key chain name A text string up to 16 characters long 0 255 Sequence number assigned to this...

Page 2161: ...figure key chain key chain name key 0 255 accept lifetime start time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss end time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss duration seconds infinite no Supplemental Information To set the accept lifetime to be infinite enter the no option Parameters key chain name A text string up to 16 characters long 0 255 Sequence number assigned to this key start time yyyy mm dd hh mm s s Start time is in the form ...

Page 2162: ... Defines the string for the key Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure key chain key chain name key 0 255 key string key configure key chain no Supplemental Information To remove a key chain and all its keys use the no option Parameters key chain name A text string up to 16 characters long 0 255 Sequence number assigned to this key key A text string up to 16 characters long ...

Page 2163: ...nfigure key chain key chain name key 0 255 send lifetime start time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss end time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss duration seconds infinite no Supplemental Information To set the send lifetime to be infinite use the no option Parameters key chain name A text string up to 16 characters long 0 255 Sequence number assigned to this key start time yyyy mm dd hh mm ss Start time is in the form of yea...

Page 2164: ... Level 15 Command Syntax configure l2vpn cable mac mac_id all configure l2vpn cable mac mac_id all no Supplemental Information CMs that attempt to register as L2VPN in non participating cable mac interfaces are rejected Note Only designated cable MAC interfaces are able to host L2VPN CMs To remove the cable MAC interfaces participating in the L2VPN service use the no version Parameters mac_id ID o...

Page 2165: ...tional no Supplemental Information Note If neither capability is identified then both esafe ident and dut filter will be set The default for each capability is required Legacy CMs may register with L2VPN TLV encodings only if both esafe ident and dut filter are explicitly set to optional Parameters esafe ident Indicates whether TLVs that identify CMs as embedded devices are required dut filter Ind...

Page 2166: ... l2vpn forwarding l2vpnid id instance outer vlanid inner vlanid cm mac mac_id enable disable Supplemental Information N A Parameters l2vpnid id Externally configured string that identifies a specific L2VPN instance outer vlanid The VLAN identifier used for single or dual Q tags Range is 2 4094 inner vlanid Optional smaller VLAN identifier used with dual Q tags Range is 1 4095 cm mac mac_id CM MAC ...

Page 2167: ...ult Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure l2vpn network interface gigabitethernet slot port primary secondary configure l2vpn network interface gigabitethernet slot port primary secondary no Supplemental Information To return to the default use the no version Parameters slot port RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 Valid range for the C4c CMTS is...

Page 2168: ...tional secondary L2VPN network interfaces Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure l2vpn network interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 primary secondary configure l2vpn network interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 primary secondary no Supplemental Information To return to the default use the no version Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface primary secondary Specifies either sing...

Page 2169: ...t Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure l2vpn network interface tengigabitethernet slot port primary secondary configure l2vpn network interface tengigabitethernet slot port primary secondary no Supplemental Information To return to the default use the no version Parameters slot port RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 Valid range for the C4c C...

Page 2170: ...fault Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure l2vpn vlanid range int int single qtag dual qtag configure l2vpn vlanid range int int single qtag dual qtag no Supplemental Information To remove the VLAN ID ranges that are reserved for L2VPN use use the no option Parameters vlanid range int Outer VLAN ID value for a single or dual Q tag Range is 2 4094 int Optional inner VLAN ID value used for dual ...

Page 2171: ...es LLC All Rights Reserved 2171 configure lacp system priority Purpose Configures LACP Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure lacp system priority 0 65535 configure lacp system priority 0 65535 no Supplemental Information To remove the configuration use the no option Parameters 0 65535 Priority value ...

Page 2172: ...o disable shell and or command accounting use the no option Parameters console Configures the SCM console port The CLI will accept 0 zero or 1 vty Configures a virtual terminal For the C4 CMTS this refers to a telnet session Range of line numbers is 0 to 15 width 11 512 Sets the width of the terminal startline Integer identifying line number or first line number of a range of line numbers endline ...

Page 2173: ...The CLI will accept 0 or 1 for the console port However the command will set the value for both 0 and 1 It is not possible to set the two consoles with different values To remove or disable a console use the no option Parameters 0 1 Line number 0 1 Integer identifying last line number of a range of line numbers session timeout int Session length in seconds The C4 CMTS automatically terminates the ...

Page 2174: ...on Allows the user to use the enable command to go into privileged mode authorization word Authorization method list name up to 16 characters connect active local Active The standby SCM console port is connected to the active SCM Local The standby SCM console port is directly available Related Commands configure pagination page 2232 terminal length page 3057 show running config interface cable dow...

Page 2175: ...Information To remove or disable a vty line use the no option Parameters 0 15 Configures a virtual terminal For the C4 CMTS this refers to a telnet session 0 15 Integer identifying line number or first line number of a range of line numbers session timeout int Session length in seconds The C4 CMTS automatically terminates the session when this interval expires A value of zero indicates no timeout ...

Page 2176: ...ll Rights Reserved 2176 enable authentication Allows the user to use the enable command to go into privileged mode authorization word Authorization method list name up to 16 characters Related Commands see configure pagination page 2232 terminal length page 3057 show running config interface cable downstream page 3023 ...

Page 2177: ...ault Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure logging console level configure logging console level no Supplemental Information To disable sending system logging messages to the console use the no option Parameters level Values of priority level are 1 emergency 2 alert 3 critical 4 error 5 warning 6 notice 7 informational 8 debug Related Commands trace logging no page 3066 show logging console pag...

Page 2178: ...46 Command Line Descriptions STANDARD Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2178 show logging priority cli page 2977 configure privilege exec level page 2234 ...

Page 2179: ...ion for the specified debug facility If slot number is specified then notification will be enabled only for that slot Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure logging debug facility class subclass slot slot num filter cmMac ifMac subIp filter_data filter_data_value configure logging debug facility class subclass slot slot num filter cmMac ifMac subIp filter_data filter_data_value no ...

Page 2180: ...rottle ThrottlingConfig TstRec _ip appl arp audit authmod bgp bpi brief_modem broker camsparing channelcac cli clock cm status cmstatus cmts counts dappl data datamanagement dataplane dcard dcd dchan dhcp dhcpv6 diskmanager dlb dmmappl docsisservices docsisservicesmgr dsdata eventrcvr icmp icmpv6 gmp ip ipdr isis learning mac macdm macdmVerbose macdomain macmgr map mdd modemmpls mtce multicast nal...

Page 2181: ...ARD Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2181 Related Commands trace logging no page 3066 show logging debug page 2972 show logging history page 2973 configure privilege exec level page 2234 ...

Page 2182: ...y for all currently configured Syslog hosts Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure logging facility facility Supplemental Information Possible values are local0 local1 local2 local3 local4 local5 local6 and local7 All notifications sent to the Syslog server will specify this facility Parameters facility local0 local1 local2 local3 local4 local5 local6 and local7 Default facility is local...

Page 2183: ...ges that will get stored in the history table Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure logging history size number of messages Supplemental Information Should the size of the logging history exceed the specified number of entries new entries will overwrite the oldest entries Parameters number of messages This number is the number of messages that will be stored in the history table The def...

Page 2184: ...15 Command Syntax configure logging host ip address facility facility configure logging host ip address facility facility no Supplemental Information All log messages whose priorities are enabled for Syslog transmission will be sent to the specified host To remove the Syslog host use the no option Parameters ip address IP address of a server in nnn nnn nnn nnn format facility facility Syslog facil...

Page 2185: ...atile level size number_of_messages no Supplemental Information should the size of the local log exceed specified number of entries new entries will overwrite the oldest entries Reduce the local log size from the default of 10 only if you want the C4 CMTS to reduce the number of events logged To disable volatile local logging for all logging levels use the no option Parameters level Values of prio...

Page 2186: ...ault Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure logging monitor level configure logging monitor level no Supplemental Information The output will continue to be routed to the telnet session until either the logging to the monitor is disabled or the telnet session is disconnected To disable delivery of all notifications to the telnet session use the no option Parameters level Values of priority level...

Page 2187: ...s Level 15 Command Syntax configure logging override event event id priority priority configure logging override event event id priority priority no Supplemental Information To disable the logging of an event regardless of its priority use the no option Parameters event event id The ID assigned to the event by the system priority priority Logging priority Valid types are emergency alert critical e...

Page 2188: ...CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2188 configure logging override reset Purpose Clears previous provisioning of event ids Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure logging override reset Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2189: ...g priority to a given CLI access level Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure logging priority cli cli access logging priority configure logging no Supplemental Information N A Parameters cli access Assigns CLI access levels 0 through 15 logging priority Assigns the logging priority assigned to the specified CLI access Related Commands configure privilege exec level page 2234 show loggin...

Page 2190: ...mation N A Parameters word Desired debug ipstack logging priority name or facility name Priority names emerg crit error warning notice info debug debug2 Facility names kern user daemon auth syslog ipcom ipcom_shell ipcom_telnet ipcrypto ipipsec ipike ipl2tp ipldapc iplite ipnat ippppoe ipradius iprip ipssh ipssl ipsslproxy ipftp ipfirewall ipdhcpd ipdhcpc ipwebs ipnet iptftp ipsntp ipdhcps ipdhcps...

Page 2191: ...figure logging proprietary Purpose Enables proprietary logging to syslog local and snap destinations Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure logging proprietary configure logging proprietary no Supplemental Information Currently the default is enabled To disable proprietary logging to syslog local or SNMP destinations use the no option ...

Page 2192: ...configured as an SNMP trap Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure logging snmp level configure logging snmp level no Supplemental Information By default the C4 CMTS generates SNMP traps for any event with a priority level of critical 3 error 4 warning 5 or notice 6 To turn off all SNMP logging for all logging levels use the no option Parameters level Values of priority level are 1 emerge...

Page 2193: ...ver to send other priority levels to Syslog or SNMP they must first be enabled for the local volatile log or local non volatile log The same set of priorities are enabled for SNMP and local volatile by default Local nonvolatile has no priorities enabled by default Also by default the CMTS sends all Syslog messages to the Syslog facility local0 The facility may be changed to local1 local2 local3 lo...

Page 2194: ...op results in full throttling of all notifications if the number of notifications exceeds the configured threshold within the configured interval Transmission may only be resumed by setting the docsDevEvThrottleAdminStatus MIB object The stop type is intended for use by an NMS in the implementation of a closed loop feedback throttling mechanism limit results in throttling for the remainder of the ...

Page 2195: ...option Parameters modem_activity_o ption DOCSIS trap to enable or disable Options are listed below init reg req fail register request failed trap init reg rsp fail register response failed trap init reg ack fail register acknowledgement failed trap dyn serv req fail dynamic service request failed trap dyn serv rsp fail dynamic service response failed trap dyn serv ack fail dynamic services ack fai...

Page 2196: ...col NTP parameters Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ntp minpoll 4 11 maxpoll 4 11 version 2 4 Supplemental Information N A Parameters minpoll 4 11 Minimum polling interval for NTP clients and peers Default is 6 maxpoll 4 11 Maximum polling interval for NTP clients and peers Default is 7 version 2 4 NTP version used when sending message to NTP clients servers or peers Default is 4 ...

Page 2197: ...rises LLC All Rights Reserved 2197 configure ntp authentication Purpose Configures the Network Time Protocol NTP parameters Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ntp authentication configure ntp authentication no Supplemental Information To disable the NTP authentication feature use the no option ...

Page 2198: ...s Level 15 Command Syntax configure ntp authentication key 1 65534 md5 word configure ntp authentication key 1 65534 md5 word no Supplemental Information To remove the MD5 key used with the NTP authentication use the no option Parameters 1 65534 ID of the authentication key word Authentication key may be 1 to 16 null terminated 7 bit ASCII characters excluding space character pound sign also calle...

Page 2199: ... server distributes time sync to the CMTS but does not synchronize itself to the CMTS This is the most common NTP configuration for the C4 CMTS To remove the NTP unicast client of the remote server at the specified IP address use the no option Parameters ip address IP address or subnet for NTP communication burst Enable the burst mode Default off key 0 65534 The ID of the MD5 auth key Default 0 wh...

Page 2200: ...ync within the broadcast subnet identified by the specified IP address Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ntp server ip address broadcast Supplemental Information CAUTION To avoid loops do not use this mode if the C4 CMTS is also configured to be a Broadcast or Multicast Server Parameters ip address The form of the broadcast iP address may be A1 255 255 255 B1 B2 255 255 or C1 C2 C3 ...

Page 2201: ...anycast group that it can obtain time sync from as a client Parameters ip address The multicast IP address is of the form 224 0 1 x which are designated as NTP manycast group addresses Do not use the default Internet NTP manycast group 224 0 1 1 address unless absolutely necessary because of its large membership burst Forces the CMTS to send a sequence of time sync messages over a short period at ...

Page 2202: ... NTP multicast server that is periodically sending time sync on the multicast IP address identified by the specified IP address Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure ntp server ip address multicast Supplemental Information CAUTION To avoid loops do not use this mode if the CMTS is also configured to be a Broadcast or Multicast Server Parameters ip address The IP address must be an IPv4 ...

Page 2203: ... Purpose Sets the periodic timeout in seconds for the UCAM Detect Undetectable Lock up DUL diagnostic packet Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure operation dul packet interal timeout configure operation dul packet interal timeout no Supplemental Information To disable the timeout use the no option Parameters timeout The timeout value in seconds Valid range is 0 10 900 ...

Page 2204: ...ntid slot slot recovery enable disable logging enable disable configure operation event eventid slot slot recovery enable disable logging enable disable no Supplemental Information To disable the operation event use the no option Parameters eventid Event ID in hex format with a prefix of 0x Valid range is 0x1 0xFFFFFFFF slot slot Slot number Valid range for the CMTS is 0 20 recovery enable disable...

Page 2205: ...LLC All Rights Reserved 2205 configure operation mode Purpose Configures the Upper Level Protocol ULP operation mode Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure operation mode operation mode configure operation mode operation mode no Supplemental Information To disable the ULP operation mode use the no option ...

Page 2206: ...new CPE when its CM asks the C4 CMTS to learn it By default the associated CM is reset if the same CPE is rejected three times Use the no version of this operation mode to disable the default setting so that CMs will not be reset after 3 NAKs docsis10plus Enable the Docsis 1 0 feature docsis20test Enable testing mode for DOCSIS 2 0 LBalDynUnbondUcast Enable load balancing of new dynamic unbonded u...

Page 2207: ...ion overload control sensitivity Purpose Sets the sensitivity to overload parameters Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure operation overload control sensitivity 0 4 configure operation overload control sensitivity 0 4 no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters 0 4 Sensitivity to overload higher faster response to changes ...

Page 2208: ...n overload control threshold Purpose Sets the threshold to trigger overload Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure operation overload control threshold 0 4 configure operation overload control threshold 0 4 no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters 0 4 Threshold to trigger overload higher busier CPU need to trigger overload ...

Page 2209: ... 15 Command Syntax configure packetcable configure packetcable no Supplemental Information Note By default PacketCable services are disabled on the CMTS When PacketCable services are disabled the CMTS will disallow any PacketCable signaling connections using the Common Open Policy Service otherwise known as COPS from the Call Management Server CMS As a result all PacketCable call requests will fai...

Page 2210: ...served 2210 configure packetcable dqos shutdown Purpose Disables only the PacketCable 1 x DQoS services on the CMTS Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure packetcable dqos shutdown configure packetcable dqos shutdown no Supplemental Information To enable only PacketCable 1 x DQoS services on the C4 CMTS use the no option ...

Page 2211: ...amount of time between the reception of a Gate Alloc message and a Gate Set message for the same DQoS Gate The default value of this timer is 30 seconds This timer has a range of 1 60 seconds t1 limits the validity period for authorization of a particular PacketCable call This timer is started whenever a Gate is established and reset whenever a Commit operation is performed on the resources author...

Page 2212: ...packet for transmission to the RKS Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure packetcable eventmsg batch size n configure packetcable eventmsg batch size n no Supplemental Information Note The CMTS uses the static port 1813 for Event Messages The CMTS listens to port 1813 all the time When it sends a message to an RKS at whatever destination IP and port port 1813 shows up as the source port ...

Page 2213: ...Purpose Enables event messaging while using CALEA and event messaging at the CMs Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure packetcable configure packetcable eventmsg billing events configure packetcable configure packetcable eventmsg billing events no Supplemental Information To disable event messaging at the CMTS while using CALEA and event messaging at the CMs use the no option ...

Page 2214: ...gned to the CMTS that will be included in all event messages from the CMTS This number is used by the RKS so that it knows that the event message came from this CMTS The Element ID must be configured before Event Messages are generated Note The CMTS uses the static port 1813 for Event Messages The CMTS listens to port 1813 all the time When it sends a message to an RKS at whatever destination IP a...

Page 2215: ...ging in minutes Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure packetcable eventmsg max age minutes Supplemental Information Note The CMTS uses the static port 1813 for Event Messages The CMTS listens to port 1813 all the time When it sends a message to an RKS at whatever destination IP and port port 1813 shows up as the source port in the UDP header Parameters minutes Maximum age for event mess...

Page 2216: ...t Supplemental Information This count is the maximum number of times that the Event Messaging Retry Interval may expire before the CMTS will switch to the secondary RKS Note The CMTS uses the static port 1813 for Event Messages The CMTS listens to port 1813 all the time When it sends a message to an RKS at whatever destination IP and port port 1813 shows up as the source port in the UDP header Par...

Page 2217: ...at the CMTS will wait for an acknowledgment of an event message before the CMTS will assume that the message is lost At this point the CMTS will either retransmit the message or switch to the secondary RKS Note The CMTS uses the static port 1813 for Event Messages The CMTS listens to port 1813 all the time When it sends a message to an RKS at whatever destination IP and port port 1813 shows up as ...

Page 2218: ...eserved 2218 configure packetcable gate send subscriberid Purpose Enables the use of subscriber ID in every DQoS gate open and gate close message Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure packetcable gate send subscriberid configure packetcable gate send subscriberid no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option ...

Page 2219: ...erved 2219 configure packetcable pcmm shutdown Purpose Disables only the PacketCable Multimedia services on the CMTS Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure packetcable pcmm shutdown configure packetcable pcmm shutdown no Supplemental Information To enable only PacketCable Multimedia services on the CMTS use the no option ...

Page 2220: ...ure packetcable pcmm subscriber id vrf Purpose Configures the specific VRF for remotely connect subnet subscriberIDs Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure packetcable pcmm subscriber id vrf name configure packetcable pcmm subscriber id vrf name no Supplemental Information Use the no version to disable Parameters name VRF Name e g default ...

Page 2221: ...ses LLC All Rights Reserved 2221 configure packetcable pcmm timer t1 Purpose Configures the PCMM t1 timer values Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure packetcable pcmm timer t1 value Supplemental Information N A Parameters value Timer value in deciseconds Default value is 300 deciseconds 30 seconds ...

Page 2222: ... packetcable pcmm version Purpose Enables the specific version of the PCMM Common Open Policy Service COPS Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure packetcable pcmm version I03 I04 I05 configure packetcable pcmm version I03 I04 I05 no Supplemental Information To disable the PCMM version use the no option Parameters I03 I04 I05 The PCMM version ...

Page 2223: ...per second when the SCM CPU is not congested and 4 1 connections per second when we are in high congestion Note The default thresholds for packetcable throttling are engineered to provide optimal service at scaling levels prescribed with each CMTS software release Consult ARRIS Technical Support before overriding these defaults Parameters normal threshold 1 10000 Maximum number of messages allowed...

Page 2224: ...ed for emergency voice Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure packetcable voice limits allowed emergency percent downstream upstream Supplemental Information Rules Limits on Percentage Values Maximum range 0 90 allowed total allowed normal allowed total reserved emergency allowed total reserved normal reserved emergency Parameters percent The percentage allowed for emergency voice use Va...

Page 2225: ...erved for normal voice Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure packetcable voice limits allowed normal percent downstream upstream Supplemental Information Rules Limits on Percentage Values Maximum range 0 90 allowed total allowed normal allowed total reserved emergency allowed total reserved normal reserved emergency Parameters percent The percentage allowed for normal voice use Valid ra...

Page 2226: ...classes of voice traffic Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure packetcable voice limits allowed total percent downstream upstream Supplemental Information Rules Limits on Percentage Values Maximum range 0 90 allowed total allowed normal allowed total reserved normal reserved emergency allowed emergency reserved emergency Parameters percent The percentage allowed for total voice use Vali...

Page 2227: ... limits downstream Purpose Defines the percent of only the downstream channel bandwidth allowed for voice traffic Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure packetcable voice limits downstream allowed total percent allowed normal percent Supplemental Information N A Parameters percent The percentage allowed for all or normal classes of voice traffic Range is 0 90 ...

Page 2228: ... Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure packetcable voice limits emergency preemption percent downstream upstream configure packetcable voice limits emergency preemption percent downstream upstream no Supplemental Information To disable emergency preemption use the no option Parameters percent The percentage allowed for emergency traffic to preempt normal traffic Valid range is 0 to 90 downstrea...

Page 2229: ...hannel bandwidth reserved for emergency voice Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure packetcable voice limits reserved emergency percent downstream upstream Supplemental Information Rules Limits on Percentage Values Maximum range 0 90 allowed total reserved normal reserved emergency allowed emergency reserved emergency Parameters percent The percentage reserved for emergency voice use Se...

Page 2230: ...ormal voice Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure packetcable voice limits reserved normal percent downstream upstream Supplemental Information Rules Limits on Percentage Values Maximum range 0 90 allowed total reserved normal reserved emergency allowed emergency reserved emergency Parameters percent The percentage reserved for normal voice use See table above downstream upstream Direct...

Page 2231: ...Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2231 configure packetcable voice limits set all Purpose Copies the global values to all downstream and upstream parameters Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure packetcable voice limits set all Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2232: ... Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure pagination configure pagination no Supplemental Information A value of zero indicates no pagination Non zero values are only applicable for transports that do not support window size negotiation serial ssh Transports which support window size negotiation telnet may override this parameter To disable pagination and display CLI output all at once use...

Page 2233: ...e power monitor a b restore shutdown no Supplemental Information Note While it is never advisable to operate an active system with a simplex Power Entry Module some CMTSs lab chassis for example may be equipped with only one power supply In such cases the user may choose to disable the active power alarm by executing this command To disable the power monitor use the no option Parameters a b Power ...

Page 2234: ...level Purpose Configures the command privilege level Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure privilege exec level level cmd configure privilege exec level level cmd no Supplemental Information To reset the specified commands back to the default settings use the no option Related Commands show privilege exec page 3008 configure privilege exec reset page 2235 ...

Page 2235: ... privilege exec reset Purpose Resets the command privilege to the default values Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure privilege exec reset cmd Supplemental Information N A Parameters cmd The command or group of commands to be assigned a different level Related Commands show privilege exec page 3008 configure privilege exec level page 2234 ...

Page 2236: ...urpose Sets the CLI prompt to the specified string Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure prompt string configure prompt string no Supplemental Information Note The configure prompt works for a single session To return to the default setting use the no option Parameters string The text for the new prompt Related Commands configure hostname page 1467 ...

Page 2237: ...ing interval int history word penalty duration word configure qos sc enforce rule word enforce name word trigger int sampling interval int history word penalty duration word no Supplemental Information To remove an enforce rule use the no option Parameters word Reference Service Class name word Enforce rule SCN name sampling interval int Sampling interval in minutes 5 10 15 30 history word History...

Page 2238: ...7295 min res pkt 0 4294967295 peak tr rate 0 429296295 max burst 0 4294967295 poll int 0 4294967295 poll jitter 0 4294967295 grant size 0 4294967295 grant int 0 4294967295 grant jitter 0 4294967295 grant per int 0 127 active tmout 0 65535 adm tmount 0 65535 type value req policy value and mask value or mask value required attr mask value value forbidden attr mask value value attr aggr rule mask va...

Page 2239: ...nterval may be delayed from the nominal periodic schedule measured in microseconds for this Service Flow grant size 0 4294967295 Specifies the unsolicited grant size in bytes grant int 0 4294967295 Specifies the nominal interval in units of microseconds between successive data grant opportunities for this Service Flow Required for UGS and UGS AD grant jitter 0 4294967295 Specifies the maximum amou...

Page 2240: ... for this Service Flow may be piggybacked with data and whether data packets transmitted on this Service Flow can be concatenated fragmented or have payload headers suppressed and mask value or mask value IP Type of Service overwrite Enables the C4 CMTS to overwrite original Type of Service ToS byte with new value required attr mask value value Specifies the attribute mask required for the service...

Page 2241: ...h a Service Flow whose QoS parameter set is out of date Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure qos sc name service class name apply update mac Supplemental Information N A Parameters service class name A predefined Quality of Service configuration referred to by the cable modem in a configuration file and used to encode a Service Flow according to the parameter values found in the SCN Th...

Page 2242: ...nfigures the RADIUS server and group configuration Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure radius group word host a b c d configure radius group word host a b c d no Supplemental Information To remove the RADIUS server and group use the no version Parameters word Name of the RADIUS server group can be up to 16 characters a b c d IP address of the RADIUS server host ...

Page 2243: ... host a b c d auth port 0 65535 timeout 0 1500 retransmit 0 15 key pwd hidden configure radius group word host no Supplemental Information To remove the RADIUS server host and shared secret between the RADIUS server and client use the no version Parameters a b c d IP address of the RADIUS server host auth port 0 65535 Authentication port number timeout 0 1500 Timeout in seconds retransmit 0 15 Num...

Page 2244: ...ss delete bonded offline reject vendor word oui word all bonded impaired Supplemental Information N A Parameters ip_address mac_address Either IPv4 IPv6 address or MAC address of the cable modem delete Deletes the requested CM s bonded Filters on bonded CMs offline Filters on offline CMs reject Filters on rejected CMs vendor word Filters on CMs for a specified vendor oui word Filters on CMs with s...

Page 2245: ...elete bonded offline reject vendor word oui word all bonded impaired cable downstream word Supplemental Information N A Parameters delete Deletes the requested CM s bonded Filters on bonded CMs offline Filters on offline CMs reject Filters on rejected CMs vendor word Filters on CMs for a specified vendor oui word Filters on CMs with specified OUI most significant 3 bytes of Vendor MAC address all ...

Page 2246: ...d offline reject vendor word oui word all bonded impaired cable mac word Supplemental Information N A Parameters delete Deletes the requested CM s bonded Filters on bonded CMs offline Filters on offline CMs reject Filters on rejected CMs vendor word Filters on CMs for a specified vendor oui word Filters on CMs with specified OUI most significant 3 bytes of Vendor MAC address all Filters on all CMs...

Page 2247: ...bonded offline reject vendor word oui word all bonded impaired cable upstream word Supplemental Information N A Parameters delete Deletes the requested CM s bonded Filters on bonded CMs offline Filters on offline CMs reject Filters on rejected CMs vendor word Filters on CMs for a specified vendor oui word Filters on CMs with specified OUI most significant 3 bytes of Vendor MAC address all Filters ...

Page 2248: ...te bonded offline reject vendor word oui word all bonded impaired slot word Supplemental Information N A Parameters delete Deletes the requested CM s bonded Filters on bonded CMs offline Filters on offline CMs reject Filters on rejected CMs vendor word Filters on CMs for a specified vendor oui word Filters on CMs with specified OUI most significant 3 bytes of Vendor MAC address all Filters on all ...

Page 2249: ...l 15 Command Syntax configure reset cable modem fpcm id fpcm id delete reset Supplemental Information This command has CTRL C support which would abort the current process Output is brief and updated every two seconds to monitor progress For reference a 24 000 CM system could take approximately 30 minutes to reset all CMs Parameters fpcm id The FlexPath Device ID of the target FPCM delete Deletes ...

Page 2250: ...ser Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2250 configure reset slot Purpose Resets the module in the specified slot Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure reset slot slot Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot The chassis slot number Valid range 0 20 ...

Page 2251: ...r Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2251 configure reset system Purpose Resets the chassis Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure reset system Supplemental Information CAUTION This is not a gentle reset The reset happens regardless of any system activity ...

Page 2252: ...ser Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2252 configure route map Purpose Defines the route map Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map word Supplemental Information To remove the route map use the no option Parameters word Name of this route map ...

Page 2253: ...uide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2253 configure routemap deny Purpose Configure conditions that deny routes Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map word deny int Supplemental Information N A Parameters word Name of this route map int Sequence number ...

Page 2254: ...ions that deny routes used to match BGP autonomous system path information Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map word deny int match as path regexp word configure route map word deny int match as path regexp word no Supplemental Information To disable the function use the no option Parameters word Name of this route map int Sequence number word Regular expression to filter AS ...

Page 2255: ...tions that deny routes that matches a BGP community Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map word deny int match community regexp word configure route map word deny int match community regexp word no Supplemental Information To disable this function use the no option Parameters word Name of this route map int Matches a BGP community word Regular expression to filter on BGP commun...

Page 2256: ...mand Syntax configure route map word deny int match ip address int prefix list word configure route map word deny int match ip address prefix list word no Supplemental Information Standard access lists are not presently supported Users desiring to filter on a standard access list must manually convert the access list to a prefix list and apply the prefix list To disable this function use the no op...

Page 2257: ...onditions that deny routes that match the next hop address of route Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map word deny int match ip next hop prefix list word configure route map word deny int match ip next hop prefix list word no Supplemental Information To disable this function use the no option Parameters word Name of this route map int Next hop or sequence number of route word...

Page 2258: ...e conditions that deny routes that matches based on address of advertising router Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map word deny int match ip route source prefix list word configure route map word deny int match ip route source prefix list word no Supplemental Information To disable this function use the no option Parameters word Name of this route map int Sequence number wor...

Page 2259: ...ork Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map word deny int match ipv6 address prefix list word configure route map word deny int match ipv6 address prefix list word no Supplemental Information Standard access lists are not presently supported Users desiring to filter on a standard access list must manually convert the access list to a prefix list and apply the prefix list To disa...

Page 2260: ...itions that deny routes that match the next hop address of route Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map word deny int match ipv6 next hop prefix list word configure route map word deny int match ipv6 next hop prefix list word no Supplemental Information To disable this function use the no option Parameters word Name of this route map int Next hop or sequence number of the route...

Page 2261: ... conditions that deny routes that matches based on address of advertising router Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map word deny int match ipv6 route source prefix list word configure route map word deny int match ipv6 route source prefix list word no Supplemental Information To disable this function use the no option Parameters word Name of this route map int Sequence number ...

Page 2262: ...c Purpose Configure conditions that deny routes that match the metric of the specified route Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map word deny int match metric int configure route map word deny int match metric int no Supplemental Information To disable this function use the no option Parameters word Name of this route map int Sequence number int Metric value ...

Page 2263: ...hts Reserved 2263 configure route map match as path regexp Purpose Matches a BGP autonomous system path access list Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map word match as path regexp word Supplemental Information N A Parameters word Name of this route map word Regular expression to filter AS path attribute ...

Page 2264: ...p match community regexp Purpose Matches a BGP community Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map word match community regexp word configure route map word match community regexp word no Supplemental Information To disable this feature use the no option Parameters word Name of this route map word Regular expression to filter AS path attribute ...

Page 2265: ...tion network number address that is permitted by a standard access list an extended access list or a prefix list or to perform policy routing on packets Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map word match ip address prefix list word configure route map word match ip address prefix list word no Supplemental Information To remove the entry use the no option Parameters int Destinati...

Page 2266: ...Matches routes that have a next hop address of route of the specified prefix list Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map word match ip next hop prefix list word configure route map word match ip next hop prefix list word no Supplemental Information To remove the next hop entry use the no option Parameters word Name of this route map prefix list word Name of a specific prefix li...

Page 2267: ... Matches routes based on the prefix list name of the advertising router Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map word match ip route source prefix list name configure route map word match ip route source prefix list name no Supplemental Information To remove the route source entry use the no option Parameters word Name of this route map prefix list name Name of a specific prefix ...

Page 2268: ...network number address that is permitted by a standard access list and extended access list or a prefix list or to perform policy routing on packets Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map word match ipv6 address prefix list name configure route map word match ipv6 address prefix list name no Supplemental Information To remove the entry use the no option Parameters word Name of ...

Page 2269: ...urpose Matches routes that have a next hop address of route in the specified prefix list Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map word match ip next hop prefix list name configure route map word match ip next hop prefix list name no Supplemental Information To remove the next hop entry use the no option Parameters word Name of this route map name Name of a specific prefix list ...

Page 2270: ...Purpose Matches routes based on the prefix list name of the advertising router Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map word match ip route source prefix list name configure route map word match ip route source prefix list name no Supplemental Information To remove the route source entry use the no option Parameters word Name of this route map name Name of a specific prefix list ...

Page 2271: ...igure route map match metric Purpose Configure routes that match the metric of the specified route Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map word match metric int configure route map word match metric int no Supplemental Information To disable this function use the no option Parameters word Name of this route map int Metric value ...

Page 2272: ... 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2272 configure route map permit Purpose Configures conditions that permit route Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map word permit int Supplemental Information N A Parameters word Name of this route map int Sequence number ...

Page 2273: ... map permit continue Purpose Use this command to continue the sequence of the match criteria Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map word permit int continue configure route map word permit int continue no Supplemental Information To return to the default setting use the no option Parameters word Name of this route map int Sequence number ...

Page 2274: ...command to match BGP autonomous system path information Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map word permit int match as path regexp word configure route map word permit int match as path regexp word no Supplemental Information To return to the default setting use the no option Parameters word Name of this route map int Sequence number word Regular expression to filter AS path a...

Page 2275: ...es a BGP community Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map word permit int match community regexp word configure route map word permit int match community regexp word no Supplemental Information To return to the default setting use the no option Parameters word Name of this route map int Regular expression to filter on BGP community word Regular expression to filter AS path attr...

Page 2276: ... a route based on the destination IP address Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map word permit int match ip address prefix list word configure route map word permit int match ip address prefix list word no Supplemental Information To return to the default setting use the no option Parameters word Name of this route map int Sequence number word Regular expression to filter AS p...

Page 2277: ...tches the next hop address of the route Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map word permit int match ip next hop prefix list word configure route map word permit int match ip next hop prefix list word no Supplemental Information To return to the default setting use the no option Parameters word Name of this route map int Sequence number word Regular expression to filter AS path...

Page 2278: ...routes based on matching the IP address of the advertising router Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map word permit int match ip route source prefix list word configure route map word permit int match ip route source prefix list word no Supplemental Information To return to the default setting use the no option Parameters word Name of this route map int Sequence number word Re...

Page 2279: ...rpose Selects a route based on the destination IPv6 address Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map word permit int match ipv6 address prefix list word configure route map word permit int match ipv6 address prefix list word no Supplemental Information To return to the default setting use the no option Parameters word Name of this route map int Sequence number word Prefix list nu...

Page 2280: ...st Purpose Matches the next hop address of the route Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map word permit int match ipv6 next hop prefix list word configure route map word permit int match ipv6 next hop prefix list word no Supplemental Information To return to the default setting use the no option Parameters word Name of this route map int Sequence number word Prefix list number ...

Page 2281: ...ions that permit routes based on matching the IPv6 address of the advertising router Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map word permit int match ipv6 route source prefix list word configure route map word permit int match ipv6 route source prefix list word no Supplemental Information To return to the default setting use the no option Parameters word Name of this route map int ...

Page 2282: ...Purpose Configure conditions that permit routes that match the metric of the specified route Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map word permit int match metric int configure route map word permit int match metric int no Supplemental Information To disable this function use the no option Parameters word Name of this route map int Sequence number int Metric value ...

Page 2283: ... Appends a string to the autonomous system path Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map word permit int set as path prepend word configure route map word permit int set as path prepend word no Supplemental Information To return to the default setting use the no option Parameters word Name of this route map int Sequence number word String of autonomous system numbers to append ...

Page 2284: ...Removes communities from the community attribute of an update Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map word permit int set comm list delete regexp word configure route map word permit int set comm list delete regexp word no Supplemental Information To reset use the no command Parameters word Name of this route map int Sequence number word Regular expression to filter AS path attr...

Page 2285: ...rnet no Supplemental Information This command is also used to set the community of routes redistributed into BGP Parameters word Name of this route map int Sequence number word Refers to a community either in the form as int or a standard community Supported standard communities are local AS Do not send outside local AS well known community no advertise Absolute no export do not export to next AS ...

Page 2286: ...local as no advertise no export internet no Supplemental Information To return to the default use the no version Parameters word Name of this route map int Sequence number word Refers to a community either in the form as int or a standard community Supported standard communities are local AS Do not send outside local AS well known community no advertise Absolute no export do not export to next AS ...

Page 2287: ...rises LLC All Rights Reserved 2287 configure route map permit set community none Purpose Removes the communities of the update Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map word permit int set community none Supplemental Information N A Parameters word Name of this route map int Sequence number ...

Page 2288: ...fines the BGP route dampening factors for the specified route Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map word permit int set dampening 1 45 configure route map word permit int set dampening 1 45 no Supplemental Information To return to the default setting use the no option Parameters word Name of this route map int Sequence number 1 45 Half life time for the penalty in minutes ...

Page 2289: ...re the next hop to send packets that match the specified route map Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map word permit int set ip next hop a b c d configure route map word permit int set ip next hop a b c d no Supplemental Information To return to the default setting use the no option Parameters word Name of this route map int Sequence number a b c d IPv4 or IPv6 address of the ...

Page 2290: ...attribute of routes Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map word permit int set local preference int configure route map word permit int set local preference int no Supplemental Information This command is also used to set the local preference of routes redistributed into BGP To return to the default setting use the no option Parameters word Name of this route map int Sequence n...

Page 2291: ...it set metric Purpose Sets the metric value for destination routing protocols Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map word permit int set metric int configure route map word permit int set metric int no Supplemental Information To restore the default setting use the no option Parameters word Name of this route map int Sequence number int MED value ...

Page 2292: ...n code Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map word permit int set origin egp igp incomplete configure route map word permit int set origin egp igp incomplete no Supplemental Information To return to the default setting use the no option Parameters word Name of this route map int Sequence number egp igp incomplete BGP origin code egp remote EGP igp local EGP incomplete unknown h...

Page 2293: ...ence within the C4 CMTS Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map word permit int set weight int configure route map word permit int set weight int no Supplemental Information Weight can be altered by this command on routes learned from other BGP routers but cannot be set on routes redistributed into BGP from other protocols To return to the default setting use the no option Param...

Page 2294: ...th prepend Purpose Appends a string to the autonomous system path Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map name set as path prepend word configure route map name set as path prepend word no Supplemental Information To return to the default setting use the no option Parameters name Name of this route map word String of autonomous system numbers to append ...

Page 2295: ...p Purpose Removes communities using a regular expression from the community attribute of an update Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map name set comm list delete regexp word configure route map name set comm list delete regexp word no Supplemental Information N A Parameters name Name of this route map word Regular expression of communities to delete from the update ...

Page 2296: ...Parameters name Name of this route map word Refers to a community either in the form as int or a standard community Supported standard communities are local AS Do not send outside local AS well known community no advertise Absolute no export do not export to next AS well known community internet Internet well known community add Adds the specified community to the set of communities in the route a...

Page 2298: ...munity number Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map name set community add word local as no advertise no export internet Supplemental Information N A Parameters name Name of this route map word Community number to add local as Do not send outside local AS well known community no advertise Do not advertise to any peer well known community no export Do not export to next AS well...

Page 2299: ...he route Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map name set community delete word local as no advertise no export internet Supplemental Information N A Parameters name Name of this route map word Community number to delete local as Do not send outside local AS well known community no advertise Do not advertise to any peer well known community no export Do not export to next AS wel...

Page 2300: ...e 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2300 configure route map set community none Purpose Removes the communities of the update Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map nane set community none Supplemental Information N A Parameters name Name of this route map ...

Page 2301: ...pening Purpose Defines the BGP route dampening factors for the specified route Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map name set dampening 1 45 configure route map name set dampening 1 45 no Supplemental Information To return to the default setting use the no option Parameters name Name of this route map 1 45 Half life time for the penalty in minutes ...

Page 2302: ...Purpose Configures where the next hop to send packets that match the specified route map Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map name set ip next hop a b c d configure route map name set ip next hop a b c d no Supplemental Information To return to the default setting use the no option Parameters name Name of this route map a b c d IPv4 address of the next hop ...

Page 2303: ...ose Configures where the next hop to send packets that match the specified route map Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map name set ipv6 next hop ipv6_addr configure route map name set ipv6 next hop ipv6_addr no Supplemental Information To return to the default setting use the no option Parameters name Name of this route map ipv6_addr IPv6 address of the next hop ...

Page 2304: ...reference Purpose Sets the local preference of routes within a specified local autonomous system Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map name set local preference int configure route map name set local preference int no Supplemental Information To return to the default setting use the no option Parameters name Name of this route map int Local preference ...

Page 2305: ...configure route map set metric Purpose Sets the metric value for destination routing protocols Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map name set metric int configure route map name set metric int no Supplemental Information To restore the default setting use the no option Parameters name Name of this route map int MED value ...

Page 2306: ...Sets the BGP origin code Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map name set origin egp igp incomplete configure route map name set origin egp igp incomplete no Supplemental Information To return to the default setting use the no option Parameters name Name of this route map egp igp incomplete BGP origin code egp remote EGP igp local EGP incomplete unknown heritage ...

Page 2307: ...ative preference within the C4 CMTS Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map name set weight int configure route map name set weight int no Supplemental Information Weight can be altered by this command on routes learned from other BGP routers but cannot be set on routes redistributed into BGP from other protocols To return to the default setting use the no option Parameters name...

Page 2308: ...ed 2308 configure route map policy Purpose Creates the policy route map or enters the policy route map command mode Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map policy name configure route map policy name no Supplemental Information To return to the default setting use the no option Parameters name Name of this route map ...

Page 2309: ...9 configure route map policy deny Purpose Configures conditions that deny the route Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map policy name deny int configure route map policy name deny int no Supplemental Information To return to the default setting use the no option Parameters name Name of this route map int Sequence number ...

Page 2310: ... Configures conditions that deny a route based on the IP address Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map policy name deny int match ip address word configure route map policy name deny int match ip address word no Supplemental Information To return to the default setting use the no option Parameters name Name of this route map int Sequence number word Access list name or number ...

Page 2311: ... Purpose Configures conditions that match the IP address based on the destination network Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map policy name match ip address word configure route map policy name match ip address word no Supplemental Information To return to the default setting use the no option Parameters name Name of this route map word Access list name or number ...

Page 2312: ...nfigure route map policy permit Purpose Configures conditions that permit the route Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map policy name permit int configure route map policy name permit int no Supplemental Information To return to the default setting use the no option Parameters name Name of this route map int Sequence number ...

Page 2313: ...s that denies a match based on the IP address based on the destination network Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map policy name permit int match ip address word configure route map policy name permit int match ip address word no Supplemental Information To return to the default setting use the no option Parameters name Name of this route map int Access list name or number wor...

Page 2314: ...e Configures where to output packets that match the route map Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map policy name permit int set ip backup next hop word configure route map policy name permit int set ip backup next hop word no Supplemental Information To return to the default setting use the no option Parameters name Name of this route map int Sequence number word IPv4 or IPv6 a...

Page 2315: ...iated Services Codepoint DSCP bits in the TOS byte with value where the value is one of the reserved keywords listed below or a numeric value of 0 63 Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map policy name permit int set ip dscp value configure route map policy name permit int set ip dscp value no Supplemental Information To return to the default setting use the no option Parameters...

Page 2316: ...dscp 0b011010 af32 Overwrite the DSCP field with AF32 dscp 0b011100 af33 Overwrite the DSCP field with AF33 dscp 0b011110 af41 Overwrite the DSCP field with AF41 dscp 0b100010 af42 Overwrite the DSCP field with AF42 dscp 0b100100 af43 Overwrite the DSCP field with AF43 dscp 0b100110 cs1 Overwrite the DSCP field with CS1 precedence 1 dscp 0b001000 cs2 Overwrite the DSCP field with CS2 precedence 2 ...

Page 2317: ...e Configures a route map to null interface to drop certain traffic Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map policy name permit int set ip interface null 0 0 configure route map policy name permit int set ip interface null 0 0 no Supplemental Information To return to the default setting use the no option Parameters name Name of this route map int Sequence number 0 0 Null interface...

Page 2318: ...rpose Configures where to output packets that match the route map Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map policy name permit int set ip next hop word configure route map policy name permit int set ip next hop word no Supplemental Information To return to the default setting use the no option Parameters name Name of this route map int Sequence number word IPv4 or IPv6 address ...

Page 2319: ...ault Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map policy name permit int set ip precedence routine priority immediate flash flash override critical internet network configure route map policy name permit int set ip precedence routine priority immediate flash flash override critical internet network no Supplemental Information To return to the default setting use the no option Parameters name...

Page 2320: ...urpose Sets a recursive next hop IP address Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map policy name permit int set ip recursive next hop word configure route map policy name permit int set ip recursive next hop word no Supplemental Information To remove the recursive next hop IP address use the no option Parameters name Name of this route map int Sequence number word IPv4 or IPv6 ad...

Page 2321: ...lues Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map policy name permit int set ip tos normal min monitary cost max reliability max throughput min delay configure route map policy name permit int set ip tos normal min monitary cost max reliability max throughput min delay no Supplemental Information To return to the default setting use the no option Parameters name Name of this route ma...

Page 2322: ...ext hop Purpose Indicates where to output packets matching the specified route map Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map policy word set ip backup next hop word configure route map policy word set ip backup next hop word no Supplemental Information To return to the default setting use the no option Parameters word Name of this route map word IPv4 or IPv6 address ...

Page 2323: ...r a numeric value of 0 63 Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map policy word set ip dscp value configure route map policy word set ip dscp value no Supplemental Information Only one set ip dscp command for each route map with a unique sequence number in the system will be allowed If multiple set ip dscp commands are executed they will simply replace the previous one This behavi...

Page 2324: ...dscp 0b011010 af32 Overwrite the DSCP field with AF32 dscp 0b011100 af33 Overwrite the DSCP field with AF33 dscp 0b011110 af41 Overwrite the DSCP field with AF41 dscp 0b100010 af42 Overwrite the DSCP field with AF42 dscp 0b100100 af43 Overwrite the DSCP field with AF43 dscp 0b100110 cs1 Overwrite the DSCP field with CS1 precedence 1 dscp 0b001000 cs2 Overwrite the DSCP field with CS2 precedence 2 ...

Page 2325: ...F23 dscp 0b010110 af31 Overwrite the DSCP field with AF31 dscp 0b011010 af32 Overwrite the DSCP field with AF32 dscp 0b011100 af33 Overwrite the DSCP field with AF33 dscp 0b011110 af41 Overwrite the DSCP field with AF41 dscp 0b100010 af42 Overwrite the DSCP field with AF42 dscp 0b100100 af43 Overwrite the DSCP field with AF43 dscp 0b100110 cs1 Overwrite the DSCP field with CS1 precedence 1 dscp 0b...

Page 2326: ...interface null Purpose Sets a route map to null interface to drop certain traffic Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map policy word set ip interface null 0 0 configure route map policy word set ip interface null 0 0 no Supplemental Information To return to the default setting use the no option Parameters word Name of this route map 0 0 Null interface zero ...

Page 2327: ...cursive next hop Purpose Sets a recursive next hop IP address Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map policy word set ip recursive next hop a b c d configure route map policy word set ip recursive next hop a b c d no Supplemental Information To return to the default setting use the no option Parameters word Name of this route map a b c d IPv4 or IPv6 address ...

Page 2328: ...se Configures the IP TOS values Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure route map policy word set ip tos normal min monetary cost max reliability max throughput configure route map policy word set ip tos normal min monetary cost max reliability max throughput no Supplemental Information To return to the default setting use the no option Parameters word Name of this route map ...

Page 2329: ...terfaces If there are no interfaces configured then the user will receive an error message to the effect No Interfaces have been assigned to this VRF default router Id cannot be calculated The user can work around this problem by entering a router id as the first bgp command Example configure router bgp 100 bgp router id 10 1 1 1 Note When configuring BGP for the first time or when deleting an ins...

Page 2330: ...prises LLC All Rights Reserved 2330 configure router bgp address family ipv4 Purpose Enters the IPv4 Address Family command mode Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int address family ipv4 Supplemental Information N A Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 ...

Page 2331: ...cess Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int address family ipv4 aggregate address A B C D mask as set summary only suppress map word advertise map word attribute map word configure router bgp int address family ipv4 aggregate address A B C D mask no Supplemental Information The aggregate routes and the specific routes would be advertised out To disable use the no option Parameters int Au...

Page 2332: ...ound BGP routes originating from a connected source Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int address family ipv4 distribute list 1 99 acl out connected configure router bgp int address family ipv4 distribute list 1 99 acl out connected no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 1 99 acl The IP st...

Page 2333: ... for outbound BGP routes originating from IS IS Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int address family ipv4 distribute list 1 99 acl out isis configure router bgp int address family ipv4 distribute list 1 99 acl out isis no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 1 99 acl The IP standard access ...

Page 2334: ... for outbound BGP routes originating from IS IS Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int address family ipv4 distribute list 1 99 acl out isis configure router bgp int address family ipv4 distribute list 1 99 acl out isis no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 1 99 acl The IP standard access ...

Page 2335: ... for outbound BGP routes originating from OSPF Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int address family ipv4 distribute list 1 99 acl out ospf configure router bgp int address family ipv4 distribute list 1 99 acl out ospf no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 1 99 acl The IP standard access l...

Page 2336: ...g for outbound BGP routes originating from RIP Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int address family ipv4 distribute list 1 99 acl out rip configure router bgp int address family ipv4 distribute list 1 99 acl out rip no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 1 99 acl The IP standard access lis...

Page 2337: ...und BGP routes originating from a static configuration Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int address family ipv4 distribute list 1 99 acl out static configure router bgp int address family ipv4 distribute list 1 99 acl out static no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 1 99 acl The IP stand...

Page 2338: ...Rights Reserved 2338 configure router bgp address family ipv4 enable Purpose Indicates to BGP neighbors that the CER supports IPv4 NLRIs Default Access Level 10 Command Syntax configure router bgp int address family ipv4 enable Supplemental Information N A Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 ...

Page 2339: ...family ipv4 neighbor Purpose Configures the neighbor table Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int address family ipv4 neighbor a b c d configure router bgp int address family ipv4 neighbor a b c d no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 a b c d Neighbor IP address ...

Page 2340: ...eighbor activate Purpose Activates the neighbor table Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int address family ipv4 neighbor a b c d activate configure router bgp int address family ipv4 neighbor a b c d activate no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 a b c d Neighbor IP address ...

Page 2341: ...ormation with a GP neighboring router Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int address family ipv4 neighbor a b c d default originate route map word configure router bgp int address family ipv4 neighbor a b c d default originate route map word no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 a b c d Ne...

Page 2342: ...rpose Configures the maximum prefix for the neighbor table Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int address family ipv4 neighbor a b c d maximum prefix int configure router bgp int address family ipv4 neighbor a b c d maximum prefix int no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 a b c d Neighbor ...

Page 2343: ...ly Purpose Configures the neighbor table Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int address family ipv4 neighbor a b c d maximum prefix int warning only configure router bgp int address family ipv4 neighbor a b c d maximum prefix int warning only no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 a b c d N...

Page 2344: ...pose Configures the router as the next hop for the specified neighbor Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int address family ipv4 neighbor a b c d next hop self configure router bgp int address family ipv4 neighbor a b c d next hop self no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 a b c d Neighbor...

Page 2345: ...ied to incoming advertisements from the specified neighbor Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int address family ipv4 neighbor a b c d prefix list word in configure router bgp int address family ipv4 neighbor a b c d prefix list word in no Supplemental Information To remove a filter list use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 a ...

Page 2346: ...ied to outgoing advertisements from the specified neighbor Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int address family ipv4 neighbor a b c d prefix list word out configure router bgp int address family ipv4 neighbor a b c d prefix list word out no Supplemental Information To remove a filter list use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 ...

Page 2347: ...s a route map to incoming routes Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int address family ipv4 neighbor a b c d route map word in configure router bgp int address family ipv4 neighbor a b c d route map word in no Supplemental Information To remove the route map use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 a b c d Neighbor IP address word...

Page 2348: ... a route map to outgoing routes Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int address family ipv4 neighbor a b c d route map word out configure router bgp int address family ipv4 neighbor a b c d route map word out no Supplemental Information To remove the route map use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 a b c d Neighbor IP address wor...

Page 2349: ...pv4 neighbor route refresh Purpose Triggers a route refresh for the specified neighbor Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int address family ipv4 neighbor a b c d route refresh Supplemental Information Note This command is equivalent to clear ip mroute counters Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 a b c d Neighbor IP address ...

Page 2350: ... Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int address family ipv4 redistribute connected metric int route map word configure router bgp int address family ipv4 redistribute connected metric int route map word no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 metric int Metric associated with redistributed routes route map...

Page 2351: ...and Syntax configure router bgp int address family ipv4 redistribute isis level 1 level 1 2 level 2 metric int configure router bgp int address family ipv4 redistribute isis level 1 level 1 2 level 2 metric int no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 level1 level 1 2 level 2 Enumerates the type of IS IS routes to re...

Page 2352: ...ospf match internal external1 external2 metric int route map word configure router bgp int address family ipv4 redistribute ospf match internal external1 external2 metric int route map word no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 match internal external1 external2 Redistributes either internal routes external type 1...

Page 2353: ...efault Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int address family ipv4 redistribute rip metric int route map word configure router bgp int address family ipv4 redistribute rip metric int route map word no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 metric int Metric associated with redistributed routes route ma...

Page 2354: ... Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int address family ipv4 redistribute static metric int route map word configure router bgp int address family ipv4 redistribute static metric int route map word no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 metric int Metric associated with redistributed routes route ma...

Page 2355: ...ipv4 shutdown Purpose Disables the administrative state of the specified BGP instances Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int address family ipv4 shutdown configure router bgp int address family ipv4 shutdown no Supplemental Information To enable the administrative state use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 ...

Page 2356: ...prises LLC All Rights Reserved 2356 configure router bgp address family ipv6 Purpose Enters the IPv6 Address Family command mode Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int address family ipv6 Supplemental Information N A Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 ...

Page 2357: ...ggregate address ipv6 address prefix as set summary only suppress map word advertise map word attribute map word no Supplemental Information The aggregate routes and the specific routes would be advertised out To disable use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 ipv6 address prefix IPv6 Network number as set Aggregate mask summary only Creates aggregate ro...

Page 2358: ...igures filtering for outbound BGP routes originating in the same VRF Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int address family ipv6 distribute list word out connected configure router bgp int address family ipv6 distribute list word out connected no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 word IPv6...

Page 2359: ...p address family ipv6 enable Purpose Indicates to BGP neighbors that the CER supports IPv6 NLRIs Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int address family ipv6 enable configure router bgp int address family ipv6 enable no Supplemental Information To disable use the no version Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 ...

Page 2360: ...ess family ipv6 neighbor Purpose Configures the neighbor table Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int address family ipv6 neighbor word configure router bgp int address family ipv6 neighbor word no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 word IPv6 access list name ...

Page 2361: ...v6 neighbor activate Purpose Activates the neighbor table Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int address family ipv6 neighbor word activate configure router bgp int address family ipv6 neighbor word activate no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 word IPv6 access list name ...

Page 2362: ...ormation with a GP neighboring router Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int address family ipv6 neighbor word default originate route map word configure router bgp int address family ipv6 neighbor word default originate route map word no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 word IPv6 access...

Page 2363: ...figures the maximum prefix for the neighbor table Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int address family ipv6 neighbor word maximum prefix int configure router bgp int address family ipv6 neighbor word maximum prefix int no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 word IPv6 access list name int M...

Page 2364: ...th the maximum prefix that can be accepted from this neighbor Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int address family ipv6 neighbor word maximum prefix int warning only configure router bgp int address family ipv6 neighbor word maximum prefix int warning only no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 ...

Page 2365: ...Purpose Configures the router as the next hop for the specified neighbor Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int address family ipv6 neighbor word next hop self configure router bgp int address family ipv6 neighbor word next hop self no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 word IPv6 access li...

Page 2366: ...applied to incoming advertisements from the specified neighbor Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int address family ipv6 neighbor word prefix list word in configure router bgp int address family ipv6 neighbor word prefix list word in no Supplemental Information To remove a filter list use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 word...

Page 2367: ...pplied to outgoing advertisements from the specified neighbor Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int address family ipv6 neighbor word prefix list word out configure router bgp int address family ipv6 neighbor word prefix list word out no Supplemental Information To remove a filter list use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 wor...

Page 2368: ...lies a route map to incoming routes Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int address family ipv6 neighbor word route map word in configure router bgp int address family ipv6 neighbor word route map word in no Supplemental Information To remove the route map use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 word IPv6 access list name word Nam...

Page 2369: ...ies a route map to outgoing routes Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int address family ipv6 neighbor word route map word out configure router bgp int address family ipv6 neighbor word route map word out no Supplemental Information To remove the route map use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 word IPv6 access list name word Na...

Page 2370: ... ipv6 neighbor route refresh Purpose Triggers a route refresh for the specified neighbor Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int address family ipv6 neighbor word route refresh Supplemental Information Note This command is equivalent to clear ip mroute counters Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 word IPv6 access list name ...

Page 2371: ... Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int address family ipv6 redistribute connected metric int route map word configure router bgp int address family ipv6 redistribute connected metric int route map word no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 metric int Metric associated with redistributed routes route map...

Page 2372: ...and Syntax configure router bgp int address family ipv6 redistribute isis level 1 level 1 2 level 2 metric int configure router bgp int address family ipv6 redistribute isis level 1 level 1 2 level 2 metric int no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 level1 level 1 2 level 2 Enumerates the type of IS IS routes to re...

Page 2373: ...ospf match internal external1 external2 metric int route map word configure router bgp int address family ipv6 redistribute ospf match internal external1 external2 metric int route map word no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 match internal external1 external2 Redistributes either internal routes external type 1...

Page 2374: ... BGP Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int address family ipv6 redistribute rip metric int route map word configure router bgp int address family ipv6 redistribute rip metric int route map word no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 metric int Metric associated with redistributed routes ro...

Page 2375: ... Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int address family ipv6 redistribute static metric int route map word configure router bgp int address family ipv6 redistribute static metric int route map word no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 metric int Metric associated with redistributed routes route ma...

Page 2376: ...ipv6 shutdown Purpose Disables the administrative state of the specified BGP instances Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int address family ipv6 shutdown configure router bgp int address family ipv6 shutdown no Supplemental Information To enable the administrative state use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 ...

Page 2377: ... IP address and mask to be aggregated Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int aggregate address A B C D mask configure router bgp int aggregate address A B C D mask no Supplemental Information The aggregate routes and the specific routes would be advertised out To disable use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 A B C D IP address ...

Page 2378: ...ould be advertised out and the aggregate route would have the AS_PATHS of all the specific routes Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int aggregate address A B C D mask as set summary only configure router bgp int aggregate address A B C D mask as set summary only no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range...

Page 2379: ...e route Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int aggregate address A B C D mask as set summary only advertise map advertise map configure router bgp int aggregate address A B C D mask as set summary only advertise map advertise map no Supplemental Information The not aggregated specific routes would be advertised out in addition to the aggregate route To disable use the no o...

Page 2380: ...ute the otherwise inherited Community attributes from the specific routes Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int aggregate address A B C D mask as set summary only attribute map attribute map configure router bgp int aggregate address A B C D mask as set summary only attribute map attribute map no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters int Autonom...

Page 2381: ...ddress A B C D mask as set suppress map suppress map no Supplemental Information The attributes of the suppressed specific routes are inherited by the aggregate route The attribute map can be used to override the inherited attributes The non suppressed specific routes would be advertised out in addition to the aggregate route Removing the option as set would cause the aggregate route not to inheri...

Page 2382: ...inator MED is not usually compared between routes from different autonomous systems Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int bgp always compare med configure router bgp int bgp always compare med no Supplemental Information This command enables such comparison Default is disabled To disable the comparison use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid ran...

Page 2383: ...pose Configures the cluster ID if the BGP cluster has more than one route reflector Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int bgp cluster id id configure router bgp int bgp cluster id id no Supplemental Information To remove the cluster ID use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 id Route Reflector cluster identifier ...

Page 2384: ...he confederation parameters Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int bgp confederation identifier int configure router bgp int bgp confederation identifier int no Supplemental Information To remove the confederation parameter use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 int Confederation AS number that internally includes multiple auton...

Page 2385: ...preference Purpose Changes the default local preference Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int bgp default local preference int configure router bgp int bgp default local preference int no Supplemental Information To return to the default setting use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 int Local preference value ...

Page 2386: ...omparison of the MED variable between all paths from the same autonomous system Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int bgp deterministic med configure router bgp int bgp deterministic med no Supplemental Information To disable the comparison use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 Related Commands configure router bgp bgp always ...

Page 2387: ...p bgp graceful restart Purpose Enables the BGP graceful restart capability Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int bgp graceful restart configure router bgp int bgp graceful restart no Supplemental Information To restore the stem to its default condition use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 ...

Page 2388: ...mum time before stale routes are purged following the local BGP restart Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int bgp graceful restart purge time 1 3600 configure router bgp int bgp graceful restart purge time 1 3600 no Supplemental Information To restore the stem to its default condition use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 1 36...

Page 2389: ...ime to wait for a graceful restart capable neighbor to recover after a restart Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int bgp graceful restart restart time 1 3600 configure router bgp int bgp graceful restart restart time 1 3600 no Supplemental Information To restore the system to its default condition use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is...

Page 2390: ...fully restarted neighbor to come back up after a restart Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int bgp graceful restart stalepaths time 1 3600 configure router bgp int bgp graceful restart stalepaths time 1 3600 no Supplemental Information All stale paths are deleted after the expiration of this timer To restore the system to its default condition use the no option Parameters...

Page 2391: ...nt of work that is carried out in each cycle of the N BASE scheduler Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int bgp pause threshold int configure router bgp int bgp pause threshold int no Supplemental Information To unlimit the amount of work that is carried out in each cycle use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 int Default value ...

Page 2392: ...al Information Note Ordinarily the AS number is optional with this command However it becomes mandatory if BGP is configured before any interfaces have been configured In that case this must be the first BGP command The default router id is the highest loopback address if there is one or the highest interface address in the absence of a loopback To restore the default value of the router ID use th...

Page 2393: ...configure router bgp distance Purpose Configures the administrative distance for BGP routes Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int distance configure router bgp int distance no Supplemental Information To remove the distance definition use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 ...

Page 2394: ...ce bgp Purpose Configures the administrative distance for subsets of BGP routes Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int distance bgp 1 255 1 255 Supplemental Information N A Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 1 255 Administrative distance for external BGP routes 1 255 Administrative distance for internal BGP routes ...

Page 2395: ... filtering for outbound BGP routes for routes originating from a connected source Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int distribute list 1 99 out connected configure router bgp int distribute list 1 99 out connected no Supplemental Information To disable this function use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 1 99 Access list used ...

Page 2396: ... Configures filtering for outbound BGP routes for the IS IS routing process Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int distribute list 1 99 out isis configure router bgp int distribute list 1 99 out isis no Supplemental Information To disable this function use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 1 99 Access list used for filtering ...

Page 2397: ... Configures filtering for outbound BGP routes for the OSPF routing process Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int distribute list 1 99 out ospf configure router bgp int distribute list 1 99 out ospf no Supplemental Information To disable this function use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 1 99 Access list used for filtering ...

Page 2398: ...e Configures filtering for outbound BGP routes for the RIP routing process Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int distribute list 1 99 out rip configure router bgp int distribute list 1 99 out rip no Supplemental Information To disable this function use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 1 99 Access list used for filtering ...

Page 2399: ...Configures filtering for outbound BGP routes for a static routing process Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int distribute list 1 99 out static configure router bgp int distribute list 1 99 out static no Supplemental Information To disable this function use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 1 99 Access list used for filtering ...

Page 2400: ...s Purpose Configures the maximum number of Equal Cost BGP paths to control the number of parallel routes an IP routing protocol can support Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp maximum paths 1 4 configure router bgp maximum paths 1 4 no Supplemental Information To restore the default value use the no option Parameters 1 4 Maximum path for external BGP ...

Page 2401: ... paths for Internal BGP IBGP routes that can be installed in a routing table Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp maximum paths 1 4 ibgp 1 4 configure router bgp maximum paths 1 4 ibgp 1 4 no Supplemental Information To restore the default value use the no command Parameters 1 4 Maximum number of parallel routes for external BGP 1 4 Maximum number of parallel routes for inte...

Page 2402: ...v6 advertisement interval 0 600 withdraw interval sec configure router bgp int neighbor ipv6 advertisement interval 0 600 withdraw interval sec no Supplemental Information To remove an entry use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 ipv6 IPv6 address advertisement interval sec Value in seconds Minimum interval between routing updates Valid range is 0 600 s...

Page 2403: ...Access Level 10 Command Syntax configure router bgp int neighbor ipv6 allowas is 0 10 configure router bgp int neighbor ipv6 allowas is 0 10 no Supplemental Information To remove an entry use the no command Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 ipv6 IPv6 address advertisement interval sec Value in seconds Minimum interval between routing updates Valid range is 0 600 sec...

Page 2404: ...l between originating routes from the AS Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int neighbor ipv6 as origin interval sec configure router bgp int neighbor ipv6 as origin interval sec no Supplemental Information To remove an entry use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 ipv6 IPv6 address sec Minimum interval in seconds between routing...

Page 2405: ... bgp neighbor confed Purpose Configures the neighbor as a confederation member Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int neighbor ipv6 confed configure router bgp int neighbor ipv6 confed no Supplemental Information To remove the member use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 ipv6 IPv6 address ...

Page 2406: ...nfigures the connection retry interval Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int neighbor ipv6 connect retry int configure router bgp int neighbor ipv6 connect retry int no Supplemental Information To remove the member use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 ipv6 IPv6 address int Connect retry interval value Valid range is 1 65535 ...

Page 2407: ...res the CMTS to require the neighbors to send their AS as the first AS number in their AS_SEQUENCE Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int neighbor ipv6 enforce first as configure router bgp int neighbor ipv6 enforce first as no Supplemental Information To remove the restriction use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 ipv6 IPv6 ad...

Page 2408: ...imum number of prefixes that can be accepted from this neighbor Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int neighbor ipv6 passive configure router bgp int neighbor ipv6 passive no Supplemental Information This command is disabled by default To enable connection initiation passive open use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 ipv6 IPv6 ...

Page 2409: ...ntication on TCP connections between BGP neighbors Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int neighbor ipv6 password string configure router bgp int neighbor ipv6 password string no Supplemental Information To disable the password use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 ipv6 IPv6 address string Specifies the case sensitive BGP passwo...

Page 2410: ...ly connected the first neighbor command should be The IP address of the specified neighbor by the update source option is used by the other routes to reference the CMTS in their neighbor commands If the initial neighbor command does not contain the update source then the other routers will reference us by the directly connected physical interface on the CMTS Note We do not allow the update source ...

Page 2411: ...e Removes private Autonomous Systems AS from the autonomous system path Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int neighbor ipv6 remove private as configure router bgp int neighbor ipv6 remove private as no Supplemental Information To reestablish private AS on outbound updates use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 ipv6 IP address ...

Page 2412: ... BGP route reflector and the specified neighbor as its a route reflector client Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int neighbor ipv6 route reflector client configure router bgp int neighbor ipv6 route reflector client no Supplemental Information To remove a specified neighbor as a route reflector client use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid ran...

Page 2413: ... router as a BGP route reflector and the specified neighbor as a meshed route reflector client Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int neighbor ipv6 route reflector client meshed configure router bgp int neighbor ipv6 route reflector client meshed no Supplemental Information To disable this function use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is...

Page 2414: ...shutdown Purpose Forces an administrative shutdown of the specified neighbor Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int neighbor ipv6 shutdown configure router bgp int neighbor ipv6 shutdown no Supplemental Information To store the specified neighbor use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 ipv6 IPv6 address ...

Page 2415: ...igures routes with a BGP next hop equal to the neighbor s address to not send to that neighbor Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int neighbor ipv6 split horizon configure router bgp int neighbor ipv6 split horizon no Supplemental Information To store the specified neighbor use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 ipv6 IP address ...

Page 2416: ... neighbor ipv6 timers keepalive holdtime configure router bgp int neighbor ipv6 timers keepalive holdtime no Supplemental Information To clear the keepalive and holdtime of a specified neighbor use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 ipv6 IPv6 address keepalive The frequency in seconds that a keepalive message is sent to its peer Valid range is 0 65535 h...

Page 2417: ...r bgp neighbor update source cable mac Purpose Configures the source address for the session Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int neighbor ipv6 update source cable mac mac Supplemental Information N A Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 ipv6 IPv6 address mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 ...

Page 2418: ...e session Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int neighbor ipv6 update source gigabitethernet 6 7 0 7 0 254 remote as int Supplemental Information N A Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 ipv6 IPv6address slot port subint RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 0 254 Valid range for the C4c CMTS is 17...

Page 2419: ...date source ip address Purpose Configures the source address for the session Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int neighbor ipv6 update source ip address a b c d Supplemental Information N A Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 ipv6 IPv6 address a b c d IP address to use when address is not primary address of interface ...

Page 2420: ...neighbor update source link aggregate Purpose Configures the source address for the session Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int neighbor ipv6 update source link aggregate 0 9 0 254 Supplemental Information N A Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 ipv6 IPv6 address 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface ...

Page 2421: ...ate source loopback 0 63 Supplemental Information The IP address of the specified neighbor by the update source option is used by the other routes to reference the C4 CMTS in their neighbor commands If the initial neighbor command does not contain the update source then the other routers will reference us by the directly connected physical interface on the C4 CMTS Note We do not allow the update s...

Page 2422: ...s for the session Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int neighbor A B C ipv6 update source tengigabitethernet 6 7 0 7 0 254 remote as int Supplemental Information N A Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 ipv6 IP Address number RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 Valid range for the C4c CMTS is ...

Page 2423: ...ommand Syntax configure router bgp int redistribute connected metric int route map int configure router bgp int redistribute connected metric int route map int no Supplemental Information Route maps are referenced by name To disable the connected routes use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 metric int Metric associated with redistributed routes route m...

Page 2424: ... configure router bgp int redistribute isis level1 level 1 2 level 2 metric int route map int configure router bgp int redistribute isis level1 level 1 2 level 2 metric int route map int no Supplemental Information Route maps are referenced by name To remove the route redistribution use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 level1 level 1 2 level 2 Enumera...

Page 2425: ...redistribute ospf match internal external1 external2 metric int route map int configure router bgp int redistribute ospf match internal external1 external2 metric int route map int no Supplemental Information Route maps are referenced by name To disable redistribution use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 match internal external1 external2 The type of ...

Page 2426: ...ous system Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int redistribute rip metric int route map int configure router bgp int redistribute rip metric int route map int no Supplemental Information Route maps are referenced by name To disable the redistribution use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 metric int Metric associated with redist...

Page 2427: ...em Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int redistribute static metric int route map int configure router bgp int redistribute static metric int route map int no Supplemental Information Route maps are referenced by name To disable the redistribution use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 metric int Metric associated with the redi...

Page 2428: ...8 configure router bgp shutdown Purpose Disables the administrative state of BGP Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router bgp int shutdown configure router bgp int shutdown no Supplemental Information To enable the administrative state of BGP use the no option Parameters int Autonomous System AS number Valid range is 1 65535 ...

Page 2429: ...er Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2429 configure router isis Purpose Places the system into an intermediate mode Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router isis configure router isis no Supplemental Information To disable IS IS enter the no option ...

Page 2430: ...family Purpose Enters the router specified IS IS configuration mode Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router isis address family ipv4 ipv6 configure router isis address family ipv4 ipv6 no Supplemental Information To leave the configuration mode use the no option Parameters ipv4 Allows setting IPv4 IS IS parameters ipv6 Allows setting IPv6 IS IS parameters ...

Page 2431: ...dress family ipv4 distance Purpose Configures the administrative distance for IS IS routes Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router isis address family ipv4 distance 1 255 configure router isis address family ipv4 distance 1 255 no Supplemental Information To remove the administrative distance use the no option Parameters 1 255 Administrative distance ...

Page 2432: ...l level2 configure router isis address family ipv4 distance 1 255 isis external level1 external level2 internal level1 internal level2 no Supplemental Information To remove the administrative distance use the no option Parameters 1 255 Administrative distance external level1 Administrative distance for external level 1 IS IS routes in the same VRF external level2 Administrative distance for extern...

Page 2433: ...stribute list 1 99 out connected static rip ospf bgp configure router isis address family ipv4 distribute list 1 99 out connected static rip ospf bgp no Supplemental Information To remove the filtering use the no option Parameters 1 99 IP standard access list connected Filters IS IS routes originating from a connected source static Filters IS IS routes originating from a static configuration rip F...

Page 2434: ...Reserved 2434 configure router isis address family ipv4 enable Purpose Indicates to IS IS neighbors that the C4 CMTS supports IPv4 TLVs Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router isis address family ipv4 enable configure router isis address family ipv4 enable no Supplemental Information To turn off use the no option ...

Page 2435: ...p level 1 level 2 metric int metric type internal external configure router isis address family ipv4 redistribute bgp level 1 level 2 metric int metric type internal external no Supplemental Information To disable the redistribution use the no option Parameters level 1 Import as level 1 route level 2 Import as level 2 route metric int Metric associated with redistributed routes Valid range is 0 16...

Page 2436: ...d level 1 level 2 metric int metric type internal external configure router isis address family ipv4 redistribute connected level 1 level 2 metric int metric type internal external no Supplemental Information To disable the redistribution use the no option Parameters level 1 Import as level 1 route level 2 Import as level 2 route metric int Metric associated with redistributed routes Valid range i...

Page 2437: ...ernal configure router isis address family ipv4 redistribute ospf level 1 level 2 match internal external1 external2 metric int metric type internal external no Supplemental Information To disable the redistribution use the no option Parameters level 1 Import as level 1 route level 2 Import as level 2 route match internal external1 external2 Specifies the type of OSPF routes to redistribute into I...

Page 2438: ...evel 1 level 2 metric int metric type internal external configure router isis address family ipv4 redistribute rip level 1 level 2 metric int metric type internal external no Supplemental Information To disable the redistribution use the no option Parameters level 1 Import as level 1 route level 2 Import as level 2 route metric int Metric associated with redistributed routes Valid range is 0 63 me...

Page 2439: ...evel 1 level 2 metric int metric type internal external configure router isis address family ipv4 redistribute static level 1 level 2 metric int metric type internal external no Supplemental Information To disable the redistribution use the no option Parameters level 1 Import as level 1 route level 2 Import as level 2 route metric int Metric associated with redistributed routes Valid range is 0 16...

Page 2440: ...tax configure router isis address family ipv4 summary address A B C D A B C D metric int wide metric int configure router isis address family ipv4 summary address A B C D A B C D metric int wide metric int no Supplemental Information To remove use the no option Parameters A B C D Summary IP address A B C D Summary mask metric int Metric value Valid range is 1 63 for this summary address wide metri...

Page 2441: ...level1 internal level2 configure router isis address family ipv6 distance 1 255 isis external level1 external level2 internal level1 internal level2 no Supplemental Information To remove the administrative distance use the no option Parameters 1 255 Administrative distance external level1 Administrative distance for external level 1 IS IS routes in the same VRF external level2 Administrative dista...

Page 2442: ...nd Syntax configure router isis address family ipv6 distribute list word out connected static pd configure router isis address family ipv6 distribute list word out connected static pd no Supplemental Information To disable the filtering use the no option Parameters word IPV6 access list name connected Filters IS IS routes originating from a connected source static Filters IS IS routes originating ...

Page 2443: ...Reserved 2443 configure router isis address family ipv6 enable Purpose Indicates to IS IS neighbors that the C4 CMTS supports IPv6 TLVs Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router isis address family ipv6 enable configure router isis address family ipv6 enable no Supplemental Information To turn off use the no option ...

Page 2444: ...ess family ipv6 multi topology Purpose Enables multi topology IS IS mode Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router isis address family ipv6 multi topology configure router isis address family ipv6 multi topology no Supplemental Information Note IS IS must be shutdown at the system level before enabling or disabling MT IS IS To turn off use the no option ...

Page 2445: ...d level 1 level 2 metric int metric type internal external configure router isis address family ipv6 redistribute connected level 1 level 2 metric int metric type internal external no Supplemental Information To disable the redistribution use the no option Parameters level 1 Import as level 1 route level 2 Import as level 2 route metric int Metric associated with redistributed routes Valid range i...

Page 2446: ...ernal configure router isis address family ipv6 redistribute ospf level 1 level 2 match internal external1 external2 metric int metric type internal external no Supplemental Information To disable the redistribution use the no option Parameters level 1 Import as level 1 route level 2 Import as level 2 route match internal external1 external2 Specifies the type of OSPF routs to redistribute into IS...

Page 2447: ... 1 level 2 metric int metric type internal external configure router isis address family ipv6 redistribute static level 1 level 2 metric int metric type internal external no Supplemental Information To disable the redistribution use the no option Parameters level 1 Import as level 1 route level 2 Import as level 2 route metric int Metric associated with redistributed routes Valid range is 0 167772...

Page 2448: ...evel 1 level 2 metric int metric type internal external configure router isis address family ipv6 redistribute static level 1 level 2 metric int metric type internal external no Supplemental Information To disable the redistribution use the no option Parameters level 1 Import as level 1 route level 2 Import as level 2 route metric int Metric associated with redistributed routes Valid range is 0 16...

Page 2449: ...v6 summary prefix Purpose Changes aggregate addresses Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router isis address family ipv6 summary prefix ipv6 address prefix configure router isis address family ipv6 summary prefix ipv6 address prefix no Supplemental Information To remove use the no option Parameters ipv6 address prefix Format is 4 hex digits 4 hex digits prefix length ...

Page 2450: ...hain name level 1 level 2 configure router isis authentication key chain name level 1 level 2 no Supplemental Information Note All commands that include key chains required that the key chain already exists before the command is executed In addition the key chain should not be deleted until after the command s that reference it have been reset with the no command To remove the router IS IS authent...

Page 2451: ...entication mode Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router isis authentication mode md5 text level 1 level 2 configure router isis authentication mode md5 text level 1 level 2 no Supplemental Information To remove the router IS IS authentication mode use the no option Parameters md5 text Use md5 for keyed message digest and text for clear text password level 1 level 2 ISIS authenticat...

Page 2452: ...sis distance Purpose Configures administrative distance for IS IS routes Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router isis distance 1 255 configure router isis distance 1 255 no Supplemental Information To remove the administrative distance for IS IS routes use the no option Parameters 1 255 Administrative distance for all IS IS routes the same VFR ...

Page 2453: ...xternal level2 int internal level1 int internal level2 int no Supplemental Information To remove the administrative distance for IS IS routes use the no option Parameters 1 255 Administrative distance for all IS IS routes the same VFR external level1 int Administrative distance for external level 1 IS IS routes in the same VRF Valid range is 1 255 external level2 int Administrative distance for ex...

Page 2454: ...l 15 Command Syntax configure router isis distribute list 1 99 out connected static rip ospf bgp configure router isis distribute list 1 99 out connected static rip ospf bgp no Supplemental Information To return to the default settings use the no option Parameters num Access list used for filtering Valid range is 1 99 connected static rip ospf bgp Filtering for IS IS routes originating from connec...

Page 2455: ...C All Rights Reserved 2455 configure router isis ecmp Purpose Configures the number of equal costs routes Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router isis ecmp 1 4 configure router isis ecmp no Supplemental Information To disable the equal cost routes use the no option Parameters 1 4 Number routes value ...

Page 2456: ...nfigure router isis graceful restart help peer Purpose Modifies the graceful restart parameters for IS IS to help the peer to restart Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router isis graceful restart help peer configure router isis graceful restart help peer no Supplemental Information To restore the default value use the no option ...

Page 2457: ... Modifies the graceful restart parameters for IS IS to wait the specified time to establish adjacencies before completing the start restart Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router isis graceful restart interface wait num configure router isis graceful restart interface wait no Supplemental Information To restore the default value use the no option Parameters num Specifies the wait ...

Page 2458: ...start t3 Purpose Modifies the graceful restart parameters for IS IS for the maximum time before completing the restart procedures Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router isis graceful restart t3 num configure router isis graceful restart t3 num no Supplemental Information To restore the default value use the no option Parameters num Specifies the timer value ...

Page 2459: ...terprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2459 configure router isis hostname dynamic Purpose Enables the dynamic hostname for IS IS routes Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router isis hostname dynamic configure router isis hostname dynamic no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option ...

Page 2460: ...onfigures the routing level Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router isis is type level 1 level 1 2 level 2 configure router isis is type no Supplemental Information To restore the default value use the no option Parameters level 1 level 1 2 level 2 Specifies the type of adjacencies to be formed on this interface If no value is specified then set value to level 1 2 ...

Page 2461: ...vel 15 Command Syntax configure router isis lsp gen interval lsp second wait level l level 2 configure router isis lsp gen interval lsp second wait level l level 2 no Supplemental Information To restore the default value use the no option Parameters lsp second wait Milliseconds before initial LSP level 1 level 2 Specifies the type of adjacencies to be formed on this interface If no value is specif...

Page 2462: ...l Purpose Configures the link state packet LSP refresh interval Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router isis lsp refresh interval seconds configure router isis lsp refresh interval no Supplemental Information To restore the default value use the no option Parameters seconds Seconds between LSP refreshes The range is 1 to 65535 seconds the default value is 900 seconds ...

Page 2463: ... link state packets LSPs can remain in a router s database without being refreshed Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router isis max lsp lifetime seconds configure router isis max lsp lifetime no Supplemental Information To restore the default value use the no option Parameters seconds Maximum seconds before LSP ages out of the database The valid range is 1200 to 65535 seconds the d...

Page 2464: ...r isis metric style narrow transition wide level 1 level 1 2 level 2 no Supplemental Information To restore the default value use the no option Parameters narrow transition wide Metric style narrow enables the router to advertise and accept only old style TLVs Metric style transition enables the router to advertise and accept both styles of TLVs Metric style wide enables the router to advertise an...

Page 2465: ...addresses for the IS IS area and the system ID of the router Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router isis net addr configure router isis net addr no Supplemental Information Typically the address is in a form of 49 XXXX NNNN NNNN NNNN 00 Where 49 XXXX 3 bytes is the area address NNNN NNNN NNNN 6 bytes is the system id and 00 last byte is the n selector To remove the NET use the no ...

Page 2466: ...assive interface cable mac Purpose Suppresses routing updates on the specified interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router isis passive interface cable mac mac configure router isis passive interface cable mac mac no Supplemental Information To restore routing updates on a specified interface use the no option Parameters mac The MAC identifier ...

Page 2467: ...the specified interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router isis passive interface gigabitethernet slot port configure router isis passive interface gigabitethernet slot port no Supplemental Information To restore routing updates on a specified interface use the no option Parameters slot port RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 V...

Page 2468: ...gregate Purpose Suppresses routing updates on the specified interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router isis passive interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 configure router isis passive interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 no Supplemental Information To restore routing updates on a specified interface use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface ...

Page 2469: ... interface loopback Purpose Suppresses routing updates on the specified interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router isis passive interface loopback 0 15 configure router isis passive interface loopback 0 15 no Supplemental Information To restore routing updates on a specified interface use the no option Parameters 0 15 The Loopback interface number ...

Page 2470: ...e specified interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router isis passive interface tengigabitethernet slot port configure router isis passive interface tengigabitethernet slot port no Supplemental Information To restore routing updates on a specified interface use the no option Parameters slot port RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 1...

Page 2471: ...r isis redistribute bgp metric int metric type internal external level 1 level 2 configure router isis redistribute bgp metric int metric type internal external level 1 level 2 no Supplemental Information To return to the default values use the no option Parameters metric int Metric associated with redistributed routes metric type internal external Metric type associated with redistributed routes ...

Page 2472: ...r isis redistribute connected metric int metric type internal external level 1 level 2 configure router isis redistribute connected metric int metric type internal external level 1 level 2 no Supplemental Information To return to the default values use the no option Parameters metric int Metric associated with redistributed routes metric type internal external Metric type associated with redistrib...

Page 2473: ... metric internal external level 1 level 2 configure router isis redistribute ospf match internal external1 external2 metric int metric internal external level 1 level 2 no Supplemental Information To return to the default values use the no option Parameters match internal external1 extermal2 The type of OSPF routes to redistribute into IS IS metric int Metric associated with redistributed routes m...

Page 2474: ...r isis redistribute rip metric int metric type internal external level 1 level 2 configure router isis redistribute rip metric int metric type internal external level 1 level 2 no Supplemental Information To return to the default values use the no option Parameters metric int Metric associated with redistributed routes metric type internal external Metric type associated with redistributed routes ...

Page 2475: ...r isis redistribute static metric int metric type internal external level 1 level 2 configure router isis redistribute static metric int metric type internal external level 1 level 2 no Supplemental Information To return to the default values use the no option Parameters metric int Metric associated with redistributed routes metric type internal external Metric type associated with redistributed r...

Page 2476: ...set overload bit command in router configuration mode It will cause the originate LSPs with the Overload bit set Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router isis set overload bit level 1 level 2 configure router isis set overload bit level 1 level 2 no Supplemental Information This bit will be set if the level 1 or level 2 database is running short of a resource such as memory To resto...

Page 2477: ...nterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2477 configure router isis shutdown Purpose Disables the administrative state of IS IS Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router isis shutdown configure router isis shutdown no Supplemental Information To restore the administrative state use the no option ...

Page 2478: ...cy of recalculations of the Routing Table This parameter has units of milliseconds A value of 0 indicates that a routing calculation will immediately follow an update to the database The default is 5000 milliseconds start spf calc 0 1000 none infinite This parameter can be used to override the routing calculation delay when the number of updates to the Link State Database reaches a threshold value...

Page 2479: ...outer isis summary address address mask metric 1 63 wide metric 1 4292967295 configure router isis summary address address mask metric 1 63 no Supplemental Information To restore the default value use the no option Parameters address Summary address designated for a range of addresses in the form A B C D mask IP subnet mask used for the summary route in the form A B C D metric 1 63 Metric value fo...

Page 2480: ...vision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2480 configure router ospf no Purpose Deletes all OSPF configuration Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router ospf no Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2481: ...Creates an OSPF area Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router ospf vrf name area area id configure router ospf vrf name area area id no Supplemental Information To delete an OSPF area use the no option Parameters vrf name Name of the assigned VRF area id Identifier for the stub or NSSA area The identifier can be specified as either an IP address or decimal value ...

Page 2482: ...ter ospf vrf name area area id default cost cost configure router ospf vrf name area area id default cost cost no Supplemental Information To remove the cost for the default summary route sent into either a stub or NSSA area use the no option Parameters vrf name Name of the assigned VRF area id Identifier for the stub or NSSA area The identifier can be specified as either an IP address or decimal ...

Page 2483: ...pf vrf name area area id nssa no Supplemental Information These LSAs may be converted to type 5 LSAs at the Area Border Router ABR The default parameter option is set when a type 7 default LSA should be generated for the NSSA To remove an area as a not so stubby area NSSA use the no option Parameters vrf name Name of the assigned VRF area id Identifier for the stub or NSSA area The identifier can ...

Page 2484: ...figure router ospf vrf name area area id range ip address mask advertise not advertise no Supplemental Information The default is to advertise these networks To stop the consolidation and summarization of routes at an area boundary use the no option Parameters vrf name Name of the assigned VRF area id Identifier for the stub or NSSA area The identifier can be specified as either an IP address or d...

Page 2485: ...a id stub no Supplemental Information External routes may not be imported into these areas More specifically Type 5 LSAs are not generated or flooded into a stub area The no summary option prevents the ABR from sending Type 3 Summary LSAs into the stub area To delete an area as a stub area use the no option Parameters vrf name Name of the assigned VRF area id Identifier for the stub or NSSA area T...

Page 2486: ...ntication simple message digest null no Supplemental Information To delete an OSPF virtual link use the no option Parameters vrf name Name of the assigned VRF area id Identifier for the stub or NSSA area The identifier can be specified as either an IP address or decimal value router id Router ID associated with the virtual link neighbor This value must be entered in the format of an IP address dea...

Page 2487: ...terprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2487 authentication key pwd Authentication string 8 characters for simple text 16 characters for message digest Authentication type must be specified if key is specified authentication simple message digest null Authentication type message digest MD5 simple or null none ...

Page 2488: ...border router Purpose Indicates whether this VRF is an autonomous system border router Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router ospf vrf name as border router configure router ospf vrf name as border router no Supplemental Information To delete the VRF as an autonomous system border router use the no option Parameters vrf name Name of the assigned VRF ...

Page 2489: ...mpatible rfc1583 Purpose Calculates the summary route costs per RFC 1583 Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router ospf vrf name compatible rfc1583 configure router ospf vrf name compatible rfc1583 no Supplemental Information To turn off the calculations for summary route costs per RFC 1583 use the no option Parameters vrf name Name of the assigned VRF ...

Page 2490: ...he administrative distance for OSPF routes in the same VRF Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router ospf vrf name distance int configure router ospf vrf name distance int no Supplemental Information To remove the distance definition use the no option Parameters vrf name The name assigned to the virtual router int Administrative distance for internal OSPF routes in the same VRF ...

Page 2491: ...ures the administrative distance for external OSPF routes in the same VRF Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router ospf vrf name distance int ospf external int2 Supplemental Information N A Parameters vrf name The name assigned to the virtual router int Administrative distance for internal OSPF routes in the same VRF int2 Administrative distance for external OSPF routes in the same ...

Page 2492: ... Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router ospf vrf name distribute list number out connected static rip bgp isis configure router ospf vrf name distribute list number out connected static rip bgp isis no Supplemental Information To disable filtering OSPF outbound routes use the no option Parameters vrf name Name of the assigned VRF number Access list number Valid range is 1 99 connected sta...

Page 2493: ... period Purpose Configures the graceful restart timers Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router ospf vrf name graceful restart grace period time configure router ospf vrf name graceful restart grace period time no Supplemental Information To disable the graceful restart use the no option Parameters vrf name Name of the assigned VRF time Timer value for a graceful restart ...

Page 2494: ...e network ip address inverse mask area area id configure router ospf vrf name network ip address inverse mask area area id no Supplemental Information To delete the interfaces on which OSPF runs and remove the area ID for those interfaces use the no option Parameters vrf name Name of the assigned VRF ip address IP address inverse mask Inverse mask specifying OSPF wildcard bits area id Area that is...

Page 2495: ...Suppresses routing updates on the specified interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router ospf vrf name passive interface cable mac mac configure router ospf vrf name passive interface cable mac mac no Supplemental Information To begin routing updates on the specified interface use the no option Parameters vrf name Name of the assigned VRF mac MAC identifier Valid range is 0 41...

Page 2496: ...fault Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router ospf vrf name passive interface gigabitethernet slot port configure router ospf vrf name passive interface gigabitethernet slot port no Supplemental Information To begin routing updates on the specified interface use the no option Parameters vrf name Name of the assigned VRF slot port RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number Valid range for ...

Page 2497: ... routing updates on the specified interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router ospf vrf name passive interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 configure router ospf vrf name passive interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 no Supplemental Information To begin routing updates on the specified interface use the no option Parameters vrf name Name of the assigned VRF 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier l...

Page 2498: ...fault Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router ospf vrf name passive interface tengigabitethernet slot port configure router ospf vrf name passive interface tengigabitethernet slot port no Supplemental Information To begin routing updates on the specified interface use the no option Parameters vrf name Name of the assigned VRF slot port RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number Valid rang...

Page 2499: ...ag value configure router ospf vrf name redistribute bgp metric metric value metric type 1 2 tag tag value no Supplemental Information To discontinue redistributing routes use the no option Parameters vrf name Name of the assigned VRF metric metric value Metric used for redistributed route Values 0 to 255 Default is zero metric type 1 2 External link type associated with the default route advertis...

Page 2500: ...g tag value configure router ospf vrf name redistribute connected metric metric value metric type 1 2 tag tag value no Supplemental Information To discontinue redistributing connected routes use the no option Parameters vrf name Name of the assigned VRF metric metric value Metric used for redistributed route Values 0 to 255 Default is zero metric type 1 2 External link type associated with the def...

Page 2501: ...2 level 2 metric int route map int no Supplemental Information To restore the system to its default condition use the no option Parameters vrf name The name assigned to the virtual router level 1 level 1 2 level 2 Specifies the type of adjacencies to be formed on this interface If no value is specified then modify value for both level 1 and level 2 metric metric value Metric used for redistributed...

Page 2502: ...e router ospf vrf name redistribute rip metric int metric type internal external level 1 level 2 no Supplemental Information To return to the default values use the no option Parameters vrf name Name of the assigned VRF metric metric value Metric used for redistributed route Values 0 to 255 Default is zero metric type 1 2 External link type associated with the default route advertised into the OSP...

Page 2503: ...tag value configure router ospf vrf name redistribute static metric metric value metric type 1 2 tag tag value no Supplemental Information To discontinue redistributing routes use the no option Parameters vrf name Name of the assigned VRF metric metric value Metric used for redistributed route Values 0 to 255 Default is zero metric type 1 2 External link type associated with the default route adve...

Page 2504: ...mmand Syntax configure router ospf vrf name router id router id configure router ospf vrf name router id router id no Supplemental Information Note The C4 CMTS does not calculate the OSPF router ID if none is specified It is recommended that the user configure the router id and not rely on the default values To delete the router ID for the VRF use the no option Parameters vrf name Name of the assi...

Page 2505: ...ved 2505 configure router ospf shutdown Purpose Disables the administrative state of OSPF Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router ospf vrf name shutdown configure router ospf vrf name shutdown no Supplemental Information To enable the administrative state use the no option Parameters vrf name Name of the assigned VRF ...

Page 2506: ...e between an OSPF event and the SPF calculation Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router ospf vrf name timer delay spf seconds configure router ospf vrf name timer delay spf seconds no Supplemental Information To restore the default value use the no option Parameters vrf name Name of the assigned VRF seconds Time between OSPF event and SPF calculation in seconds Valid range is 0 255...

Page 2507: ... Configures the time interval between LSA checksum audits Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router ospf vrf name timer lsa checksum audit seconds configure router ospf vrf name timer lsa checksum audit seconds no Supplemental Information To restore the default value use the no option Parameters vrf name Name of the assigned VRF seconds Time in seconds Note 0 will disable the audit ...

Page 2508: ...urpose Configures the administrative distance for RIP routes in the same VRF Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router rip vrf name distance int configure router rip vrf name distance int no Supplemental Information To disable the administrative distance for RIP routes use the no option Parameters vrf name Name of the assigned VRF int Administrative distance ...

Page 2509: ...eserved 2509 configure router rip distribute list Purpose Configures filtering for RIP routes in the same VRF Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router rip vrf name distribute list access_list_number Supplemental Information N A Parameters vrf name Name of the assigned VRF access_list_ number Access list number 1 99 ...

Page 2510: ...default distribute list access_list_number in cable mac mac gigabitethernet slot port link aggregate 0 9 0 254 tengigabitethernet slot port no Supplemental Information To disable filtering use the no option Parameters vrf default Name of the assigned VRF access_list_ number Access list number 1 99 cable mac mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 slot port RCM slot number gigabitEthernet po...

Page 2511: ...ethernet slot port link aggregate 0 9 0 254 tengigabitethernet slot port no Supplemental Information To disable the RIP output distribution list use the no option Parameters vrf name Name of the assigned VRF access_list_ number Access list number 1 99 bgp Filters RIP routes originating from BGP connected Filters RIP routes originating from a connected source cable mac mac Filters RIP routes origin...

Page 2512: ...terprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2512 ospf Filters RIP routes originating from OSPF static Filters RIP routes originating from a static configuration tengigabitethernet slot port RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 Valid range for the C4c CMTS is 17 10 ...

Page 2513: ...ter rip network Purpose Defines the interfaces on which RIP runs Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router rip vrf name network ip address configure router rip vrf name network ip address no Supplemental Information To delete the interfaces on which RIP runs use the no option Parameters vrf name Name of the assigned VRF ip address IP address ...

Page 2514: ...port configure router rip passive interface cable mac mac default gigabitethernet slot port link aggregate 0 9 0 254 tengigabitethernet slot port no Supplemental Information To disable the RIP passive interface previously set use the no option Parameters cable mac mac Cable mac interfaces Valid range is 0 415 default Sets all RIP enabled interfaces to be passive gigabitethernet slot port RCM slot ...

Page 2515: ...edistribution routes from BGP routing processes into RIP Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router rip vrf name redistribute bgp metric int configure router rip vrf name redistribute bgp metric int no Supplemental Information To disable the redistribution use the no option Parameters vrf name The name assigned to the virtual router metric int Metric associated with redistributed rout...

Page 2516: ...res redistribute connected routes into RIP Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router rip vrf name redistribute connected metric int configure router rip vrf name redistribute connected metric int no Supplemental Information To disable the connected routes use the no option Parameters vrf name The name assigned to the virtual router metric int Metric associated with redistributed rout...

Page 2517: ...P Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router rip vrf name redistribute isis level1 level 1 2 level 2 metric int configure router rip vrf name redistribute isis level1 level 1 2 level 2 metric int no Supplemental Information To restore the system to its default condition use the no option Parameters vrf name The name assigned to the virtual router level1 level 1 2 level 2 Enumerates th...

Page 2518: ...el 15 Command Syntax configure router rip vrf name redistribute ospf match internal external1 external2 metric int configure router rip vrf name redistribute ospf match internal external1 external2 metric int no Supplemental Information To disable redistribution use the no option Parameters vrf name The name assigned to the virtual router match internal external1 external2 The type of OSPF routes ...

Page 2519: ...edistribution routes from static routes into RIP Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router rip vrf name redistribute static metric int configure router rip vrf name redistribute static metric int no Supplemental Information To disable the redistribution use the no option Parameters vrf name The name assigned to the virtual router metric int Metric associated with the redistributed ro...

Page 2520: ...t configure router rip vrf name send only interface cable mac mac gigabitethernet slot port link aggregate 0 9 0 254 tengigabitethernet slot port no Supplemental Information To disable the RIP send only interface use the no option Parameters vrf name Name of the assigned VRF cable mac mac Cable mac interfaces Valid range is 0 415 gigabitethernet slot port Filters RIP routes originating from the RC...

Page 2521: ...ed 2521 configure router rip shutdown Purpose Disables the administrative state of RIP Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router rip vrf name shutdown configure router rip vrf name shutdown no Supplemental Information To enable the administrative state of RIP use the no option Parameters vrf name Name of the assigned VRF ...

Page 2522: ... Purpose Sets the RIP route removal interval Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router rip vrf name timers flush interval configure router rip vrf name timers flush interval no Supplemental Information To restore the default state use the no option Parameters vrf name Name of the assigned VRF interval RIP route removal interval in seconds Default is 120 seconds ...

Page 2523: ... the RIP route invalidation interval Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router rip vrf name timers invalid interval configure router rip vrf name timers invalid interval no Supplemental Information To restore the timer to the default value use the no option Parameters vrf name Name of the assigned VRF interval RIP route invalidation interval in seconds Default is 180 seconds ...

Page 2524: ...date Purpose Sets the RIP update interval Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router rip vrf name timers update interval configure router rip vrf name timers update interval no Supplemental Information To restore the default value use the no option Parameters vrf name Name of the assigned VRF interval RIP route update interval in seconds Default is 30 seconds ...

Page 2525: ...distance Purpose Configures the administrative distance for static routes in the same VRF Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure router static vrf name distance int configure router static vrf name distance int no Supplemental Information To restore the default value use the no option Parameters vrf name Name of the assigned VRF int Administrative distance ...

Page 2526: ...Configure a parameter in the generic patch parameter table Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure service patch 1 1000 word value value description word configure service patch 1 1000 word value word description word no Supplemental Information To disable use the no command Parameters 1 1000 Parameter Index word Parameter name value Parameter value word Description of the parameter ...

Page 2527: ...s Level 15 Command Syntax configure session timeout timeout configure session timeout timeout no Supplemental Information If a session remains inactive for a specified number of minutes it is automatically terminated To restore the default value use the no option Parameters timeout This is the time allowed for the telnet session to remain idle before you are logged out If the timeout is set to zer...

Page 2528: ...IS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2528 configure shelfname Purpose Configures the shelf name or name of the chassis Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure shelfname shelf name Supplemental Information N A Parameters shelf name Use this command if you want to define a name for the CMTS ...

Page 2529: ... proto throttle rate num ipv6 list no Supplemental Information Packet throttling prevents or limits the impact of denial of service DoS attacks The CMTS has the ability to throttle the rate at which packets are forwarded to the SCM modules Packet throttling for the SCM is indiscriminate you can throttle the overall packet rate but not individual packet types To disable SNMP protocol packets thrott...

Page 2530: ...530 configure slot spare group Purpose Provisions a card in a spare group Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure slot 0 20 spare group 0 15 manual auto configure slot 0 20 spare group 0 15 manual auto no Supplemental Information To disable the card use the no option Parameters 0 20 Chassis slot number 0 15 Slot of sparing group ...

Page 2531: ...Shuts down a provisioned linecard in the slot Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure slot slot shutdown configure slot slot shutdown no Supplemental Information To activate or restore the linecard use the no option Parameters slot The chassis slot in which the targeted card resides Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 0 20 valid range for the C4c CMTS is 10 15 17 and 19 ...

Page 2532: ... slot Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure slot slot type type name name configure slot slot type type name name no Supplemental Information To remove a configured linecard use the no option Parameters 0 20 Chassis slot number type Module type Current valid names are 12UCAM 24UCAM 16DCAM 32DCAM A 32DCAM B RCM SCM name name Module name e g Cable Access Module System Control Module ...

Page 2533: ...016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2533 configure snmp server Purpose Turns the SNMP server admin state to up Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure snmp server configure snmp server no Supplemental Information To turn the SNMP server admin state to down use the no option ...

Page 2534: ... slot value Supplemental Information N A Parameters 0 20 Chassis slot number value Trap inhibit status value This is a one byte hexadecimal value 80 is used to inhibit the primary trap 40 is used to inhibit the secondary trap 20 is used to inhibit the duplex trap 10 is used to inhibit the detected trap 08 is used to inhibit the temperature out of range trap 04 is used to inhibit the temperature no...

Page 2535: ...mp server community community name string index community index ttag transport tag ro rw security name no Supplemental Information SNMP management stations that want access to the C4 CMTS must supply a community string that is set on the switch To remove the SNMP community string of public use the no option Parameters community name string Character string for the community string index community ...

Page 2536: ...ion or sets the value of the MIB variable sysContact Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure snmp server contact contact information string configure snmp server contact contact information string no Supplemental Information To remove the contact information use the no option Parameters contact information string Input the contact information for the C4 CMTS Related Commands show snmp con...

Page 2537: ... 2537 configure snmp server context Purpose Adds the vacmContextName in vacmContext Table Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure snmp server context name configure snmp server context name no Supplemental Information To remove the vacmContextName from the vacmContext Table use the no option Parameters name The vacmContextName ...

Page 2538: ... data max read ahead Purpose Sets the maximum number of records to read ahead for all CLI IPDR SNMP Agent Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure snmp server data max read ahead 0 20 configure snmp server data max read ahead 0 20 no Supplemental Information To reset to the default use the no option Parameters 0 20 Maximum number of records to read ahead ...

Page 2539: ...resh time Purpose Sets the maximum refresh time for a database record for all CLI IPDR SNMP Agent Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure snmp server data refresh time 1 1200 configure snmp server data refresh time 1 1200 no Supplemental Information To reset to the default use the no option Parameters 1 1200 Maximum refresh time for a database records in seconds ...

Page 2540: ... agent max read ahead Purpose Sets the maximum number of records to read ahead for SNMP Agent Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure snmp server data snmp agent max read ahead 0 20 configure snmp server data snmp agent max read ahead 0 20 no Supplemental Information To reset to the default use the no option Parameters 0 20 Maximum number of records to read ahead ...

Page 2541: ...fresh time Purpose Sets the maximum refresh time for a database record for SNMP Agent Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure snmp server data snmp agent refresh time 1 1200 configure snmp server data snmp agent refresh time 1 1200 no Supplemental Information To reset to the default use the no option Parameters 1 1200 Maximum refresh time for a database records in seconds ...

Page 2542: ... Rights Reserved 2542 configure snmp server enable traps snmp Purpose Enables authentication failure SNMP traps Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure snmp server enable traps snmp configure snmp server enable traps snmp no Supplemental Information To disable authentication failure SNMP traps use the no option ...

Page 2543: ...d of the remote engine Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure snmp server engineid remote a b c d word udp port int configure snmp server engineid remote a b c d word udp port int no Supplemental Information To remove the engineId of a remote engine use the no option Parameters a b c d IP address of remote engine word Remote engine ID string in hexadecimal format 0 9 A F udp port int UDP...

Page 2544: ...c v3 auth noauth priv read read view write write view notify notify view access access list no Supplemental Information To remove a User Security Model group use the no option Parameters group name The name assigned to the SNMP group version v1 v2c v3 Version level of security v1 least security v2 next level v3 most security auth noauth priv V3 type authentication no authentication privacy read re...

Page 2545: ...ilterstd filter profile userdefined filter profile no Supplemental Information To remove the recipient SNMP manager of an SNMP trap or informs notification use the no option Parameters ip address The target IP address of the trap inform receiving host in nnn nnn nnn nnn format udp port port The User Datagram Protocol UDP port number of the host to use notification type traps informs Type of notifi...

Page 2546: ...ofile userdefined filter profile The filter profile to be used for a standard filter or user defined filters to generate notifications filter subtree oid name Filter subtree OID or the name of the notification object to be included Currently the only supported notification name is coldstart taglist value The list of tag values which are used to select target addresses ...

Page 2547: ... snmp server location Purpose Specifies the location of the C4 CMTS and sets the value of the MIB variable sysLocation Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure snmp server location location configure snmp server location no Supplemental Information To erase the location information use the no option Parameters location Location of the C4 CMTS ...

Page 2548: ...Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure snmp server notify filter profile name subtree subtree type included excluded configure snmp server notify filter profile name subtree subtree type included excluded no Supplemental Information To remove the filter profile use the no option Parameters name The notify filter profile name subtree The MIB subtree which is included in or excluded from the filte...

Page 2549: ...mac mac value no Supplemental Information To reset the port trap inhibit status use the no option Parameters mac MAC identifier Valid range is 0 415 value Trap inhibit status value HEX Integer Trap inhibit status value 80 is used to inhibit the primary trap 40 is used to inhibit the secondary trap 20 is used to inhibit the duplex trap 10 is used to inhibit the detected trap 08 is used to inhibit t...

Page 2550: ... inh value port port slot slot no Supplemental Information To reset the port trap inhibit status use the no option Parameters value Trap inhibit status value HEX Integer Trap inhibit status value 80 is used to inhibit the primary trap 40 is used to inhibit the secondary trap 20 is used to inhibit the duplex trap 10 is used to inhibit the detected trap e g c0 80 40 primary trap and secondary trap a...

Page 2551: ...551 configure snmp server trap source cable mac Purpose Configures a source for SNMP traps Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure snmp server trap source cable mac mac configure snmp server trap source cable mac mac no Supplemental Information To disable use the no option Parameters mac Cable mac interfaces Valid range is 0 415 ...

Page 2552: ... interface as a trap source Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure snmp server trap source ethernet slot 0 active configure snmp server trap source ethernet slot port active no Supplemental Information To remove use the no option Parameters slot 0 The chassis slot number of the System Controller Module Valid values for the C4 CMTS are 19 or 20 valid value for the C4c CMTS is 19 active Us...

Page 2553: ...res a gigabitethernet interface as a trap source Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure snmp server trap source gigabitethernet slot port configure snmp server trap source gigabitethernet slot port no Supplemental Information To remove use the no option Parameters slot port RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 Valid range for the C4c CMTS i...

Page 2554: ...rver trap source link aggregate Purpose Configures a link aggregate interface as a trap source Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure snmp server trap source link aggregate 0 9 0 254 configure snmp server trap source link aggregate 0 9 0 254 no Supplemental Information To remove use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface ...

Page 2555: ... 2555 configure snmp server trap source loopback Purpose Configures a loopback interface as a trap source Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure snmp server trap source loopback 0 15 configure snmp server trap source loopback 0 15 no Supplemental Information To remove use the no option Parameters 0 15 Loopback interface number ...

Page 2556: ...s a tengigabitethernet interface as a trap source Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure snmp server trap source tengigabitethernet slot port configure snmp server trap source tengigabitethernet slot port no Supplemental Information To remove use the no option Parameters slot port RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 Valid range for the C4c ...

Page 2557: ...of the user on the host that connects to the agent group name Name of the group to which the user is associated v1 v2c V3 Version level of security v1 least security v2 next level v3 most security auth md5 sha Provides authentication based upon the HMAC MD5 algorithms or the HMAC SHA algorithms md5 HMAC MD5 96 authentication sha HMAC SHA 96 authentication authentication password authentication pas...

Page 2558: ...nfigures the SNMP view Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure snmp server view view_name OID tree included excluded configure snmp server view view_name OID tree included excluded no Supplemental Information To remove the SNMP view use the no option Parameters view_name Name of view OID tree The object identifier OID tree included excluded View is included or excluded ...

Page 2559: ... 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2559 configure switch slot Purpose Manually switches slot to spare Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure switch slot 0 20 Supplemental Information N A Parameters 0 20 Slot number to be switched to spare ...

Page 2560: ...roup Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure tacacs group string host ip_address configure tacacs group string host ip_address no Supplemental Information To remove a TACACS server group and host use the no option Parameters string TACACS server group name up to 16 characters Default is default ip_address IP address of the TACACS server host Related Commands configure privilege exec level...

Page 2561: ...authorization will open a unique TCP connection for each command This could cause scripts to run out of available ports To remove a TACACS server use the no option Parameters host ip address IP address of TACACS server host port integer TACACS server s TCP port number Default is set at 49 timeout integer Time in seconds the C4 CMTS will wait for a response from the server before declaring an error...

Page 2562: ...face cable mac Purpose Configures the cable mac source interface from which all TACACS packets are sourced Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure tacacs source interface cable mac int configure tacacs source interface cable mac int no Supplemental Information To remove a cable mac interface TACACS source use the no option Parameters int MAC interface identifier ...

Page 2563: ...rface from which all TACACS packets are sourced Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure tacacs source interface gigabitethernet slot port configure tacacs source interface gigabitethernet slot port no Supplemental Information To remove an Ethernet interface TACACS source use the no option Parameters slot port RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18...

Page 2564: ...e Configures the link aggregate source interface from which all TACACS packets are sourced Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure tacacs source interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 configure tacacs source interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 no Supplemental Information To remove an link aggregate interface TACACS source use the no option Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface ...

Page 2565: ...ck Purpose Configures the loopback source interface from which all TACACS packets are sourced Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure tacacs source interface loopback int configure tacacs source interface loopback int no Supplemental Information To remove a loop back interface TACACS source use the no option Parameters int The Loopback interface number Valid range is 0 15 ...

Page 2566: ...e Configures the gigabitethernet source interface from which all TACACS packets are sourced Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure tacacs source interface tengigabitethernet slot port configure tacacs source interface tengigabitethernet slot port no Parameters slot port RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 Valid range for the C4c CMTS is 17 ...

Page 2567: ...Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2567 configure telnetserver Purpose Starts the internal Telnet server Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure telnet server configure telnet server no Supplemental Information The default is set to enable To stop the internal Telnet server use the no option ...

Page 2568: ...re timestamp Purpose Configures the show command output to prefix with a timestamp Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure timestamp configure timestamp no Supplemental Information Note This command works on single sessions only and will not appear in show running config To remove the timestamp from the show command prefix use the no option ...

Page 2569: ...res the Time of Day protocol timeserver and UDP TCP connection type Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax configure tod server ip_addr tcp udp configure tod server ip_addr tcp udp no Supplemental Information To remove the Time of Day server use the no option Parameters ip_addr IP address of the TOD protocol timeserver tcp Set the TCP protocol mode udp Set the UDP protocol mode ...

Page 2570: ...iguration files Note If spaces or special characters are used in the password the entire password string must be enclosed in quotation marks With the exception of the question mark any special character that displays properly may be used If the double quotation mark is used in the password then the password string must be enclosed in single quotes for example pass word The C4 CMTS accepts password...

Page 2571: ...ation Note A URL path is only allowed with either the source or destination file not both For ftp you can also specify a username and password Parameters source file Path to the file to be copied To copy remote files use one of the following tftp host file or ftp username pwd host file all commands This will copy all available commands destination file Path to the file to be copied to To copy remo...

Page 2572: ...nformation The CA certificate entries are stored in ASCII txt just as they appear in the MIB Note Copies of the running config cacert config and provcmcert config files of the current configuration should always be backed up in the event they need to be reloaded after an upgrade If you don t perform this step you will have to reconfigure the slots modules ports and security certificates The backup...

Page 2573: ... Note Copies of the running config cacert config and provcmcert config files of the current configuration should always be backed up in the event they need to be reloaded after an upgrade If you don t perform this step you will have to reconfigure the slots modules ports and security certificates The backup server must be running a TFTP server and the file names used must exist in the tftpboot dir...

Page 2574: ...Reserved 2574 copy rootcert config Purpose Copy the root certificates from the specified file Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax copy file rootcert config Supplemental Information N A Parameters file Path to the file to be copied over To copy remote files use one of the following tftp host file or ftp username pwd host file ...

Page 2575: ...command on an active system Note Copies of the running config cacert config and provcmcert config files of the current configuration should always be backed up in the event they need to be reloaded after an upgrade If you don t perform this step you will have to reconfigure the slots modules ports and security certificates The backup server must be running a TFTP server and the file names used mus...

Page 2576: ... copy startup config Purpose Places a copy of the startup config file to the specified location for back up Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax copy startup config file Supplemental Information N A Parameters file Path to the file to be copied over To copy remote files use one of the following tftp host file or ftp username pwd host file ...

Page 2577: ...1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2577 delete Purpose Removes an existing file Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax delete file Supplemental Information N A Parameters file Path to the file you want deleted ...

Page 2578: ...S Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2578 df Purpose Displays the amount of available space on the flash card Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax df detail Supplemental Information If the detail option is used it will display additional information Parameters detail Displays detailed information ...

Page 2579: ...l Rights Reserved 2579 dir Purpose Displays a list of files on the Flash memory device Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax dir file l long s t a Supplemental Information N A Parameters file Path to the file or directory l long A long listing of the files s t Sort by size s or by time t a Show hidden files directories ...

Page 2580: ...S Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2580 disable Purpose Turns off access to privileged commands and returns to user mode Default Access Level 0 Command Syntax disable Supplemental Information N A Related Commands enable page 2583 ...

Page 2581: ...STANDARD Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2581 du Purpose Displays disk non volatile memory usage information Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax du Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2582: ...served 2582 echo Purpose Writes character strings to standard output Strings are separated by spaces Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax echo string echo string no Supplemental Information To turn off the echoing of data to the terminal screen use the no option Parameters string Text to print to terminal screen Useful in scripts ...

Page 2583: ...ction may be used to restrict access If password protection has been invoked you will be prompted to enter the password Note Passwords are defined on a privilege level and not defined by individual users so each level has its own unique password To disable privileged access and return to User EXEC mode use the no option Parameters 1 15 Sets the privilege level If no parameter is supplied the defau...

Page 2584: ...D Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2584 end Purpose Exits all submenus Default Access Level 0 Command Syntax end Supplemental Information N A Related Commands exit page 2588 quit page 2611 ...

Page 2585: ...2585 erase nvram Purpose Restores the current configuration to the default settings Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax erase nvram Supplemental Information To return to the default base configuration you can either power cycle the CMTS or soft reset the system using the config reset system command Related Commands write log page 3083 ...

Page 2586: ...ithin a scripted configuration file Parameters filename Name of file containing CLI commands you want executed optional parameter strings Up to 32 parameter strings defined in the script configuration file Example Processing scripted commands within a scripted configuration file exc file scripted configuration filename parameter string 1 parameter string 32 maximum 32 parameter strings allowed spa...

Page 2587: ... file dcamA given was dcamA macA given was macA dcamB given was dcamB macB given was macB configure interface cable downstream dcamA 0 0 type docsis cable mac macA configure interface cable downstream dcamA 0 1 type docsis cable mac macA configure interface cable downstream dcamA 0 2 type docsis cable mac macA configure interface cable downstream dcamB 0 0 type docsis cable mac macB configure inte...

Page 2588: ...ill back the user out of one nested command Exit will log the user out if the user is not nested Default Access Level 0 Command Syntax exit all Supplemental Information exit all will exit out of all nested commands If the user is nested exit all will not log the user out Parameters all Will exit all nested modes Related Commands logout page 2595 quit page 2611 ...

Page 2589: ...tarts showing valid options Another indicator of an invalid command is autocompletion stops working A cr will show when either the command is completed or a nested mode may be used Other commands in addition to you should be aware of help edit will show control keys available for editing the command line show all commands will generate a list of all commands this can be quite extensive If you are ...

Page 2590: ...t up to cursor Ctrl u Delete text up to cursor Ctrl x Delete text after cursor Ctrl k Move to beginning of line Ctrl a Move to end of line Ctrl e Get prior command from history Ctrl p Get next command from history Ctrl n Move cursor left Ctrl b Move cursor right Ctrl f Move back one word Esc b Move forward one word Esc f Convert rest of word to uppercase Esc u Convert rest of word to lowercase Esc...

Page 2591: ...CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2591 history Purpose Shows the contents of the CLI command history buffer Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax history Supplemental Information N A Related Commands show history page 2776 ...

Page 2592: ...S Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2592 kill Purpose Terminates the specified CLI session Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax kill 0 17 Supplemental Information N A Parameters 0 17 Session ID is obtained from show users command ...

Page 2593: ...User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2593 kill console Purpose Disconnects the user from the specified console session Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax kill console 0 1 Supplemental Information N A Parameters 0 1 Console line number Valid range is 0 or 1 ...

Page 2594: ...e 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2594 kill vty Purpose Disconnects the user from the specified VTY session Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax kill vty 0 15 Supplemental Information N A Parameters 0 15 VTY line number Valid range is 0 to 15 ...

Page 2595: ...Descriptions STANDARD Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2595 logout Purpose Exits a CLI session Default Access Level 0 Command Syntax logout Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2596: ... Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2596 mkdir Purpose Used to create a new directory Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax mkdir directory Supplemental Information N A Parameters directory Name of the new directory you are creating ...

Page 2597: ...e Displays the contents of a file one screen at a time if pagination is enabled Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax more file Supplemental Information To display the next screen of output hit any key or cr to feed one line or Q to quit If pagination is not enabled the entire file will be dumped to the screen Parameters file Name of the specified file ...

Page 2598: ...All Rights Reserved 2598 patch install Purpose Installs the current system software or firmware patches Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax patch install patch img receive img Supplemental Information N A Parameters patch img Image name of the image file to install the patch Related Commands patch remove page 2599 ...

Page 2599: ...599 patch remove Purpose Removes the current system software or firmware patches Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax patch remove patch img receive img Supplemental Information N A Parameters patch img Image name of the patch to remove receive img Image name of the image file to remove the patch Related Commands patch install page 2598 ...

Page 2600: ...ights Reserved 2600 ping Purpose The ping Packet Internet Groper command is a common method of troubleshooting the accessibility of devices Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax ping ip address source ip addr hostname repeat count int timeout int size int tos int ttl int payload payload pattern validate dont fragment mgmt ...

Page 2601: ...st is active or inactive It also provides the round trip delay in communicating with the host Note If you specify the System Control Module s SCM s IP address with the source ip A B C D optional parameter the source IP address for the ICMP packet will be the SCM s IP address The ping is successful only if the echo request gets to the destination and the destination is able to reply back to the sou...

Page 2602: ...the timeout in seconds that the ECHO REPLY response should be received in response to the ECHO REQUEST Range is 1 to 255 Default is 2 size int Specifies the datagram size in bytes The range is 100 to 1480 Default is 100 tos int Specifies the type of service in the IP header of each ECHO REQUEST packet Range is 0 to 255 Default is 0 ttl int Time to Live for the packet Range is 1 to 255 Default is 6...

Page 2603: ...esults These results can be used to isolate an issue between the CMTS and an upstream channel a node or the cable modem itself Press C the control key C combination to stop the ping process Note The DOCSIS ping command requires a privilege level of 15 the highest level Parameters mac addr The MAC address of the cable modem to be tested ip addr The IP address of the cable modem to be tested ipv6 ad...

Page 2604: ...nicating with the host This command verifies the accessibility of the IPv6 address provided Parameters ipv6 address hostname Destination IP address or hostname payload payload pattern ICMP payload pattern in hex e g ab a9 99 repeat count int Number of packets to send Maximum value for repeat count is 32768 Default is 5 size int Specifies the datagram size in bytes The range is 100 to 1480 Default ...

Page 2605: ...ved 2605 ping ipv6 output interface cable mac Purpose This ping command configures the cable mac interface used to send packets Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax ping ipv6 ipv6 address output interface cable mac mac 0 Supplemental Information N A Parameters ipv6 address Destination IP address or hostname mac 0 The MAC identifier ...

Page 2606: ...ace gigabitethernet Purpose This ping command configures the gigabitethernet interface used to send packets Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax ping ipv6 ipv6 address output interface gigabitethernet slot Supplemental Information N A Parameters ipv6 address Destination IP address 17 18 0 9 0 254 The RCM slot number gigabitethernet port number subinterface number ...

Page 2607: ...output interface link aggregate Purpose This ping command configures the link aggregation interface used to send packets Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax ping ipv6 ipv6 address output interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 Supplemental Information N A Parameters ipv6 address Destination IP address or hostname 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface ...

Page 2608: ...ed 2608 ping ipv6 output interface loopback Purpose This ping command configures the loopback interface used to send packets Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax ping ipv6 ipv6 address output interface loopback 0 15 Supplemental Information N A Parameters ipv6 address Destination IP address or hostname 0 15 Loopback interface number ...

Page 2609: ...abitethernet Purpose This ping command configures the tengigabitethernet interface used to send packets Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax ping ipv6 ipv6 address output interface tengigabitethernet 17 18 10 0 254 Supplemental Information N A Parameters ipv6 address Destination IP address 17 18 10 0 254 The RCM slot number tengigabitethernet port number subinterface number ...

Page 2610: ...D Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2610 pwd Purpose Displays present working directory Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax pwd Supplemental Information n a Related Commands dir page 2579 ...

Page 2611: ... you to global configuration mode If you are in user mode quit closes your CLI session If you are in privileged mode you will need to type disable to return to user mode If you type quit from privileged mode you will terminate the CLI session Default Access Level 0 Command Syntax quit all Supplemental Information N A Parameters all Exits all intermediate modes Related Commands exit page 2588 logou...

Page 2612: ...se Reloads the CMTS from the file specified in the update partition Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax reload word commit Supplemental Information N A Parameters word Path to the file in the update partition commit Makes the running image the active image Related Commands show reload status page 3019 show image page 2778 show version detail page 3055 ...

Page 2613: ...ights Reserved 2613 repeat Purpose Repeats a command Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax repeat int line delay 1 3600 Supplemental Information N A Parameters 1 9999 Number of repetitions of the command line line Command line to be repeated delay 1 3600 Optional time interval in seconds between repetitions of the command ...

Page 2614: ...elease 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2614 rmdir Purpose Use this command to remove a directory Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax rmdir name Supplemental Information N A Parameters name Directory name Related Commands mkdir page 2596 ...

Page 2615: ...tax send 0 17 all console vty message Supplemental Information Use multiple lines as needed cr cr end terminates the message and use Ctrl C to abort Parameters 0 17 TTY number Valid range is 0 17 all Sends the message to all sessions console Sends the message to specified console session vty Sends the message to the specified VTY session message Message to be sent Use multiple lines as needed end ...

Page 2616: ...RIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2616 send all Purpose Sends a message to all sessions Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax send all message Supplemental Information N A Parameters message Message to be sent Use multiple lines as needed end terminates message and Crtl C will abort message ...

Page 2617: ...ights Reserved 2617 send console Purpose Sends a message to a specified console session Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax send console 0 1 message Supplemental Information N A Parameters 0 1 Console line number message Message to be sent Use multiple lines as needed end terminates message and Crtl C will abort message ...

Page 2618: ...All Rights Reserved 2618 send vty Purpose Sends a message to a specified VTY session Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax send vty 0 15 message Supplemental Information N A Parameters 0 15 Console line number message Message to be sent Use multiple lines as needed end terminates message and Crtl C will abort message ...

Page 2619: ...tations the show access list command returns null results for match counts for some operations These operations are related to configuring router distribution lists redistribution and SNMP community strings See the list below The various forms of the commands listed below do not update the match counts for any ACLs associated with the interfaces affected by these commands configure router ospf vrf...

Page 2620: ...er Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2620 show accounting Purpose Displays the accounting methods lists Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show accounting detail Supplemental Information N A Parameters detail Shows detailed view of the accounting methods list ...

Page 2621: ...se Displays the entire list of command aliases If a name is specified then only the CLI command associated with that particular alias will be displayed Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show alias name Supplemental Information Note Aliases vary from user to user Parameters name The abbreviation or replacement name to be used as an alias for a CLI command ...

Page 2622: ...plemental Information Note This command generates extensive output It is recommended that you use a filter to refine your output Filtering the show all commands Following is the output listing the choices available for filtering C4 show all commands count Only count lines that match no display page Only lines that match with pagination begin Begin with the line that matches exclude Exclude lines t...

Page 2623: ...l Information ARP is an Internet protocol used to map IP address to MAC addresses on equipment installed in a network If an IP address is entered optional it will show only the output of the specified address Parameters ip_addr IP address of a server in nnn nnn nnn nnn format Related Commands configure clock set page 1448 configure hostname page 1467 configure ip prefix list page 2078 configure in...

Page 2624: ...er Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2624 show async bootp Purpose Displays the current boot parameters Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show async bootp Supplemental Information Most of the boot parameters are custom configurable during the boot up sequence ...

Page 2625: ...ions STANDARD Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2625 show audit Purpose Displays the audit details Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show audit Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2626: ...016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2626 show audit sequence Purpose Displays the audit sequence status and if identified for a specified sequence for all cards Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show audit sequence name Supplemental Information N A Parameters name Sequence name ...

Page 2627: ...nce card Purpose Displays the audit sequence status and if identified for a specified sequence for all cards Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show audit sequence name card card number Supplemental Information N A Parameters name Sequence name card number Card slot number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 0 20 valid range of the C4c CMTS is 10 15 17 and 19 ...

Page 2628: ... Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2628 show authentication Purpose Displays the authentication method Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show authentication Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2629: ...ser Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2629 show authorization Purpose Displays the authorization method Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show authorization detail Supplemental Information N A Parameters detail Detailed view of the authorization method list ...

Page 2630: ...way Protocol BGP information Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show bgp ipv4 ipv6 all word a b c d Supplemental Information N A Parameters ipv4 ipv6 all Address family for address filter word IPv4 Network ipv4 a b c d bits or the IPv6 Network ipv6 ipv6 address prefix or all all a b c d bits ipv6 address prefix in the GP routing table to display a b c d Optional subnet mask ...

Page 2631: ...unity 0 4294967295 AA NN exact match local AS no advertise no export Supplemental Information N A Parameters ipv4 ipv6 all Address family for address filter A B C D bits Network in the BGP routing table to display 0 4294967295 AA NN Community number in the rate from 0 429496295 or AA NN autonomous system community number exact match All communities and only those communities specified must be pres...

Page 2632: ...tes matching the extended communities Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show bgp ipv4 ipv6 vpnv4 all extcommunity rt route target exact match Supplemental Information N A Parameters ipv4 ipv6 vpn45 all Address family for address filter route target 2BtyeAsNum 4ByteId IpAddr 2ByteId 4BytesAsNum 2ByteId exact match All communities and only those communities specified must be present ...

Page 2633: ...r information Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show bgp ipv4 ipv6 all A B C D bits neighbor ipv4 or ipv6 address advertised routes paths Supplemental Information N A Parameters ipv4 ipv6 all Address family for address filter A B C D bits Network in the BGP routing table to display ipv4 or ipv6 address Neighbor to display information about advertised routes paths Displays the advertised route...

Page 2634: ...ed 2634 show bgp quote regexp Purpose Displays routes matching aspath regular expressions Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show bgp ipv4 ipv6 all A B C D bits quote regexp word Supplemental Information N A Parameters ipv4 ipv6 all Address family for address filter word A regular expression within quotes to match the BGP AS paths ...

Page 2635: ...ess filter word Regular expressions or special characters to include the following The dot matches any single character 0 or more of the character that immediately precedes it 1 or more of the character that immediately precedes it The caret matches the beginning of the line The dollar sign matches the end of the line The backslash allows for literal meaning of the special characters Search for a ...

Page 2636: ...r Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2636 show bgp summary Purpose Displays summary information Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show bgp ipv4 ipv6 all A B C D bits summary Supplemental Information N A Parameters ipv4 ipv6 all Address family for address filter ...

Page 2637: ...C All Rights Reserved 2637 show cable bonding group status Purpose Displays the status of the bonding group for the given MAC address Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show cable bonding group status cable mac int Supplemental Information N A Parameters int Static bonding group identifier Valid range is 1 65535 ...

Page 2638: ...ision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2638 show cable bundle Purpose Displays the current cable bundle configuration Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable bundle Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2639: ...nnel sets for the specified cable mac Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show cable channel sets ds us cable mac int channel set id word full Supplemental Information N A Parameters ds us Upstream us or Downstream ds direction only cable mac int Static bonding group identifier Valid range is 1 65535 channel set id word The channel set ID full Displays all configuration values including single ...

Page 2640: ...w the DSG indices provisioned against a given interface Note In both output formats if the provisioning is not complete an indication that the data is not complete will be displayed In the tabular format an asterisk preceding the value will indicate that the item has not yet been provisioned and a hyphen will be used for entries that contain no data Parameters verbose Using the optional parameter ...

Page 2641: ...3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2641 show cable dsg cable mac Purpose Displays DSG information by cable mac Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable dsg cable mac mac Supplemental Information N A Parameters mac Filters by a specific cable mac ...

Page 2642: ...S Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2642 show cable dsg client id list Purpose Displays client identifier provisioning Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable dsg client id list id Supplemental Information N A Parameters id Identifier for the DSG client ID list Valid range is 0 4294967295 ...

Page 2643: ...e dsg ds frequency list chllistindex Supplemental Information If the optional channelListIndex is present then only those entries that belong to that list will be displayed Note If a downstream channel frequency list is not associated with an interface then the list index will be preceded by an asterisk This is done to assist in identifying provisioning disconnects Parameters chllistindex Unsigned...

Page 2644: ...mental Information If the user provides the timer set index only those timer list parameters belonging to that timerset index are displayed If the optional parameter is omitted then all timer list entries will be displayed Note If a timer list is not associated with an interface then the timer index will be preceded by a plus symbol This is done to assist in identifying provisioning disconnects Pa...

Page 2645: ...967295 classifier Supplemental Information Note An asterisk symbol is used to indicate the group index does not have provisioning Parameters 0 4294967295 The tunnel identifier classifier Displays the DSG tunnel classifier information Example CMTS show cable dsg tunnel Tunnel Group Client Tunnel Service Index Index ID List MAC Address Class Name 10 10 1 0100 0000 0010 20 20 2 0100 0000 0020 40 40 5...

Page 2646: ...nnelid classifier classid Supplemental Information If the optional classifier is used this command will display the tunnel classifier information Note If the tunnel that a classifier is associated with does not contain provisioning then the tunnel will be preceded by an asterisk If you see a plus symbol means the source network looked up from a qualified domain name Parameters tunnelid Tunnel ID a...

Page 2647: ...the output to highlight provisioning misconnects and other areas of concern Any time one of these characters is displayed a key is added at the bottom of the table Parameters 0 4294967295 The tunnel group associated with the tunnel Example CMTS show cable dsg tunnel group Tunnel GrpChl Vendor Rule Cable DS Group Index Param Idx Pri Mac Port 11 1 555 0 1 13 0 1 11 2 5 0 1 13 0 2 12 1 1 1 1 13 0 1 2...

Page 2648: ...setid Supplemental Information If the vendor set identifier vendorsetid is given then only those vendor set parameters belonging to that vendor set identifier are displayed If the vendor set identifier is omitted then all vendor set parameter data is displayed Note If a vendor parameter set is not associated with an interface then the set identifying number will be preceded by a plus symbol This i...

Page 2649: ...vision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2649 show cable enable trap Purpose Displays trap logging information Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show cable enable trap Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2650: ...s for the entire system Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show cable equalizer coeff cable upstream slot port Supplemental Information Use the optional cable upstream slot upstream parameter if you only need status for a specific module and upstream port Parameters cable upstream slot port This refers to the module slot Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 0 15 valid range for the C4c CMTS is 10 15...

Page 2651: ...mDSsg int mUSsg int Supplemental Information N A Parameters fn_name Fiber node name up to 16 characters long detail Displays fiber node for all ports including ones with problems not valid Displays only problem fiber nodes cable mac int MAC identifier valid numbers are 0 415 mCMsg int MAC domain cable modem service group identifier Valid range is 1 4294967295 mDSsg int MAC domain downstream servic...

Page 2652: ...e filter Purpose Displays the cable IP filter information Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show cable filter group group number verbose clearmatches Supplemental Information N A Parameters group group number IP filter group number Valid range is 1 1023 verbose Displays information in list style clearmatches Clears match count after displaying it ...

Page 2653: ...INTEGER sort flap sort time state state unregistered vendor name Supplemental Information Many of these options are common to the show cable modem command The flap list commands show modems with non zero flap counts In other words modems that have flapped since the last clear cable flap list all command was issued will be displayed By default this command will output all modems with non zero flap ...

Page 2654: ...em is not currently active ranging Initial ranging in progress rngaborted Ranging has failed ranged Ranging has completed dhcpv4done IP address has been assigned registered The modem is active and ready for traffic denied Service is being denied operational Active cable modem regbpiinit BPI registration has been completed eaestart CMTS has received an Auth Info message for EAE from the CM dhcpv4st...

Page 2655: ...Chapter 46 Command Line Descriptions STANDARD Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2655 vendor name Filter on CMs from a particular vendor ...

Page 2656: ...sion 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2656 show cable global settings Purpose Displays global DOCSIS settings Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable global settings Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2657: ...MTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2657 show cable host authorization Purpose Displays the cable host authorization provisioning Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show cable host authorization Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2658: ...cable intercept Purpose Displays the Legal Intercept Tap session settings Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable intercept userid id password password subscriber H H H A B C D Supplemental Information N A Parameters userid id SNMP User ID password password SNMP Authentication password subscriber H H H A B C D CM MAC or CM CPE IP address ...

Page 2659: ...n 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2659 show cable load balance Purpose Displays the provisioning of load balancing Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable load balance Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2660: ...cess Modem UCAM Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable load balance channels slot int fiber node word group int detail Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot int Slot number of the CAM with upstream interfaces Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 0 15 valid range for the C4c CMTS is 10 15 fiber node word Filters output on the fiber node name group int Filters output on the group detail D...

Page 2661: ...balance cm service type Purpose Displays the cable modems with the CM config file and the CMTS service type provisionings Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable load balance cm service type cm mac service type Supplemental Information N A Parameters cm mac Filter on the specific CM MAC address or OUI service type Filter on the specific service type ...

Page 2662: ...e Supplemental Information This will also allow tech support to understand situations that are preventing channels from becoming balanced e g channels that are in need of repair or groups of cable modems having difficulties with load balancing commands Parameters slot int Slot number of the CAM Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 0 15 valid range for the C4c CMTS is 10 15 verbose If this optional keywo...

Page 2663: ... for each group and it is important to be able to see how the load balance group provisioning differs from each other the provisioning is displayed in a table format Note If the group number is provided then the table is shown with only one entry If no provisioning is found for a provided group number then the show command will generate an error indicating that the group number could not be found ...

Page 2664: ...le Purpose Displays the movable cable modems Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable load balance movable slot int group int detail Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot int Slot number of the CAM Valid range for both the UCAM and the DCAM is 0 5 8 13 group int To filter on a specific group only detail Displays detailed information on the specified group ...

Page 2665: ...Purpose Displays the non movable cable modems Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable load balance notmovable slot int group int detail Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot int Slot number of the CAM Valid range for both the UCAM and the DCAM is 0 5 8 13 group int To filter on the specified group only detail Displays detailed information on the specified group ...

Page 2666: ... Rights Reserved 2666 show cable load balance oui Purpose Displays the cable modems with the partial MAC mask included or excluded from load balancing Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable load balance oui mac addr Supplemental Information N A Parameters mac addr The MAC address in the xx xx xx xx xx xx format ...

Page 2667: ...deal of provisioning for each policy and it is important to be able to see how the load balance policy provisioning differs from each other the provisioning is displayed in a table format Note If the policy number is provided then the table is shown with only rules associated with the one policy If no provisioning is found for a provided policy number then the show command will generate an error i...

Page 2668: ...ose Displays the provisioning for the load balance counts in a table format Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable load balance statistics Supplemental Information Since there is a good deal of provisioning for each policy and it is important to be able to see how the load balance policy provisioning differs from each other the provisioning is displayed in a table format ...

Page 2669: ...ering Purpose Displays the IP Detail Record IPDR streaming configuration parameters and runtime information Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable metering Supplemental Information Next to the displayed collector priority are status flags the P flag identifies the current primary collector and the A flag identifies a connected or active collector ...

Page 2670: ... A number of different displays can be chosen as well as the user can create their own display by using the COLUMN or FORMAT options Refer to lists below You can sort the CMs in two different sort orders by MAC or by interface You can filter the CMs on various criteria as shown in the following table Single Match A B C D Filter on a cable modem IP address H H H Filter on a cable modem MAC address ...

Page 2671: ...Match bonded Filter on bonded CMs bonded impaired Filter on bonded CMs that are not functioning at full capacity bonded 1x1 Filters on D3 0 capable CMs not functioning as bonded CMs cable downstream s p Filter on downstream interface cable mac x Filter on MAC Identifier 1 416 cable upstream s p l Filter on upstream interface cm ip type Filter on CM s IP address type IPv4 or IPv6 cm type type Filte...

Page 2672: ...mode oper Filter on CMs currently operating in Energy Management 1x1 mode max lines Maximum number of CMs to display min error Filter on minimum combined CRC and HCS error count non operational Filter on non operational CMs operational Filter on operational CMs rogue Filter on rogue CMs slot slot Filter on CAM slot state state Filter on SM state vendor name Filter on CM vendor name The CMs can be ...

Page 2674: ...able modem provisioning and state detail Display detailed CM information dropped Display dropped packet information errors Display CRC and HCS error information format Display the modems using a configured column format noise Display per CM and D3 0 per channel SNR counts offline Display offline CM information phy Display physical interface information qos Display cable mode per subscriber through...

Page 2675: ...play the transitional state other states not shown on summary page for the specified CAM slot and connector number summary port state cable mac word Display summary counts on a or level organized by cable mac summary port state fiber node word Display summary counts on a or level organized by fiber node summary port mac cable mac int Displays summary counts on a port level organized by cable MAC I...

Page 2676: ...DARD Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2676 show cable modem bonded Purpose Display bonded CMs Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable modem bonded Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2677: ...ease 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2677 show cable modem bonded1x1 Purpose Display DOCSIS 3 0 capable CMs that are not functioning as bonded CMs Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable modem bonded 1x1 Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2678: ...ith information about how they are actually functioning as well as why they are at less than full capacity Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable modem bonded impaired Supplemental Information If no cable modem is specified then the CMTS displays the status of all the impaired bonded cable modems If you want to display a specific modem you must enter either its MAC or IP address The filt...

Page 2679: ...Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2679 show cable modem bonded uchannels Purpose Display DOCSIS 3 0 per channel counts for bonded CMs with each upstream channel shown Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable modem bonded uchannels Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2680: ... ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2680 show cable modem cable downstream Purpose Filters on the downstream interface Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable modem cable downstream slot port Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot port The downstream slot connector ds_port ...

Page 2681: ...lease 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2681 show cable modem cable mac Purpose Filters on the MAC identifier Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable modem cable mac num Supplemental Information N A Parameters num Cable MAC identifier ...

Page 2682: ...e 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2682 show cable modem cable upstream Purpose Filters on the upstream interface Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable modem cable upstream s cg p Supplemental Information N A Parameters s cg p The upstream slot connector group port ...

Page 2683: ...e 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2683 show cable modem cm ip Purpose Filters on the CM IP address Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable modem cm ip ip_addr Supplemental Information N A Parameters ip_addr Filters on the CM IP address ...

Page 2684: ...Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2684 show cable modem cm ip type Purpose Filters on the CM s IP address type ipv4 ipv6 Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable modem cm ip type Supplemental Information N A Parameters type The CM IP address type IPv4 or IPv6 ...

Page 2685: ...lease 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2685 show cable modem cm ipv6 Purpose Filters on the CMs IPv6 address Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable modem cm ipv6 word Supplemental Information N A Parameters word The CM IPv6 address ...

Page 2686: ...ease 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2686 show cable modem cm mac Purpose Filters on the MAC address of the CM Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable modem cm mac word Supplemental Information N A Parameters word The CM MAC address ...

Page 2687: ...ow cable modem column Purpose Displays all cable modems using the specified column s Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable modem column multiple uchan Supplemental Information To see more detail run the command show cable modem column help Parameters multiple uchan Displays multiple rows for primary and non primary US channels per CM ...

Page 2688: ...evision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2688 show cable modem count Purpose Displays only the CM count totals Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable modem count Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2689: ... Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2689 show cable modem cpe ip Purpose Filters on the IP address of the CPE under the CM Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable modem cpe ip ip addr Supplemental Information N A Parameters ip addr IP address of CPE under CM ...

Page 2690: ...ser Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2690 show cable modem cpe ipv6 Purpose Filters on the IPv6 address of CPE under CM Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable modem cpe ipv6 word Supplemental Information N A Parameters word IPv6 address of CPE under CM ...

Page 2691: ...8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2691 show cable modem cpe mac Purpose Filters by the MAC address of the CPE under the CM Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable modem cpe mac word Supplemental Information N A Parameters word Cable mac ID ...

Page 2692: ... All Rights Reserved 2692 show cable modem cpe type Purpose Filters by the specified CPE type Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable modem cpe type cpe mta stb ps Supplemental Information N A Parameters cpe Filter by CPE cpe type mta Filter by MTA cpe type stb Filter by STB cpe type ps Filter by PS cpe type ...

Page 2693: ...n the deny list Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show cable modem deny Supplemental Information If the mac address is supplied then only information on the specified MAC address will be displayed Modems are configured using the configure cable modem deny command Denied modems will not receive an IP address Parameters mac MAC address Related Commands show cable modem page 2670 configure cable...

Page 2694: ...se 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2694 show cable modem detail Purpose Displays detailed information per CM accessing information directly from the CAM Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable modem detail Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2695: ...er Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2695 show cable modem errors Purpose Displays HCS and CRC error counts for all cable modems Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable modem errors Supplemental Information N A Related Commands show cable modem page 2670 ...

Page 2696: ...t name Supplemental Information The advantage of FORMAT over COLUMN is the ability to use filters and store the format for later use This command is similar to the show cable modem column command A format must be configured in order to execute this command This can be done by executing the configure cable modem format command Parameters format name The name of the configured format desired Related...

Page 2697: ...e 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2697 show cable modem l2vpnId Purpose Filters on the CMs on L2VPN ID Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable modem l2vpnId word Supplemental Information N A Parameters word CMs on L2VN ID Related Commands show cable modem page 2670 ...

Page 2698: ...es LLC All Rights Reserved 2698 show cable modem max lines Purpose Filters on the maximum number of CMs to display Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable modem max lines 0 10000 Supplemental Information N A Parameters 0 10000 Maximum number of CMs to display Related Commands show cable modem page 2670 ...

Page 2699: ... Rights Reserved 2699 show cable modem min error Purpose Filters on the minimum combined CRC and HCS error count Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable modem min error int Supplemental Information N A Parameters int Filters on minimum combined CRC and HCS error count Related Commands show cable modem page 2670 ...

Page 2700: ... 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2700 show cable modem noise Purpose Displays per CM and D3 0 per channel SNR counts Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable modem noise Supplemental Information N A Related Commands show cable modem page 2670 ...

Page 2701: ...3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2701 show cable modem non operational Purpose Displays non operational CMs Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable modem non operational Supplemental Information N A Related Commands show cable modem page 2670 ...

Page 2702: ...3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2702 show cable modem offline Purpose Displays specific information on offline CMs Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable modem offline Supplemental Information N A Related Commands show cable modem page 2670 ...

Page 2703: ...e 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2703 show cable modem operational se Displays operational cable modems Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable modem operational Supplemental Information N A Related Commands show cable modem page 2670 ...

Page 2704: ...splays measurements from both the CMTS and the CM Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable modem phy Supplemental Information CM information is collected periodically at a rate configured using the configure cable modem remote query command This command will not display CM measurements if the remote query has not been set Related Commands show cable modem page 2670 ...

Page 2705: ...8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2705 show cable modem qos Purpose Displays DOCSIS 1 1 through 3 0 QOS information for a single CM Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable modem qos H H H A B C D cm ip cm ipv6 cm mac cpe ip cpe mac verbose ...

Page 2706: ...s information for each service flow QOS information for DOCSIS1 0 CM can be found using the show cable qos profile command Parameters H H H A B C D Format of CM MAC or IP address cm ip IP address cm ipv6 IPV6 address cm mac MAC address cpe ip CPE IP address cpe mac CPE MAC address verbose Display detailed CM per subscriber throughput Related Commands show cable modem page 2670 ...

Page 2707: ...IS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2707 show cable modem qos sc cm mac Purpose Displays the cable modems associated with SCN name in the active QoS parameter set Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable modem qos sc cm mac word Supplemental Information N A Parameters word CM MAC address ...

Page 2708: ...708 show cable modem qos sc enforcement Purpose Displays modems that are subject to an Enforcement Rule Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable modem qos sc enforcement cm ip addr cm mac mac Supplemental Information N A Parameters word CM MAC address cm ip addr Filters on the CM IP address cm mac mac Filters on the CM MAC address ...

Page 2709: ... Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2709 show cable modem qos sc name Purpose Displays the active QoS parameter set for an SCN name Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable modem qos sc name word Supplemental Information N A Parameters word Reference SCN name ...

Page 2710: ...RRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2710 show cable modem qos sc update pending Purpose Displays the CMs for which an update is still pending Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable modem qos sc update pending name word Supplemental Information N A Parameters word Reference SCN name ...

Page 2711: ...r Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2711 show cable modem rogue Purpose Filters on CM s failing TFTP Enforce Dynamic Secret checks Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable modem rogue Supplemental Information N A Related Commands show cable modem page 2670 ...

Page 2712: ...016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2712 show cable modem slot Purpose Displays cable modems filtered by CAM slot Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable modem slot slot Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot CAM slot number Related Commands show cable modem page 2670 ...

Page 2713: ...ly active ranging Initial ranging in progress rngaborted Ranging has failed ranged Ranging has been completed dhcpv4done IP address has been assigned registered CM registration has been completed denied Service is being denied operational Active cable modem regbpiinit CMTS is in the process of completing BPI initialization eaestart CMTS has received an Auth Info message for EAE from the CM dhcpv4s...

Page 2714: ...ownload has started tftpdone Config file download process has been completed registering CMTS has received a registration request from the CM frwddisable Registration complete but forwarding prohibited rfmuteall Mute all channels non operational Any state other than operational online d Registered with Net Access disabled Related Commands show cable modem page 2670 ...

Page 2715: ...mmary Supplemental Information It displays counts but does not display any information about a particular modem In the case of bonded modems the count for each port will be equal to the number of modems on that port since a single bonded modem will be on multiple ports The totals represents the number of modems not channels therefore the sum of the ports should equal or be greater than the total n...

Page 2716: ...erprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2716 show cable modem summary mac Purpose Displays the cable modem summary counts organized by MAC Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable modem summary mac Supplemental Information N A Related Commands show cable modem page 2670 show cable modem summary page 2715 ...

Page 2717: ...rprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2717 show cable modem summary fiber node Purpose Displays the cable modem summary counts organized by MAC Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable modem summary fiber node fname Supplemental Information N A Parameters fname Name of the fiber node up to 16 characters ...

Page 2718: ...d 2718 show cable modem summary mac cable mac Purpose Displays the cable modem summary counts organized by MAC Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable modem summary mac cable mac mac Supplemental Information Note This command is the same as the show cable modem summary cable mac Parameters mac MAC identifier mac sub interface ...

Page 2719: ...l Information This command is helpful in debugging CM s stuck in various initialization states Parameters cable mac 0 415 Displays summary counts on a port level organized by the cable mac fiber node word Displays summary counts on a port level organized by fiber node mac mac_id Displays summary counts on a port level organized by the cable mac slot num CAM slot number Valid range for the C4 CMTS ...

Page 2720: ... states not shown on show cable modem summary Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable modem summary state slot int cable mac int Supplemental Information This command is helpful in debugging CM s stuck in various initialization states Parameters int Filters for a specific CAM slot cable mac int Displays the cable modem summary state filtered on a specific cable mac Related Commands show c...

Page 2721: ...MTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2721 show cable modem summary total Purpose Displays a summary of cable modem counts per slot Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable modem summary total Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2722: ... 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2722 show cable modem vendor Purpose Filters on the cable modem vendor name Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable modem vendor name Supplemental Information N A Parameters name Vendor name Related Commands show cable modem page 2670 ...

Page 2723: ...s Reserved 2723 show cable modulation profile Purpose Displays the upstream data modulation profile for the specified profile id Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show cable modulation profile profile id Supplemental Information N A Parameters profile id The ID number of the modulation profile Valid range is 1 2147483647 ...

Page 2724: ... cable mac Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable multicast db cable mac 0 415 grp ip addr ipv4 ipv6 src ip addr IPv4 IPv6 session type igmp pcmm dsg Supplemental Information N A Parameters cable mac 0 415 Filters on the cable mac grp ip addr ipv4 ipv6 Group IP Address either IPv4 or IPv6 src ip addr ipv4 ipv6 Source IP Address either IPv4 or IPv6 session type igmp pcmm dsg Defines the s...

Page 2725: ...w cable multicast db cm cable mac grp service flow Purpose Displays information for multicast replication on the specified cable modem Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable multicast db cm cable mac 0 415 grp service flow 1 4294967295 Supplemental Information N A Parameters 0 415 Cable mac identifier 1 4294967295 Group service flow ID ...

Page 2726: ...LLC All Rights Reserved 2726 show cable multicast db grp ip addr Purpose Displays information for multicast replication Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable multicast db grp ip addr IPv4 or IPv6 addr Supplemental Information N A Parameters IPv4 or IPv6 addr Filters on multicast session group IP address ...

Page 2727: ...l Rights Reserved 2727 show cable multicast db session type Purpose Displays information for multicast replication on the specified session type Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable multicast db session type IGMP PCMM DSG Supplemental Information N A Parameters IGMP PCMM DSG Filters on multicast session type ...

Page 2728: ... 2728 show cable multicast db src ip addr Purpose Displays information for multicast replication filtered on the specified source IP address Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable multicast db src ip addr IPv4 or IPv6 addr Supplemental Information N A Parameters IPv4 or IPv6 addr Filters on multicast session source IP address ...

Page 2729: ... ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2729 show cable multicast group qos Purpose Displays the group QOS configuration profiles Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable multicast group qos 1 65535 Supplemental Information N A Parameters 1 65535 Group QOS configuration profile filter ...

Page 2730: ...6 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2730 show cable multicast qos group Purpose Displays information for multicast QOS Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable multicast qos group 0 4294967295 Supplemental Information N A Parameters 0 4294967295 Group configuration record filter ...

Page 2731: ...nformation Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable noise detail snr below 1 55 cable mac mac cable upstream word Supplemental Information N A Parameters detail Displays information in detail format snr below 1 55 Displays cable noise for any upstream below specified SNR excluding 0 cable mac slot port MAC identifier 0 415 or slot mac cable upstream word Slot upstream port number ...

Page 2732: ...cates Purpose Provides the ability to display all X 509 CA certificates stored in the CA cert table MIB Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show cable privacy ca certificates index Supplemental Information Note This command is applicable to BPI modem operation and has no affect on BPI operation Parameters index Certificate authority certificate index Valid range 1 150 ...

Page 2733: ...ty to display all provisioned X 509 CM certificates stored in the CMTS provisioned CM cert table MIB Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show cable privacy cm certificates mac Supplemental Information Note This command is applicable to BPI modem operation and has no affect on BPI operation Parameters mac MAC address of the cable modem Related Commands configure cable privacy cm cert trust page ...

Page 2734: ...ist Purpose Provides the ability to display all manufacturer X 509 CA certificates stored in the CMTS CA cert table MIB Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show cable privacy manufacturer cert list Supplemental Information Note This command is applicable to BPI modem operation and has no affect on BPI operation Related Commands configure cable privacy add certificate page 1410 ...

Page 2735: ... list Purpose Provides the ability to display all root X 509 CA certificates stored in the C4 CMTS CA cert table MIB Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show cable privacy root cert list Supplemental Information Note This command is applicable to BPI modem operation and has no affect on BPI operation Related Commands configure cable privacy add certificate page 1410 ...

Page 2736: ...l 1 Command Syntax show cable proto throttle detail arp nd replies throttled 0 65535 arp nd requests throttled 0 65535 Supplemental Information N A Parameters detail Displays all information on throttled CMs and CPEs arp nd replies throttled 0 65535 Displays the ARP including ND replies throttled count Valid range is 0 65535 arp nd requests throttled 0 65535 Displays the ARP including ND requests ...

Page 2737: ...C All Rights Reserved 2737 show cable qos profile Purpose Displays cable QoS service class profile information Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable qos profile int verbose Supplemental Information N A Parameters int Class index Valid range is 1 16383 verbose Displays detail information on the QoS profile ...

Page 2738: ...rpose Provides the Receive Channel Configurations RCC status for the specified cable mac interface Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable rcc status not valid verbose cable mac word Supplemental Information N A Parameters not valid Show only Receive Channel Configurations RCC with reported errors verbose Show Downstream channel configuration word MAC identifier mac ...

Page 2739: ...ions RCC status for the cable mac interface and the Receive Channel Profile RCP ID specified Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable rcc status not valid verbose cable mac word rcp id id Supplemental Information N A Parameters not valid Show only Receive Channel Configurations RCC with reported errors verbose Show downstream channel configuration word MAC identifier mac id The Receive Cha...

Page 2740: ...se Provides the Receive Channel Configurations RCC status for the cable mac interface the Receive Channel Profile RCP ID and RCC ID specified Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable rcc status cable mac word rcp id id rcc int Supplemental Information N A Parameters word MAC identifier mac id The Receive Channel Profile ID in hex 5 bytes int Unique rcc id for rcp id defined earlier ...

Page 2741: ...d Purpose Provides the Receive Channel Configurations RCC status for the cable mac interface the Receive Channel Profile RCP ID and status ID specified Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable rcc status cable mac word rcp id id status id 1 255 Supplemental Information N A Parameters word MAC identifier mac id The Receive Channel Profile ID in hex 5 bytes 1 255 Selection status ID ...

Page 2742: ...service groups for the cable mac interface specified Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show cable service group cable mac int mCMsg int mDSsg int mUSsg int Supplemental Information N A Parameters cable mac int MAC identifier mCMsg int MAC domain cable modem service group identifier mDSsg int MAC domain downstream service group identifier mUSsg int MAC domain upstream service group identifier ...

Page 2743: ...erved 2743 show cable spectrum group Purpose Displays the upstream channel spectrum group information for all state machines Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable spectrum group sm ID Supplemental Information Use the optional sm ID for a specific state machine Parameters sm ID State machine identifier Valid range is 1 40 ...

Page 2744: ...LLC All Rights Reserved 2744 show cable spectrum group state Purpose Displays the upstream channel spectrum group information for all state machines Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable spectrum group sm ID state Supplemental Information N A Parameters sm ID State machine identifier Valid range is 1 40 ...

Page 2745: ... Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2745 show cable spectrum group trigger Purpose Displays all triggers Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable spectrum group trigger int Supplemental Information N A Parameters int Spectrum group trigger Valid range is 1 64 ...

Page 2746: ...terprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2746 show cable supervision Purpose Configures the supervisory downstream for this upstream Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable supervision cable mac slot num Supplemental Information N A Parameters cable mac MAC identifier mac slot num CAM slot number 0 15 ...

Page 2747: ...TS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2747 show cable unicast polling Purpose Displays settings for all eight unicast polling priorities Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cable unicast polling Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2748: ...n 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2748 show chassistype Purpose Displays when you are working on a C4c CMTS or a C4 CMTS Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show chassistype Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2749: ...ime of day TOD client is active and in one millisecond resolution when the NTP client is active Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show clock detail GMT network timezone Supplemental Information N A Parameters detail Displays the timezone abbreviation and the current DST STD time status GMT Displays the Greenwich Mean Time network Displays the current network time synchronization protocol timez...

Page 2750: ...show controllers cable authorization module Purpose Displays authorization module information for the specified cable controller Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show controllers cable slot slot port Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot slot port slot Displays all interfaces for a given slot slot port Displays specific interface ...

Page 2751: ...e downstream Purpose Displays current settings for a downstream channel on the cable controller Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show controllers cable slot slot port downstream detail Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot slot port slot Displays all interfaces for a given slot slot port Displays specific interface detail Displays detailed information ...

Page 2752: ...ow controllers cable ingress cancellation Purpose Displays the upstream ingress cancellation properties Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show controllers cable slot slot port ingress cancellation detail Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot slot port slot Displays all interfaces for a given slot slot port Displays specific interface ...

Page 2753: ...Displays the cable controller information for the specified upstream port Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show controllers cable slot slot port upstream 0 11 detail Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot slot port slot Displays all interfaces for a given slot slot port Displays specific interface 0 11 Upstream port number detail Displays additional hardware information ...

Page 2754: ...pose Displays cable mac controller information Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show controllers cable mac mac upstream downstream detail counts Supplemental Information N A Parameters mac MAC ID upstream Displays upstream information downstream Displays only data associated with downstreams detail Displays detailed information counts Displays cable interface counts ...

Page 2755: ...terprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2755 show controllers cable mac authorization module Purpose Displays authorization module information for the specified cable mac Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show controllers cable mac mac authorization module Supplemental Information N A Parameters mac MAC ID ...

Page 2756: ...016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2756 show controllers cable mac ingress cancellation Purpose Displays upstream ingress cancellation properties Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show controllers cable mac ingress cancellation Supplemental Information N A Parameters mac MAC ID ...

Page 2757: ...isplays the count for the number of upstream overrides that have occurred as a result of upstream load balancing Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show controllers cable upstream s cg p detail counts Supplemental Information N A Parameters s cg p The UCAM slot and optional connector group port detail Displays additional hardware information counts Displays cable interface counts ...

Page 2758: ...ights Reserved 2758 show controllers cable upstream ingress cancellation Purpose Displays upstream ingress cancellation properties Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show controllers cable upstream s cg p ingress cancellation Supplemental Information N A Parameters s cg p The UCAM slot and optional connector group port ...

Page 2759: ...3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2759 show controllers fabric Purpose Displays the fabric controller information Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show controllers fabric word Supplemental Information N A Parameters word Fabric interface slot port ...

Page 2760: ...prises LLC All Rights Reserved 2760 show controllers gigabitethernet Purpose Displays information for the gigabitethernet controller Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show controllers gigabitethernet 17 18 0 9 Supplemental Information N A Parameters 17 18 0 9 RCM slot number gigabitethernet port number ...

Page 2761: ...Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2761 show controllers link aggregate Purpose Displays information for the link aggregate controller Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show controllers link aggregate 0 9 Supplemental Information N A Parameters 0 9 LAG identifier ...

Page 2762: ...s LLC All Rights Reserved 2762 show controllers tengigabitethernet Purpose Displays information for the tengigabiteithernet controller Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show controllers tengigabitethernet 17 18 10 Supplemental Information N A Parameters 17 28 10 RCM slot number tengigabitethernet port number ...

Page 2763: ... Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2763 show cos mapping Purpose Displays the Class of Service parameters Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show cos mapping Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2764: ...eserved 2764 show counts collection Purpose Displays the period of time that the system counts are collected from the hardware Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show counts collection Supplemental Information Rate is in minutes from 15 through 1440 Note Do not change the default unless instructed from an ARRIS Support person ...

Page 2765: ...ights Reserved 2765 show crypto dynamic map Purpose Displays the dynamic maps Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show crypto dynamic map tag dynamic map name Supplemental Information If a dynamic map name is given this command will only show that dynamic map entry Parameters tag dynamic map name Name of the dynamic map ...

Page 2766: ...2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2766 show crypto ipsec security association lifetime Purpose Displays the current global Security Association lifetime in seconds Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show crypto ipsec security association lifetime Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2767: ...ed 2767 show crypto ipsec transform set Purpose Displays the transform sets Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show crypto ipsec transform set tag trans map name Supplemental Information If a transform set name is given this command will only show that transform set entry Parameters tag trans map name Name of the transform set map ...

Page 2768: ... 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2768 show crypto isakmp Purpose Displays the current state of the Internet Key Exchange IKE daemon process e g enabled vs disabled Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show crypto isakmp Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2769: ...4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2769 show crypto isakmp policy Purpose Displays the global ISAKMP phase 1 policies proposals Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show crypto isakmp policy Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2770: ...RIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2770 show crypto map Purpose Displays the crypto map Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show crypto map tag map name Supplemental Information If a map name is given this command will only show that map entry Parameters tag trans name Name of the crypto map ...

Page 2771: ...r Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2771 show disk volume scm Purpose Displays the disk volume information Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show disk volume volume name scm slot critical hold threshold major hold threshold minor hold threshold auto delete file ...

Page 2772: ...e C4 CMTS are 19 or 20 valid value for the C4c CMTS is 19 critical hold threshold major hold threshold minor hold threshold The threshold when exceeded will cause a trap to be sent with diskVolumeUsageLevel of diskVolumeUsageCritical The threshold when exceeded will cause a trap to be sent with diskVolumeUsageLevel of diskVolumeUsageMajor The threshold when exceeded will cause a trap to be sent wi...

Page 2773: ...uide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2773 show distribute list Purpose Displays the distribute list information Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show distribute list bgp isis ospf rip Supplemental Information N A Parameters bgp isis ospf rip The destination protocol ...

Page 2774: ... CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2774 show environment Purpose Displays the module temperature status fan status and power feed status Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show environment Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2775: ...ays the information in the factory EEPROM Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show factory eeprom slot 0 20 chassis Supplemental Information If no optional parameter is given it will display the EEPROM information for the chassis and all slots Parameters slot 0 20 The chassis slot in which the targeted module resides chassis Displays the EEPROM information for the chassis ...

Page 2776: ...sion 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2776 show history Purpose Displays the commands issued during the current CLI session Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show history Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2777: ...4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2777 show hostname Purpose Displays the name of the CMTS Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show hostname Supplemental Information N A Related Commands configure ftp server page 1466 ...

Page 2778: ...he necessary executable software code for the given release s feature set and functionality Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show image path to the image file full Supplemental Information If no file name is specified this command will display the image header of the current running image Parameters path to the image file Image file directory and file name full Displays all img files in the u...

Page 2779: ...NDARD Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2779 show interface Purpose Displays the interface information Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show interface Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2780: ... Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show interface cable slot ch full detail counts Supplemental Information If the optional slot port parameters are given then this command will display only the interfaces in the specified slot and port Parameters slot ch Slot or slot and optional channel full Displays all upstreams detail Displays additional hardware information counts Displays interface coun...

Page 2781: ...All Rights Reserved 2781 show interface cable allocated bandwidth Purpose Displays the status of the allocated bandwidth for the interface specified Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show interface cable slot ch allocated bandwidth Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot ch Slot or slot and optional channel ...

Page 2782: ... Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2782 show interface cable bit rate Purpose Displays the channel data rate Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show interface cable slot ch bit rate Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot ch Slot or slot and optional channel ...

Page 2783: ... ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2783 show interface cable spectrum group Purpose Displays the upstream channel spectrum group information Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show interface cable slot ch spectrum group Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot ch Slot and channel ...

Page 2784: ... 2784 show interface cable spectrum group history Purpose Displays the upstream channel spectrum group history information Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show interface cable slot ch spectrum group history detail Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot ch Slot and channel detail Display measurement failure reason information ...

Page 2785: ...terface cable ugs counts Purpose Displays the cable interface UGS normal or emergency call information Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show interface cable slot ch ugs counts normal emergency Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot ch Slot or slot and optional channel normal emergency Displays only the normal or emergency call information ...

Page 2786: ...4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2786 show interface cable downstream Purpose Displays the cable downstream interfaces Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show interface cable downstream Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2787: ... Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2787 show interface cable downstream bit rate Purpose Displays the downstream channel data rate Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show interface cable downstream slot ch bit rate Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot ch Slot or slot and optional channel ...

Page 2788: ...lt Access Level 1 Command Syntax show interface cable downstream slot ch cable dsg verbose Supplemental Information Note The command may use the plus and or asterisk symbol in the output to highlight provisioning misconnects and other areas of concern Any time one of these characters is displayed a key is added at the bottom of the table Parameters slot ch Slot or slot and optional channel verbose...

Page 2789: ...ved 2789 show interface cable downstream cable dsg dcd Purpose Displays the tunnel s destination MAC address in the DSG Downstream Channel Descriptor DCD message Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show interface cable downstream slot ch cable dsg dcd Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot ch Slot or slot and optional channel ...

Page 2790: ...Access Level 1 Command Syntax show interface cable downstream slot ch cable dsg tunnel group 0 4294967295 Supplemental Information Note The command may use the plus and or asterisk symbol in the output to highlight provisioning misconnects and other areas of concern Any time one of these characters is displayed a key is added at the bottom of the table Parameters slot ch Slot or slot and optional ...

Page 2791: ...eated per hour Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show interface cable downstream slot ch cable ip video drops multicast unicast all Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot ch Slot or slot and optional channel drops Displays packets dropped per hour multicast Displays multicast packets transmitted and IP video flows created per hour unicast Displays unicast packets transmitted and IP vide...

Page 2792: ... ip video histogram Purpose Displays the multicast packets transmitted and IP video flows created per hour Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show interface cable downstream slot ch cable ip video histogram dropped pkt dropped unicast dropped multicast multicast pkt multicast flows unicast pkt unicast flows granularity 1 2 3 4 6 8 12 24 scale int Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2793: ...nnector dropped multicast Displays multicast packets dropped per time slot for all video channels in connector multicast pkt Displays multicast packets transmitted per time slot by the video channel multicast flows Displays multicast IP video flows created per time slot for the video channel unicast pkt Displays unicast packets transmitted per time slot by the video channel unicast flows Displays ...

Page 2794: ...l Rights Reserved 2794 show interface cable downstream cable ip video summary Purpose Displays a table with hourly IP video packet counts Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show interface cable downstream slot ch cable ip video summary Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot ch Slot or slot and optional channel ...

Page 2795: ...e cable downstream mdd Purpose Displays the pre registration Downstream Service Identifier DSID for a downstream channel of the specified interface Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show interface cable downstream slot ch mdd raw Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot ch Slot and channel raw Displays the contents of the MDD message in raw format ...

Page 2796: ... LLC All Rights Reserved 2796 show interface cable mac Purpose Displays the status of the cable mac interface specified Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show interface cable mac mac brief Supplemental Information N A Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 brief Displays brief output format ...

Page 2797: ...terprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2797 show interface cable mac access group Purpose Displays the access control information for packets Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show interface cable mac mac access group Supplemental Information N A Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 ...

Page 2798: ...s Reserved 2798 show interface cable mac allocated bandwidth Purpose Displays the status of the allocated bandwidth for the cable mac interface specified Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show interface cable mac mac allocated bandwidth Supplemental Information N A Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 ...

Page 2799: ...rises LLC All Rights Reserved 2799 show interface cable mac bitrate Purpose Displays the upstream and downstream channels data rate under the mac Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show interface cable mac mac bit rate Supplemental Information N A Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 ...

Page 2800: ... interface cable mac cable privacy authorization Purpose Displays the authorization information for a specified cable modem Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show interface cable mac mac cable privacy authorization word Supplemental Information N A Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 word MAC address of the cable modem ...

Page 2801: ...rface cable mac cable privacy base Purpose Provides the ability to display a specific channel s BPI base table MIB entry Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show interface cable mac mac cable privacy base Supplemental Information Note This command is applicable to BPI and BPI modem operation Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 ...

Page 2802: ...pose Displays Baseline Privacy multicast configuration data Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show interface cable mac mac cable privacy multicast map detail Supplemental Information Note This command is applicable to BPI and BPI modem operation Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 detail Displays the multicast parameters for the cable modem s multicast group key mapping ...

Page 2803: ...ek Purpose Provides the ability to display all or specific SAId Traffic Encryption Key TEK MIB table entries Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show interface cable mac mac cable privacy tek said Supplemental Information Note This command is applicable to BPI and BPI modem operation Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 said SAId KeyId Valid range is 1 16383 ...

Page 2804: ...RRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2804 show interface cable mac filter group Purpose Displays the filter group provisioning Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show interface cable mac mac filter group Supplemental Information N A Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 ...

Page 2805: ... scheduler interval 1 31536000 type req req summary grants pending queues flows mslots mslots summary detail Supplemental Information N A Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 upstream upstream port The upstream port number Valid range is 0 7 interval 1 31536000 The time span in seconds to monitor changes in scheduler information type req req summary grants pending queues flows...

Page 2806: ... Reserved 2806 show interface cable mac multicast mcast fwd by dsid Purpose Displays the configured Multicast DSID based Forwarding MDF capability Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show interface cable mac mac multicast mcast fwd by dsid Supplemental Information N A Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 ...

Page 2807: ...rises LLC All Rights Reserved 2807 show interface cable mac spectrum group Purpose Displays the upstream channel spectrum group information Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show interface cable mac mac spectrum group Supplemental Information N A Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 ...

Page 2808: ... history Purpose Displays the history of state transitions for the state machine associated with each upstream channel Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show interface cable mac mac spectrum group history detail Supplemental Information N A Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 detail Displays additional measurement failure reasons for the state transition ...

Page 2809: ...ce cable mac ugs counts Purpose Displays the cable mac interface UGS normal or emergency call information Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show interface cable mac mac ugs counts normal emergency Supplemental Information N A Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 normal emergency Choose either normal or emergency call information ...

Page 2810: ...ace cable upstream Purpose Displays the upstream channels on the specified Cable Access Module CAM Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show interface cable upstream slot ch detail counts Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot ch The chassis slot and optional channel detail Displays additional hardware information counts Displays upstream counts ...

Page 2811: ...11 show interface cable upstream allocated bandwidth Purpose Displays the status of the allocated bandwidth for the upstream interface specified Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show interface cable upstream slot ch allocated bandwidth Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot ch The chassis slot or chassis slot and upstream port ...

Page 2812: ...S Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2812 show interface cable upstream bit rate Purpose Displays the upstream channel data rate Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show interface cable upstream slot ch bit rate Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot ch The chassis slot and optional channel ...

Page 2813: ...ormation N A Parameters slot ch The chassis slot and optional channel detail Displays additional measurement failure reasons for the state transition interval 1 31536000 The timespan in seconds to monitor changes in scheduler information type The type of scheduler information to display req displays all scheduler request information req summary Displays a summary of scheduler request information g...

Page 2814: ...history Purpose Displays the history of state transitions for the state machine associated with a specified upstream interface Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show interface cable upstream slot ch spectrum group history detail Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot ch The chassis slot and channel detail Displays additional measurement failure reasons for the state transition ...

Page 2815: ...ys the access control information for the gigabitEthernet interfaces on the Router Control Modules RCMs Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show interface gigabitethernet slot port access group Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot port The slot in which the targeted module resides The slot must contain an RCM Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 Valid range for the C4c CMTS is 17 0 ...

Page 2816: ...ed 2816 show interface link aggregate access group Purpose Displays the access control information for the ethernet interface on the Router Control Modules RCMs Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show interface link aggregate 0 9 0 254 access group Supplemental Information N A Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface ...

Page 2817: ...isplays the access control information for the tengigabitEthernet interfaces on the Router Control Modules RCMs Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show interface ethernet slot port access group Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot port The slot in which the targeted module resides The slot must contain an RCM Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 Valid range for the C4c CMTS is 17 10...

Page 2818: ...e s total capacity Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show interface utilization min loaded 1 100 slot 0 20 Supplemental Information Note You must set the utilization interval to a non zero value for the utilization to be calculated Use the following command to set the utilization interval configure cable load interval interval Parameters min loaded 1 100 Displays only ports that meet or exceed...

Page 2819: ... LLC All Rights Reserved 2819 show ip bgp Purpose Displays entries in the Border Gateway Protocol BGP routing table Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ip bgp A B C D Supplemental Information N A Parameters A B C D Network in the BGP routing table to display Related Commands show ip bgp neighbor page 2820 ...

Page 2820: ...how ip bgp neighbor Purpose Displays information about the TCP and Border Gateway Protocol BGP connections to neighbors Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ip bgp neighbor A B C D Supplemental Information N A Parameters A B C D Address of the neighbor whose routes you have learned from If no address is given all neighbors are displayed ...

Page 2821: ...ighbor advertised routes Purpose Displays the routes that are being advertised via the Border Gateway Protocol BGP Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ip bgp neighbor A B C D advertised routes Supplemental Information N A Parameters A B C D Address of the neighbor for which information is requested If no address is given all neighbors are displayed ...

Page 2822: ...rtised routes paths Purpose Displays the advertised paths for the routes identified via the Border Gateway Protocol BGP Default Access Level 5 Command Syntax show ip bgp neighbor A B C D advertised routes paths Supplemental Information N A Parameters A B C D Address of the neighbor for which information is requested If no address is given all neighbors are displayed ...

Page 2823: ...Reserved 2823 show ip bgp quote regexp Purpose Displays routes matching the autonomous system path regular expression Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ip bgp quote regexp word Supplemental Information N A Parameters word A regular expression within quotes to match the Border Gateway Protocol BGP autonomous system paths ...

Page 2824: ...ilters path list for display Regular expression special characters include The dot matches any single character 0 or more of the character that immediately precedes it 1 or more of the character that immediately precedes it The caret matches the beginning of the line The dollar sign matches the end of the line The backslash allows for literal meaning of the special characters Search for a set of c...

Page 2825: ...ision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2825 show ip bgp summary Purpose Displays the status of all BGP connections Default Access Level 5 Command Syntax show ip bgp summary Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2826: ...Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2826 show ip domain invquery Purpose Performs an inverse PTR pointer record Domain Naming System DNS query on an IP address Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ip domain invquery A B C D Supplemental Information N A Parameters A B C D The IP address to lookup ...

Page 2827: ...er Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2827 show ip domain lookup Purpose Displays all the settings for host name to address translation based on the IP Domain Naming System DNS Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ip domain lookup Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2828: ...r Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2828 show ip domain query Purpose Performs a Domain Naming System DNS query on a hostname Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ip domain query hostname Supplemental Information N A Parameters hostname The hostname to query ...

Page 2829: ...n 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2829 show ip fqdn cache Purpose Displays the FQDN entries in the DNS resolver cache Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show ip fqdn cache Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2830: ...s LLC All Rights Reserved 2830 show ip igmp groups Purpose Displays the IGMP group memberships Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ip igmp groups interface detail host Supplemental Information N A Parameters interface Slot port detail Displays IGMPv3 source information host Displays IGMP host memberships ...

Page 2831: ...IS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2831 show ip igmp groups cable mac Purpose Displays the IGMP group memberships for a cable mac interface Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ip igmp groups cable mac mac Supplemental Information N A Parameters mac MAC domain number Valid range is 0 or 1 ...

Page 2832: ...ease 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2832 show ip igmp groups detail Purpose Displays detailed IGMPv3 source information for the specified interface Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ip igmp groups detail Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2833: ...s LLC All Rights Reserved 2833 show ip igmp groups detail cable mac Purpose Displays detailed IGMPv3 source information for the specified interface Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ip igmp groups detail cable mac int Supplemental Information N A Parameters int The MAC identifier valid numbers are 0 415 ...

Page 2834: ...4 show ip igmp groups detail gigabitethernet Purpose Displays detailed IGMPv3 source information for the specified interface Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ip igmp groups detail gigabitethernet 17 18 0 9 0 254 Supplemental Information N A Parameters 17 18 0 9 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitethernet port number subinterface number ...

Page 2835: ...l Rights Reserved 2835 show ip igmp groups detail link aggregation Purpose Displays detailed IGMPv3 source information for the specified interface Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ip igmp groups detail link aggregation 0 9 0 254 Supplemental Information N A Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface ...

Page 2836: ...how ip igmp groups detail tengigabitethernet Purpose Displays detailed IGMPv3 source information for the specified interface Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ip igmp groups detail tengigabitethernet 17 18 10 0 254 Supplemental Information N A Parameters 17 18 10 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitethernet port number subinterface number ...

Page 2837: ...Reserved 2837 show ip igmp groups gigabitethernet Purpose Displays IGMPv3 source information for the specified interface Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ip igmp groups gigabitethernet 17 18 0 9 0 254 Supplemental Information N A Parameters 17 18 0 9 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitethernet port number subinterface number ...

Page 2838: ... Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2838 show ip igmp groups host Purpose Displays detailed IGMP host memberships for the specified interface Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ip igmp groups host Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2839: ...erprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2839 show ip igmp groups host cable mac Purpose Displays IGMPv3 host memberships for the specified interface Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ip igmp groups host cable mac int Supplemental Information N A Parameters int The MAC identifier valid numbers are 0 415 ...

Page 2840: ...2840 show ip igmp groups host gigabitethernet Purpose Displays detailed IGMPv3 host memberships for the specified interface Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ip igmp groups host gigabitethernet 17 18 0 9 0 254 Supplemental Information N A Parameters 17 18 0 9 0 254 RCM slot number gigabitethernet port number subinterface number ...

Page 2841: ... All Rights Reserved 2841 show ip igmp groups host link aggregation Purpose Displays detailed IGMPv3 host memberships for the specified interface Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ip igmp groups host link aggregation 0 9 0 254 Supplemental Information N A Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface ...

Page 2842: ...2 show ip igmp groups host tengigabitethernet Purpose Displays detailed IGMPv3 host memberships for the specified interface Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ip igmp groups host tengigabitethernet 17 18 10 0 254 Supplemental Information N A Parameters 17 18 10 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitethernet port number subinterface number ...

Page 2843: ...rprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2843 show ip igmp groups link aggregation Purpose Commits command to the specified link aggregate interface Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ip igmp groups link aggregation 0 9 0 254 Supplemental Information N A Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface ...

Page 2844: ...rved 2844 show ip igmp groups tengigabitethernet Purpose Displays IGMPv3 source information for the specified interface Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ip igmp groups tengigabitethernet 17 18 0 9 0 254 Supplemental Information N A Parameters 17 18 10 0 254 RCM slot number tengigabitethernet port number subinterface number ...

Page 2845: ...LLC All Rights Reserved 2845 show ip igmp interfaces Purpose Displays the current host and router configuration status for all interfaces along with displaying all groups that are currently joined by the host on an interface Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ip igmp interfaces Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2846: ... Rights Reserved 2846 show ip igmp interfaces cable mac Purpose Displays the current host and router configuration status for the specified cable mac interface Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ip igmp interfaces cable mac int Supplemental Information N A Parameters int The MAC identifier valid numbers are 0 415 ...

Page 2847: ...ernet Purpose Displays the current host and router configuration status for the specified gigabitethernet interface Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ip igmp interfaces gigabitethernet slot port Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot port RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 Valid range for the C4c CMTS is 17 0 9 ...

Page 2848: ...eserved 2848 show ip igmp interfaces link aggregate Purpose Displays the current host and router configuration status for the specified link aggregate interface Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ip igmp interfaces link aggregate 0 9 0 254 Supplemental Information N A Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface ...

Page 2849: ...net Purpose Displays the current host and router configuration status for the specified tengigabitethernet interface Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ip igmp interfaces tengigabitethernet slot port Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot port RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 Valid range for the C4c CMTS is 17 10 ...

Page 2850: ...ser Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2850 show ip interface Purpose Displays the IP interfaces for the client modules Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ip interface brief Supplemental Information N A Parameters brief Displays the output in brief format ...

Page 2851: ...rved 2851 show ip interface cable mac Purpose Displays the IP address for the client modules of the cable mac interface specified Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ip interface brief cable mac int Supplemental Information N A Parameters brief Displays the output in brief format int The MAC identifier valid numbers are 0 415 ...

Page 2852: ...pose Displays the gigabitethernet interface information for the client modules Default Access Level Command Syntax show ip interface brief gigabitethernet slot port Supplemental Information N A Parameters brief Displays the output in brief format slot port RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 Valid range for the C4c CMTS is 17 0 9 ...

Page 2853: ...ved 2853 show ip interface link aggregate Purpose Displays the link aggregate interface information for the client modules Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ip interface brief link aggregate 0 9 0 254 Supplemental Information N A Parameters brief Displays the output in brief format 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface ...

Page 2854: ...C All Rights Reserved 2854 show ip interface loopback Purpose Displays the loopback interface information for the client modules Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ip interface brief loopback 0 15 Supplemental Information N A Parameters brief Displays the output in brief format 0 15 Loopback interface number ...

Page 2855: ...pose Displays the tengigabitethernet interface information for the client modules Default Access Level Command Syntax show ip interface brief tengigabitethernet slot port Supplemental Information N A Parameters brief Displays the output in brief format slot port RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 Valid range for the C4c CMTS is 17 10 ...

Page 2856: ...RD Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2856 show ip isis Purpose Displays the IS IS redistribution information Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ip isis Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2857: ...ises LLC All Rights Reserved 2857 show ip maximum paths Purpose Displays the number of Equal Cost Multiple Paths Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ip maximum paths vrf name Supplemental Information N A Parameters vrf name Name given to VRF To display only the default VRF enter default as the VRF name ...

Page 2858: ...ounts for a multicast protocol and the FQDN if applicable associated with each source group address Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show ip mroute group address source address Supplemental Information N A Parameters group address Multicast IP address in the form A B C D source address Source address of the multicast channel and only applies for PIM SSM routes in the form A B C D ...

Page 2859: ...rved 2859 show ip multicast default group service class Purpose Displays Multicast information on the name of the default service class used by Multicast Qos Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ip multicast default group service class Supplemental Information The default service class used by the Multicast QoS is C4DefGrpSCN ...

Page 2860: ...erprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2860 show ip ospf Purpose Shows general information about the OSPF routing processes Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ip ospf vrf name Supplemental Information N A Parameters vrf name Name given to VRF To display only the default VRF enter default as the VRF name ...

Page 2861: ...IS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2861 show ip ospf area Purpose Shows the OSPF area information Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ip ospf vrf name area Supplemental Information N A Parameters vrf vrf name Name given to VRF To display only the default VRF enter default as the VRF name ...

Page 2862: ...formation Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ip ospf vrf name database adv router a b c d asbr summary a b c d Supplemental Information N A Parameters vrf vrf name Name given to VRF To display only the default VRF enter default as the VRF name adv router a b c d Advertising Router link states as an IP address asbr summary a b c d The ASBR summary link states link state ID as an IP address ...

Page 2863: ...se Displays only detailed information about external Link State Advertisements LSAs Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ip ospf vrf name database external adv router a b c d Supplemental Information N A Parameters vrf vrf name Name given to VRF To display only the default VRF enter default as the VRF name adv router a b c d Advertising Router link states as an IP address ...

Page 2864: ...work Purpose Shows the OSPF database network link states as IP addresses Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ip ospf vrf name database network adv router a b c d Supplemental Information N A Parameters vrf vrf name Name given to VRF To display only the default VRF enter default as the VRF name adv router a b c d Advertising Router link states as an IP address ...

Page 2865: ...nal Purpose Shows the OSPF database NSSA external link states information Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ip ospf vrf name database nssa external adv router a b c d Supplemental Information N A Parameters vrf vrf name Name given to VRF To display only the default VRF enter default as the VRF name adv router a b c d Advertising Router link states as an IP address ...

Page 2866: ...hows the OSPF Opaque Area link states Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ip ospf vrf name database opaque area a b c d asbr summary a b c d Supplemental Information N A Parameters vrf vrf name Name given to VRF To display only the default VRF enter default as the VRF name a b c d Link state ID as an IP address adv router a b c d Advertising Router link states as an IP address ...

Page 2867: ... Shows the OSPF Opaque AS link states Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ip ospf vrf name database opaque as a b c d adv router A B C D Supplemental Information N A Parameters vrf vrf name Name given to VRF To display only the default VRF enter default as the VRF name a b c d Link state ID as an IP address adv router a b c d Advertising Router link states as an IP address ...

Page 2868: ...ws the OSPF Opaque Area link local states Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ip ospf vrf name database opaque link a b c d adv router A B C D Supplemental Information N A Parameters vrf vrf name Name given to VRF To display only the default VRF enter default as the VRF name a b c d Link state ID as an IP address adv router a b c d Advertising Router link states as an IP address ...

Page 2869: ...s the OSPF database router link states information Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ip ospf vrf name database router adv router A B C D Supplemental Information N A Parameters vrf vrf name Name given to VRF To display only the default VRF enter default as the VRF name a b c d Link state ID as an IP address adv router a b c d Advertising Router link states as an IP address ...

Page 2870: ...e Shows the OSPF database summary information Default Access Level 5 Command Syntax show ip ospf vrf name database summary adv router A B C D Supplemental Information N A Parameters vrf vrf name Name given to VRF To display only the default VRF enter default as the VRF name a b c d Link state ID as an IP address adv router a b c d Advertising Router link states as an IP address ...

Page 2871: ...served 2871 show ip ospf interface Purpose Display OSPF interface information Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ip ospf vrf default interface brief Supplemental Information N A Parameters vrf vrf name Name given to VRF To display only the default VRF enter default as the VRF name brief Displays the output in brief format ...

Page 2872: ...rprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2872 show ip ospf neighbor Purpose Display OSPF neighbor information Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ip ospf vrf vrf name neighbor Supplemental Information N A Parameters vrf vrf name Name given to VRF To display only the default VRF enter default as the VRF name ...

Page 2873: ...hts Reserved 2873 show ip ospf virtual links Purpose Displays parameters of the current state of the OSPF virtual link Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ip ospf vrf name virtual links Supplemental Information N A Parameters vrf vrf name Name given to VRF To display only the default VRF enter default as the VRF name ...

Page 2874: ...ision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2874 show ip pim interface Purpose Displays the PIM interface information Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show ip pim interface Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2875: ...vision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2875 show ip pim neighbor Purpose Displays the PIM neighbor information Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show ip pim neighbor Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2876: ...STANDARD Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2876 show ip policy Purpose Displays the policy route map Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ip policy Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2877: ...e 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2877 show ip prefix list Purpose Displays the contents of the prefix list table Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ip prefix list word Supplemental Information N A Parameters word Name of the prefix list ...

Page 2878: ...on 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2878 show ip protocols Purpose Displays a summary of the IP routing protocols in use Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ip protocols Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2879: ... C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2879 show ip rip Purpose Will confirm RIP is enabled for the network and display the RIP configuration Default Access Level 5 Command Syntax show ip rip Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2880: ... Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2880 show ip rip database Purpose Displays RIP database information Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ip rip database Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2881: ...ghts Reserved 2881 show ip route Purpose Displays details of the active and inactive routes on all virtual routers in the C4 CMTS Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ip route vrf vrf name detail A B C D mask bgp connected local include inactive longer prefixes netmgmt isis ospf rip static Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2882: ...g only active routes A B C D mask IP address or network with optional mask bits bgp Border Gateway Protocol connected Connected VRFs local Local routes include inactive Shows active and inactive routes defaults to displaying only active routes longer prefixes Displays the specified route and more specific routes netmgmt Net management routes isis Intermediate System to Intermediate System IS IS os...

Page 2883: ...de 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2883 show ip route summary Purpose Displays the total number of all routes e g total number of RIP OSPF static and netmgt and local routes in the box Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ip route summary Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2884: ...ved 2884 show ip scm access Purpose Displays whether SCM access is enabled or disabled Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ip scm access vrf word detail Supplemental Information N A Parameters vrf name Name given to VRF To display only the default VRF enter default as the VRF name detail Displays SCM access information details ...

Page 2885: ...ently running status of the SSH daemon and if running connection details for any current SSH sessions such as the connection ID the user ID the client IP address the service terminal or SFTP Authentication method password or public key encryption algorithm MAC algorithm and the client software version Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ip ssh Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2886: ...s the settings for the bind address port number idle time max clients max shells supported encryption and MAC algorithms service terminal port forwarding password allowed password required public key allowed public key required public key first and the max number of authentication failures Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show ip ssh config Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2887: ... 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2887 show ip unreachables Purpose Displays the status of all interface ICMP unreachables Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ip unreachables Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2888: ...ys the virtual router data in various levels of detail Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ip vrf brief interface detail Supplemental Information N A Parameters brief Only give VR Index to name mapping and OSPF and RIP status detail Provides brief info plus all virtual router interface information interface Provides only the virtual router interface information ...

Page 2889: ...ion 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2889 show ip video global Purpose Displays the IP video timers and parameters Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show ip video global Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2890: ...pv6 access list Purpose Displays the IPv6 ACL entry information If the optional ACLname or generated number is omitted then all entries for all IPv6 ACLs will be displayed Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show ipv6 access list aclName aclNumber Supplemental Information N A Parameters aclName IPv6 name aclNumber Internally generated ACL number ...

Page 2891: ...n 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2891 show ipv6 icmp Purpose Displays global IPv6 ICMP parameters unreachables too big etc Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ipv6 icmp Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2892: ... Reserved 2892 show ipv6 interface cable mac Purpose Displays availability of IPV6 interfaces for the specified interface Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ipv6 interface brief cable mac int Supplemental Information N A Parameters brief Displays the output in brief format int The MAC identifier valid numbers are 0 415 ...

Page 2893: ...urpose Displays availability of IPV6 interfaces for the specified interface Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ipv6 interface brief gigabitethernet slot port Supplemental Information N A Parameters brief Displays the output in brief format slot port RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 Valid range for the C4c CMTS is 17 0 9 ...

Page 2894: ...ved 2894 show ipv6 interface link aggregate Purpose Displays availability of IPV6 interfaces for the specified interface Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ipv6 interface brief link aggregate 0 9 0 254 Supplemental Information N A Parameters brief Displays the output in brief format 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface ...

Page 2895: ...Rights Reserved 2895 show ipv6 interface loopback Purpose Displays availability of IPV6 interfaces for the specified interface Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ipv6 interface brief loopback 0 15 brief Supplemental Information N A Parameters brief Displays the output in brief format 0 15 Loopback interface number ...

Page 2896: ...rpose Displays availability of IPV6 interfaces for the specified interface Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ipv6 interface brief tengigabitethernet slot port Supplemental Information N A Parameters brief Displays the output in brief format slot port RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 Valid range for the C4c CMTS is 17 10 ...

Page 2897: ... Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2897 show ipv6 isis Purpose Displays the ISIS redistribution information Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ipv6 isis Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2898: ... 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2898 show ipv6 maximum paths Purpose Displays the number of Equal Cost Multiple Paths Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ipv6 maximum paths Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2899: ... 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2899 show ipv6 neighbors Purpose Displays the IPv6 ND cache entry for the IPv6 address Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ipv6 neighbors ipv6 address Supplemental Information N A Parameters ipv6 address The address of the IPv6 neighbor ...

Page 2900: ... Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2900 show ipv6 neighbors cable mac Purpose Displays the status of the IPv6 Neighbor Discovery ND cache Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ipv6 neighbors cable mac mac 0 Supplemental Information N A Parameters mac 0 The MAC identifier valid numbers are 0 415 ...

Page 2901: ...gabitethernet Purpose Displays the IPv6 ND cache entry for the specified slot and gigabitEthernet interface Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ipv6 neighbors gigabitethernet slot port Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot port RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 Valid range for the C4c CMTS is 17 0 9 ...

Page 2902: ...rises LLC All Rights Reserved 2902 show ipv6 neighbors link aggregate Purpose Displays the IPv6 ND cache entry for the link aggregate interface Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ipv6 neighbors link aggregate 0 9 0 254 Supplemental Information N A Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface ...

Page 2903: ...bitethernet Purpose Displays the IPv6 ND cache entry for the specified slot and tengigabitEthernet interface Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ipv6 neighbors tengigabitethernet slot port Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot port RCM slot number tengigabitEthernet port number Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 Valid range for the C4c CMTS is 17 10 ...

Page 2904: ...16 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2904 show ipv6 ospf Purpose Displays the IPv6 OSPF status Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ipv6 ospf vrf name Supplemental Information N A Parameters vrf name Name given to VRF To display only the default VRF enter default as the VRF name ...

Page 2905: ...nterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2905 show ipv6 ospf area Purpose Displays the IPv6 OSPF area information Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ipv6 ospf vrf name area Supplemental Information N A Parameters vrf name Name given to VRF To display only the default VRF enter default as the VRF name ...

Page 2906: ...ises LLC All Rights Reserved 2906 show ipv6 ospf database Purpose Displays the IPv6 OSPF database information Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ipv6 ospf vrf name database Supplemental Information N A Parameters vrf name Name given to VRF To display only the default VRF enter default as the VRF name ...

Page 2907: ...ase adv router Purpose Displays the IPv6 OSPF database information filtered by the Advertising Router Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ipv6 ospf vrf name database adv router A B C D Supplemental Information N A Parameters vrf name Name given to VRF To display only the default VRF enter default as the VRF name A B C D Advertising Router as an IP address ...

Page 2908: ...atabase information filtered by external link states Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ipv6 ospf vrf name database external 0 4294967295 X X X X X 0 128 adv router A B C D Supplemental Information N A Parameters vrf name Name given to VRF To display only the default VRF enter default as the VRF name 0 4294967295 Link state ID X X X X X 0 128 IPv6 prefix A B C D Advertising Router as an IP...

Page 2909: ...database information filtered by the inter area LSA Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ipv6 ospf vrf name database inter area prefix 0 4294967295 X X X X X 0 128 adv router A B C D Supplemental Information N A Parameters vrf name Name given to VRF To display only the default VRF enter default as the VRF name 0 4294967295 Link state ID X X X X X 0 128 IPv6 prefix A B C D Advertising Router ...

Page 2910: ...splays the IPv6 OSPF database information filtered by the inter area router Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ipv6 ospf vrf name database inter area router 0 4294967295 adv router A B C D Supplemental Information N A Parameters vrf name Name given to VRF To display only the default VRF enter default as the VRF name 0 4294967295 Link state ID A B C D Advertising Router as an IP address ...

Page 2911: ...rpose Displays the IPv6 OSPF database information filtered by the link status Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ipv6 ospf vrf name database link 0 4294967295 adv router A B C D Supplemental Information N A Parameters vrf name Name given to VRF To display only the default VRF enter default as the VRF name 0 4294967295 Link state ID A B C D Advertising Router as an IP address ...

Page 2912: ...plays the IPv6 OSPF database information filtered by the network link status Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ipv6 ospf vrf name database network 0 4294967295 adv router A B C D Supplemental Information N A Parameters vrf name Name given to VRF To display only the default VRF enter default as the VRF name 0 4294967295 Link state ID A B C D Advertising Router as an IP address ...

Page 2913: ...information filtered by the NSSA external link states Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ipv6 ospf vrf name database nssa external prefix 0 4294967295 X X X X X 0 128 adv router A B C D Supplemental Information N A Parameters vrf name Name given to VRF To display only the default VRF enter default as the VRF name 0 4294967295 Link state ID X X X X X 0 128 IPv6 prefix A B C D Advertising Ro...

Page 2914: ... database information filtered by the prefix states Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ipv6 ospf vrf name database prefix 0 4294967295 X X X X X 0 128 adv router A B C D Supplemental Information N A Parameters vrf name Name given to VRF To display only the default VRF enter default as the VRF name 0 4294967295 Link state ID X X X X X 0 128 IPv6 prefix A B C D Advertising Router as an IP ad...

Page 2915: ...tabase information filtered by the router link states Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ipv6 ospf vrf name database router 0 4294967295 X X X X X 0 128 adv router A B C D Supplemental Information N A Parameters vrf name Name given to VRF To display only the default VRF enter default as the VRF name 0 4294967295 Link state ID X X X X X 0 128 IPv6 prefix A B C D Advertising Router as an IP ...

Page 2916: ...ights Reserved 2916 show ipv6 ospf database summary Purpose Displays a summary of the IPv6 OSPF database information Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ipv6 ospf vrf name database summary Supplemental Information N A Parameters vrf name Name given to VRF To display only the default VRF enter default as the VRF name ...

Page 2917: ... 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2917 show ipv6 ospf interface Purpose Displays the IPv6 OSPF interface information Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ipv6 ospf interface brief Supplemental Information N A Parameters brief Displays information in a brief output format ...

Page 2918: ...served 2918 show ipv6 ospf interface cable mac Purpose Displays the IPv6 OSPF cable mac interface information Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ipv6 ospf interface brief cable mac int Supplemental Information N A Parameters brief Displays information in a brief output format int The MAC identifier valid numbers are 0 415 ...

Page 2919: ...ipv6 ospf interface gigabitethernet Purpose Displays the IPv6 OSPF gigabitethernet interface information Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ipv6 ospf interface brief gigabitethernet 17 18 0 9 Supplemental Information N A Parameters brief Displays information in a brief output format 17 18 0 9 The RCM slot number gigabitethernet port number ...

Page 2920: ...920 show ipv6 ospf interface link aggregate Purpose Displays the IPv6 OSPF link aggregate interface information Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ipv6 ospf interface brief link aggregate 0 9 0 254 Supplemental Information N A Parameters brief Displays information in a brief output format 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface ...

Page 2921: ...d 2921 show ipv6 ospf interface loopback Purpose Displays the IPv6 OSPF loopback interface information Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ipv6 ospf interface loopback number brief Supplemental Information N A Parameters brief Displays information in a brief output format number The loopback interface number Valid range is 0 15 ...

Page 2922: ... ospf interface tengigabitethernet Purpose Displays the IPv6 OSPF tengigabitethernet interface information Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ipv6 ospf interface brief tengigabitethernet 6 7 10 Supplemental Information N A Parameters brief Displays information in a brief output format 17 18 10 The RCM slot number tengigabitethernet port number ...

Page 2923: ...ipv6 ospf neighbor Purpose Displays the IPv6 OSPF neighbor information Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ipv6 ospf vrf name neighbor A B C D detail Supplemental Information N A Parameters vrf name Name given to VRF To display only the default VRF enter default as the VRF name A B C D Neighbor ID detail Displays detail about all neighbors ...

Page 2924: ... ipv6 ospf neighbor gigabitethernet Purpose Displays the IPv6 OSPF neighbors of the specified interface Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ipv6 ospf neighbor brief gigabitethernet 17 18 0 9 Supplemental Information N A Parameters brief Displays information in a brief output format 17 18 0 9 The RCM slot number gigabitethernet port number ...

Page 2925: ...2925 show ipv6 ospf neighbor link aggregate Purpose Displays the IPv6 OSPF neighbors of the specified interface Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ipv6 ospf neighbor brief link aggregate 0 9 0 254 Supplemental Information N A Parameters brief Displays information in a brief output format 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface ...

Page 2926: ...pv6 ospf neighbor tengigabitethernet Purpose Displays the IPv6 OSPF neighbors of the specified interface Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ipv6 ospf neighbor brief tengigabitethernet 6 7 10 Supplemental Information N A Parameters brief Displays information in a brief output format 17 18 10 The RCM slot number tengigabitethernet port number ...

Page 2927: ...ide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2927 show ipv6 pd database Purpose Displays the Prefix Delegation information Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ipv6 pd database ipv6 addr Supplemental Information N A Parameters ipv6 addr Filters on the IPv6 Link Local address ...

Page 2928: ...lease 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2928 show ipv6 pd route injection Purpose Displays the IPv6 prefix delegation route injection provisioning Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ipv6 pd route injection Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2929: ... User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2929 show ipv6 prefix list Purpose Displays the contents of the IPv6 prefix list table Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ipv6 prefix list word Supplemental Information N A Parameters word Name of the prefix list ...

Page 2930: ...on 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2930 show ipv6 protocols Purpose Displays summary of IPv6 routing protocols in use Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ipv6 protocols Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2931: ...address Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ipv6 route vrf name include inactive detail include pd Supplemental Information N A Parameters vrf name Name given to VRF To display only the default VRF enter default as the VRF name incl inactive Includes all active and dynamic inactive routes Does not display inactive static routes detail Shows same routes in a non abbreviated format include pd...

Page 2932: ...for the Border Gateway Protocol BGP Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ipv6 route vrf name include inactive detail bgp Supplemental Information N A Parameters vrf name Name given to VRF To display only the default VRF enter default as the VRF name incl inactive Includes all active and dynamic inactive routes Does not display inactive static routes detail Shows same routes in a non abbrevia...

Page 2933: ...Syntax show ipv6 route vrf name include inactive detail include pd cable mac mac 0 Supplemental Information N A Parameters vrf name Name given to VRF To display only the default VRF enter default as the VRF name incl inactive Includes all active and dynamic inactive routes Does not display inactive static routes detail Shows same routes in a non abbreviated format include pd Includes the IPv6 Pref...

Page 2934: ...v6 route table entries Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ipv6 route vrf name include inactive detail connected Supplemental Information N A Parameters vrf name Name given to VRF To display only the default VRF enter default as the VRF name incl inactive Includes all active and dynamic inactive routes Does not display inactive static routes detail Shows same routes in a non abbreviated for...

Page 2935: ...vel 1 Command Syntax show ipv6 route vrf name include inactive detail gigabitethernet 17 18 0 9 0 254 Supplemental Information N A Parameters vrf name Name given to VRF To display only the default VRF enter default as the VRF name incl inactive Includes all active and dynamic inactive routes Does not display inactive static routes detail Shows same routes in a non abbreviated format 17 18 0 9 0 25...

Page 2936: ...route table entries Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ipv6 route vrf name include inactive detail isis Supplemental Information N A Parameters vrf name Name given to VRF To display only the default VRF enter default as the VRF name incl inactive Includes all active and dynamic inactive routes Does not display inactive static routes detail Shows same routes in a non abbreviated format ...

Page 2937: ...rface Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ipv6 route vrf name include inactive detail link aggregate 0 9 0 254 Supplemental Information N A Parameters vrf name Name given to VRF To display only the default VRF enter default as the VRF name incl inactive Includes all active and dynamic inactive routes Does not display inactive static routes detail Shows same routes in a non abbreviated forma...

Page 2938: ... IPv6 route table entries Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ipv6 route vrf name include inactive detail local Supplemental Information N A Parameters vrf name Name given to VRF To display only the default VRF enter default as the VRF name incl inactive Includes all active and dynamic inactive routes Does not display inactive static routes detail Shows same routes in a non abbreviated form...

Page 2939: ...e vrf name include inactive word detail include pd longer prefixes Supplemental Information N A Parameters vrf name Name given to VRF To display only the default VRF enter default as the VRF name incl inactive Includes all active and dynamic inactive routes Does not display inactive static routes word IPv6 network or host of interest detail Shows same routes in a non abbreviated format include pd ...

Page 2940: ...6 route table entries Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ipv6 route vrf name include inactive detail netmgmt Supplemental Information N A Parameters vrf name Name given to VRF To display only the default VRF enter default as the VRF name incl inactive Includes all active and dynamic inactive routes Does not display inactive static routes detail Shows same routes in a non abbreviated format...

Page 2941: ...6 route vrf name include inactive detail include pd null 0 Supplemental Information N A Parameters vrf name Name given to VRF To display only the default VRF enter default as the VRF name incl inactive Includes all active and dynamic inactive routes Does not display inactive static routes detail Shows same routes in a non abbreviated format include pd Includes the IPv6 Prefix Delegation routes in ...

Page 2942: ...e table entries Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ipv6 route ospf vrf vrf name include inactive detail ospf Supplemental Information N A Parameters vrf name Name given to VRF To display only the default VRF enter default as the VRF name incl inactive Includes all active and dynamic inactive routes Does not display inactive static routes detail Shows same routes in a non abbreviated format...

Page 2943: ...Pv6 route table entries Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ipv6 route ospf vrf vrf name include inactive detail pd Supplemental Information N A Parameters vrf name Name given to VRF To display only the default VRF enter default as the VRF name incl inactive Includes all active and dynamic inactive routes Does not display inactive static routes detail Shows same routes in a non abbreviated ...

Page 2944: ...e table entries Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ipv6 route static vrf vrf name include inactive detail static Supplemental Information N A Parameters vrf name Name given to VRF To display only the default VRF enter default as the VRF name incl inactive Includes all active and dynamic inactive routes Does not display inactive static routes detail Shows same routes in a non abbreviated fo...

Page 2945: ...evel 1 Command Syntax show ipv6 route vrf name include inactive detail tengigabitethernet 17 18 10 0 254 Supplemental Information N A Parameters vrf name Name given to VRF To display only the default VRF enter default as the VRF name incl inactive Includes all active and dynamic inactive routes Does not display inactive static routes detail Shows same routes in a non abbreviated format 17 18 10 0 ...

Page 2946: ... 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2946 show ipv6 route summary Purpose Displays all routes for each routing protocol Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show ipv6 route summary Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2947: ...te database Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show isis database word detail l1 l2 level 1 level 2 Supplemental Information N A Parameters word LSP PDU identifier detail Displays content of each link state packet l1 Filters on level 1 database information l2 Filters on level 2 database information level 1 Filters on level 1 database information level 2 Filters on level 2 database information ...

Page 2948: ...vision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2948 show isis hostname Purpose Displays the IS IS dynamic hostname mapping Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show isis hostname Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2949: ...on 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2949 show isis interface Purpose Displays the interface status and configuration Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show isis interface Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2950: ...C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2950 show isis interface events Purpose Displays the interface status and configuration Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show isis interface events Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2951: ... isis neighbor detail Supplemental Information Note If the connected router does not support MT IS IS the protocol will display IS IS in the above output If the neighbor row says IS IS it only indicates that the remote IS is using regular IS IS TLVs on that interface The CMTS can still send MT TLVs based on its own system interface configuration The CMTS s MT support can be verified using the show...

Page 2952: ...D Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2952 show isis protocol Purpose Displays CLNS protocol information Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show isis protocol Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2953: ...Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2953 show isis timers Purpose Displays IS IS timer values for this router Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show isis timers Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2954: ...RD Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2954 show isis traffic Purpose Displays ISIS protocol statistics Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show isis traffic Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2955: ... C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2955 show key chain Purpose Displays the key chain management Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show key chain name Supplemental Information N A Parameters name Key chain name ...

Page 2956: ...DARD Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2956 show l2vpn Purpose Displays the information on L2VPN instances Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show l2vpn Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2957: ...ser Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2957 show l2vpn cm mac Purpose Specifies the L2VPN forwarding state for the specified cable modem Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show l2vpn cm mac mac Supplemental Information N A Parameters mac CM MAC of cable modem ...

Page 2958: ...ide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2958 show l2vpn l2vpnid Purpose Displays the information on L2VPN instances Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show l2vpn l2vpnid word Supplemental Information N A Parameters word Externally configured string that identifies an L2VPN ...

Page 2959: ...DARD Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2959 show lacp Purpose Displays link Aggregation Control Protocol data Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show lacp Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2960: ...elease 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2960 show lacp counters Purpose Displays the Link Aggregation Control Protocol counters Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show lacp int counters Supplemental Information N A Parameters int LACP ID ...

Page 2961: ... 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2961 show lacp summary Purpose Displays a summary of the Link Aggregation Control Protocol interface Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show lacp int summary Supplemental Information N A Parameters int LACP ID ...

Page 2962: ...Rights Reserved 2962 show lacp gigabitethernet counters Purpose Displays the Link Aggregation Control Protocol counters for a gigabitethernet port Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show lacp gigabitethernet 17 18 0 9 counters Supplemental Information N A Parameters 17 18 0 9 RCM slot number gigabitethernet port number ...

Page 2963: ...prises LLC All Rights Reserved 2963 show lacp gigabitethernet local Purpose Displays the Link Aggregation Control Protocol local data Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show lacp gigabitethernet 17 18 0 9 local Supplemental Information N A Parameters 17 18 0 9 RCM slot number gigabitethernet port number ...

Page 2964: ...Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2964 show lacp gigabitethernet partner Purpose Displays the Link Aggregation Control Protocol partner data Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show lacp 17 18 0 9 partner Supplemental Information N A Parameters 17 18 0 9 RCM slot number gigabitethernet port number ...

Page 2965: ...n 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2965 show lacp sys id Purpose Displays the Link Aggregation Control Protocol system ID Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show lacp sys id Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2966: ... 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2966 show line Purpose Displays the current line status Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show line detail Supplemental Information N A Parameters detail Displays detailed utilization and performance measurements ...

Page 2967: ...ses LLC All Rights Reserved 2967 show line console Purpose Displays the console line status Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show line console 0 1 0 1 detail Supplemental Information N A Parameters 0 1 Line number 0 1 Last line number of a range of line numbers detail Displays detailed console line status ...

Page 2968: ...rprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2968 show line vty Purpose Displays the VTY line status Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show line vty 0 15 0 15 detail Supplemental Information N A Parameters 0 15 Line number 0 15 The last line number of a range of line numbers detail Displays detailed VTY line status ...

Page 2969: ...Reserved 2969 show linecard status Purpose The show linecard status command displays the current module status information Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show linecard status 0 20 Supplemental Information If no slot number is specified then the system will display the status of all the modules Parameters 0 20 Chassis slot ...

Page 2970: ...e 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2970 show logging Purpose Displays all event management subsystems and features available for logging configuration on the C4 CMTS Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show logging Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2971: ...8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2971 show logging console Purpose Displays the current logging configuration and utilization statistics for the system console Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show logging console Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2972: ...RRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2972 show logging debug Purpose Displays the traces currently enabled Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show logging debug facility class sub class Supplemental Information N A Parameters facility Facility name class Class name sub class Subclass name ...

Page 2973: ... subset of information Parameters last number of events Displays the specified number of events before date mm dd yyyy Displays events before the specified date mm month dd day and yyyy year after date mm dd yyyy Displays events after the specified date mm month dd day and yyyy year before time hh mm ss Displays events before the specified time hh hour mm minute ss seconds after time hh mm ss Disp...

Page 2974: ...sion 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2974 show logging local Purpose Displays the local logging related information Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show logging local Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2975: ...ion 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2975 show logging monitor Purpose Displays monitor logging related information Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show logging monitor Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2976: ...n 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2976 show logging overrides Purpose Displays any existing SNMP logging overrides Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show logging overrides Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2977: ...rough 15 and the logging priority that is assigned to that particular CLI access level Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show logging priority cli Supplemental Information The current system default settings are listed in the following table CLI Access Level Notification Priority 0 to 4 7 information 5 to 15 6 notice Related Commands configure logging priority cli page 2189 show logging histo...

Page 2978: ...ase 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2978 show logging priority debug Purpose Displays information about the priority of debug ipstack notifications Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show logging priority debug Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2979: ...1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2979 show logging proprietary Purpose Displays the proprietary SNMP logging status Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show logging proprietary Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2980: ...n 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2980 show logging snmp Purpose Displays the current SNMP logging related information Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show logging snmp Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2981: ...se 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2981 show logging syslog Purpose Displays the current Syslog logging configuration and utilization statistic information Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show logging syslog Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2982: ...S Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2982 show logging throttle Purpose Displays the current throttle configuration and utilization statistics Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show logging throttle Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2983: ...ision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2983 show logging trap Purpose Displays SNMP trap logging related information Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show logging trap Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2984: ...es LLC All Rights Reserved 2984 show memory Purpose Displays the memory usage information for the specific slot Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show memory slot detail Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot number The chassis slot number Valid range is 0 20 detail Shows detailed OSE heap statistics ...

Page 2985: ...on 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2985 show memory access list Purpose Displays access list memory utilization Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show memory access list Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2986: ...active network connections and statistics Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show netstat slot slot routes stats interfaces Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot 0 20 The chassis slot in which the targeted module resides routes Keyword to show the IP routing table stats Keyword to show all statistics for TCP UDP IP and ICMP interfaces Keyword to show the interface statistics ...

Page 2987: ...es LLC All Rights Reserved 2987 show ntp Purpose Displays the Network Time Protocol NTP settings Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show ntp associations defaults Supplemental Information N A Parameters associations The status of the NTP associations defaults The default NTP minpoll maxpoll and the version ...

Page 2988: ...LLC All Rights Reserved 2988 show operation events override Purpose Displays the recovery logging values Use the optional slot parameter for a specific interface Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show operation events override slot int Supplemental Information N A Parameters int Slot number Valid range is 0 20 ...

Page 2989: ...1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2989 show operation mode Purpose Displays Upper Level Protocol ULP operation mode status Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show operation mode Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2990: ...ase 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2990 show packetcable cops counts Purpose Displays counts of Packetcable COPS connection attempts and messages Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show packetcable cops counts Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2991: ...ease 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2991 show packetcable cops servers Purpose Displays the status of the current Packetcable COPS connections Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show packetcable cops servers Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2992: ... show packetcable gate Purpose Displays Packetcable gate information Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show packetcable gate num detail Supplemental Information N A Parameters num Enter a 32 bit number in decimal or hex with a prefix of 0x denoting hex Valid range is 0 4294967295 or 0x0 0xFFFFFFFF detail Shows detailed gate information ...

Page 2993: ...2993 show packetcable gate count Purpose Displays Packetcable DQoS and PCMM gate counts Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show packetcable gate dqos pcmm Supplemental Information If no optional parameter is given this command will display both gate counts Parameters dqos Displays the DQoS gate count pcmm Displays the PCMM gate count ...

Page 2994: ...ts Reserved 2994 show packetcable gate dqos Purpose Displays only Packetcable DQoS gate information Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show packetcable gate dqos a b c d1 a b c d2 detail Supplemental Information N A Parameters a b c d1 First IP address a b c d2 Second IP address detail Shows detailed DQoS gate information ...

Page 2995: ...w packetcable gate pcmm Purpose Displays only Packetcable PCMM gate information Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show packetcable gate pcmm IPv4 or IPv6 addr1 IPv4 or IPv6 addr2 detail Supplemental Information N A Parameters IPv4 or IPv6 addr1 First IP address IPv4 or IPv6 addr2 Second IP address detail Shows detailed PCMM gate information ...

Page 2996: ... Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2996 show packetcable gatectl counters Purpose Displays only Packetcable DQoS gate control statistics and control message counters Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show packetcable gatectl counts Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2997: ...on 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2997 show packetcable global Purpose Displays system wide Packetcable settings Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show packetcable global Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 2998: ...16 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2998 show packetcable transactions Purpose Displays the counts of throttled PC Gate transactions Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show packetcable transactions detail Supplemental Information N A Parameters detail Displays detailed information ...

Page 2999: ...RD Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 2999 show pmd Purpose Displays all pmd files in the update dumps directory Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show pmd Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 3000: ...C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 3000 show port ifindex Purpose Displays the port IfIndex Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show port ifindex word Supplemental Information N A Parameters word slot connector port ...

Page 3001: ... downstream information on the module in the specified slot Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show port status slot port full Supplemental Information NOTE This command will not report status of spare master ports It will report only the state of the protected ports Parameters slot port Displays the appropriate ports for the given interface full Displays ports even if missing cable mac associa...

Page 3002: ...evision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 3002 show port status cmac Purpose Displays only cable mac information Default Access Level 0 Command Syntax show port status cmac Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 3003: ...e 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 3003 show port status dcam Purpose Displays only cable downstream port status Default Access Level 05 Command Syntax show port status dcam full Supplemental Information N A Parameters full Displays ports even if missing cable mac association ...

Page 3004: ...ion 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 3004 show port status network Purpose Displays only the network information Default Access Level 0 Command Syntax show port status network Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 3005: ...de 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 3005 show port status ucam Purpose Displays only cable upstream information Default Access Level 0 Command Syntax show port status ucam full Supplemental Information N A Parameters full Displays ports even if missing cable mac association ...

Page 3006: ...erprises LLC All Rights Reserved 3006 show port transceiver Purpose Displays the data for the SFP and XFP plugged into the RCM Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show port transceiver port 0 10 slot 17 18 Supplemental Information N A Parameters port 0 10 Ethernet port number slot 17 18 RCM slot number ...

Page 3007: ...2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 3007 show privilege Purpose Displays the user s privilege level Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show privilege Supplemental Information N A Related Commands show logging priority cli page 2977 configure line vty page 2175 enable page 2583 ...

Page 3008: ...nd optional is entered only the privilege level for that command will be displayed NOTE Only commands that have access levels less than or equal to the current CLI access level will be displayed For example if your CLI access level is 5 then only those command nodes that have levels of 5 or lower will be displayed Parameters command The command whose privilege level you want to check Related Comma...

Page 3009: ...ghts Reserved 3009 show processes Purpose Displays CPU utilization statistics Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show processes slot num summary Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot num The chassis slot in which the targeted module resides Valid range is 0 20 summary Displays the slot status and CPU utilization ...

Page 3010: ...elease 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 3010 show proto throttle rate Purpose Displays the current protocol throttle rates and the number of packets Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show proto throttle rate Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 3011: ...e 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 3011 show qos sc Purpose Displays the Quality Of Service QoS class information Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show qos sc name name Supplemental Information N A Parameters name name QoS service class name ...

Page 3012: ...16 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 3012 show qos sc brief Purpose Displays the Quality Of Service QoS class information in a brief output format Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show qos sc name name brief Supplemental Information N A Parameters name name QoS service class name ...

Page 3013: ...uide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 3013 show qos sc enforce rule Purpose Displays the enforce rules and their key parameters Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show qos sc name name enforce rule Supplemental Information N A Parameters name name QoS service class name ...

Page 3014: ...uide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 3014 show qos sc offline Purpose Displays the offline cable modems that are in the penalty box Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show qos sc name name offline Supplemental Information N A Parameters name name QoS service class name ...

Page 3015: ...subscriber usage Purpose Displays the subscriber CM usage for service flows having an enforce rule Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show qos sc name name subscriber usage cable mac int cm mac word Supplemental Information N A Parameters name name QoS service class name cable mac int Filters by cable mac cm mac word Filters by cable modem MAC address ...

Page 3016: ...ser Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 3016 show radius Purpose Displays the RADIUS server host and group information Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show radius detail Supplemental Information N A Parameters detail Displays the RADIUS information in detail ...

Page 3017: ...ision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 3017 show radius groups Purpose Displays the RADIUS server group information Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show radius groups Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 3018: ...vision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 3018 show radius hosts Purpose Displays the RADIUS server host information Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show radius hosts Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 3019: ...NDARD Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 3019 show reload status Purpose Displays the reload status Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show reload status Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 3020: ...RIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 3020 show route map Purpose Displays the route map Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show route map word detail Supplemental Information N A Parameters word Name of a specific route map detail Display the number of times a route map entry has been matched ...

Page 3021: ... Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 3021 show route map policy Purpose Displays the Policy Route Maps Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show route map policy Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 3022: ...linenum verbose Supplemental Information The output is a list of commands that may be used to enable or disable system features and set each feature s operational parameters NOTE This command generates extensive output If printed the results of this command could fill well over fifty pages of text for a fully populated chassis Parameters full Displays all configuration values including default val...

Page 3023: ... for the specified downstream cable interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show running config interface cable downstream slot port verbose linenum full Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot port The downstream slot port verbose Displays the output with configure on each line linenum Enumerates each line with its line number in the output full Displays all configuration values inc...

Page 3024: ...s for the cable mac interface specified Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show running config interface cable mac mac verbose linenum full Supplemental Information N A Parameters mac The MAC identifier Valid numbers are 0 415 verbose Displays the output with configure on each line linenum Enumerates each line with its line number in the output full Displays all configuration values including ...

Page 3025: ...d shows the parameters for the specified upstream cable interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show running config interface cable upstream slot port verbose linenum full Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot port The upstream slot port verbose Displays the output with configure on each line linenum Enumerates each line with its line number in the output full Displays all configur...

Page 3026: ...ace Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show running config interface ethernet slot 0 verbose linenum full Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot 0 The chassis slot number of the System Controller Module Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 19 20 valid range for the C4c CMTS is 19 The only valid port value is 0 zero verbose Displays the output with configure on each line linecard Enumerates eac...

Page 3027: ...efault Access Level 15 Command Syntax show running config interface gigabitethernet slot port verbose linenum full Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot port RCM slot number gigabitEthernet port number The slot must contain an RCM Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 0 9 Valid range for the C4c CMTS is 17 0 9 verbose Displays the output with configure on each line linecard Enumerates each l...

Page 3028: ...ws the parameters for the specified link aggregate interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show running config interface link aggregate 0 9 0254 verbose linenum full Supplemental Information N A Parameters 0 9 0 254 LAG identifier lag sub interface verbose Displays the output with configure on each line linenum Enumerates each line with its line number in the output full Displays all conf...

Page 3029: ...the parameters for the specified loopback interface Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show running config interface loopback number verbose linenum full Supplemental Information N A Parameters number The loopback interface number Valid range is 0 15 verbose Displays the output with configure on each line linenum Enumerates each line with its line number in the output full Displays all configu...

Page 3030: ...e Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show running config interface tengigabitethernet slot port verbose linenum full Supplemental Information N A Parameters slot port The slot in which the targeted module resides The slot must contain an RCM Valid range for the C4 CMTS is 17 18 10 Valid range for the C4c CMTS is 17 10 verbose Displays the output with configure on each line linecard Enumerates ...

Page 3031: ... Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 3031 show service patch Purpose Displays the service path parameters Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show service patch Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 3032: ...on 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 3032 show session timeout Purpose Displays the telnet session timeout in minutes Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show session timeout Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 3033: ...ns STANDARD Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 3033 show shelfname Purpose Displays the shelf name Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show shelfname Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 3034: ...ions STANDARD Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 3034 show snmp Purpose Displays the SNMP statistics Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show snmp Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 3035: ...vision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 3035 show snmp community Purpose Displays the SNMP community information Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show snmp community Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 3036: ...RD Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 3036 show snmp contact Purpose Displays system contact information Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show snmp contact Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 3037: ...4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 3037 show snmp engineboots Purpose Displays information about the number of SNMP engine reboots Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show snmp engineboots Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 3038: ...ion 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 3038 show snmp engineid Purpose Displays information about the local SNMP engine Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show snmp engineid Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 3039: ...D Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 3039 show snmp group Purpose Displays information about SNMPv3 groups Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show snmp group Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 3040: ...on 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 3040 show snmp location Purpose Displays the system location or sysLocation string Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show snmp location Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 3041: ...D Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 3041 show snmp user Purpose Displays the list of current SNMPv3 users Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show snmp user Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 3042: ... STANDARD Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 3042 show snmp view Purpose Displays the SNMPv3 views Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show snmp view Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 3043: ...TANDARD Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 3043 show spare group Purpose Displays the sparing groups Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show spare group Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 3044: ... 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 3044 show ssh host public key dsa Purpose Displays the SSH server s host public key Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show host public key dsa Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 3045: ...Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 3045 show startup config Purpose Displays the current operating configuration written to memory Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show startup config linenum Supplemental Information N A Parameters linenum Enumerates each line with its line number in the output ...

Page 3046: ...ys all configured TACACS server groups the members of each group and the operational parameters of each group member Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show tacacs detail Supplemental Information If the detail keyword is added then utilization and performance measurements are also displayed for each TACACS server Parameters detail Show TACACS information in detail ...

Page 3047: ...ision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 3047 show tacacs groups Purpose Displays the TACACS server group information Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show tacacs groups Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 3048: ...evision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 3048 show tacacs hosts Purpose Displays the TACACS server host information Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show tacacs hosts Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 3049: ...terprises LLC All Rights Reserved 3049 show tech support Purpose Displays the system information for technical support Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show tech support brief Supplemental Information NOTE This command generates extensive output Parameters brief Displays an abbreviated tech support ...

Page 3050: ...formation The temperature is monitored at approximately 90 second intervals Should a slot s temperature fall below 20 degrees Celsius or exceed 70 degrees Celsius a card TempOutOfRangeNotification SNMP trap is generated Should a slot s temperature exceed 90 degrees Celsius the card will power down and a card TempOverHeatNotification SNMP trap is generated Use the optional slot parameter if you onl...

Page 3051: ...evision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 3051 show terminal Purpose Displays the characteristics of the current session Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show terminal Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 3052: ...NDARD Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 3052 show tod Purpose Displays the Time Of Day services information Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax show tod Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 3053: ...1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 3053 show users Purpose Lists all CLI sessions along with the IP address of the originating hosts Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show users Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 3054: ...D Revision 1 0 C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 3054 show version boot Purpose Displays the boot version information Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show version boot Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 3055: ...RIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 3055 show version detail Purpose Displays the FPGA version information Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax show version detail 0 20 Supplemental Information If not parameters are given the output would display all version details Parameters 0 20 Slot number ...

Page 3056: ...e specified target Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax telnet IP address hostname dest port addr Supplemental Information The specified target can be either an IP address or hostname if the hostname has been configured on the C4 CMTS Parameters ip address hostname IP address or hostname if a hostname has been configured on the C4 CMTS to telnet to dest port addr Destination port address ...

Page 3057: ...ngth number of lines no Supplemental Information Non zero values are only applicable for transports that do not support window size negotiation serial ssh Transports which support window size negotiation telnet may override this parameter For Telnet sessions a value will enable non zero pagination To reset to the default use the no option Parameters number of lines Sets the pagination length of th...

Page 3058: ...Reserved 3058 terminal width Purpose Sets the terminal console width in number of columns for wrapping Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax terminal width num terminal width num no Supplemental Information To reset the back to the default use the no option Parameters num Sets the number of columns for wrap Valid range is 1 384 ...

Page 3059: ... Rights Reserved 3059 trace ips Purpose Enables the generation of an IPS file from the mated SCM Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax trace ips word trace ips no Supplemental Information To disable the generation of an IPS file from the mated SCM use the no option Parameters word The filename used to store the IPS file ...

Page 3060: ...rpose Enables the tracing of DHCP events to the logging history Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax trace logging dhcp mac verbose trace logging dhcp no Supplemental Information This command defaults to the brief version To see the verbose logs use the optional keyword verbose Parameters mac The mac address used to filter the DHCP notification verbose Verbose ...

Page 3061: ...se Enables the tracing of DHCPv6 events to the logging history Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax trace logging dhcpv6 mac verbose trace logging dhcpv6 no Supplemental Information This command defaults to the brief version To see the verbose logs use the optional keyword verbose Parameters mac The mac address used to filter the DHCPv6 notification verbose Verbose ...

Page 3062: ...ide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 3062 trace logging ipssh Purpose Enables tracing of ipssh events to the logging history Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax trace logging ipssh trace logging ipssh no Supplemental Information To disable this behavior use the no option ...

Page 3063: ...6 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 3063 trace logging ipstack Purpose Enables tracing of an ipstack event to the logging history Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax trace logging ipstack trace logging ipstack no Supplemental Information To disable tracing behavior use the no option ...

Page 3064: ...pvideo Purpose Enables the tracing of the specified IPv4 or IPv6 address to the logging history Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax trace logging ipvideo ipv4_addr ipv6_addr trace logging ipvideo ipv4_addr ipv6_addr no Supplemental Information To disable the tracing use the no version of the command Parameters ipv4_addr ipv6_addr The IPv4 or IPv6 address ...

Page 3065: ...fault Access Level 15 Command Syntax trace logging modem mac verbose trace logging modem no Supplemental Information This command defaults to the brief version To see the verbose logs use the optional keyword verbose To disable modem event traces use the no option Parameters mac The mac address of the modem verbose Verbose Related Commands show logging debug page 2972 show logging history page 297...

Page 3066: ...16 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 3066 trace logging no Purpose Removes all debug logging Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax trace logging no Supplemental Information N A Related Commands show logging debug page 2972 show logging history page 2973 clear logging history page 1181 ...

Page 3067: ...e Enables all DQoS gate trace event messaging and all modem except BPI and ranging logging for a single customer as specified by the customer s MTA IP address Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax trace logging packetcable dqos ip trace logging packetcable pcmm ip no Supplemental Information To disable logging use the no option Parameters ip Use either the IPV4 or IPV6 address ...

Page 3068: ...hts Reserved 3068 trace logging packetcable no Purpose Disables the tracing of PacketCable events to the logging history Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax trace logging packetcable no Supplemental Information N A Related Commands show logging debug page 2972 show logging history page 2973 clear logging history page 1181 ...

Page 3069: ...e Enables all DQoS gate trace event messaging and all modem except BPI and ranging logging for a single customer as specified by the customer s MTA IP address Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax trace logging packetcable pcmm ip trace logging packetcable pcmm ip no Supplemental Information To disable logging use the no option Parameters ip Use either the IPV4 or IPV6 address ...

Page 3070: ...016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 3070 trace logging router Purpose Enables tracing of router events to the logging history Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax trace logging router trace logging router no Supplemental Information To disable router event traces use the no option ...

Page 3071: ... ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 3071 trace logging router bgp Purpose Enables tracing of BGP events to the logging history Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax trace logging router bgp trace logging router bgp no Supplemental Information To disable BGP event races use the no option ...

Page 3072: ...ises LLC All Rights Reserved 3072 trace logging router general Purpose Enables tracing of general router events to the logging history Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax trace logging router general trace logging router general no Supplemental Information To disable general router events use the no option ...

Page 3073: ...rprises LLC All Rights Reserved 3073 trace logging router isis Purpose Enables tracing of IS IS router events to the logging history Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax trace logging router isis trace logging router isis no Supplemental Information To disable IS IS router event traces use the no option ...

Page 3074: ...erprises LLC All Rights Reserved 3074 trace logging router ospf Purpose Enables tracing of OSPF router events to the logging history Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax trace logging router ospf trace logging router ospf no Supplemental Information To disable OSPF router event traces use the no option ...

Page 3075: ...ises LLC All Rights Reserved 3075 trace logging router ospfv3 Purpose Enables tracing of OSPFv3 router events to the logging history Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax trace logging router ospfv3 trace logging router ospfv3 no Supplemental Information To disable OSPv3 router event traces use the no option ...

Page 3076: ...l Rights Reserved 3076 trace logging router redist Purpose Enables tracing of router forwarding table events to the logging history Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax trace logging router redist trace logging router redist no Supplemental Information To disable router forwarding table event traces use the no option ...

Page 3077: ...Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 3077 trace logging router rip Purpose Enables tracing of RIP router events to the logging history Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax trace logging router rip trace logging router rip no Supplemental Information To disable RIP router event traces use the no option ...

Page 3078: ...oute through the CMTS will not work Another three UDP messages are now sent each with the TTL value set to 2 which causes the second router to return ICMP TEMs This process continues until the packets actually reach the other destination Since these datagrams are trying to access an invalid port at the destination host ICMP Port Unreachable Messages are returned indicating an unreachable port this...

Page 3079: ...probes to send at each TTL level The range is 1 to 10 probes Default is 3 min ttl int Specifies the starting TTL for the traceroute first probe This is used to start the traceroute beyond the known hops en route to the destination Range is 1 to 64 hops Default is 1 port number int Specifies the starting destination port number The port number increments by 1 for each probe Range is 1 to 65535 Defa...

Page 3080: ...on Range is 1 to 64 hops Default is 30 source ipv6 address IP address traceroute from timeout sec Specifies the timeout in seconds for each ICMP echo request probe Range is 1 to 100 seconds Default is 3 probe count int Specifies the number of probes to send at each TTL level The range is 1 to 10 probes Default is 3 min ttl int Specifies the starting TTL for the traceroute first probe This is used ...

Page 3081: ...se 8 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 3081 unalias Purpose Removes the specified command alias from the alias list Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax unalias name Supplemental Information N A Parameters name The specific name you want to remove ...

Page 3082: ...6 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 3082 wait Purpose Delays the execution of the next command by the specified number of seconds Default Access Level 1 Command Syntax wait time Supplemental Information N A Parameters time Time in number of seconds Valid range is 1 4 294 967 295 seconds ...

Page 3083: ...3 write log Purpose Allows the user to generate a customized notification log Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax write log memo text level int Supplemental Information N A Parameters memo text Writes a memo to the log level int Values of priority level are 1 emergency 5 warning 2 alert 6 notice 3 critical 7 informational 4 error 8 debug ...

Page 3084: ...Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 3084 write memory Purpose Writes the running configuration to memory This command will also copy the critical system directories and their files to the standby Router Control Module RCM Default Access Level 15 Command Syntax write memory Supplemental Information N A ...

Page 3085: ...estore 1130 cd 1131 chkdisk 1132 clear access list counters 1133 clear arp cache 1134 clear bgp all 1135 clear bgp ipv4 1136 clear bgp ipv6 1137 clear cable filter counters 1138 clear cable filter group counters 1139 clear cable filter group index counters 1140 clear cable flap list 1141 clear cable host 1144 clear cable load balance counters 1145 clear cable load balance failed list 1146 ...

Page 3086: ...am 1154 clear cable modem slot 1156 clear cable proto throttle counters 1158 clear cable proto throttle history 1159 clear counters cable modem deny 1160 clear counters cable mac 1161 clear counters gigabitethernet 1162 clear counters link aggregate 1163 clear counters tengigabitethernet 1164 clear crypto sa 1165 clear img 1166 clear ip bgp 1167 clear ip bgp soft 1168 clear ip mroute counters 1169...

Page 3087: ...rs 1178 clear line 1179 clear logging debug 1180 clear logging history 1181 clear logging local 1182 clear logging qos service flow 1183 clear packetcable cops counters 1184 clear packetcable gate 1185 clear packetcable gatectl counters 1186 clear pmd 1187 clear proto throttle rate counters 1188 clear qos sc penalty count 1189 clear qos sc penalty count cable mac 1190 clear qos sc penalty count cm...

Page 3088: ...08 configure access list tcp 1209 configure access list udp 1212 configure access list 100 199 name 1216 configure access list 1 99 name 1219 configure access list resequence 1221 configure accounting 1222 configure aging 1223 configure arp cable mac 1224 configure arp gigabitEthernet 1225 configure arp link aggregate 1227 configure arp tengigabitEthernet 1229 configure arp state not present globa...

Page 3089: ...rching rate limit 1240 configure arp timeout 1241 configure audit autoscheduling enable 1242 configure audit log enable 1243 configure audit logthrottle enable 1244 configure audit sequence card enable 1245 configure audit sequence card run now 1246 configure audit sequence enable 1247 configure audit sequence run now 1248 configure authentication 1249 configure authorization 1250 configure autore...

Page 3090: ...er node cable downstream 1267 configure cable fiber node cable mac load balance enable 1268 configure cable fiber node cable mac load balance init technique1269 configure cable fiber node cable mac load balance policy 1270 configure cable fiber node cable upstream 1271 configure cable fiber node description 1272 configure cable fiber node init 1273 configure filter group description 1274 configure...

Page 3091: ...sis10 1291 configure cable global delayed cpe learning bpi 1292 configure cable global fragmentation docsis10 1293 configure cable global downstream enhanced power 1294 configure cable global ds random detect 1295 configure cable global ds token bucket voice shaping 1296 configure cable global dsa rsp sid tlv override 1297 configure cable global freq ds max 1298 configure cable global freq ds min ...

Page 3092: ...timing offset 1313 configure cable global recover us impaired ack 1314 configure cable global RtpsPiggybackEnable 1315 configure cable global Tcc Refid in first only 1316 configure cable global unicast np us acquisition 1317 configure cable global unicast polling pri 1318 configure cable host authorization 1319 configure cable host authorization cpe 1320 configure cable intercept 1321 configure ca...

Page 3093: ... exclude count 1337 configure cable load balance failed list timeout 1338 configure cable load balance general group defaults enable 1339 configure cable load balance general group defaults init technique1340 configure cable load balance general group defaults policy 1341 configure cable load balance include cm mac 1342 configure cable load balance include oui 1343 configure cable load balance mac...

Page 3094: ... balance tcs load balance 1359 configure cable load balance tcs move us primary 1360 configure cable load balance upstream start threshold 1361 configure cable load balance utilization modems to check 1362 configure cable load interval 1363 configure cable mac move allowed on dhcp 1364 configure cable max qos active timeout 1365 configure cable max qos admitted timeout 1366 configure cable maxtraf...

Page 3095: ...381 configure cable metering streaming port 1382 configure cable modem deny 1383 configure cable modem energy mgmt battery mode1x1 1384 configure cable modem format 1385 configure cable modem move cable downstream cable upstream method 1387 configure cable modem move downstream freq 1388 configure cable modem move us channel id 1389 configure cable modem remote query 1390 configure cable modem rem...

Page 3096: ...09 configure cable privacy add certificate 1410 configure cable privacy ca bad cert trust 1412 configure cable privacy ca cert trust 1413 configure cable privacy cm cert trust 1414 configure cable proto throttle 1415 configure cable proxy tftp 1416 configure cable ranging timing offset 1417 configure cable relay agent option circuitid 1418 configure cable relay agent option qos sc name 1419 config...

Page 3097: ...on profile 1432 configure cable spectrum group state trigger 1433 configure cable spectrum group trigger degradation 1434 configure cable spectrum group trigger improvement 1435 configure cable spectrum group trigger period 1436 configure cable spectrum group trigger time 1437 configure cable submgmt default active 1439 configure cable submgmt default filter group 1440 configure cable submgmt defa...

Page 3098: ...igure disconnect ssh 1459 configure disk volume scm 1460 configure disk volume scm clone access 1461 configure enable 1463 configure fan monitor shutdown 1464 configure fan speed control shutdown 1465 configure ftp server 1466 configure hostname 1467 configure interface cable downstream 1468 configure interface cable downstream cable attribute mask value1469 configure interface cable downstream ca...

Page 3099: ...wer level 1482 configure interface cable downstream cable primary capable 1483 configure interface cable downstream cable rate limit token bucket 1484 configure interface cable downstream cable show 1485 configure interface cable downstream cable voice limits 1486 configure interface cable downstream cable voice limits allowed emergency 1487 configure interface cable downstream cable voice limits ...

Page 3100: ... cm status enabled 1505 configure interface cable mac cable cm status event type enabled 1506 configure interface cable mac cable cm status event type max event holdoff 1507 configure interface cable mac cable cm status event type max num reports 1509 configure interface cable mac cable cm tcs max size 1511 configure interface cable mac cable cm tx pwr extension aftr reg1512 configure interface ca...

Page 3101: ...ble freq ds max 1528 configure interface cable mac cable freq ds min 1529 configure interface cable mac cable freq us max 1530 configure interface cable mac cable helper address 1531 configure interface cable mac cable insertion interval 1532 configure interface cable mac cable invited ranging attempts 1533 configure interface cable mac cable load balance group 1534 configure interface cable mac c...

Page 3102: ...50 configure interface cable mac cable privacy mandatory 1551 configure interface cable mac cable privacy tek life time 1552 configure interface cable mac cable privacy tek said life time1553 configure interface cable mac cable privacy tek said reset 1554 configure interface cable mac cable qos sc enforce rules 1555 configure interface cable mac cable range cycle interval 1556 configure interface ...

Page 3103: ...e cable mac cable submgmt default filter group1573 configure interface cable mac cable sync interval 1574 configure interface cable mac cable tftp enforce 1575 configure interface cable mac cable ucd interval 1576 configure interface cable mac cable upstream ext power 1577 configure interface cable mac cable upstream graceful tcs reduction 1579 configure interface cable mac cable upstream ranging ...

Page 3104: ...7 configure interface cable mac ip igmp host version 1598 configure interface cable mac ip igmp join group 1599 configure interface cable mac ip igmp join group source 1600 configure interface cable mac ip igmp last member query interval1601 configure interface cable mac ip igmp multicast static only 1602 configure interface cable mac ip igmp proxy interface gigabitethernet 1603 configure interfac...

Page 3105: ...nfigure interface cable mac ip ospf graceful restart timeout 1619 configure interface cable mac ip ospf graceful restart helper 1620 configure interface cable mac ip ospf graceful restart timeout 1621 configure interface cable mac ip ospf hello interval 1622 configure interface cable mac ip ospf message digest key md51623 configure interface cable mac ip ospf priority 1624 configure interface cabl...

Page 3106: ...erface cable mac ip router isis 1640 configure interface cable mac ip scm access group 1641 configure interface cable mac ip unreachables 1642 configure interface cable mac ip vrf forwarding 1643 configure interface cable mac ipv6 address 1644 configure interface cable mac ipv6 dhcp relay destination 1645 configure interface cable mac ipv6 enable 1646 configure interface cable mac ipv6 icmp param ...

Page 3107: ... configure interface cable mac ipv6 ospf area 1663 configure interface cable mac ipv6 ospf cost 1664 configure interface cable mac ipv6 ospf dead interval 1665 configure interface cable mac ipv6 ospf hello interval 1666 configure interface cable mac ipv6 ospf mtu ignore 1667 configure interface cable mac ipv6 ospf network 1668 configure interface cable mac ipv6 ospf priority 1669 configure interfa...

Page 3108: ...ac isis lsp mtu 1684 configure interface cable mac isis metric 1685 configure interface cable mac isis priority 1686 configure interface cable mac isis protocol shutdown 1687 configure interface cable mac isis retransmit interval 1688 configure interface cable mac isis small hello 1689 configure interface cable mac isis wide metric 1690 configure interface cable mac proxy arp 1691 configure interf...

Page 3109: ...interface cable upstream cable map size 1707 configure interface cable upstream cable max power adj 1708 configure interface cable upstream cable mini slot size 1709 configure interface cable upstream cable modulation profile 1710 configure interface cable upstream cable num equalizer taps 1711 configure interface cable upstream cable power level 1712 configure interface cable upstream cable pre e...

Page 3110: ...rnet duplex 1729 configure interface gigabitethernet encapsulation dot1q 1730 configure interface gigabitethernet encapsulation dot1q priority1731 configure interface gigabitethernet flowcontrol receive 1732 configure interface gigabitethernet flowcontrol send 1733 configure interface gigabitethernet ip access group 1734 configure interface gigabitethernet ip address 1735 configure interface gigab...

Page 3111: ...ce gigabitethernet ip igmp version 1751 configure interface gigabitethernet ip ospf authentication key 1752 configure interface gigabitethernet ip ospf authentication key chain 1753 configure interface gigabitethernet ip ospf auto delete neighbor1754 configure interface gigabitethernet ip ospf cost 1755 configure interface gigabitethernet ip ospf dead interval 1756 configure interface gigabitether...

Page 3112: ...figure interface gigabitethernet ip rip authentication key chain1773 configure interface gigabitethernet ip rip authentication mode1774 configure interface gigabitethernet ip rip authentication mode md51775 configure interface gigabitethernet ip rip authentication mode text1776 configure interface gigabitethernet ip rip default metric 1777 configure interface gigabitethernet ip router isis 1778 co...

Page 3113: ...e interface gigabitethernet ipv6 nd prefix no advertise1796 configure interface gigabitethernet ipv6 nd ra interval 1797 configure interface gigabitethernet ipv6 nd ra lifetime 1798 configure interface gigabitethernet ipv6 nd ra reachable time 1799 configure interface gigabitethernet ipv6 nd ra suppress 1800 configure interface gigabitethernet ipv6 nd reachable time 1801 configure interface gigabi...

Page 3114: ...nterval 1817 configure interface gigabitethernet isis ds hello interval 1818 configure interface gigabitethernet isis hello interval 1819 configure interface gigabitethernet isis hello multiplier 1820 configure interface gigabitethernet isis ipv6 metric 1821 configure interface gigabitethernet isis lsp interval 1822 configure interface gigabitethernet isis lsp mtu 1823 configure interface gigabite...

Page 3115: ...st 1840 configure interface link aggregate ip igmp 1841 configure interface link aggregate ip igmp access group 1842 configure interface link aggregate ip igmp backup proxy interface1843 configure interface link aggregate ip igmp host robustness 1844 configure interface link aggregate ip igmp host version 1845 configure interface link aggregate ip igmp join group 1846 configure interface link aggr...

Page 3116: ...e interface link aggregate ip ospf graceful restart timeout1862 configure interface link aggregate ospf hello interval 1863 configure interface link aggregate ip ospf message digest key md5 1864 configure interface link aggregate ip ospf network 1865 configure interface link aggregate ip ospf priority 1866 configure interface link aggregate ip ospf retransmit interval 1867 configure interface link...

Page 3117: ...e ip scm access group 1883 configure interface link aggregate ip unreachables 1884 configure interface link aggregate ip vrf forwarding 1885 configure interface link aggregate ipv6 address 1886 configure interface link aggregate ipv6 enable 1887 configure interface link aggregate ipv6 icmp param problem 1888 configure interface link aggregate ipv6 icmp too big 1889 configure interface link aggrega...

Page 3118: ... interface link aggregate ipv6 ospf area 1906 configure interface link aggregate ipv6 ospf cost 1907 configure interface link aggregate ipv6 ospf dead interval 1908 configure interface link aggregate ipv6 ospf hello interval 1909 configure interface link aggregate ipv6 ospf mtu ignore 1910 configure interface link aggregate ipv6 ospf network 1911 configure interface link aggregate ipv6 ospf priori...

Page 3119: ... isis metric 1927 configure interface link aggregate isis network point to point 1928 configure interface link aggregate isis priority 1929 configure interface link aggregate isis protocol shutdown 1930 configure interface link aggregate isis retransmit interval 1931 configure interface link aggregate isis small hello 1932 configure interface link aggregate lacp 1933 configure interface link aggre...

Page 3120: ...nfigure interface loopback isis ipv6 wide metric 1951 configure interface loopback isis metric 1952 configure interface loopback isis wide metric 1953 configure interface loopback shutdown 1954 configure interface null 1955 configure interface null ip unreachables 1956 configure interface null ipv6 icmp unreachables 1957 configure interface system controller soft switch 1958 configure interface te...

Page 3121: ...gmp join group 1973 configure interface tengigabitethernet ip igmp join group source1974 configure interface tengigabitethernet ip igmp multicast static only1975 configure interface tengigabitethernet ip igmp proxy interface1976 configure interface tengigabitethernet ip igmp query interval 1977 configure interface tengigabitethernet ip igmp query max response time 1978 configure interface tengigab...

Page 3122: ...engigabitethernet ip pim dr priority 1995 configure interface tengigabitethernet ip pim hello holdtime 1996 configure interface tengigabitethernet ip pim message holdtime1997 configure interface tengigabitethernet ip pim message interval1998 configure interface tengigabitethernet ip pim query interval 1999 configure interface tengigabitethernet ip pim sparse mode ssm2000 configure interface tengig...

Page 3123: ...hernet ipv6 mtu 2017 configure interface tengigabitethernet ipv6 nd dad attempts 2018 configure interface tengigabitethernet ipv6 nd managed config flag2019 configure interface tengigabitethernet ipv6 nd nsinterval 2020 configure interface tengigabitethernet ipv6 nd other config flag2021 configure interface tengigabitethernet ipv6 nd prefix 2022 configure interface tengigabitethernet ipv6 nd prefi...

Page 3124: ...tethernet ipv6 ospf retransmit interval2040 configure interface tengigabitethernet ipv6 ospf transmit delay2041 configure interface tengigabitethernet ipv6 router isis 2042 configure interface tengigabitethernet ipv6 traffic filter 2043 configure interface tengigabitethernet isis authentication key chain2044 configure interface tengigabitethernet isis authentication mode2045 configure interface te...

Page 3125: ...ll hello 2059 configure interface tengigabitethernet isis wide metric 2060 configure interface tengigabitethernet restore 2061 configure interface tengigabitethernet shutdown 2062 configure interface tengigabitethernet ip igmp backup proxy interface 2063 configure ip dhcp relay tos 2064 configure ip domain list 2065 configure ip domain lookup 2066 configure ip domain name 2067 configure ip fqdn ca...

Page 3126: ...2081 configure ip ssh ciphers 2082 configure ip ssh idle timeout 2083 configure ip ssh login 2084 configure ip ssh max auth fail 2085 configure ip ssh max clients 2086 configure ip ssh password auth 2087 configure ip ssh port 2088 configure ip ssh port forwarding 2089 configure ip ssh public key auth 2090 configure ip ssh public key auth first 2091 configure ip ssh public key auth req 2092 configu...

Page 3127: ...mp time exceeded 2105 configure ipv6 icmp too big 2106 configure ipv6 icmp unreachables 2107 configure ipv6 nd timeout 2108 configure ipv6 nd state non present global max rate 2109 configure ipv6 nd state non present max number 2110 configure ipv6 nd state not present max time 2111 configure ipv6 nd state not present min time 2112 configure ipv6 nd state not present rate limit 2113 configure ipv6 ...

Page 3128: ...e ipv6 route pd data retrieve 2128 configure ipv6 route pd data retrieve all 2129 configure ipv6 route pd data retrieve cable mac 2130 configure ipv6 router ospf area default cost 2131 configure ipv6 router ospf area nssa 2132 configure ipv6 router ospf area range 2133 configure ipv6 router ospf area stub 2134 configure ipv6 router ospf as border router 2135 configure ipv6 router ospf distance 213...

Page 3129: ...ching 2148 configure ipv6 state searching cable multicast 2149 configure ipv6 state searching cable unicast 2150 configure ipv6 nd state searching global max rate 2151 configure ipv6 nd state searching max number 2152 configure ipv6 nd state searching rate limit 2153 configure ipv6 nd timeout 2154 configure ipv6 neighbor 2155 configure ipv6 neighbor cable mac 2156 configure ip video attribute enco...

Page 3130: ...etwork interface tengigabitethernet 2169 configure l2vpn vlanid range 2170 configure lacp system priority 2171 configure line accounting 2172 configure line console 2173 configure line vty 2175 configure logging console 2177 configure logging debug 2179 configure logging facility 2182 configure logging history size 2183 configure logging host 2184 configure logging local volatile 2185 configure lo...

Page 3131: ...thentication key md5 2198 configure ntp server 2199 configure ntp server broadcast 2200 configure ntp server manycast 2201 configure ntp server multicast 2202 configure operation dul packet interval 2203 configure operation event 2204 configure operation mode 2205 configure operation overload control sensitivity 2207 configure operation overload control threshold 2208 configure packetcable 2209 co...

Page 3132: ...figure packetcable pcmm timer t1 2221 configure packetcable pcmm version 2222 configure packetcable throttle 2223 configure packetcable voice limits allowed emergency 2224 configure packetcable voice limits allowed normal 2225 configure packetcable voice limits allowed total 2226 configure packetcable voice limits downstream 2227 configure packetcable voice limits emergency preemption 2228 configu...

Page 3133: ...m 2245 configure reset cable modem cable mac 2246 configure reset cable modem cable upstream 2247 configure reset cable modem slot 2248 configure reset cable modem fpcm id 2249 configure reset slot 2250 configure reset system 2251 configure route map 2252 configure routemap deny 2253 configure route map deny match as path regexp 2254 configure route map deny match community regexp 2255 configure r...

Page 3134: ...2267 configure route map match ipv6 address prefix list 2268 configure route map match ipv6 next hop prefix list 2269 configure route map match ipv6 route source prefix list 2270 configure route map match metric 2271 configure route map permit 2272 configure route map permit continue 2273 configure route map permit match as path regexp 2274 configure route map permit match community regexp 2275 co...

Page 3135: ... set dampening 2288 configure route map permit set ip next hop 2289 configure route map permit set local preference 2290 configure route map permit set metric 2291 configure route map permit set origin 2292 configure route map permit set weight 2293 configure route map set as path prepend 2294 configure route map set comm list delete regexp 2295 configure route map set community 2296 configure rou...

Page 3136: ... match ip address 2313 configure route map policy permit set ip backup next hop 2314 configure route map policy permit set ip dscp 2315 configure route map policy permit set ip interface null 2317 configure route map policy permit set ip next hop 2318 configure route map policy permit set ip precedence 2319 configure route map policy permit set ip recursive next hop 2320 configure route map policy...

Page 3137: ...s family ipv4 enable 2338 configure router bgp address family ipv4 neighbor 2339 configure router bgp address family ipv4 neighbor activate 2340 configure router bgp address family ipv4 neighbor default originate 2341 configure router bgp address family ipv4 neighbor maximum prefix 2342 configure router bgp address family ipv4 neighbor maximum prefix warning only 2343 configure router bgp address ...

Page 3138: ...re router bgp address family ipv6 neighbor activate 2361 configure router bgp address family ipv6 neighbor default originate 2362 configure router bgp address family ipv6 neighbor maximum prefix 2363 configure router bgp address family ipv6 neighbor maximum prefix warning only 2364 configure router bgp address family ipv6 neighbor next hop self2365 configure router bgp address family ipv6 neighbor...

Page 3139: ...ly attribute map 2380 configure router bgp aggregate address as set suppress map2381 configure router bgp bgp always compare med 2382 configure router bgp bgp cluster id 2383 configure router bgp bgp confederation identifier 2384 configure router bgp bgp default local preference 2385 configure router bgp bgp deterministic med 2386 configure router bgp bgp graceful restart 2387 configure router bgp...

Page 3140: ...eighbor allowas in 2403 configure router bgp neighbor as origin interval 2404 configure router bgp neighbor confed 2405 configure router bgp neighbor connect retry 2406 configure router bgp neighbor enforce first as 2407 configure router bgp neighbor passive 2408 configure router bgp neighbor password 2409 configure router bgp neighbor remote as 2410 configure router bgp neighbor remove private as...

Page 3141: ...uter bgp redistribute ospf 2425 configure router bgp redistribute rip 2426 configure router bgp redistribute static 2427 configure router bgp shutdown 2428 configure router isis 2429 configure router isis address family 2430 configure router isis address family ipv4 distance 2431 configure router isis address family ipv4 distance isis 2432 configure router isis address family ipv4 distribute list ...

Page 3142: ...ily ipv6 redistribute ospf 2446 configure router isis address family ipv6 redistribute pd 2447 configure router isis address family ipv6 redistribute static 2448 configure router isis address family ipv6 summary prefix 2449 configure router isis authentication key chain 2450 configure router isis authentication mode 2451 configure router isis distance 2452 configure router isis distance isis 2453 ...

Page 3143: ...nk aggregate 2468 configure router isis passive interface loopback 2469 configure router isis passive interface tengigabitethernet 2470 configure router isis redistribute bgp 2471 configure router isis redistribute connected 2472 configure router isis redistribute ospf 2473 configure router isis redistribute rip 2474 configure router isis redistribute static 2475 configure router isis set overload...

Page 3144: ...t 2492 configure router ospf graceful restart grace period 2493 configure router ospf network area 2494 configure router ospf passive interface cable mac 2495 configure router ospf passive interface gigabitethernet 2496 configure router ospf passive interface link aggregate 2497 configure router ospf passive interface tengigabitethernet 2498 configure router ospf redistribute bgp 2499 configure ro...

Page 3145: ...ssive interface 2514 configure router rip redistribute bgp 2515 configure router rip redistribute connected 2516 configure router rip redistribute isis 2517 configure router rip redistribute ospf 2518 configure router rip redistribute static 2519 configure router rip send only interface 2520 configure router rip shutdown 2521 configure router rip timers flush 2522 configure router rip timers inval...

Page 3146: ...mp server data max read ahead 2538 configure snmp server data refresh time 2539 configure snmp server data snmp agent max read ahead 2540 configure snmp server data snmp agent refresh time 2541 configure snmp server enable traps snmp 2542 configure snmp server engineid remote 2543 configure snmp server group 2544 configure snmp server host 2545 configure snmp server location 2547 configure snmp se...

Page 3147: ...er user 2557 configure snmp server view 2558 configure switch slot 2559 configure tacacs group host 2560 configure tacacs host 2561 configure tacacs source interface cable mac 2562 configure tacacs source interface gigabitethernet 2563 configure tacacs source interface link aggregate 2564 configure tacacs source interface loopback 2565 configure tacacs source interface tengigabitethernet 2566 conf...

Page 3148: ...ises LLC All Rights Reserved 3148 copy running config 2575 copy startup config 2576 delete 2577 df 2578 dir 2579 disable 2580 du 2581 echo 2582 enable 2583 end 2584 erase nvram 2585 exc file 2586 exit 2588 help 2589 help edit 2590 history 2591 kill 2592 kill console 2593 kill vty 2594 logout 2595 mkdir 2596 more 2597 ...

Page 3149: ...3 ping ipv6 2604 ping ipv6 output interface cable mac 2605 ping ipv6 output interface gigabitethernet 2606 ping ipv6 output interface link aggregate 2607 ping ipv6 output interface loopback 2608 ping ipv6 output interface tengigabitethernet 2609 pwd 2610 quit 2611 reload 2612 repeat 2613 rmdir 2614 send 2615 send all 2616 send console 2617 send vty 2618 show access list 2619 show accounting 2620 s...

Page 3150: ...show audit sequence card 2627 show authentication 2628 show authorization 2629 show bgp 2630 show bgp community 2631 show bgp extcommunity rt 2632 show bgp neighbor 2633 show bgp quote regexp 2634 show bgp regexp 2635 show bgp summary 2636 show cable bonding group status 2637 show cable bundle 2638 show cable channel sets 2639 show cable dsg 2640 show cable dsg cable mac 2641 show cable dsg client...

Page 3151: ...9 show cable equalizer coeff 2650 show cable fiber node 2651 show cable filter 2652 show cable flap list 2653 show cable global settings 2656 show cable host authorization 2657 show cable intercept 2658 show cable load balance 2659 show cable load balance channels 2660 show cable load balance cm service type 2661 show cable load balance failed list 2662 show cable load balance group 2663 show cabl...

Page 3152: ...nded impaired 2678 show cable modem bonded uchannels 2679 show cable modem cable downstream 2680 show cable modem cable mac 2681 show cable modem cable upstream 2682 show cable modem cm ip 2683 show cable modem cm ip type 2684 show cable modem cm ipv6 2685 show cable modem cm mac 2686 show cable modem column 2687 show cable modem count 2688 show cable modem cpe ip 2689 show cable modem cpe ipv6 26...

Page 3153: ... cable modem non operational 2701 show cable modem offline 2702 show cable modem operational 2703 show cable modem phy 2704 show cable modem qos 2705 show cable modem qos sc cm mac 2707 show cable modem qos sc enforcement 2708 show cable modem qos sc name 2709 show cable modem qos sc update pending 2710 show cable modem rogue 2711 show cable modem slot 2712 show cable modem state 2713 show cable m...

Page 3154: ...p service flow 2725 show cable multicast db grp ip addr 2726 show cable multicast db session type 2727 show cable multicast db src ip addr 2728 show cable multicast group qos 2729 show cable multicast qos group 2730 show cable noise 2731 show cable privacy ca certificates 2732 show cable privacy cm certificates 2733 show cable privacy manufacturer cert list 2734 show cable privacy root cert list 2...

Page 3155: ...g 2747 show chassistype 2748 show clock 2749 show controllers cable authorization module 2750 show controllers cable downstream 2751 show controllers cable ingress cancellation 2752 show controllers cable upstream 2753 show controllers cable mac 2754 show controllers cable mac authorization module 2755 show controllers cable mac ingress cancellation 2756 show controllers cable upstream 2757 show c...

Page 3156: ... transform set 2767 show crypto isakmp 2768 show crypto isakmp policy 2769 show crypto map 2770 show disk volume scm 2771 show distribute list 2773 show environment 2774 show factory eeprom 2775 show history 2776 show hostname 2777 show image 2778 show interface 2779 show interface cable 2780 show interface cable allocated bandwidth 2781 show interface cable bit rate 2782 show interface cable spec...

Page 3157: ...interface cable downstream cable ip video summary 2794 show interface cable downstream mdd 2795 show interface cable mac 2796 show interface cable mac access group 2797 show interface cable mac allocated bandwidth 2798 show interface cable mac bitrate 2799 show interface cable mac cable privacy authorization 2800 show interface cable mac cable privacy base 2801 show interface cable mac cable priva...

Page 3158: ...interface cable upstream spectrum group history 2814 show interface gigabitethernet access group 2815 show interface link aggregate access group 2816 show interface ten gigabitethernet access group 2817 show interface utilization 2818 show ip bgp 2819 show ip bgp neighbor 2820 show ip bgp neighbor advertised routes 2821 show ip bgp neighbor advertised routes paths 2822 show ip bgp quote regexp 282...

Page 3159: ...oups gigabitethernet 2837 show ip igmp groups host 2838 show ip igmp groups host cable mac 2839 show ip igmp groups host gigabitethernet 2840 show ip igmp groups host link aggregation 2841 show ip igmp groups host tengigabitethernet 2842 show ip igmp groups link aggregation 2843 show ip igmp groups tengigabitethernet 2844 show ip igmp interfaces 2845 show ip igmp interfaces cable mac 2846 show ip ...

Page 3160: ...show ip multicast default group service class 2859 show ip ospf 2860 show ip ospf area 2861 show ip ospf database 2862 show ip ospf database external 2863 show ip ospf database network 2864 show ip ospf database nssa external 2865 show ip ospf database opaque area 2866 show ip ospf database opaque as 2867 show ip ospf database opaque link 2868 show ip ospf database router 2869 show ip ospf databas...

Page 3161: ...ow ip rip database 2880 show ip route 2881 show ip route summary 2883 show ip scm access 2884 show ip ssh 2885 show ip ssh config 2886 show ip unreachables 2887 show ip vrf 2888 show ip video global 2889 show ipv6 access list 2890 show ipv6 icmp 2891 show ipv6 interface cable mac 2892 show ipv6 interface gigabitethernet 2893 show ipv6 interface link aggregate 2894 show ipv6 interface loopback 2895...

Page 3162: ...2904 show ipv6 ospf area 2905 show ipv6 ospf database 2906 show ipv6 ospf database adv router 2907 show ipv6 ospf database external 2908 show ipv6 ospf database inter area prefix 2909 show ipv6 ospf database inter area router 2910 show ipv6 ospf database link adv router 2911 show ipv6 ospf database network 2912 show ipv6 ospf database nssa external 2913 show ipv6 ospf database prefix 2914 show ipv...

Page 3163: ...ethernet 2924 show ipv6 ospf neighbor link aggregate 2925 show ipv6 ospf neighbor tengigabitethernet 2926 show ipv6 pd database 2927 show ipv6 pd route injection 2928 show ipv6 prefix list 2929 show ipv6 protocols 2930 show ipv6 route 2931 show ipv6 route bgp 2932 show ipv6 route cable mac 2933 show ipv6 route connected 2934 show ipv6 route gigabitethernet 2935 show ipv6 route isis 2936 show ipv6 ...

Page 3164: ...ernet 2945 show ipv6 route summary 2946 show isis database 2947 show isis hostname 2948 show isis interface 2949 show isis interface events 2950 show isis neighbor 2951 show isis protocol 2952 show isis timers 2953 show isis traffic 2954 show key chain 2955 show l2vpn 2956 show l2vpn cm mac 2957 show l2vpn l2vpnid 2958 show lacp 2959 show lacp counters 2960 show lacp summary 2961 show lacp gigabit...

Page 3165: ...ow line vty 2968 show linecard status 2969 show logging 2970 show logging console 2971 show logging debug 2972 show logging history 2973 show logging local 2974 show logging monitor 2975 show logging overrides 2976 show logging priority cli 2977 show logging priority debug 2978 show logging proprietary 2979 show logging snmp 2980 show logging syslog 2981 show logging throttle 2982 show logging tra...

Page 3166: ...show packetcable cops servers 2991 show packetcable gate 2992 show packetcable gate count 2993 show packetcable gate dqos 2994 show packetcable gate pcmm 2995 show packetcable gatectl counters 2996 show packetcable global 2997 show packetcable transactions 2998 show pmd 2999 show port ifindex 3000 show port status 3001 show port status cmac 3002 show port status dcam 3003 show port status network ...

Page 3167: ... qos sc subscriber usage 3015 show radius 3016 show radius groups 3017 show radius hosts 3018 show reload status 3019 show route map 3020 show route map policy 3021 show running config 3022 show running config interface cable downstream 3023 show running config interface cable mac 3024 show running config interface cable upstream 3025 show running config interface ethernet 3026 show running config...

Page 3168: ...imeout 3032 show shelfname 3033 show snmp 3034 show snmp community 3035 show snmp contact 3036 show snmp engineboots 3037 show snmp engineid 3038 show snmp group 3039 show snmp location 3040 show snmp user 3041 show snmp view 3042 show spare group 3043 show ssh host public key dsa 3044 show startup config 3045 show tacacs 3046 show tacacs groups 3047 show tacacs hosts 3048 show tech support 3049 s...

Page 3169: ... length 3057 terminal width 3058 trace ips 3059 trace logging dhcp 3060 trace logging dhcpv6 3061 trace logging ipssh 3062 trace logging ipstack 3063 trace logging ipvideo 3064 trace logging modem 3065 trace logging no 3066 trace logging packetcable dqos 3067 trace logging packetcable no 3068 trace logging packetcable pcmm 3069 trace logging router 3070 trace logging router bgp 3071 trace logging ...

Page 3170: ... 3 User Guide 2016 ARRIS Enterprises LLC All Rights Reserved 3170 trace logging router ospf 3074 trace logging router ospfv3 3075 trace logging router redist 3076 trace logging router rip 3077 traceroute 3078 traceroute ipv6 3080 unalias 3081 wait 3082 write log 3083 write memory 3084 ...

Page 3171: ...n Programming Interface ARI Active Routes Interface ARP Address Resolution Protocol AS Autonomous System ASBR Autonomous System Boundary Router ASM Any Source Multicast Abbrev n Definition ATM Asynchronous Transfer Mode BDR Backup Designated Router BER Bit error rate BGP Border Gateway Protocol BGP 4 Border Gateway Protocol version 4 B ISDN Broadband ISDN BMP Billing Mediation Processor BootP Boot...

Page 3172: ...tiple Access CGI Common gateway interface CIR Committed Information Rate CLI Command Line Interface CLNP Connectionless Network Protocol CM Cable Modem CMAP Converged Multi service Access Platform Abbrev n Definition CMIP Command Management Information Protocol CMTS Cable Modem Termination System codec coder decoder COPS Common Open Policy Service COS Class of Service CPE Customer Premises Equipme...

Page 3173: ...vel 2 DS3 Digital Signal level 3 DSCP Differentiated Services Code Point DSG DOCSIS Set top Gateway DSID Downstream Service ID DSL Digital subscriber line DSLAM Digital subscriber line access multiplexer Abbrev n Definition DSU Data service unit DTE Data terminal equipment DTI DOCSIS Timing Interface DR Designated Router DTMF Dual tone multi frequency DVA Digital Voice Adapter E 0 European digital...

Page 3174: ...lly Qualified Domain Name FR Frame relay FRU Field Replaceable Unit FTP File transfer protocol FTTH Fiber To The Home Abbrev n Definition FIFO First in first out GLORT Global Resource Tag GSM Global system for mobile communications GUI Graphical user interface H channel High speed channel HDSL High bit rate digital subscriber line HFC Hybrid Fiber Coaxial HSD High Speed Data HSRP Hot standby route...

Page 3175: ...ce ITU International Telecommunications Union IUA Integrated Upstream Agility LAES PacketCable 2 0 Lawfully Authorized Electronic Surveillance LAN Local area network LCD Liquid crystal display LDAP Lightweight directory access protocol Abbrev n Definition LI Legal Intercept LLC Logical link control LSA Link State Advertisement LSB Least significant bit LSP Link State Packet MAC Media access contro...

Page 3176: ...ork Processing Unit NSAP Network Service Access Point NSEL NSAP Selector NSI Network Side Interface NSSA Not So Stubby Area NTP Network Time Protocol Abbrev n Definition NTSC National Television Systems Committee NVRAM Non volatile random access memory OAMP Operation administration maintenance provisioning OEM Original equipment manufacturer OID Object ID OOB Out of Band OOS Out of service OSI Ope...

Page 3177: ...thentication Dial in User Service RAN Regional Area Network RAS Remote access server RCC DOCSIS Receive Channel Configuration Abbrev n Definition RCM Router Control Module RF Radio frequency RFC Request for comments RIB Routing Information Base RIP Routing Information Protocol RMA Return Materials Authorization RPC Remote Procedure Call RPIC Router System Module Physical Interface Card RPM Routing...

Page 3178: ... address SLA Service level agreement SM Station maintenance SMAC Source MAC Address SMS Subscriber management system SMTP Simple Mail Transfer Protocol Abbrev n Definition SNP Sequence Number Packet SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol SNR Signal to noise ratio SP Streaming Protocol SPF Shortest Path First SRE Switch Route Engine SRM Static Route Manager SSH Secure Shell SSM Source Specific Mul...

Page 3179: ...P User Datagram Protocol UES Unified Electronic Surveillance CALEA LI and LAES in one design UEQAM Universal Edge QAM UGS Unsolicited Grant Services ULC Upstream Line Card UPIC Upstream Cable Access Module Physical Interface Card UTC Coordinated Universal Time Greenwich Mean Time UUID Universally Unique Identifier VCI Vendor Class Identifier Abbrev n Definition VOD Video On Demand VoIP Voice over ...

Page 3180: ...C4 CMTS Release 8 3 User Guide Corporate Headquarters ARRIS Suwanee Georgia 30024 USA T 1 678 473 2000 F 1 678 473 8470 www arris com ...

Search results

Summary of Contents for C4

Reviews:

Related manuals for C4

Brands by name

Popular brands

Arris C4, User Manual

Search results

Summary of Contents for C4

Reviews:

Related manuals for C4

Brands by name

Popular brands